
class JiE5543- 

Rnnk "RS £ 

GojpghtN? 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSHV 



ADVANCED DICTATION 

AND 

Secretarial Training 



BY 



CHARLES G. REIGNER, A.B., LL.B. 



NO SHORTHAND OUTLINES 




THE H. M. ROWE COMPANY 
BALTIMORE SAN FRANCISCO 






Copyright 1920 

BY 

The H. M. Rowe Company 
Baltimore, Md. 



©CU576418 



7 



PREFACE 

The plan of this book makes it possible to give a systematic and thoroughly 
correlated training course in advanced dictation, stenographic practice, and sec- 
retarial procedure. The student makes an intensive study, from the secretarial 
point of view, of nineteen representative lines of American business. In the last 
section of the book he is given definite instruction and practice in selling his serv- 
ices. While the secretarial training work is carried out in connection with dif- 
ferent lines of business in order to give breadth and variety to the course, it has 
been so developed throughout that upon its completion the student will have 
secured a comprehensive training in the various duties associated with a secre- 
tarial position. 

The text is characterized by an abundance of practical exercise work. It is 
futile to expect that skill, initiative, and judgment can be acquired by asking 
students to read about these desirable qualities. The situations brought about in 
this text actually call forth and develop the kind of ability possessed by the 
high-grade secretarial worker. 

Each section of the text contains the following material: 

(1) A "style letter" written on an actual letterhead and differing in arrange- 
ment with each section. The student is directed to arrange the letters in each 
section according to the form illustrated by the style letter in that section; thus 
when he has worked through the text he will have become familiar with all the 
various accepted styles of letter arrangement. 

(2) A list of technical terms frequently used in the business being studied. 
All of these terms occur in context in the letters and other material which the 
student practices in the course of his work. Definite assignments are made which 
require the systematic study of these terms both from an English and a shorthand 
point of view. Complete understandable definitions are provided and the outlines 
are grouped by businesses into a shorthand vocabulary beginning on page 371. 
This study of the distinctive terminology of the more important lines of business 
will prove of the utmost value in broadening the student's vocabulary. 

(3) Twelve letters, all with appropriate addresses, counted and marked off 
in groups of twenty words. All of these letters originated in the executive and 
administrative departments of business offices. The material has been chosen 
with three things in mind. Each letter is a specimen of high-grade dictation such 
as is given by capable business executives; it is of a technical character illustrating 
the specialized language of thebusiness; and it contains information which gives 
real insight into the character and methods of the business under consideration. 

(4) A series of office training assignments. The distinctive feature of these 
assignments is that they are always appropriate to the line of business being studied 



IV PREFACE 

In each section the student occupies the position of stenographer or private secre- 
tary to some executive in the business who is personated by the teacher. The 
office training assignments represent a " cross section" of the secretary's activities 
in that business. 

In addition to taking and transcribing dictation, practice is provided in the 
preparation of bills and negotiable paper, the filling in of blank forms such as 
leases and bills of lading, the writing of specifications, bonds, mortgages, agree- 
ments, and other business and legal documents, and the filing of correspondence. 

The assignments in secretarial practice form an interesting and valuable 
feature of the text. These assignments carry the student beyond the routine of 
office work and develop originality and initiative. This work is correlated in a 
most interesting manner with the correspondence given in each section. 

Accompanying the text there is a Budget of Forms which contains the letter- 
heads, billheads, statement forms, blank checks, notes, drafts, bills of lading, 
and "rough draft" copy required in working out the assignments. 

Each section contains a "transcription assignment" in which the student is 
directed to take and transcribe five letters. This material is provided in the 
author's text, "Classified Dictation Drills," intended for the use of the teacher in 
dictating new matter to which the student does not have access. These letters 
are comparable in diction and technicality with the letters which the student 
practices from this text. In "Classified Dictation Drills" the author has also 
made available to the teacher who wishes to use them articles describing technical 
manufacturing processes and containing specialized information about the lines 
of business represented in this book. 

The author gratefully acknowledges the assistance of Mr. H. M. Rowe, Jr., 
in the preparation of this work. The suggestions which he offered as to 
various features of the office training work have very materially added to the 
value of the book. The author also takes this opportunity to acknowledge his 
indebtedness to the many men of large affairs who have courteously furnished 
material for the book or reviewed the section devoted to the line of business with 
which they are associated. While help has been derived from many sources too 
numerous to mention specifically, the following business men have laid the author 
under special obligations: Mr. W. T. Hibbs, Manager, Security Adjustment Com- 
pany of Pittsburgh; Mr. E. B. Passano, President, The Williams andWilkins 
Company, Baltimore; Mr. Robert S. Sutliffe, American Telephone and Telegraph 
Company, New York City; Mr. A. S. Loizeaux, Electrical Engineer, Consolidated 
Gas Electric Light and Power Company, Baltimore; and Mr. T. W. Siemon, 
Vice-President, Union Switch and Signal Company, Swissvale, Pa. The illus- 
trations of the various filing devices have been courteously supplied by the 
Yawman and Erbe Manufacturing Company, Rochester, N. Y. 

Charles G Reigner. 



i 



TO TEACHERS 

To make the most advantageous use of this text the class should have had a 
course in general dictation such as that contained in the author's "Dictation 
Course in Business Literature." In this book the student's work is specifically 
related to various lines of business. The student is employed as a stenographer 
in various offices, and his work in each section is done under the direction of the 
teacher, who occupies some executive position in each office. 

Several plans can be followed in teaching the text. In a high school short- 
hand course of four or more semesters the book provides material for two periods 
of work a day throughout the last semester. For this last semester's work it 
combines in one book a dictation text, a typewriting text, and an cffice training 
text. When the book is used in this way it is intended that one week shall be 
spent on each of the twenty sections in the text. The technical terms and the 
letters in each section provide the material for home work practice. For each 
day's home work assignment the teacher may direct the class to practice two of 
the letters a given number of times. In addition ten terms in the list cf tech- 
nical terms with their definitions may be assigned daily for home work study. 

The first part of each daily shorthand period is devoted to repetition practice 
on the assigned work, the object being the acquisition of speed and accuracy in 
handling technical business correspondence. The remainder of the shorthand 
period is devoted to laying out the office training work for the day, the dictation 
of letters for transcript purposes, the figuring of bills, and such other office train- 
ing assignments as do not involve the use of the typewriter. During the daily 
typewriting period the student will systematically work out the assignments 
which require the use of the typewriter. 

The author has provided the letters for the "transcription assignment" in 
each section in another book entitled "Classified Dictation Drills." Five letters 
for each line of business are given. The teacher should preferably dictate one 
letter for transcription each day. 

A member of the class may be appointed assistant manager cr chief clerk to 
aid in checking the work prepared by the class. As will be observed, there is 
in each section an assignment in "punctuation and paragraphing." The letters 
which form the material of these assignments are set up in correct form in the 
corresponding section in "Classified Dictation Drills." The students' work may 
thus be compared by the assistant manager with this model. 

At the beginning of his work each student should be provided with an ordinary 
folder in which to keep the carbon copies of the work which he does. It is sug- 
gested that the filing in each section may most advantageously be dene at the 
end of the week. The addresses of the transcript letters in "Classified Dictation 
Drill" have been carefully selected to provide varied practice in filing; if the 
teacher wishes to still further extend this work he may dictate one address for a 
given letter to one group of students and another address to another group. 
The body of the letter, of course, will be the same for the entire class. 



VI TO TEACHERS 

The only equipment absolutely necessary for carrying out this course is a 
riling cabinet or file drawers equipped with guides for the various systems of 
riling. The teacher's desk will of course be provided with baskets for the cor- 
respondence and other matter which is prepared by the students, together with 
an outgoing mail basket for letters which have been prepared for mailing. All 
the letterheads, billheads, and other blank forms, as well as the specifications 
and rough draft copy called for in the assignments, are provided for each student 
in the accompanying Budget of Forms. No extra forms are included. The stu- 
dent should therefore be impressed with the necessity of exercising great care in 
the preparation of his work so that no forms will be wasted. Provision is made 
in the text at appropriate places for the teaching of various kinds of office devices 
such as the mimeograph, the multigraph, and adding and listing machines. If 
no duplicating devices are available, the assignments calling for such work may 
be prepared on the typewriter with carbon copies. Practice in telephoning and 
in the use of such office reference books as are available should be given in con- 
nection with the corresponding assignments in the text. 

If the teacher wishes to limit the work of the class to training in office rou- 
tine, the assignments on Secretarial Practice in each section may be omitted. 
The value of these assignments, however, in developing initiative on the part of 
the students cannot be overestimated. They are an indispensable part of the 
work of the class if a real secretarial training course is contemplated. 

As will be readily seen the book finds its greatest usefulness in a course in 
which the dictation work and the office training work can be correlated as de- 
scribed above. In the more intensified work of the business school in which four 
periods a day are frequently devoted to shorthand and typewriting in the advanced 
or iK speed" class, the work may be carried out exactly as described above except 
that it will be possible to cover two sections of the text each week. Should the 
teacher, however, prefer to follow the dictation work with a course in office train- 
ing and secretarial procedure, the dictation material of the book may be em- 
ployed as practice matter for the advanced class and the work called for in the 
office training assignments deferred until the student is promoted to the office 
training class. In such cases an entire day should be devoted to the office 
training work of each section. Every effort, however, should be made to work 
out a course by which the advanced dictation and the office training work may 
be carried on simultaneously. 



TO STUDENTS 

In this book you are going to study, among other things, the language char- 
acteristic of the leading lines of business. You cannot correctly transcribe 
letters dictated to you unless you are more or less familiar with the words which 
the dictator uses. Make it a point, therefore, to study carefully the spelling, 
the shorthand outlines, and the definitions of the technical terms given in con- 
nection with each line of business. 

Practice the letters assigned for home work with great care. Technical mat- 
ter is more difficult to read than general matter. The context will be less helpful 
in reading your notes. Make a definite effort to follow the line of reasoning of 
the business men who originally dictated the letters in this bock. 

Study carefully the footnotes. Here you will find much compact information 
relating to the customs peculiar to each line of business, explanations of expres- 
sions used in the letters, as well as "pointers" about the spelling and use of 
words. 

In your work in this text it is assumed that you are a stenographer working 
successively in various offices in which your teacher occupies some executive 
position, such as manager or vice-president. The object of the "Office Training 
Assignments" is to make you thoroughly familiar with stenographic and secre- 
tarial duties and to provide practice which will give you skill in performing those 
duties. Read each assignment very carefully before you proceed to do the work 
for which it calls. One of the most important things you need to cultivate is 
the ability to understand and carry out instructions just as they are given. 

In carrying out the work of this book you are actually getting business ex- 
perience under the direction of your teacher. Your work if carefully and faith- 
fully done will give you a feeling of confidence when you take your first position. 
You will not be a beginner in the sense that you know nothing of office routine; 
but you will have a fund of knowledge and skill which you can apply immediately 
and directly to the problems which confront you in the office in which you will 
be employed. 






: 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Collection Agency Section 2 

Furniture Section '. 20 

Shoe Section 38 

Paints and Glass Section 56 

Railroad Section 76 

Real Estate Section , 94 

Banking and Investment Section 103 

Accounting and Income Tax Section , 128 

Printing and Publishing Section 148 

Dry Goods and Clothing Section 166 

Life Insurance Section 180 

Oil and Oil Refining Section 202 

Machine Tool Section 226 

Building and Contracting Section .................. 244 

Automobile Section 260 

Iron and Steel Section . 278 

Telephone Section ............. ..,=«..,.. 296 

Legal Section , , . . . ;..... 318 

Electrical Section . ........... 344 

Securing a Position ...;:....... ................ 364 

Technical Terms (Shorthand Outlines) 371 



SONDE© BV NATION*!. SURETY CO- MEMBER NATIONAL. ASSOCIATION or CREDIT MEN 

Jftbelttp gbjuatment Company 

j f. BENNETTfPRES.DENT COLLECTIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS WAUTER E PRAn - COUNSEL 

520-530 EUCLID ARCADE BUILDING 

Cleveland, oh.o January 15, 1920. 



Mr. Chester D. Sidney, 

Secretary, Northern Copper Co. , 
Seattle, Wash. 
Dear Sir: 

In re H. Y. Lynoh 
We have oolleoted the interest, oomputed at 6% and amounting 
to $32*60, on the above aooount. We are aware that the note pro- 
vided that 10$ attorney fees should be added. This fee, however, 
oannot be oolleoted in Michigan, the oourts in that state having 
held that such" fees are in the nature of penalties and for that 
reason are not oolleotible. 

You understand that the o.olleotion of this claim oannot be 
enforoed, inasmuoh as, all of Mr. Lynch' s personal property is 
covered by a chattel mortgage in the amount of $1200; further- 
more, he has a contract interest only in his real estate. 

When there Is anything further to report, you will hear from 
us again. 

Yours truly, 

FIDELITY ADJUSTMENT CO. ) 

Treasurer 
IBB/L2B 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

accommodation paper — any negotiable instrument, such as a draft 1 or promissory 

note, made or endorsed without consideration for the benefit of another. 
accrued interest — interest accumulated on a debt not due or on a debt past due. 
acquittance — the act of discharging from a debt or other liability; the writing 

evidencing such discharge. 
affidavit — a sworn statement in writing; a declaration in writing made upon 

oath before a magistrate or notary public. 2 
appraisement — setting a value upon. 
assignee — a person to whom a transfer of some right or title is made. The one 

who transfers the right or title is the assignor. 
attachment — the act or writ whereby property is taken into custody of the law, 

pending a suit, as security for any judgment that may be rendered, 
bankruptcy — inability to pay all debts as a result of failing in business; insolvency. 
Bill of Particulars — a writing setting forth in detail the items of an account or 

other matter in a suit at law. 
chattel mortgage — a transfer of personal property by a debtor to his creditors, 

> on condition that it is to be void in case of future payment. 
collateral security — any property which is given to secure the performance of a 
contract and which is to be surrendered upon the fulfillment of the 
contract. 
credit memorandum — a statement showing items and amounts credited to a 

customer's account. 3 
defendant — one against whom a suit at law is brought. 
delinquent — due and unpaid; as a delinquent account. 

deposition — a statement, written or oral, made before an authoritative officer of 
the law to be used as a substitute for the production of the witness in court, 
disbursements — money paid out. 
equity— the remaining interest belonging to one who has mortgaged his property 

for a certain sum. 
execution — the official order by which an officer is empowered to carry a judg- 
ment of a court into effect. 
foreclosure — the process of obtaining a judgment for the payment of an overdue 
mortgage; and in default of such payment disposing of the mortgaged 
property at public sale and applying the proceeds to the payment of the 
mortgage. 

1 Refer to pages 162 and 163 for illustrations of a d-aft and a note. 

2 See the illustration of an affidavit on page 270. 

3 An illustration of a credit memorandum will be found on page 177. 



4 COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 

garnishment — a summons by a court to one holding another's property not to 

pay or deliver it to the defendant, but to appear in court to answer the 

suit of the plaintiff. To garnishee property is to obtain such a writ 

against it. 
hypothecate — to put property of any kind in pledge as security for a debt or 

other obligation. 
insolvent — not possessing means or funds for the payment of debts. 
joint creditors — creditors whose interests are united as distinguished from those 

who sue individually. 
judgment — the decision of a court as the result of a suit at law. A judgment 

note is one on which a judgment may be secured without the process of 

a suit, 
levy — to enforce a judgment by seizing property under a judicial writ for the 

purpose of securing funds to satisfy creditors. 
limitation of action — the period of time prescribed by legal authority after which 

an action cannot be brought. 4 
liquidate — to pay off or settle. 
litigate — to carry on a suit at law. 
mercantile agency — a firm whose business it is to secure information as to the 

credit standing of business enterprises. 
mortgage — a grant or conveyance of an estate or property to a creditor for the 

security of a deed, to become void on the payment of such deed. The 

mortgagor is the one who gives the mortgage on his property; the mort- 
gagee is the one to whom the mortgage is given. 
Negotiable Instruments Law — a law, now in force in most of the states, relating 

to negotiable paper; that is, such paper (as drafts or notes) which may 

be transferred from one person to another by endorsement or delivery. 
payee — the party to whom the payment of any kind of commercial paper is 

directed to be made. 
penalties — sums to be forfeited for non-payment, or for non-compliance with an 

agreement. 
plaintiff — one who brings a suit at law. 
power of attorney — a written instrument under seal by which one party appoints 

another to act for him. 5 
preferred creditors — creditors who are entitled to an advantage, as in the time 

or amount of payment, not possessed by other creditors designated as 

common creditors. 
referee — a person appointed by the court to try a cause in place of the court 

or to perform some function involving judicial powers. 
summons — an order served on the defendant notifying him that he has been 

sued. It informs him of the time and place of the trial and the name of 

the plaintiff, 
surety — a person who engages to be answerable for the debt or default of another 

4 Each state has a " Statute of Limitations" fixing the time within which actions must be brought. 

5 A power of attorney is shown on form 15 in the Budget of Forms. 



CORRESPONDENCE 5 

tender — an offer of money or any other thing in satisfaction of a debt or liability. 

title-clause contract — a contract transferring title to property which contains 
one or more clauses restricting or adding to the rights, privileges, or 
obligations that would ordinarily pass with such title. 

transcript — a copy of the proceedings in a suit at law. 6 

writ — a formal writing under seal issued by competent legal authority. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



The Booth & Baker Co., 

310 Fulton Building, 7 

San Francisco, Calif. 8 
Gentlemen : 

We have your letter of Decem- 
ber 12 9 enclosing papers in your ac- 
count against the Wylie Portable 
Engine Company. We | cannot un- 
dertake the collection of this account 
for the following reasons: 

A Joint Creditors' Bill was filed 
against the firm | on March 21 last, 
an assignee in bankruptcy 10 was ap- 
pointed by the court, and all common 
creditors were notified | to present 
their claims in joint issue. The court 
ruled that the claims of the preferred 
creditors were not bona | fide, 11 which 
barred them from the action. 

The common creditors who filed 
claims received one hundred cents on 
the dollar, | 100 and an acquittance was 



granted the debtor on all outstanding 
claims of creditors who had failed to 
join issue. The | limitation of ac- 
tion thus established by the court 
bars you from legal process, 12 as it 
discharges the debtor concern from | 
its former legal obligations. 

Yours truly, (146) 
2 
Park Sales Agency, 

642 Wilton Bldg., 
Columbus, Ohio. 
Attention of Mr. J. K. Clark 13 
Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of the 14th 
making inquiry in regard to the bal- 
ance outstanding on the account of | 
Charles Y. Young. The debtor failed 
to settle the account in full; conse- 
quently we have taken a transcript 
from the | Justice of the Peace and 
filed it with the Clerk of Courts at 
Waverly, Ohio. 



6 The court testimony given on page 331 is a part of the reporter's transcript in a case. 

7 The word building is written out so that the three lines of the address will "balance." Ordinarily 
it is abbreviated in addresses as in letter 2. 

8 This is the official government abbreviation. 

9 When the month precedes the date, omit the st, d, or th after the figure; but when the name of the 
month is omitted, always add the appropriate letter or letters to the figure. 

10 Consult the definitions of assignee and bankruptcy in the list of technical terms. An assignee in 
bankruptcy is a person to whom is transferred the title to the estate of a bankrupt for the purpose of its pres- 
ervation and proper distribution among creditors. 

11 A Latin phrase meaning in good faith. 

12 The whole course of proceedings in a suit at law. 

13 This form of address is used so that the letter may be brought directly to the attention of Mr. Clark. 
Note that the salutation is "Gentlemen." 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



Mr. Young has been notified | 
that unless he makes settlement in 
full on or before Monday, June 19, 
we will bring a creditor's 14 bill to | 
sell his real estate. We cannot be- 
lieve that he will allow the matter to 
drag on and thus incur the 1 10 ° expense 
of a suit in the Common Pleas Court. 

The debtor owns a farm in Pike 
County, on which there | is a small 
mortgage. The mortgagee has 
threatened foreclosure, and summons 
has in fact been issued; but even if 
it | is foreclosed Mr. Young's equity 
will be more than sufficient to cover 
the small balance due us. 

Yours truly, (159) 



Mr. W.-H. Willis, 

Hotel Severin, 

Indianapolis, Ind. 
Dear Mr. Willis: 

In re 15 A. R. Butler Pottery 
Co. vs. 16 Saunders & Co. 

We enclose full particulars of 
this | account and wish you to stop 
off at Lafayette on your way to 
Chicago and make every possible 
effort to | collect. Please refer to 
our former correspondence on this 
subject. 

If the debtors insist that there 
was any breakage in | the shipment, 
have them produce a statement of the 



damage signed by the freight agent at 
Elwood; also have them | make 
affidavit as to the damage involved. 
Under no other circumstances accept 
less than the full amount. 

If you find] 100 that you cannot 
make any progress with the claim, 
turn it over to Simms & Chase, our 
attorneys at Huntington. | In case 
you do so, inform them that the ac- 
count has been placed upon the basis 
of two-thirds of | 10% on the first 
$300 and two-thirds of 5% on the 
balance. 

Please | interview the debtors at 
your earliest convenience and let us 
have a detailed report. 

Very truly yours, (177) 

4 

Mr. K. H. Masters, 

17 Secretary, National Cloak Co., 
483 Flynn Building, 
Dayton, Ohio. 
Dear Sir: 

In re National Cloak Co. vs. 
J. W. Peters. 

We have your letter of March 10 
stating that | you have had nothing 
from us in the above cause, and sug- 
gesting that we take peremptory 
action 18 against the surety | on this 
note. 

We communicated with Mr. 
Thomas J. Walton, who appears as 



14 Why is the apostrophe placed before the s in this word and after the s in "joint creditors' bill" in 
letter 1? 

15 A Latin phrase meaning in the matter oj. 

16 Abbreviation for versus meaning against. 

17 In addresses of this kind the entire expression, "Secretary, National Cloak Company," is in appo- 
sition with Mr. K. H. Masters; consequently the expression should not be divided but written together on 
the second line. 

18 That is action which is absolute and permits of no question. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



surety. His reply, dated March 9, 
has | just reached us. Mr. Walton 
claims that he was not notified of 
Mr. Peters' failure to meet the note 
on | its due date. According to the 
Negotiable Instruments Law of Ten- 
nessee he is thereby automatically 
relieved of responsibility. Unless 
you| 100 can show that you notified the 
surety that the note was not paid at 
maturity, it is our opinion that | you 
cannot recover from him. 

If you cannot adduce 19 such 
proof, our only suggestion is that we 
bring suit to | secure a garnishment 
against Peters' salary. He has re- 
fused our demands for payment, but 
we are inclined to believe that | the 
issuance of a writ will frighten him 
into settlement. If we cannot col- 
lect in this way the case is | hopeless. 
Shall we proceed to garnishee his 
salary? 

Yours truly, (190) 

5 
Mr. Albert O. Sands, 

802 Hill Avenue, 
Rockford, 111. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your 'etter of the 15th. 
We are satisfied you will have no 
difficulty in eventually collecting | 
from the Excelsior Motors Corpora- 
tion, with interest on the account. 

While the corporation's bonded 
debt 20 is considerable, it is well | 
understood in financial circles that 
excellent collateral security has been 



furnished for all loans received from 
local banks. A recent | appraise- 
ment of the plant and equipment of 
this corporation was entirely satis- 
factory to its creditors in this city, 
among which | are the banks re- 
ferred to. Your information that 
certain manufacturers of automobile 
parts have secured an attachment 
against the corporation | 10 ° on the 
ground that it was insolvent is erro- 
neous, and we should like very much 
to know the source of | your infor- 
mation. 

It is true that some of the prop- 
erty of the corporation has been hy- 
pothecated, which has hurt its | 
credit standing with the mercantile 
agencies, but the present manage- 
ment is rapidly overcoming the ad- 
verse conditions under which the 
plant | has been operated- for the 
past six months. It appears to us 
that the creditors who lend a helping 
hand | in the present emergency by 
granting an extension of credit will 
profit thereby in the end. 

Very truly yours, (199) 

6 
Messrs. Douglas & Becker, 
112 Webster Street, 
Everett, Wash. 
Gentlemen: 

In re Rodney Calcium Light 

& 21 Film Company 

The rehearing of this case was 

held before the alderman yesterday | 

at four o'clock. Our attorney was 



19 That is, bring forward or cite in proof of what is alleged. 

20 A debt evidenced by a bond issue. 

21 Use the sign "&" only in a firm name. 



8 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



present. Prior to the hearing he 
had a conference with counsel 22 for 
the defendant, [ who explained to our 
attorney 23 the defendant's defense 
and exhibited the papers in his pos- 
session. Our attorney expresses him- 
self as | being doubtful of his ability 
to secure judgment finally. He be- 
lieves he will succeed in the action 
before the alderman; | but there 
seems to be no doubt that if judg- 
ment is secured before the alderman, 
the case will be appealed j 10 ° to the 
County Court. 

In the course of the conference 
with the defendant's counsel our 
attorney secured the following propo- 
sitions, | which he believes are the 
most advantageous settlements pos- 
sible: 

First— Defendant will pay $100 
and the alderman's costs | for the 
delivery of the sign f. o. b. 24 Belling- 
ham, Wash. 

Second — Defendant will pay $30 
and the costs | in full settlement of 
the claim and allow you to retain the 
sign and sell it on the best terms | 
you can make. 

We suggest that you decide on 
one of these propositions. In case 
you are determined to push | 200 the 
suit, let us know at once. The next 
hearing has been set for May 24. 
Yours respectfully, (219) 



Jordan Supply Co., 

831 N. Eaton St., 
Rome, N. Y. 
Gentlemen : 

In re Davis Mfg. Co. 

We enclose a copy of a letter 
from the debtor company to our at- 
torney, | the attorney's reply, and a 
copy of his letter to us reporting on 
the case. He is a capable lawyer | 
and since he has so frankly stated his 
doubt as to the successful outcome of 
the case if it is | brought to trial, we 
deem it advisable to refer the matter 
to you again for a decision as to 
what | action we should take under 
the circumstances. 

In the judgment of counsel the 
case is quite complicated and many 
points 1 10 ° have come up in the nego- 
tiations so far conducted which, if 
suit is entered, would be left to the 
jury | to decide as matters of fact. 

The debtors appear to invite suit, 
but a review of your letter of No- 
vember | 14 shows that you do not 
wish to litigate because of the expense 
involved and the resulting delay. 
We agree | with you in part, but as 
we cannot obtain any offer of settle- 
ment by way of compromise, we shall 
be | compelled either to proceed with 
the suit if you are reasonably sure of 
your facts, or drop the case. If | 200 



22 That is, the lawyer. Counsel means advice or one who gives advice, as a lawyer. It is to be dis- 
tinguished from council, which means a legislative assembly. 

23 How is the plural of attorney spelled? 

24 F.o.b. means free on board The Rodney Calcium Light & Film Company of Bellingham, which 
is the defendant in this case, stipulates that our clients, Douglas & Becker, shall pay for the transportation 
charges on the sign from Everett to Bellingham. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



you are prepared to give our attorney 
unlimited authority and will assist 
him by personal witnesses and testi- 
mony, we have | no objection to 
bringing the case to trial. 

We do not wish to assume the re- 
sponsibility of recommending suit; 
we | are simply referring the entire 
matter to you again for a careful in- 
vestigation of the facts and with the 
request | that you give us further 
instructions. 

Yours respectfully, (268) 

8 

The J. G. Knight Co., 

635 Broad Street, 

West Chester, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

In re Henry W. White 

In order to secure payment on 
the two notes issued to you by Mr. | 
White, our attorney entered suit, ob- 
tained judgment, issued execution, 
and levied on some furniture, which 
was subsequently sold by the | 
sheriff. We succeeded in collecting 
$203.30, two-thirds of the original 
debt less the credit | memorandum 
of $9.25, which as payee's agent we 
endorsed on one of the notes. 

For services | rendered we are 
charging 10%, which, taking into 
consideration the legal services, is 
very low. Twenty per cent. | 10 ° of 
$203.30 is $40.66. Deducting this 
from the amount collected | leaves a 
balance of $162.64. We are also 
accounting for the costs which | you 



advanced, $5.00, making the amount 
due you $167.64. Enclosed you 
will | find our check for the amount. 

It develops that the third note, 
made by Wm. J. Burton in favor of | 
the debtor and endorsed by him over 
to you, was an accommodation note. 
The attorney refused to handle it 
because | 200 it is almost impossible 
to collect on accommodation paper of 
this kind. He claims that White is 
now totally uncollectible, 25 | and that 
he is fortunate in getting the above 
settlement. 

We have transferred this note to 
another attorney who has | been 
reporting to us, but up to this time 
no definite information in regard to a 
settlement has been received. | As 
soon as we receive a report on it, we 
shall write you again. 

Yours very truly, (277) 



C. F. Johnson, Esq., 26 

1426 Exchange Bldg., 
Chicago, 111. 
Dear Sir: 

In re J. H. Anderson 

I have talked with Mr. Anderson 
and cannot secure payment. In the 
first | place he disputes the bill, stat- 
ing that he has received statements 
heretofore showing the balance due 
to be $275 | instead of $375. He 
does not seem to have satisfactory 
evidence to substantiate | this con- 
tention. However, after investigat- 
ing his financial condition I feel sure 



25 Note the spelling, uncollectible. 

26 The title Esq. is often added to the names of lawyers. Never use Mr. and Esq. with one name. 



10 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



we could not collect $375 | even if 
we had a judgment. 

He has some real estate, but as it 
is quite heavily mortgaged, he has 1 10 ° 
very little if any equity. He recently 
lost his printing establishment, which 
was taken from him under a title- 
clause | contract, and he is working 
on a salary and percentage basis for 
the Commercial Printing Company of 
this city. His | present income is 
only sufficient to meet the living ex- 
penses of his family and allow him to 
save a nominal | sum each month to 
apply on his obligations. 

He states that he wants to pay 
every dollar he owes but | that it is 
impossible for him to do so. He 
talked of filing a petition in bank- 
ruptcy if he is | 200 pushed to the 
wall by his creditors, a list of whom I 
enclose. This list shows the amounts 
he owes. He | offers to settle with 
us on the basis of paying $275 in full 
settlement, payable at | the rate of 
$25 a month until the claim is sat- 
isfied. 

I am satisfied that it is the | 
part of wisdom to accept this propo- 
sition. I believe that Mr. Anderson 
is a man of integrity and I have | 
no reason to doubt the sincerity of 
his expressed desire to do the right 
thing, but he is now in | 300 a position 
where he cannot do more than he has 
offered. 

If you will accept his proposition, 
kindly notify me | to that effect and 
I will make definite arrangements 
with him. 

Yours very truly, (334) 



10 

Mr. J. H. Woodward, 

President, Central Mfg. Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

In re Central Manufacturing 
Co. vs. The Eastern Steamship Sup- 
ply Co. 

We have conferred with Mr. 
Wilson, president | of the Eastern 
Company, who stated that he had 
expected to have some definite word 
for us today but that | he had been 
unable to arrange a conference with 
the parties interested with him to 
discuss the situation and reach | a 
conclusion. He feels sure he will 
be able to arrange a meeting in two 
or three days and asked | us to 
wait until we hear from him. 

Mr. Wilson was quite frank in ex- 
plaining his company's position. He 
insists | 10 ° that the caps which have 
been shipped to them do not conform 
to the specifications and drawings. 
He states that | the caps were im- 
perfectly cast and that your company 
was negligent in not having them 
properly designed and finished. He 
| claims that they devoted consider- 
able time in their plant to refinishing 
those they have attempted to use so 
far. We | note in the correspond- 
ence which has passed between the 
Cleveland and Detroit offices of 
your company several statements that 
seem | to substantiate his claim that 
the caps were not made up as 
ordered. 

We have formed the opinion 
from our | 200 conversation with Mr. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



11 



Wilson that his company will be able 
to present a very formidable defense 
if the issue is | permitted to go to 
court. It will be a difficult case to 
handle, and it is probable that all of | 
the material in your possession will 
have to be shipped to New York, 
and the caps and mountings they 
have | already installed will have 
to be dismounted and returned to 
you because the entire product will 
be required in evidence. | In the last 
analysis it would seem to us to be a 
question of fact for the jury to deter- 
mine | 30 ° as to whether the material 
manufactured by your company con- 
formed to the specifications, and this 
could only be done by | inspection. 

You will also appreciate that we 
would be seriously handicapped un- 
less we had Mr. Frost present to tes- 
tify, as | a deposition by him prob- 
ably would not carry as much weight 
as the oral testimony of Mr. Wilson. 
He claims | that it has cost them a 
great deal of money to have the 
mountings they received altered so 
they could | be adapted to their 
requirements. He also stated that 
the threads on the screws, even after 
they were altered, were | 400 not in 
accordance with the sample and that 
he can demonstrate to the court that 
they not only fail to | conform to the 
specifications, but that they cannot 
even be used successfully in their 
present condition. He further argues 
that | the screws are now too small 
to be re-threaded. Mr. Baker, of the 
New York office, says that our copy | 
of the specifications has been lost at 



the Cleveland plant and this would 
probably handicap us. 

After examining the various | 
parts we must confess that we can- 
not ourselves determine whether the 
material conforms to the specifica- 
tions or not, and in | 500 our opinion 
the court and jury would be so mysti- 
fied before the case was completed 
that the outcome would be | very 
uncertain. It is the history of litiga- 
tion that courts and juries reach 
strange conclusions in cases involving 
technical engineering [ problems. It 
is therefore impossible for us to fore- 
cast the result of the action, as the 
entire case resolves itself | into ques- 
tions of fact and engineering tech- 
nicalities. We believe that Mr. Wil- 
son would impress the court as being 
honest, even | if he is mistaken. 

Our opinion is that it would be 
much better to try to secure a settle- 
ment based | 600 upon some substan- 
tial concession to the Eastern people 
than to go to the expense and trouble 
of a suit. Before | you reach a final 
decision, however, we suggest that 
you wait until we report the result 
of Mr. Wilson's conference | men- 
tioned above. 

Very truly yours, (645) 

11 

F. W. Wood & Company, Plaintiff 

vs. 
C. W. Barker, Defendant 
To the above-named Defendant: 

TAKE NOTICE that the above 
plaintiff claims an indebtedness from 
you of Eighty-four Dollars | and 



12 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



Fifty Cents ($84.50). This amount 
has been duly demanded, no part 
thereof has been paid, and it is now 
due | and owing to the said 2 7 * plaintiff . 

NOW, therefore, you are notified 
that unless you remit in full or ap- 
pear at | plaintiff's place of business, 
410 W. Upland Street, South Bend, 
Indiana, on or before June 12, 1920, | 
and make payment of said claim or a 
satisfactory provision for the adjust- 
ment thereof, you will force us to 
instruct | 10 ° our local attorney to 
bring legal proceedings against you 
without further notice to recover the 
amount of the claim with | ac- 
crued interest, together with the 
costs and disbursements of the action. 

You have had due notice and 
will be responsible | for the conse- 
quences of your failure to comply 
with this demand. 

Yours truly, (153) 

12 

your unsettled account for 

with ..... 28 

has been assigned to us for adjust- 



ment you have been informed by 
your creditor as to our method of 
disposing of delinquent accounts 
we shall now give you an opportunity 
to settle this claim before we pro- 
ceed to advertise it for sale to the 
highest bidder in your immediate 
neighborhood or wherever we are 
most likely to find a buyer this 
account is recognized by law as an 
asset upon which the creditor is com- 
pelled to pay an annual tax and un- 
less you make an effort to liquidate 
your indebtedness you will force us to 
offer it for sale if you cannot 
settle the account in full you surely 
ought to be able to pay part of it on 
account monthly payments will be 
acceptable if you can show that 
the claim is unjust or incorrect in 
any particular you are hereby noti- 
fied to do so at once if we do not 
hear from you within ten days we 
shall proceed to advertise the account 
for sale and continue to do so until 
it has been sold at some price 
yours respectfully 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed by the Fidelity Adjustment Company, 
Cleveland, Ohio. Your teacher is the manager and you are his stenographer. 
All your work will be done under his direction. 



Technical Terms 

Each trade, profession, and line of business has a terminology peculiar to 
itself. By studying carefully the shorthand outlines, spelling, and definitions of 
the technical terms given in connection with each section, you will add largely 

2 This letter is a formal demand notice to a debtor and is consequently couched in precise legal 
language. 

28 The blanks are to be filled in from information given in assignments 8 and 9, page 16. 



< OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 13 

to your vocabulary and will also be able to transcribe the letters dictated to 
you more intelligently and accurately. Refer to the list for the meaning of 
every term you encounter in your work. 

Assignment. Make a typewritten copy of the technical terms (without 
definitions) on pages 3, 4, and 5. These expressions are frequently used in this 
business. Arrange the words double space in two columns. The shorthand 
outlines for these terms are given on page 371. In your shorthand note-book 
write the outlines for each expression at least five times. Hand in the type- 
written list and your notes for inspection. 

Arrangement 

Since it is the finished product — the typewritten transcript — which comes 
under the eye of your employer, it is very important that you acquire skill in 
the artistic arrangement of the letter on the page. Use care and judgment 
in displaying the letter attractively. The margins on both sides and at the 
top and bottom of the page should be approximately equal. Cultivate an even 
uniform touch. A common fault is to strike the period and comma so heavily 
that the paper is pierced. All punctuation marks should be struck more lightly 
than the other keys. Make sure that the type on your machine is absolutely 
clean at all times. The letters a, e, o, g, m, n, s, u, and w easily become clogged 
with dirt and require special attention. 

A number of methods of arranging a letter on the page are now sanctioned by 
business usage. The form illustrated by the style letter on page 2 is probably 
the most widely used. Study the details of the arrangement of this letter care- 
fully, as you will write all letters in this section in the same form. It was dic- 
tated by Mr. Barton, the treasurer. His initials, "DEB," and those of his steno- 
grapher, "LFR," appear to the left of the signature. The initials of the dictator 
are always written first. 

Assignment 1. In the Budget of Forms you will find three letterheads of 
the Fidelity Adjustment Company, marked "form 1." On the first sheet make 
a copy of the style letter, but use the current date and substitute the initials 
of the manager (your teacher) for those of Mr. Barton and your own initials for 
j those of his stenographer. Write "Manager" instead of "Treasurer" below the 
firm name. 

Assignment 2. Copy letters 2 and 3 on the letterheads provided in 
the budget. Always Use the current date. In letter 3 you will find a reference 
I to an enclosure. At the lower left-hand side of the page write the abbrevia- 
tion "Enc." Write the initials below "Enc." Turn to the style letter on page 
20 and observe this arrangement. Hand in the three letters for signature. 

j 



14 COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



Carbon Copies 



Every modern business office keeps on file copies of its correspondence for 
reference. Carbon copies are almost universally employed for this purpose. 
In some offices stenographers are instructed to make the carbon copy on the back 
of the incoming letter. Ordinarily, however, another sheet is used for the car- 
bon copy, which is attached to the letter received. The advantages of the 
former practice are that it saves paper, and the correspondence takes up less 
space in the files. 

In arranging sheets for carbon work, first lay the original sheet face down, 
place the carbon sheet next to it with the glazed side up, and the page which is to 
receive the carbon impression on top. Before inserting the sheets in the machine, 
be sure that the edges are even. 

Assignment 3. Copy letters 4 and 7 with carbons. Use plain paper for 
this and the succeeding assignments in this section. 

Form Letters 

Letter 11 is a final " demand notice" sent out by our firm to debtors from 
whom we have been unable to collect. In sending out similar notices this form 
is used with the insertion of the proper names and amount. 

Assignment 4. Make a copy of the notice without carbon. It is not 
necessary to retain a copy for our files since a memorandum that the form notice 
has been sent is a sufficient record. 

Assignment 5. Write a similar notice (without carbon) to Frederick 
C. Ginn, 2125 Superior Ave., Cleveland, Ohio, against whom an account for 
$96.50 has been placed in our hands by the F. W. Walker Company, whose 
address is 326 Duquesne Street, Braddock, Pa. Specify the date ten days from 
today as the last day on which payment can be made before suit is entered. 
Should this date be a business holiday, insert the date of the next business 
day. Before writing this letter be sure that you know who the plaintiff and the 
defendant are. 

Assignment 6. We have also made numerous efforts to collect from the 
H. K. Marlin Company, Piqua, Ohio, the sum of $146.50, which is owing to 
another of our clients, Mr. Henry L. Sanford, 321 Land Title Building, Cleve- 
land, Ohio. Write a notice in this case, specifying the date fifteen days from 
today as the last on which the debtor may make payment before we enter suit. 

Hand in the five letters and two carbon copies to the manager. If they are 
correct, he will sign the originals with his full name and the carbons with his 
initials. Keep the copies, which will be handed back to you, in your indi- 
vidual folder. The dictator initials the carbon copies in order to authenticate 
them and to indicate that they are ready for filing. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



15 



IP UNDBLtVBBID IN FIVE DAYS KETl'BN TO 

HOWELL MOTOR CO. 
Mr royal avk. & Cathedral, st. 

BALTIMORE, MD, 



Mr. Chester D. Sidney, 

Secretary, Chalmers Motor Car Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 




xr£ 'Kxntxxcn 



The Hon. Charles A. Franklin, 

Chairman, State Industrial Accident Commission, 
425 Union Trust Building, 
Olympia, Wash. 



Illustration 1 — Addressed Envelopes 



16 collection agency section 

Envelope Addressing 

The utmost care should be exercised in addressing envelopes. Thousands 
of letters go astray annually in the mails because of carelessness in writing the 
addresses. Study the arrangement of the envelope addresses on page 15. 

Assignment 7. Address envelopes for the style letter and for letters 
1 to 10. If envelopes are not available, use paper cut to envelope size. The 
ordinary commercial envelope is 6J inches long by 3 J inches wide. Hand 
in the addressed envelopes. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

In your work as stenographer you will be continually called upon to apply 
your knowledge of English construction and punctuation. Such matters as 
proper paragraphing, punctuation, and capitalization will be left largely to you. 

Letter 12 is set solid, without paragraphing, punctuation marks, or capitals. 
Read it through and decide upon the punctuation and paragraphing. After the 
insertion of the proper amount and the name of the creditor company, this letter 
is sent out to the debtor whenever a new account has been placed in our hands. 
It is another form letter. 

Assignment 8. The Morrison Importing Company has placed with us 
an account for $136. 75 against Mr. H. Y. Carroll, 538 Concord Building, Xenia, 
Ohio. Write him a copy of letter 12 with carbon. 

Assignment 9. The American Steel & Wire Company has also placed 
in our hands an account for $572.50 against the Fleming Terra Cotta Company 
of Steubenville, Ohio. Write a similar letter with carbon to this company. 

Assignment 10. Address envelopes for both letters. Slip each letter 
under the flap of its accompanying envelope and hand in for inspection. After 
the letters have been signed, fold and insert them in the envelopes, and place 
in the outgoing mail basket. Keep the carbons in your folder. 

In preparing a letter for insertion in the envelope, first fold over the lower 
half within one-half inch of the top edge of the sheet; now fold the left side over 
about one-third of the width; fold the right side over a little less than one-third; 
insert the letter in the envelope with the flap facing you. 

Transcribing 

Taking dictation and transcribing it are vitally important parts of your 
work. With your notes before you, first determine the amount of typewriting 
space that will be required for the letter. Apply the principles of effective dis- 
play. When you are ready to transcribe, read the entire address of the letter from 
your notes before transcribing it. Now read through the first sentence, mentally 
determining upon the punctuation as you go along; then transcribe this sentence. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 17 

Proceed in your transcribing, sentence by sentence, in this way. After a little 
practice you will be able to transcribe by reading your notes a few words ahead. 
Until you acquire that ability, however, read through each sentence before 
attempting to transcribe it. 

Assignment 11. The manager will dictate to you five letters from the 
correspondence of the Fidelity Adjustment Company. Transcribe these letters, 
with carbons, using the current date. Remember to add the initials. In case 
there is a reference to an enclosure, add the abbreviation "Enc." as instructed in 
Assignment 2. Address envelopes for the letters. 

Hand in your transcripts. When the letters have been signed by the 
manager, insert the originals in the envelopes and place in the outgoing mail 
basket. Retain the carbon copies in your individual folder. 

Filing 

An important part of a stenographer's equipment is a practical knowledge 
of the various methods of filing. Every business house files its correspondence 
and other important papers according to some definite plan. Just what plan 
should be used in any given office depends largely on the nature of the business 
and the character of the correspondence. 




Illustration 2 — Box File and Index 

In handling business situations it is continually necessary to refer to pre- 
vious correspondence bearing on the matter in hand. Economy of time and 
effort results when all correspondence to and from an individual or firm is kept 
in one place. The object of filing, then, is to make correspondence and papers 
readily accessible when needed. A letter which is put in the wrong place in the 
files cannot be located and for all practical purposes is lost. 

From the mechanical point of view the simplest method of keeping corre- 
spondence and papers so that they may be easily located is by filing them in a 
"box file ,, like that shown in illustration 2. 

Within the box is a set of manila sheets stapled or otherwise fastened at 
the back. At the side of each sheet there is a projection called a tab on which 



18 COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 

a letter of the alphabet is printed. Comparatively few names begin with I 
and J; consequently both letters are frequently printed on one tab. The same 
holds true for U-V and X-Y-Z. 

In filing the letters of an individual in the box file, simply note the first 
letter of the last name and place the letter under the manila sheet with the 
corresponding tab. Thus the carbon of the letter to Allan E. Young, Esq., 
should be filed under the sheet with the X-Y-Z tab. In the case of a firm name 
such as The A. W. McCloy Company, the word "the" is disregarded and the 
letter is filed under the sheet with the M tab. Letters addressed to an official 
of a company should always be filed according to the firm name and not the 
name of the individual; thus the letter to Mr. K. H. Masters, Secretary of the 
National Cloak Company, is filed under the sheet with the N tab. 

Assignment 12. File the carbon copies of the letters in your folder in a 
box file. 

Secretarial Practice 

To be an efficient private secretary one must not only be a well-qualified stenog- 
rapher, but must possess those mental and moral characteristics required by the 
confidential duties associated with the position. The technique of shorthand and 
typewriting and the routine of business offices may be mastered by the average 
individual without great difficulty, yet faults of temperament or personality may 
render one unfit to hold a secretarial position. 

The private secretary, in the first place, must realize that the information he 
acquires in the course of his association with his employer is confidential — that 
under no circumstances may he discuss the business affairs of his chief with out- 
siders. The secretary must have a good memory, particularly for details, so that 
he may be able to supply his employer promptly with information which he needs 
in arriving at executive decisions. Indeed, the secretary's most important func- 
tion is to conserve the time and energy of his employer. Ordinarily he must act 
as a "buffer" between his chief and the outside world. His skill in dealing with 
callers is the supreme test of his tact and resourcefulness. 

The employer will often have occasion to give instructions. At such times 
the secretary needs to concentrate his attention wholly on the matter in hand in 
order that he may get a definite understanding of just what is to be done. The 
secretary should take notes of such instructions, putting down all the details and 
noting exactly what his employer expects him to do. 

Assignment 13. The manager calls you into his office and gives you the 
following instructions: "I had a conference with Wilson of the Eastern Steamship 
this morning, (see letter 10) and I will be going up to Detroit tomorrow night to 
see the Central Manufacturing people. I wish you would get me their file. Write 
to Mr. Woodward and tell him I'll be up. You might write Mr. Frost, too. Frost 
is the general manager, you know. And by the way, get me a berth on the 9: 40." 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 19 

Make notes of these instructions. Have you put down all the important 

items? Write the two letters, adding " Secretary to Mr. " (your 

teacher) under the complimentary close. Sign and mail the Le f ters. 

Assignment 14. The manager: "I wish you would look up for me the 
legal rates of interest in these states: Alabama, Nevada, Oregon, Texas, and 
Idaho. Make a little memorandum and put it on my desk." (This informatics 
can be obtained from a commercial law text.) 

Assignment 15. The manager: "Here's a court notice that the Rodney 
Calcium hearing (see letter 6) has been brought forward to the 21st. Wire Doug- 
las & Becker telling them about this and asking them to let us know if they are 
willing to settle on the basis of one of the propositions given in our last letter, or if 
they want us to go ahead with the suit." (Read the information about telegrams 
given on page 237.) 

Assignment 16. The manager: "Here is a letter with some papers from 
The H. M. Rowe Co., Baltimore. They ask us to take a claim. Write the facts 
to our Baltimore representative, R. F. Melton, Esq., 214 E. Lexington St., asking 
him to look into the matter and report to us within a week or ten days. Write 
the Rowe Company also, telling them we will take the claim and notifying them 
of the action we have taken. I'll sign the letters." 

After studying the papers you find the following to be the facts as stated by the 
Rowe Company: In June 19 — , J. D. Lee, a freight solicitor for the Western 
Man/land Railroad, called upon our client and explained that his company was 
running special through freight cars to the West. In July, the Rowe Company 
had a large shipment for the Salt Lake City Board of Education. This shipment 
had to reach Chicago within eight days to be included in a carload of books which 
the Macmillan Company was making up for the Board. Our clients arranged 
with Mr. Lee to ship by Western Maryland to Chicago, and the order was for- 
warded on July 19. The shipment was lost in transit between Baltimore and 
Chicago and could not be located, although Mr. Lee telegraphed to every transfer 
point between the two cities. The Macmillan Company waited until July 29 
and then forwarded its carload to Salt Lake City. The Rowe Company waited 
until August 18 for information about the lost shipment. On that date they 
telephoned Mr. Lee that as the books had to be in Salt Lake City on September 2, 
the day schools would open, they would have to duplicate the shipment by express 
and would expect the railroad to reimburse them for the express charges. Mr. 
Lee asked for two more days to locate the shipment, but failed to do so. He 
then authorized the Rowe Company to duplicate the shipment by express and file 
a claim with his company for the express charges, which amounted to $181.57, the 
Rowe Company reserving the right to make claim for the lost books if they were 
not found. This was done but the claim has never been paid, although the railroad 
company upon inquiry stated that it was in process of settlement. Last week 
when our clients telephoned them again, they said the claim papers had been lost. 



tf.K.RISHEt,PREST. ELIAS DEEMER, VICE PP.EST. RALPH T. SMITH,SECY.*TREAS. 

4 . SCj KiSHiEiL Fto rn trra rs feau pmr 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

D1N1N@ AN® ©S© R©©W 8P1T8 

Dining Tables 

WILLIAMSPORT, PA. February 24, 1920. 

FACTORIES 
WILLIAMSPORT,PA. 
HU6HESVILLE.PA. 



Messrs. Bailey & Walton, 
176 Main Street, 

Pott st own, Pa. 

Gentlemen: 

In reference to your order for a #2764 suit specified in 1572 
Blue Velour, we regret to say that we are temporarily out of this 
covering and do not know just when we shall reoeive another shipment 
of it, "because of the scaroity of dye stuff So 

Under the circumstances, we enclose samples of #1583 Blue and 
#1588 Blue, either of which we can furnish if they will answer your 
requirements. The 1583 lists in the same grade as the 1572 which 
you specified; the 1588 lists in the P grade. 

It may interest you to know that we have materially changed our 
upholstering processes* Each piece is now upholstered entirely by a 
single workman to eliminate piecework and its resulting divided re- 
sponsibility. On all pieces the springs are sewn over a stout 
webbing and are then tied into a complete seat in which each spring 
shares every strain. The springs are of the highest grade tempered 
steel. Burlap covers this foundation. Pine, clean, springy moss is 
piled as high as the arms and quilted with burlap into a very com- 
pact layer; then a second covering of moss with a layer of felted 
hair and a layer of inch thick cotton is applied to make the double 
stuffed or seoond seat, resulting in a construction whioh is 
impervious to spring marks. A rough covering of durable denim is 
then applied, and the piece is ready for the final covering of fine 
upholstery. Prom this time on, all settee pillows and baok cushions 
will be reversibleo 

The suit ordered will be upholstered in the above manner. Kind- 
ly wire us on receipt of this letter which one of our substitute 
selections for the covering will be satisfactory. 



Yours truly, 

Eno. 2 J# K# A ISH ^ L jraNITUKE CO. 

JKS-MWJ 







FURNITURE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

antique — belonging to former times, as contrasted with modern; applied to 

furniture modeled after the styles of former times. 
bevel-edged — applied to mirrors, etc., the edges of which are slightly sloped 

around the four sides. 
bird's-eye maple — the wood of the sugar maple when full of little knotty spots 

somewhat resembling birds' eyes. 
brad — a slender flat nail, having instead of a head a slight projection on one side. 
buffet (bc-o-fa') — a sideboard designed to hold china, plate, etc. 
bureau — a chest of drawers commonly made with an adjustable mirror. 
burl — a term applied to wood which has small knots in it, used for ornamental 

veneering. 
burlap — a coarse heavy material made of hemp or manila and used for wrappings 

and in upholstery. 
caster — a small wheel or swivel attached to the leg of a piece of furniture in 

order to facilitate moving about without lifting. 
cheval glass (she-val') — a looking-glass mounted so as to swing in a frame, large 

enough to reflect the whole figure. 
chiffonier — a case of drawers resembling a bureau, but higher in proportion to 

its width and sometimes not provided with a mirror. 
chifforette — a small chiffonier. 
chifforobe — trade name for a piece of furniture which is a combination of a 

chiffonier and a wardrobe. 
Circassian walnut — trade name for the wood of the English walnut when manu- 
factured into furniture. 
console table — a table which, instead of straight or nearly straight legs, has legs 

very much curved. 
corrugated matting — a floor covering made of some coarse material such as 

hemp, bamboo, etc., and bent or drawn into parallel furrows or ridges, 
crash — a strong coarse linen fabric. 
cretonne — a cotton cloth printed on one side with patterns and used for covering 

furniture, etc. 
dado border — an ornamental rug border, 
damask — a material used for furniture covering, made of silk and wool or silk 

and cotton, and finished in elaborate designs. 
davenport — a large sofa or settee, often convertible into a bed. 
denim — a colored twilled cotton material. 

dowel — a wooden or metallic pin used for fastening together two pieces of wood, 
escritoire — a writing desk. 

21 



22 FURNITURE SECTION 

fumed oak — oak which has been subjected to a process of fuming or smoking 

in order to obtain an antique appearance, 
glider— an attachment to the legs of pieces of furniture to facilitate moving 

about, 
golden oak — trade name for wood secured from the canon live-oak, an evergreen 

oak found on the Pacific coast, 
helical — applied to springs which have a spiral construction, 
hygienic — sanitary. 

kiln-dried (kil) — deprived of moisture by treatment in a furnace, 
linoleum — a kind of floor covering made of linseed oil on a base of coarse canvas 

and hardened to a dense, rubber-like consistency, 
linters — short fibres of cotton taken from the cotton seed in the second ginning, 
madras — a thin cotton cloth, generally figured. 

mission — trade name for a kind of dark, stained furniture, usually made of ash- 
wood, characterized by great plainness and solidity, and the prevalence 

of straight lines. 
mohair — a kind of black cloth sometimes used for furniture covering, 
mortise and tenon joint — a joint which is formed by making a hollow cut (the 

mortise) in a piece of wood to receive a corresponding projection (the 

tenon) formed on another piece in order to fit the two together. 
motif — the central idea, such as a color scheme, which is emphasized in the 

furniture of a room, 
oxidize — applied to metal surfaces treated with acids so as to produce a dark 

or shadowy effect. 
ply — a fold or thickness; used in composition (as 2-ply, 3-ply, etc.) to designate 

the number of thicknesses or twists with which anything is made. 
poplin — a fabric having a silk warp ; occasionally used in furniture making. 
porcelain — a kind of glazed ware. 
portieres — heavy curtains. 

replica — something made in exact likeness of an object. 
scrim — thin strong cloth, cotton or linen, used in upholstery for linings, or for 

window hangings. 
seasoned — dried or hardened so as to be brought into a state for manufacture 

(applied to timber), 
settee — a sofa. 

sheathing — anything which covers or protects an object, 
spinet desk — a small light desk. 
suite 1 — a set of various pieces of furniture intended to be used together 

and harmonizing in color, finish, etc. 
tapestry — heavy woven or figured cloth. 

tempered — applied to the state of a metal, particularly as to its hardness 
ticking — a strong material made of linen or cotton. 
tuna mahogany — trade name for a particular kind of mahogany finish. 

1 Also spelled suit, plural suits. Usually pronounced sut by the trade. Swet is also correct. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



23 



upholster — to provide with textile coverings together with cushions, stuffings 
springs, etc., as a chair or sofa. 

velour — a textile fabric having a thick soft velvet-like nap. 

veneer — to overlay an inferior wood with a wood of a finer or more beautiful 
kind, so as to give the whole the appearance of being made of the more 
valuable material. 

vulcanized — a term applied to rubber which has undergone a hardening process. 

warp — the threads which extend lengthwise in the weaving process, as distin- 
guished from the woof, the threads of which cross the warp. 

weathered — exposed to the air so as to be thoroughly seasoned (applied to 
timber to be manufactured into furniture) . Weathered oak is oak so 
treated. 

webbing — a heavy woven material. 



Period Furniture Styles 


Oriental Rugs 


American Colonial 


Louis XIV 


Kermanshah 


Chippendale 


Louis XV 


Kirman 


French Renaissance 


Louis XVI 


Mahal 


Gothic 


Old English 


Senna 


Heppelwhite 


Queen Anne 


Serabend 


Jacobean 


Sheraton 




Louis XIII 


Tudor 

William and Mary 








CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. J. K. Rishel, 

Frcs., J. K. Rishel Furniture Co., 
Williamsport, Pa. 
Dear Mr. Rishel: 

1 inadvertently 2 happened upon 
an article the other day that I think 
supplies the material for a | very 
attractive booklet, which will be of 
interest not only to the furniture 
purchaser but of considerable value 
to our I salesmen 



This article gives a synopsis 3 ol 
the types of furniture used in the 
various periods of English and French 
| history, with brief descriptions and 
notes by which the different period 
designs may be identified. In chrono- 
logical 4 arrangement it considers | 
the Tudor, French Renaissance, 
Louis XIII, Louis XIV, Louis XV, 
Louis XVI, Old English and Gothic, 
Jacobean, Queen Anne, William | 10 ° 
and Mary, American Colonial, Chip- 



2 That is, by chance. 

3 A general description or summary - 

4 That is, in order of time. 



24 



FURNITURE SECTION 



pendale, Sheraton, and Heppelwhite 
designs, with brief notes of historical 
interest. It also gives a short | 
sketch of the lives and works of 
Chippendale and Heppelwhite. 5 

My purpose in writing is to ascer- 
tain whether you would | favor the 
publication of such a booklet. I like 
the idea and if you are favorably 
impressed with it, I | will prepare 
the manuscript and submit it to you. 
If it is properly illustrated, I think it 
will render a | very distinct and 
valuable service to our field people. 
Sincerely yours, (191) 



The Royal Furniture Company, 

568-574 Cedar Avenue, 
Sheboygan, Wisconsin. 
Gentlemen : 

We have been informed by Mr. H. 
T. McBride, treasurer of the firm of 
James Friend & Son of | this city, 
that there is a carload of your 
furniture here in Pittsburgh on con- 
signment to them which they | can- 
not use, and which you accordingly 
desire to dispose of quickly to some 
other purchaser. 

We understand that the furni- 
ture | consists mostly of odd pieces. 
Not having an itemized list or illus- 
trations, we request that you send us 
catalog cuts | or blue-prints, to- 
gether with your price list and a copy 
of your invoice prices to Friend & 



Son. We 1 10 ° shall not consider any 
quotations which are not at least 
33^% off your net | invoice prices. 
As you undoubtedly know, we can 
buy all of the exhibit samples we care 
to stock at this | discount. 

The Royal Furniture Company 
is unknown to the buying public of 
Pittsburgh as a factor in the mer- 
chandising of | furniture; therefore 
the name of your company is worth 
nothing to us as an advertising 
feature. When you mail your | 
proposition, please send us also an 
order on Friend & Son for the goods 
covered by the memorandum invoice 
or | 200 estimate you send us. 

Yours very truly, (207) 



Mr. W. J. Showers, 

Pres., Armstrong Furniture Co., 
Bloomington, Ind. 
Dear Sir: 

We shipped today by C &N 6 
fast freight one carload consisting of 
your initial order of Simmons | 
metal beds and Slumber springs. 
We enclose duplicate bill of lading. 7 

Briefly, the salient 8 features of 
our product upon which | stress 
should be laid by your salesmen in 
presenting these beds and springs to 
the public are: 

The Simmons metal | bed is 
noiseless because it locks firmly at 
the corners. The patent corner locks 



5 Sheraton, Chippendale, and Heppelwhite were famous English cabinet makers and furniture 
designers. 

6 See page 88. The periods are often omitted from the abbreviations of railroads. 

7 An illustration of a bill of lading will be found on page 217. Duplicate bills of lading are sent to 
consignees to enable them to have shipments traced from their end of the line in case of delay. 

8 Prominent; outstanding. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



25 



are made of pressed steel and | have 
much longer and broader bearing sur- 
faces than the joints on the average 
bed. They fit firmly and snugly, 
giving | 10 ° the bed the rigidity of a 
solid piece. They are absolutely 
free of creaks and rattles. 

The Slumber spring presents | a 
new idea. It is made of an ingenious 
combination of elastic steel strips 
with spirals of high-test spring | 
wire assembled so that the spring 
action is equal in all directions. 
The spring is finished in oxidized 



silver and | is therefore rust-proof. 
It has no loose ends or rough corners 
and cannot wear or tear the ticking. 
It | yields to the weight of the body 
but supports it evenly. It does not 
sag or hump and makes a 1 20 ° firm 
foundation for the mattress. 

Mr. Johnson will be in Bloom- 
ington on March 25 to assist your 
salesmen in | introducing the Sim- 
mons line. You may depend at all 
times upon our hearty co-operation 9 
in the marketing of our product. 10 1 
Yours truly, (242) 



Abbott Furniture Co., 

346-352 W. Plymouth St., 
New Castle, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

We have a few short lengths of Extra Heavy Corrugated Matting similar 
to the sample enclosed. We have grouped | them into three rolls as follows: 

Roll # 1—24 and 38 yds. Total 62 yds. | 

" #2—27, 19, and 13 yds. " 59 " 

" #3— 28 and 32 | yds. " 60 " 

We offer these rolls to you, subject to prior sale, at 90^ per sq. | yd., f.o.b. 
your city. 11 This matting is not only extra heavy (measuring about 5 /32" 1 10 ° 
thick), but is our best grade — Government Standard. 

We have heard nothing from you in response to our recent | offer to send 
you a sample dozen of our # 1 Pure Rubber Mats. The experience of the trade 
has | been that purchasers of rubber mats are willing to pay a fair price for a 
good article. Our #1 | mats are made of pure rubber, extra heavy, are 
18" x 30", and weigh 8 lbs. each. We | guarantee that they will not grow 
hard or crack with age. 



9 This word is written both with the hyphen and without. Both forms are shown in this book. 

10 While the primary purpose of this letter is to notify the customer that his order has been shipped, 
the writer takes the occasion to point out those features of his product which should be emphasized by the 
customer's salesmen in their "selling talks." 

11 See footnote 24 on page 8. Who will pay the transportation charges in this case? 



26 



FURNITURE SECTION 



We should like very much to send you a 1 20 ° sample dozen and quote you $12 
per dozen, f.o.b. Philadelphia. On the sample dozen, however, we shall | pre- 
pay the freight, and if on examination you do not find the mats satisfactory 
you may return them at our | expense. 

Yours very truly, (244) 



Mr. F. E. Henderschott, 

Bryn Mawr, Pa. 
Dear Mr. Henderschott: 

If you have not purchased the 
bedroom suite you wished to obtain 
a few weeks ago, we | should like to 
have you visit the store any day 
next week to see a new suite we have 
just | added to our line. 

It is a 7-piece suite with a full 
size double bed, single mirror bureau, 
triple | mirror dressing table and 
bench, gentleman's chifforobe, rocker, 
and straight back chair. A choice is 
offered in solid mahogany, genuine | 
American walnut, golden oak, bird's- 
eye maple, or old ivory finished on 
solid mahogany in the Queen Anne or 
Louis | 100 XVI period designs. This 
suite is a Hawkes product, and for 
finish and construction it is by far the 
most | artistic and satisfactory suite 
we have ever offered. 

You may have a chifforette in 
place of the chifforobe if you | pre- 
fer it. The bed is fitted with a De 
Luxe bed spring, the leading spring 
in the crossed helical tied | method 
of construction, which makes a won- 
derfully comfortable bed. This mat- 
tress is made under the strict Ohio 
State laws and | therefore answers 
all requirements as to hygienic con- 
ditions. The bed may be fitted with 



a box spring and mattress if | 200 you 
prefer that combination. 

The prices of this suite, according 
to the different woods and finishes, 
range from $425 | to $650. If you 
are interested in it, I shall take great 
pleasure in | showing it to you if 
you will call. 

Yours sincerely, (250) 



Mrs. Henry F. Palmer, 

231 N. Luzerne Ave., 
Richmond, Va. 
Dear Madam: 

During your visit to the store 
yesterday, I intended to show you 
the Sellers Kitchen Cabinets, but as | 
you were evidently in a great hurry I 
decided to invite you in to see them 
the next time you | are down town. 

I want you to see the Master- 
craft model at least. It has the au- 
tomatic lowering flour bin | (with 
flour sifter), which eliminates climb- 
ing on chairs and dangerous lifting 
and straining when filling the bin. 
The automatic base | shelf extender 
brings the pots and pans within easy 
reach when the lower cupboard doors 
are open. The porcelain work- 
table | 100 is a feature every woman 
wants. The patented ant-proof 'cas- 
ters prevent vermin from crawling 
up into the cabinet. | 



CORRESPONDENCE 



27 



It is built of carefully finished, 
well seasoned hardwood. Every joint 
and corner is glued and blocked. 
The cabinet interior | is of baked-on 
white enamel. It has dust-proof and 
vermin-proof drawers, metal lined 
bread and cake drawers, | with slid- 
ing metal lids, nickel-aluminum uten- 
sil racks, glass spice and sugar jars, 
and many other features that make 
for | economy, satisfaction, and service. 

This cabinet is 48 inches in 
width and easily accommodates from 
300 to 400 | 20 ° articles, the entire 
kitchen utensil equipment of most fam- 
ilies. You can do practically all of 
your work right at | the cabinet, 
which saves every needless step, 
every unnecessary bit of labor, and 
every possible moment of time. 

I hope | to have the pleasure of 
demonstrating its many advantages 
to you in the near future. 

Respectfully yours, (257) 



J. R. Donaldson & Co., 

1617 Arch Street, 
Dayton, Ohio. 
Gentlemen: 

We acknowledge with thanks 
your remittance in the sum of $106 
covering our invoice 12 of September | 
29. 

Suite # 290 is probably the most 
satisfactory fumed oak living room 
suite for you to carry | to retail at 
$75 or thereabouts. It consists of a 
settee, an arm chair, a rocker, and 
a I 34-inch library table. The 



frames are very strongly constructed. 
The spring seats are upholstered in a 
good grade | of imitation leather. 

Most manufacturers of fumed 
oak use colored shellac varnish in 
finishing, with the result that when 
a j 10 ° piece is damaged the shellac 
must be removed in the refinishing 
process, which consequently removes 
practically all of the color. | How- 
ever, this suite is finished by an en- 
tirely different process. 

We secure our fumed finish by 
first subjecting the wood | to the 
fumes of strong ammonia in an air- 
tight room, and then chemically pro- 
duced colors are applied and allowed 
| to dry thoroughly. The color is 
therefore in the wood before the shel- 
lac varnish is applied, so that when 
the | varnish is damaged the color 
still remains and repairs can be easily 
and satisfactorily made. We hope 
to i eceive your 1 20 ° order for a number 
of these suites. 

We regret to inform you that 
we are unable to continue our pre- 
vious | arrangement as to freight 
allowance. Undoubtedly you are 
aware of the fact that lumber, cot- 
ton linters, steel angles, and steel | 
wire have advanced very consider- 
ably above their former prices. It 
follows that our manufacturing cost 
has advanced proportionately. In 
order | to cut down our cost of doing 
business to as small a margin as pos- 
sible, we will in the future | make 
shipments f.o.b. factory. 13 

Very truly yours, (289) 



12 See the specimen of an invoice on page 71. 

13 That is, the customer will have to pay the transportation charges. 



28 



FURNITURE SECTION 



8 

Mrs. Mildred Willard, 

1914 N. Fulton Ave., 
Haverhill, Mass. 
Dear Madam: 

The rug gives the keynote of 
color for every room in the house. 
You choose the color in | the rug 
you wish to develop — to emphasize — 
and leaving the other colors as a 
soft background, you begin to | 
think about hangings and slip-covers 
to harmonize. However, the rug is 
always the motif. 

With this fact in mind, | we 
want you to see the large assortment 
of designs, grades, and colors in rugs 
for summer which we will | place on 
sale April 2. The very suggestion 
you are waiting for may be offered 
by some soft natural color | 10 ° woven 
into the pattern or other combination 
in these beautiful rugs. 

We have in stock Rattania 
Fiber Rugs, highly vulcanized, | 
that can be very easily cleaned with a 
non-alkali soap and water; Neenah 
Fiber Rugs of solid colors, the | only 
decorations being dado borders; and 
De Luxe and Deltox Grass Rugs of 
finest quality, introducing a two-tone 
effect | by the use of two colors in 
the warp. There are also Colonial 
and Grandmother Rag Rugs, and 
some old-time | Hook Rugs which 
in colonial times were always found 
before the grandfather clock. A 
wonderful selection is offered in | 200 
Wilton and Scotch Art Rugs. 

As a special feature of the sale, 
we have a number of Bengal repro- 



ductions of | Oriental Rugs which 
are exact replicas of some of the very 
best types of hand-woven rugs. 
Made carefully, much of | the work 
done by hand, they reproduce the 
coloring, pattern, surface, and rich 
finish of such Oriental rugs as the | 
Kermanshah, Senna, Mahal, Sera- 
bend, and many others. 

In connection with the rug sale 
we will also offer a large selection | 
of high-grade fabrics, curtains, and 
light-weight portieres, including gor- 
geous cretonnes, ruffled Swiss cur- 
tains, stenciled crash, plain-color 
poplins, 1 30 ° block scrims, and madras. 

We trust we may have the pleas- 
ure of seeing you at our store during 
this sale. | 

Yours very sincerely, (323) 

9 

Mr. James C. St. Clair, 

1021 Addison Ave., 
Louisville, Ky. 
Dear Sir: 

We are now ready to show our pa- 
trons the 10-piece dining-room suites I 
told you we | had coming in when 
you called upon us recently. I wish 
to show you in particular the follow- 
ing three suites: | 

A Queen Anne genuine burl wal- 
nut suite with 48-inch extension 
table, having three extra leaves, a 
china closet, | a buffet, a serving 
table, and five side chairs and one 
arm chair, with genuine leather 
seats. The price of | this suite is 
$375. 

A rich antique brown solid ma 
hogany suite in the William and 



CORRESPONDENCE 



29 



Mary | 3 00 period design with the same 
pieces as the above suite except 
that you have the option of a 54-inch | 
table if you prefer it, and the chairs 
have spring seats. This suite sells 
at $425. | 

An American walnut suite in 
Queen Anne design with the same 
pieces as the above suites for $350. | 

The carvings on all of these suites 
are genuine hand-chiseled by skilled 
artists. None of the carvings | are 
tacked on or stamped, but are chiseled 
out of the solid wood of the frames. 
In depth of carving 1 200 and excellence 
of construction and finish these pieces 
are unsurpassed. Rare individuality 
is expressed in the turning of the 
mirror | frames and other orna- 
mental features. 

In all of the heavy pieces in 
these suites, the mortise and tenon 
pin joint | is used, which when glued 
makes a joint that is absolutely solid. 
Dust-proof panels are fitted under all 
drawers. | The china closet may be 
had with inside of wood or with 
mirror backs and plate glass shelves. 
In order | to protect the surfaces of 
tables, buffets, etc., many of our 
customers are having them fitted 
with plate glass tops, | 300 which we 
can supply with these suites. If you 
prefer two arm chairs and four side 
chairs instead of the | other com- 
bination, we can supply the extra 
arm chair. 

I trust you will come to see these 
beautiful suites. 

Yours | very truly, (342) 



10 

The Minch & Eisenbrey Co. 

218 W. Lexington St., 
Meriden, Conn. 
Gentlemen . 

Some information as to our man- 
ufacturing processes may be of inter- 
est to you in connection with the 
proposition of | becoming the rep- 
resentatives of Rishel furniture in 
your city. 

We use only the highest grade 
lumber, selected under the rules | of 
the National Hardwood Lumber As- 
sociation. It is air-dried for at least 
one year before it is kiln-dried, | so 
that after being manufactured into 
furniture it will not be affected by 
climatic conditions. After being air- 
dried for | one year, it is saturated 
with live steam. The air-drying and 
steaming kill all plant life, which is 
the j 10 ° enemy of perfect glue joints. 
After being steamed, the lumber is 
thoroughly dried in our kilns, which 
takes from four | to six weeks. It 
is next allowed to stand for about 
two weeks before being worked into 
furniture, so that | it will adjust 
itself to the natural moisture in the 
air. This is a necessary precaution, 
as the bone-dry | lumber coming 
into contact with outside air from the 
superheated kilns has a tendency to 
swell slightly, which should be | 
completed before it is put in process. 

Glue is an important item and 
only the very best hide stock joint | 2or 
glue is used. All other materials 
used, such as screws, brads, nails 



30 



FURNITURE SECTION 



dowels, casters, stain, filler, shellac, 
varnish, and upholstering | mate- 
rials are of first quality, as we do not 
believe in sacrificing quality in order 
to make a low price. | 

It is well that you should know 
something relative to the equipment 
of the Rishel factory, as it has a | 
direct bearing on the quality and 
price of our product. There is no 
more complete woodworking plant 
in the United | States. All machines 
are individually motor-driven. The 
current is generated by us, and light 
is furnished workmen during dark | 300 
hours by 100 watt tungsten lamps, 
with reflectors, and placed but ten 
feet apart each way. All machines 
are | of the latest types, and we 
have many special machines manu- 
factured under our own direction. 
For instance, we use a | specially 
designed hollow chisel mortise ma- 
chine which ^will cut a mortise in a 
fraction of the time in which it | can 
be done by hand, and at the same 
time turn out a better finished prod- 
uct A bit revolves rapidly | inside 
a hollow chisel which at one operation 
will cut a two-inch square hole 
through four inches of solid | 400 white 
oak. This supersedes the method of 
olden craftsmen who used brace and 
bit, chisel and mallet. By using 
such | modern machinery and keep- 
ing it in perfect condition by skilled 
mechanics who have no other duty, 
you will realize that | we secure 
maximum production and absolute 
uniformity. 



We await your decision on our 
proposition with very great interest. 
Yours sincerely, | (460) 

11 

Dear Madam: 

On Monday, the 31st of July, the 
annual 

AUGUST FURNITURE SALE 
opens at Wanamaker's. Each season 
brings | a larger response to these 
events, the natural result of the va- 
riety, values, and service that they 
give our customers. | 

The real store serves. It is the 
agent of its customers in gathering 
merchandise of satisfactory sorts and 
bringing it | to the customer at a 
fair brokerage for finding the goods. 
This ideal of merchandising breathes 
the spirit of fairness, | and the busi- 
ness grows because the store serves. 

Large operations have brought 
fine values for this furniture sale. In 
a | 100 nutshell, we have 

$40,000 worth of bedroom 

furniture 
$50,000 worth of living-room 

and parlor furniture | 
$65,000 worth of dining-room 

furniture 
$75,000 worth of miscellaneous 
furniture 
to sell at | a full third below today's 
values. The furniture gathered for 
this sale cannot be accommodated in 
the store, although there | are three 
acres of show-rooms. You will see 
samples and a few duplicates, but the 
bulk of the stock will I be at the 



CORRESPONDENCE 



31 



warehouse at 21st and Market 
Streets and in cars on side tracks 
when the sale starts. |* 200 

There are six hundred extension 
tables among the dining-room furni- 
ture, $28,000 worth to be sold for | 
$18,000. We secured from one fa- 
mous manufacturer $48,000 worth of 
bedroom furniture to sell for | 
$36,000. 

In this sale there is a complete 
line of medium and high-priced fine 
quality breakfast-room | suites, bed- 
room suites, dining-room suites, li- 
brary and hall furniture, china closets, 
sideboards, buffets, library tables, 
serving tables, chifforobes, | chiffo- 
niers, dressers, davenports, wood and 
metal beds, rockers, chairs, spinet 
desks, console tables, tea wagons, 
shaving stands, knitting stands, and | 300 
hall mirrors. All of the favored 
woods are included — Mahogany, 
Tuna Mahogany, Circassian Walnut, 
Oak, Bird's-eye Maple, Birch, etc. | 
There is also a beautiful collection of 
reed and willow furniture. 

This furniture presents many 
new patterns in upholstery, with | 
striking color combinations in a 
large assortment of art velvets, ver- 
dure tapestries, damasks, velours, 
figured mohair, and hair cloths. 

Every | piece in this sale is 
offered at a reduced price and is so 
tagged. We have never before offered 
to | our friends such an opportunity 
as this sale affords. We hope to see 
you at the store during the course | 400 
of this sale, to which you are most 
cordially invited. 

Very truly yours, (413) 



12 

we have your inquiry of 

.... regarding dressers it comes 
at an opportune time because we are 
just now making up in one cutting 
4,000 dressers of the type illustrated 
by the enclosed cut we are run- 
ning these as a special inducement 
for new customers and as an incen- 
tive for our our regular customers to 
increase their business with us by 
marking them at an unusually low 
price before stating the price how- 
ever we request you to note carefully 
the special features of this dresser 
it is made of solid indiana oak by 
our well-known angle-brace method 
of construction the drawer bottoms 
and case backs are made of three-ply 
built-up veneers the drawers are 
finished inside and out the dresser 
is finished in either waxed golden oak 
or standard fumed oak the base 
measures 20 x 40" and the bevel- 
edged mirror is 22 x 26" the dresser 
is crated in southern cork pine 
each piece being complete in the 
crate every dresser is fully repre- 
sentative of the indestructible rishel 
line we will deliver these dressers 
at the very low price of $14.95 
each net 30 days 14 fob factory you 
can dispose of this stock at a consid- 
erable saving to your customers and 
as a sale leader it offers you a splen- 
did opportunity naturally this stock 
will move quickly and as we will fill 
orders as they are received it will be 
to your advantage to make provision 
for your requirements immediately 
very truly yours 



'The dressers must be paid for at the full price within thirty days, no discount being allowed. 



32 FURNITURE SECTION 

OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

Your teacher is the sales manager of the J. K. Rishel Furniture Company, 
Williamsport, Pa., by whom you are employed in this section. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Make a copy of the technical terms and practice their 
outlines, as previously instructed. On a separate sheet copy the names of 
Period Furniture styles and Oriental rugs. Hand in your work. 

Arrangement 

The arrangement of the style letter on page 20 illustrates a very common 
form for full page letters. The second line of the address is indented five spaces 
from the margin of the letter and the third line ten spaces. When letters are 
written single space, a double space should always be left between paragraphs. 
The signature "J. K. Rishel Furniture Co." is written in such a way that it 
extends an equal number of spaces on both sides of "Yours truly." Observe 
how the title "Assistant Sales Manager" is placed. Be careful in handling the 
details of letter arrangement. Make each letter you write an artistic achieve- 
ment in which you can take real pride. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on a letterhead of the 
J. K. Rishel Furniture Co. ( form 2). Use the current date and your teacher's 
initials and your own. Address an envelope for the letter. 

Assignment 2. Copy letters 1 and 7 with carbons on the other letter- 
heads provided in the budget and address envelopes. When the letters have been 
signed, fold and insert them in the envelopes, and place in the outgoing mail 
basket. Retain the carbons in your folder. 

Sales Letter 

Letter 11, page 30, is a Wanamaker sales letter. It is an unusually good 
example of " salesmanship on paper." Read the second paragraph carefully and 
observe how the writer stresses the idea of "service" as the fundamental reason 
for the store's existence. 

Assignment 3. We wish to send copies of this letter to three of our dis- 
tributors who are going to conduct similar sales. Copy the letter with two 
carbons. This will be a full page letter. Leave margins of only five spaces on 
each side. Double space before and after August Furniture Sale; also above 
and below the four tabulated lines. Use plain paper for this and all subse- 
quent assignments for which forms are not specified. Hand in the three copies. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 33 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is a form letter regarding dressers, which we are sending out at 
the present time in answer to inquiries. 

Assignment 4. Write the letter with carbon to the firms named below. 
While this is a form letter, a carbon is necessary because a price is quoted. 
Before you begin, read through the letter carefully and decide on the punctuation 
and paragraphing. 

Greenbaum & Ross, Inc., 1845 Fifth Ave., New York City. Their letter to 
us is dated three days ago. 

Mr. C. W. Friend, 1432 Greenfield Ave., Akron, Ohio. Mr. Friend wrote us 
four days ago. 

The Stone-Burkhart Furniture Co., Lincoln, Nebr. They wrote us five 
days ago. 

Address envelopes for the letters. Submit them for signature and keep the 
carbons. 

Information About the Mails 

Since one of your duties will probably be to prepare correspondence and other 
matter for mailing, you should know something about postal regulations. For 
domestic purposes mail matter is divided into four classes. 

FIRST CLASS 

Rate 

Letters and all written and sealed matter 2 £ for each ounce or 

fraction thereof 
Postal cards and post cards "(private mailing 

cards) 1 £ 

SECOND CLASS 

Newspapers and periodicals 1 i for each 4 ounces 

THIRD CLASS 

Miscellaneous printed matter weighing 4 pounds 

or less 1 1 for each 2 ounces 

or less 

FOURTH CLASS 

Parcel Post — all matter not included above, 
(a) Parcels, except books, seeds, plants, etc., 

4 ounces or less any distance 1 i for each ounce or 

fraction thereof 



34 EURNITURE SECTION 

(b) Books, seeds, plants, etc., 8 ounces or less 

any distance ......................... 1 i for each 2 ounces 

or less 

(c) Parcels of books, seeds, and plants over 8 

ounces, printed matter over 4 pounds, 

and all other parcels over 4 ounces Rates based on dis- 
tance and weight 

SPECIAL DELIVERY 

The Post Office provides for the immediate delivery of mail by special 
messenger during certain hours. For such service a special stamp costing 10 <£ 
(in addition to the regular postage) is sold. Ordinary postage stamps may be 
used in lieu of the special delivery stamp. In such cases the words " Special 
Delivery" should be written directly under the stamps. 

REGISTERED MAIL 

For a fee of 10^ in addition to the regular postage, mail matter may be 
registered. Special care is then given to its transmission. A receipt signed by 
the recipient will be returned upon request. Articles must be presented at a 
post office for registration and a receipt secured, and must not be placed in a 
street letter box. In case of loss, provision is made for indemnity. 

INSURANCE 

Parcel post packages may be insured against loss at the following rates, which 
are in addition to the regular postage. 

(a) On parcels not to exceed valuation of $ 5.00 , . . . . 3ff 

(b) On parcels not to exceed valuation of $ 25.00 5^ 

(c) On parcels not to exceed valuation of $ 50.00 10^ 

(d) On parcels not to exceed valuation of $100.00 25^ 

Assignment 5. Calculate the total amount of postage on the following 

mail: 

(a) 25 letters each weighing 1 ounce or less 

(b) 4 letters each weighing more than 1 ounce but less than 2 ounces 

(c) 2 letters each weighing more than 2 ounces but less than 3 ounces 

(d) A bundle of newspapers weighing 1 pound and 4 ounces 

(e) A catalog weighing 1 pound and 2 ounces 

(f) 3 books mailed separately, each weighing 8 ounces 

(g) 2 letters to be mailed special delivery, one weighing £ ounce and the 
other more than 1 ounce but less than 2 ounces 

(h) 1 sealed package weighing 3 J ounces to be registered. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



35 



POSTAL INFORMATION 

The Post Office Department publishes for free distribution a pamphlet 
entitled " Postal Information." Every stenographer should secure a copy and 
keep it for reference purposes. It may be obtained at any post office. This 
pamphlet should be consulted for rates on foreign postage. 

The Department also publishes annually the "Official Postal Guide" con- 
taining postal information of general interest, lists of post offices arranged alpha- 
betically, by states, and by counties, etc. A copy may be obtained for 65^ by 
addressing " Disbursing Clerk, Post Office Department, Washington, D. C." A 
" Parcel Post Guide and Zone Key" used in determining domestic parcel post 
rates is also obtainable. 




Illustration 3— Sectional Loose Leaf Cabinet File 



Transcribing 

When taking dictation refrain from distracting the attention of the dictator 
by turning the leaves . of your note-book or drumming on the desk with your 
pencil. Do not interrupt the dictation. Wait until a letter has been com- 
pletely dictated before asking questions. Before beginning to transcribe, make 
sure of the spelling of all proper names. Be alive, alert, and enthusiastic about 
your work. 

Assignment 6. Five letters from the regular correspondence of the 
Rishel Furniture Company will be dictated to you. Transcribe these letters as 
instructed in assignment 11, page 17. Write them all single space in the form of 
the style letter. Hand in the transcripts. When they have been signed, mail 
them and retain the carbon copies in your individual folder. 



36 FURNITURE SECTION 



Filing 



The carbon copy of a reply to a letter is sometimes written on the back of 
the incoming letter, as explained on page 14. When a separate sheet is used for 
the carbon, it should be pinned or pasted to the incoming letter so that both 
sheets may be filed together. Always place the latest correspondence in front 
of any letters previously filed so that the older letters will be at the back. 

An improvement on the box file is the loose-leaf cabinet shown in illustra- 
tion 3. The cabinet consists of a number of drawers similar to the box file 
except that the papers are kept in place by a wire spring and thus prevented 
from slipping out of the file. 

Assignment 7. File the letters you have written in a drawer of a loose 
leaf cabinet. 

Secretarial Practice 

The quality which makes the secretary most valuable to his chief — and which 
incidentally paves the way to an executive position — is initiative. The successful 
secretary daily arrives at many important decisions; he sees things beyond the 
strict routine of his work; he is continually exercising his judgment as to whether 
or not a given matter should be brought to the attention of his chief or handled 
by himself. If it is a matter which he can handle himself, he takes the proper 
action without direction from any one. 

The secretary will make himself thoroughly familiar with his employer's busi- 
ness, so that his decisions may rest on positive knowledge. He will take advan- 
tage of every opportunity that presents itself for adding to that knowledge. The 
catalogs, price lists, quotation sheets, etc., issued by his house will be carefully 
studied. Every line of business has its trade papers from which the secretary can 
glean much useful information as to prevailing conditions in the industry in which 
his employer is engaged. Initiative can be developed. Invite rather than shirk 
responsibility. The less supervision you require, the more valuable you are to 
your employer. 

Assignment 8. The sales manager, "I wish you would make a note of 
these matters: Write the Furniture Record at Grand Rapids and ask them to 
let us know their terms for a page, half -page, and quarter-page advertisement on 
a yearly contract basis. Write E. R. Blake of the Blake Advertising Agency, 
Bourse Bldg,, Philadelphia, that I will be glad to see nim day after tomorrow 
(specify the date) at two o'clock. Wire the Pennsylvania Hotel, New York, for 
accommodations for next Monday." 

Assignment 9„ The sales manager: "Here is a letter (No. 1, page 23) 
from one of our salesmen, George Bingham, which has been referred to me by Mr. 
Rishel Ask him to send in a fairly complete outline -of what he has in mind. I 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 37 

think the idea is good. You can get him at the Lake Hotel, Syracuse, N. Y. 
I'll sign the letter." 

Assignment 10. Your employer is out of the city today. Important let- 
ters have come in from J. R. Donaldson & Co. (letter 7) and The Minch & Eisen- 
brey Co. (letter 10). Write them that their letters will be brought to the atten- 
tion of Mr. just as soon as he returns to the office, the day after 

tomorrow. 

Assignment 11. You find that you are running short of stationery. 
Make out a requisition addressed to the Supply Clerk for 1000 letterheads and 
envelopes. Also order plain paper, carbon paper, pencils, pens, and other desk 
supplies. Add your signature to the requisition. 

Assignment 12. The sales manager: "Here is a letter from Pickering 
& Co. of Pittsburgh (see letter 2). Write them and say that you are enclosing 
all the information and data they want. Tell them that the Royal is now one of 
our subsidiaries as we recently purchased a controlling interest in that company. 
Say that the best price we can make them is 20% and 5% for cash in thirty days. 
Suggest that we happen to know that exhibit samples are not so plentiful as they 
think. Tell them, too, that this furniture is not sample stock but consists en- 
tirely of staple lines. Ask them to write us within ten days as we cannot hold 
the offer open any longer than that." 

Assignment 13. The sales manager: "Our letter to Minch & Eisenbrey 
(letter 10) has led them to close with us. Here is a telegram from them: Accept 
your proposition. Ship immediately 3 No. 240 bedroom suits finished in mahog- 
any walnut old ivory. Minch coming to Williamsport next week to inspect 
line.' Write and thank them. Factory says we can ship the suits they want 
in three days." 

Assignment 14. The sales manager: "Here is a memoranaum from 
Blake (the credit manager) in which he says he cannot collect the account against 
Rand & Burton of Pottsville. As I know Mr. Rand personally he thinks a letter 
from me may help. Suppose you write them and I'll sign the letter. We don't 
want to lose this account, but neither can we carry them indefinitely. Remind 
them that the account has been running very nearly six months, call attention 
to our terms (see assignment 12), and tell them courteously but firmly that we 
must have our money." 

Assignment 15. The sales manager: "Find out what the rates of post- 
age are for those letters going to South America, England,. France, China, and 
India." 



W. H. Griffin Company 

MANUFACTURERS OF SHOES 
MANCHESTER, N. H. 



March 14,, 
19 2 0. 



Mr. E. T. Carver, 

Clinton & Home Co , 

Birmingham, Ala. 
My dear Mr. Carver: 

It occurs to us that you may be interested in what will 
probably be the last lot of floor shoes the W. H. Griffin Company 
will ever have for sale. 

We enclose a list of the few boots which we have, which 
gives a general description of the stook, the sizes and widths, 
and the original prices. Practically all these goods were made 
this fall, and we believe you could use them to advantage at the 
reduced prices at which we offer them. 

We have usually sold our floor goods on the basis of $3.85 
net f 4 or Welts; $3.40 for McKay goods that originally sold at $5.75; 
and $2.60 for MoKay and English Welt goods that originally sold above 
$2*75. We shall make you a special price for the entire lot of $2.75 
for the Welts and $2.50 for all McKay and English Welts, - terms net 30 
days. 

Please write or wire me personally for sample pairs if you 

think the lot would 'interest you. 

Yours very truly, 

W. H. GRIFFIN COMPANY 
FBR/MK 



SHOE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

Bal — a front-laced shoe of medium height, as distinguished from shoes that are 

adjusted by buttons, buckles, etc. (Abbreviated from " Balmoral," the 

original English name of the shoe.) An English Bal is a shoe of this 

description having an extra long receding toe and low heel. 
Blucher — a style of shoe distinguished by the fact that the back portion of the 

"upper" is extended and loose at the inner edge, the flaps lacing across the 

tongue. 
box calf — trade term for calf leather finished with the grain side stamped with 

irregular, crossed lines. 
butts — a term applied to the heaviest grades of leather. 
Cabretta — trade name for a leather made of the skins of sheep of the tropical 

climates. 
chrome — a term indicating a special process of tanning sole leather. Other 

tannages are hemlock, union, and oak. 
Colonial — a low shoe made principally for women's wear, having a flaring tongue 

.outside with a large ornamental buckle. 
culls — leather of inferior or secondary grade. 
Dongola — heavy goatskin tanned with a combination of vegetable and mineral 

acids and having a semi-bright finish. 
embargo — an order issued by government authority prohibiting the shipping, 

importing, or exporting of merchandise. 
English Welt — a term applied to a square-edged, close-trimmed turned sole; a 

shoe so made. 
findings — a general term applied to articles which are incidental or accessory to 

the manufacture, the trimming, or the care of shoes. 
flesh-finished calf — calfskin finished on the inner or "flesh" side as distinguished 

from that which is finished on the outer or grain side. 
foxing — a piece of leather forming the lower part of the quarter of a shoe. The 

quarter is the back portion of the upper of a shoe, covering the heel and 

attached to the vamp. 
fudge edge — an edge stitched and trimmed very close to the upper. A sole so 

attached is said to be "fudge stitched." 
glazed kid — the principal form in which tanned goatskin (kid) is finished for 

use as sole leather. 
gun metal — proprietary name for a fine grade of well-finished calfskin leather 

with a dull or semi-bright surface. 
insole — the inner sole of a "Welt" or "McKay" sewed shoe, to which the upjer 

is stitched and the outsole is either stitched, nailed, or pegged^ 

39 



40 SHOE SECTION 

instep — the part of a shoe corresponding to the front part of the arch of the 

foot. 
iron — a measure indicating the thickness of soles. It is 1/48 of an inch. 
Juliet — a negligee or house slipper for women, loose-fitting and with high front 

and back. 
Kangaroo — a fine, tough, close-fibred leather made from imported kangaroo 

skins. " Kangaroo calf" is calfskin finished in imitation of genuine 

Kangaroo. 
kip — a term applied to medium weights of cowhides — from 15 to 25 pounds, 
last — the wooden or metal form or mold over which a shoe is constructed and 

which gives the shoe its shape. 
McKay — a special process of making shoes, very generally employed in the 

manufacture of cheap and medium grades of shoes. Shoes made by this 

process are called "McKays." 
Nubuck — a proprietary 1 name for a white or cream-colored buckskin leather, 
offal — an inferior kind of sole leather made by compressing scraps; thus distin- 
guished from "whole stock." 
ooze finish— a trade term applied to velvet or suede finished calfskin. 
Oxford — a low-cut shoe coming to the instep or ankle. An "Oxford Tie" is a 

laced Oxford. 
Oxlite — trade name for a material made of vegetable fibre and used as a sub- 
stitute for rubber and leather. 
packer hides — hides of cattle taken off in the large slaughter houses of cities. 

They bring a slightly higher price than "country hides" (taken off by 

country butchers or farmers) because of the greater care and skill exercised 

in their removal. 
patent leather — leather which has been finished with japan or varnish. When 

horsehide is thus finished, it is called "patent colt." 
rejects — leather which, because of defects, cannot be used in making the highest 

grade shoes." 
shank — a strip of metal used to stiffen the sole of a shoe between the heel and 

the ball; also applied to that part of the sole of the shoe, 
snuffed skins — very thin shavings from the grain side of "side leather," Side 

leather is cowhide split to thickness adapting it for use for uppers of shoes 

or for other purposes. 
Soleoid — trade name applied to a substitute for sole leather, 
split — to shave leather into two or more thicknesses; the leather so treated, 
staple — a general term applied to shoes embodying such features of style and 

make-up as render them subject to repeated demand from customers, 
stock tip — a tip of the same material as the vamp. A "patent tip" is one made 

of patent leather. 
suede (swad) — a method of finishing leather by burring (which is a process of 

scouring or grinding) on an emery wheel the flesh side of leather so as to 

produce a sort of nap or velvety surface. 

1 That is, a trade name used by the manufacturer 



CORRESPONDENCE 



41 



tannage — a general term applied to tanned leather. 

tensile strength — the resistance offered by any material, as leather, to a stress 

or pull in the direction of the length of the piece. 
turned shoe — a shoe having the upper stitched directly to the sole wrong side 

out, the shoe being then " turned" right side out, the process giving it the 

name; called also "turns." 
upper — a term applied collectively to the upper part of a shoe when stitched 

together and assembled. 
vamp — the lower part of the "upper" of a shoe which is stitched or otherwise 

attached to the sole. 
Vici — trade name for a brand of glazed kid, made by a special tanning process. 

"Vici Mat" is thin, dull-finished calfskin used for shoe "uppers." 
viscolize — to render waterproof, as sole leather, by the use of oils or glycerine. 
welt — a strip of leather in a shoe sewed around the edge of the "upper" and 

the inner sole, preparatory to the attachment of the sole. A "Welt 

shoe" is one so manufactured. "Welting" is the trade term for the stock 

used for the manufacture of Welts. 
wheeling — a finish applied to the edge of the sole by means of a corrugated 

wheel. An edge so finished is said to be wheeled. 
wing tip — a tip having a point in the center and extending in curved lines back- 
ward at either side of the shoe. A straight tip is one stitched straight 

across in distinction from a wing tip. 

CORRESPONDENCE 



Cannon Shoe Company, 

423-429 N. Badger St., 
D anbury, Conn. 
Gentlemen : 

Please make up and deliver to us 
within three weeks, if possible, one 
pair black Vici Mat kid top, | same 
style exactly as your lining No. 8409, 
our style 424, size 6J A, | with AA 
instep and heel. 

Also please make up and deliver 
to us at the same time | one pair all 
Havana brown kid button, size 1\ 
AA, on the same last and style | of 
vamp as your lining No. 3820, with 
the exception that the heel is to be a 
1-7/8" | ioo Cuban heel. In case 



you have a last made especially for 
this pair, please forward it | with the 
shoes. 

Kindly let us know when we 
may expect delivery of this order. 
Yours very truly. (138) 

2 

Dallas Shoe Co., 

435 Roland St., 

Fort Worth, Tex. 
Gentlemen : 

We wish to call your attention 
to the following stock shoes which 
we have ready for immediate de- 
livery: 

Black | Kid seamless foxed, 
plain toe, eight-inch boot, leather 
Louis heel, $4.25. 



42 



SHOE SECTION 



Black Kid seamless foxed, | 
straight tip, eight-inch boot, leather 
Louis heel, $4.35. 

Lawrence's Seal Brown Calf 
tuxedo foxed, imitation | wing tip, 
leather Louis heel, eight-inch boot, 
$5.25. 

Blum's white washable kid top, 
seamless foxed, | black kid vamp, 
plain toe, eight-inch boot, leather 
Louis heel, $5.25. 

White Nubuck tuxedo foxed, | 10 ° 
imitation wing tip, eight-inch boot, 



white ivory heel and welting, $4.85. 

Lawrence's Tan Side, seamless J 
foxed, straight tip, eight-inch boot, 
Cuban heel, $4.75. 

We have all the above shoes in | 
stock in A,'B, C, and D widths, ex- 
cept the White Nubuck and the black 
and white shoes, which we | have in 
B, C, and D widths only. 

If you are interested, we shall 
be pleased to submit samples for | 
your approval. 

Yours very truly, (185) 



B. F. Savage Shoe Co., 
Stockton Place, 
Flint, Mich. 
Gentlemen : 

We take this opportunity to thank you for the courtesy extended to Mr. 
R. W. Nelson during his recent | call. The sample order which you gave him 
will be forwarded promptly 

The following will confirm his verbal quotations: 

Red | Black 
2 # 446 Ladies' Oxlite Soles 9 Iron .23 . 21J 

#506 | Ladies' Oxlite Soles 10§ Iron .26J .25 

Oxlite Soles have | been demonstrated to be an excellent substitute for 
both rubber and leather. They are more flexible than leather. It is | 10 ° not 
necessary to reinforce the toe. These soles do not crack in stitching, and they 
are absolutely water-proof, slip-proof, | and stub-proof. The edges can be 
set the same as leather, and the shoe may be fudge-stitched I or wheeled, giving 
in appearance exactly the same results as you would get from a leather sole. 

We believe that | you will be greatly interested when you receive the 
samples of these soles, and we trust you will place them | in your regular line. 

Yours very truly, (187) 



2 Dictate thus: "Number 446 Ladies' Oxlite soles 9 iron, red 23f5, black 22fff; number 506 Ladies 
Oxlite soles 10| iron, 26§*$, 25fS." 



CORRESPONDENCE 



43 



Long Shoe Co., 
438 Tenth St., 

Hastings, Nebr. 

Gentlemen: 

We are pleased to send you two 
pair of stock #415 as ordered. This 
style of shoe | at the price of $3.60 
is an exceptional bargain this season. 
You are getting a genuine Kanga- 
roo | vamp together with good heavy 
sole leather. We are confident this 
shoe will give first-class service. 
We think it | would be to your 
advantage to order a larger quantity. 

We also call your attention to 
the prices of our | other lines of 
shoes in stock, which we believe to be 
very favorable considering the pres- 
ent condition of the leather | 10 ° mar- 
ket. A catalog 3 with complete price 
list is enclosed. 

We are taking the liberty of 
sending you a sample shoe | made of 
" Chiffon Calf," a stock just being 
placed upon the market by Carl F. 
Hoskins & Co. In examining | and 
testing the leather in this shoe, you 
will be interested to note its unusu- 
ally firm finish and tensile strength | 
for a flesh-finished calf. We are told 
this results from a new tanning proc- 
ess supplanting the rotting process 
commonly | employed in making suede 
finishes. This Chiffon stock is fin- 
ished in brown, tan, cream, yellow, 
coral, and white. 

Assuring you | 200 of our apprecia- 
tion of your patronage, we remain 
Very truly yours, (211) 



Mr. H. T. Lewis, 

643 Liberty Ave., 
Frankfort, Ky. 
Dear Sir: 

I have no doubt that the price 
quoted you on sole leather seems high. 
If you have had | an opportunity to 
read the current number of the 
"Shoe Manufacturers' Record, " you 
no doubt noticed an article on the | 
first page which explains the leather 
situation about as we understand it. 
We also know from our statistics of 
the | tanning situation that there is 
less leather on hand and more sold 
ahead than at any time for many 
years. | If we have made a mistake 
at all, it is in quoting too low a price, 
considering the value of 1 10 ° leather as 
based upon the present market value 
of butts. 

While there are many cheap tan- 
nages of sole leather, we | do not 
attempt to compete with them. In 
the first place, we know they are not 
adapted to the market. | Further- 
more, our belting business is the 
principal avenue for disposing of our 
leather, and the orders on hand today 
are | sufficient to take our entire 
production for at least six months. 
To fill orders for sole leather, we are 
compelled | to go into the market to 
buy other tannages; consequently, 
we must base our figures on what it 
will cost | 200 to replace our own stock 
if we dispose of it. 



3 While this word is also correctly spelled catalogue, in the interests of simplicity the form catalog is 
used throughout this book. 



44 



SHOE SECTION 



I trust that this will make the 
situation clear to | you. 

Yours truly, (223) 



The Metropolitan Last Co., 

456 Third Avenue, 
New York City. 
Gentlemen: • 

We are replying to yours of the 
15th. 

Your assumption that we desire 
to have you apply the terms | and 
specifications of our old contract on 
our order of the 13th is correct. 
However, upon further consideration 
we have | concluded to direct you to 
make the bases without the leather 
lift on top. This change will slightly 
reduce the | cost of production. In 
billing this order we will therefore 
appreciate it if you will give us the 
benefit of | this reduction, as pro- 
vided for in the contract. 

Please refer to our order No. 
3762, dated September 1 10 ° 11, for 
#111 lasts. We 4 specified the AAA's 
and AA's to be made with | AA 
bottoms, the sole patterns to be 
stamped AAA and AA; we ordered the 
A's and | B's to be made with sepa- 
rate bottoms; and we ordered the C's 
and D's to be made with C bottoms, | 
the sole patterns to be stamped C and 
D. Notwithstanding these instruc- 
tions, we have received one set of in- 
sole patterns | stamped AAA, AA, 
and A, and separate insole patterns 
for theB, C, and D widths. Please I 200 



let us know by return mail how these 
lasts have been graded. 

As we are urgently in need of 
the | stock, please investigate the 
matter immediately, make such cor- 
rections as are necessary, and expe- 
dite 5 the shipment of the remainder 
of | the order in every possible way. 
Yours truly, (248) 



The Hanover Heel & Inner sole Co., 

Hanover, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We have this day forwarded to 
you by express, charges prepaid, two 
lasts, size 4B, for right foot, | styles 
112 and 113. It has occurred to us 
that you should be able to draft | one 
set of Oxford tie patterns that will 
answer for both of these lasts, as 
style 112 carries | a 12/8 heel and 
style 113 a 14/8 heel. 

If you think this is practical, 
we | shall appreciate it if you will 
draft for us a model of a five-eyelet 
whole quarter Oxford, with square 1 10 ° 
throat and folded vamps in the 
most up-to-date circular vamp pat- 
tern that you have. Please send this 
model | at the earliest possible date. 

Are you in a position to furnish 
us with some 12/8x15/8 | one-sec- 
tion heels in sizes 6, 7, and 8, with 
tops to conform to the paper pattern 
enclosed, built with | 2 /8 sole leather 
tops, split bottom lift, and balance of 
Soleoid? If so, please send us a 
sample and | quote the minimum 



4 Dictate: "We specified the AAA's and double A's to be made with double A bottoms.' 

5 Hurry along. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



45 



price at which you would accept an 
order for approximately 5000 of them. 
We have found 200 that the opera- 
tives who cover our heels experience 
some difficulty in removing the top 
lifts from your plain wooden, heels | 
because the tops of the screws have 
been buffed off to such an Extent 
that the screw-driver cannot get | a 
good hold on the screw. Can you 
use screws with deeper slots? 

Yours very truly, (256) 



* 



The Bland & Hudson Shoe Co., 

Woonsocket, R. I. 
Gentlemen: 

We are returning to you today 
the following: 

One pair patent colt gray cloth 
top, size 6fAA, | price $3.25. The 
cloth on the back of each shoe is 
defective. 

One | pair gun metal cloth top 
button, size 6JD, price $2.75. The 
stock | in both is defective. We 
charged the customer $1.50 for wear 
and ask that you give us | credit 
for the difference, $1.25. 

One pair fawn top patent colt 
button, size 5D, price 1 10 ° $3.50. The 
patent stock in the right shoe is very 
much duller than the stock in the | 
left one. 

One pair gun metal cloth top 
button, size 6£A, price $2.75. | The 
stock in the vamp of the left shoe and 
the toe boxes in both are defective. 
We charged | the customer $1.50 for 

5 Never abbreviate Idaho, Iowa, and Ohio. 



wear. Please give us credit for the 
difference, $1.25. | 

One pair patent leather gray 
cloth top, size 5^A, price $3.25. 
These | 20 ° shoes were returned to us 
owing to ill-fitting lining in the right 
one. Kindly give us credit for the | 
full amount. 

One pair patent leather gray 
cloth top button, size 7D, price 
$3.25. The | vamp of the right shoe 
is much heavier than that of the 
left. Kindly credit us accordingly. « 

According to our | figures we are 
entitled to a credit of $15.15. 

Yours very truly, (275) 



Mr. C. G. Chilton, 

Manager, Bingham Shoe Store, 
Burlington, Iowa. 6 
Dear Sir: 

Hides and skins are classified 
into three divisions: (1) calfskins less 
than 15 lbs. in the raw state, | (2) 
kip or veals 15 to 25 lbs., and (3) 
hides running over 25 lbs. All hides 
are | cut in two pieces down the 
back, making two "sides" (for con- 
venience in tanning), and a great 
many of the | kips are so treated. 

Calfskins, because of their high 
price, can only be used in strictly 
fine shoes. You cannot | expect to 
buy for much less than $3.80 or $4.00 
a shoe made of any "P & V" 1 10 ° calf- 
skins which we are willing to identify 
with the certificate. 

For shoes costing $3.00 to $3.75 | 
you can get leather made from kip or 



46 



SHOE SECTION 



small sides — good durable stock with 
not quite the | appearance of calf. 
Heavy side leather shoes will run 
from $2.50 to $3.25. | 

Here is our suggestion: 

Do not try to get too much for 
your money, but be sure you get all | 
you pay for. If you pay a calfskin 
price, get a good calfskin shoe; if you 
pay for kip or | 200 side leather, insist 
upon getting the best there is at that 
price. The "P & V" certificate 
guarantees what you | are getting 
and assures you that you are getting 
full value for your money. 

We certify all our lines of | calf, 
kip, and sides, each plainly labeled. 
When you pay a calfskin price, get a 
calfskin certificate. When you buy | 
a cheaper shoe made out of kip or 



side leather and see our certificate 
attached, you may be certain you | 
are getting the best leather of its 
kind. You may be sure that we will 
not send our certificates with 1 30 ° any 
leather that we are not certain is 
going to give the wearer satisfaction. 

Tell your manufacturer to use 
certificates; | we provide them free 
upon request to any manufacturer 
cutting the leather, one certificate for 
each pair of shoes. If | the manu- 
facturer refuses to give you the cer- 
tificate, he is probably not giving 
you "P & V" leather. 

If your | manufacturer won't 
accommodate you, write us and we 
shall give you a list of those who will. 
Yours very truly, | (380) 



10 



Mr. T. R. Owens, 

Manager, Newton Shoe Co., 
Kenosha, Wis. 
Dear Sir: 

In an endeavor to meet as far as practicable the wishes of our trade when 
it was necessary | to adjust our prices at the time the great advance in the 
cost of raw material entering into our product | first went into effect, we inter- 
viewed the large majority of our customers, through our salesmen, to determine 
the best course | to pursue. It was the opinion of the great majority of the 
merchants consulted that the prices on certain numbers | should not be ad- 
vanced if it was possible to make the shoes of materials that would approxi- 
mately maintain the old 1 10 ° prices. 

This, applied particularly to numbers 106, 107, and 153. Many dealers 
expressed the | opinion that these numbers could not be retailed above $4.50. 
In order to maintain the old price, | it was suggested that we cut uppers for 
these numbers from Cabretta. This we did, substituting numbers 108, I 109, 
and 154 to meet the situation. 

The Cabretta uppers have not proved to be uniformly | satisfactory to the 
trade or to us; therefore, we have decided to discontinue the $3.00 grades. In 
endeavoring to | 200 develop a satisfactory skin to meet the abnormal demand for 



CORRESPONDENCE 



47 



leather, the manufacturers of glazed sheepskins have done everything in | their 
power to find a substitute for Vici. Their failure to do so is due to no fault on 
their | part, but to the fact that the nature of the skin is such that it is not 
dependable for the | purpose. Such being the case, we advise our trade to pay 
the price for Vici Kid. The majority of our | customers have accepted this 
view as being the proper solution to the problem, so we have decided to make 
the | 300 following numbers with Vici uppers: 

Stock No. 108 Patent Tip Juliet 

Stock | No. 109 Plain Toe Juliet 

Stock No. 154 Stock Tip | Oxford 

Stock No. 155 Plain Toe Oxford 

Stock | No. 359 Three-Strap Sandal at 
Numbers 106, 107, | and 153 have been withdrawn from the market. We 
shall continue the $3.20 line made ( 4c0 from Cabretta in the stock tip Juliet, plain 
toe Juliet, and stock tip Oxford. Every effort will be made to | make this line 
satisfactory, but we recommend the Vici goods. 

Yours very truly, (433) 



at 


$3.45 


at 


3.45 


at 


3.50 


at 


3.50 


at 


3.65 



11 

The Norwood Shoe Co., 

Springfield, Mass, 
Gentlemen: 

I have the following report to 
make on the Boston leather market 
conditions : 

Shoe manufacturers generally are 
well covered | for the present and 
are out of the market until something 
definite is known concerning the fall 
and winter trade. | Local tanners 
and dealers in sole leather, both 
whole stock and offal, report a quiet 
business. In some instances prices | 
have dropped off somewhat, owing 
to the small amount of buying. 

Light-weight double shoulder oak 
welting is much in | demand, quot- 
ing at 7 to 7 J f*. Heavy-weight stock 
is becoming firmer, 8§j£ | 10 ° being 

7 The plurals of figures and letters are formed by 's. 



considered the average market for 
business. 

Tanners report better buying of 
dry hide hemlock, union, chrome, and 
oak | sole leather. Prime steer 
backs are bringing 71 to 73^; light 
cow backs 69 to 70^. | Scoured 
packer hide bends and scoured oak 
backs are selling firmly at 75 to 77 ^ 
for | No. 1 's and 2's. 7 Slaughter hem- 
lock and buffalo sole are very quiet. 
No. 1 packer hide of the former is | 
quoted today at 52^; No. 1 of the 
latter at 36 jf ; country hides at 1 to 1 20 ° 
2 fi less. 

There has been no change in 
quotations on oak, hemlock, and 
union offal. There is a fair | sup- 
ply of side upper leather splits, patent 
leathers, and sheep leathers available 
without change in price. Wax splits 



48 



SHOE SECTION 



are quiet | and there is a moderate 
demand for fine chrome split. 

In side leather the demand is im- 
proving, centering around the | best 
grades of full grain chrome tanned in 
colors and blacks. Supplies of top 
and medium grades of such leather | 
are scarce and firm in price, bringing 
from 44 to 46^ according to grade, 
weight, and tannage. | 300 Good dam- 
aged rejects are selling at, 36 ^. 

Calf leather is in demand, es- 
pecially for men's weights. Colors 
have | the call and prices continue 
strong. Ooze finish sells as fast as 
tanned. Snuffed skins are in fair 
request, but | the supply is small. 
Glazed kid dealers report the market 
cleaned up in medium and high-grade 
skins. There | is nothing but culls 
offered. 

After I explained our require- 
ments, the best-informed dealers ad- 
vised me to buy now. Just | at the 
moment it is a buyer's market. 
When the embargoes on export ship- 
ments and the British embargo 8 on 
imports | 400 are lifted, dealers will 
release heavy shipments to foreign 
markets where leather is very much 
in demand. This of course will 
stimulate prices in the home market. 

My judgment is that we should 
cover 9 on sufficient stock to keep our 
| factory running for at least two 
months. I await your instructions as 
to whether I shall proceed to place 
the | orders which we drew up before 
I left the factory. 

Yours very truly, (473) 



12 

information from the most reliable 
sources indicates that shoes will be 
still higher than at present and re- 
ports from all sections of the country 
point clearly to an increase in the 
volume of business which will tend to 
further increase prices on account 
of our enormous purchasing power 
we have been able to stock a large 
quantity of staple leather and we are 
therefore in a position to guarantee 
prompt delivery of shoes for the spring 
trade at present prices our advice 
therefore is to place as liberal orders 
as you find consistent with your re- 
quirements our salesmen are leaving 
this week for their territories with the 
very latest information as to styles 
and general conditions in the trade 
the question of style in womens shoes 
is the paramount issue our entire 
organization is now devoted to the 
manufacture and distribution of wom- 
ens fine shoes women are demand- 
ing the daintiest most perfect fitting 
footwear that it is possible to produce 
we have devoted much time to se- 
curing advance information and in 
working up our new lasts and pat- 
terns because of the necessity of 
catering to this demand you will be 
surprised at the beauty originality 
and completeness of the spring line 
which our salesman will show you 
you can supply yourself fully with 
welts turns and mckays from our 
line and be sure of showing the snap- 
piest styles obtainable we have 
reached the ten million mark in vol- 



8 Note carefully the spelling of the plural of this word. 

9 That is, buy or secure options on the stock. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



49 



ume of sales we were somewhat 
late in deliveries toward the latter 
part of last season because of the 
overwhelming business given us the 
scarcity of labor the procuring of 
special materials and adverse weather 
conditions which prevented the dry- 
ing of leather as quickly as heretofore 
these difficulties however have been 
surmounted and we are now prepared 
to make deliveries on time the new 
lasts and patterns are so varied that 
we shall not attempt to enumerate 
them in this letter inasmuch as mr 
. „ . will call upon you in about 



ten days with a full line of samples 
we wish however to call your par- 
ticular attention to our line of white 
shoes to the new ideas in sport shoes 
and to the new shoe soap calf you 
know the value of the shoe soap kid 
the shoe soap calf is on a par with it 
one year ago we asked you to bear 
in mind that it would be well to place 
liberal orders as the country was then 
facing a real shortage in leather the 
facts have borne out this statement 
and we believe our advice to order 
liberally at this time is equally sound 
yours sincerely 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are working for the W. H. Griffin Company, Manchester, 
N. H., shoe manufacturers, of which your teacher is the secretary. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 



Arrangement 

Write all letters double space in the form of the style letter shown on page 38. 
Note the indentation of the second and third lines of the address and the arrange- 
ment of the date and signature. 

The first impression of a letter is always made by its general appearance. 
If there are misstruck letters, skipped spaces, or careless erasures, your letter 
creates as bad an impression as does a salesman who is careless and slovenly in 
his dress or appearance. The letter you write is the firm's representative. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on one of our letter- 
heads (form 3). Use the current date. 

Assignment 2. Copy letters 3 and 4 with carbons, using the other letter- 
heads in the budget. 

Submit the three letters for signature. In this and all succeeding assign- 
ments requiring carbons, always place the carbon copies in your individual* 
folder after they have been approved. 



50 SHOE SECTION 

Mechanism of the Typewriter 

A workman can do his best work only when the tools he uses are kept in 
good condition. Clean the type of your machine at least once a day with the 
stiff brush usually provided for that purpose. 

You should be acquainted at least in a general way with the mechanical 
features of your machine. A book of instructions can be secured from any 
office of the typewriter company whose machine you use. Obtain a copy and 
study the information about operating its various mechanical features. 

Assignment 3. Point out the following parts of your machine. What 
are these parts used for? 

(a) The shift lock 

(b) The back space key 

(c) The marginal stops 

(d) The variable line space mechanism 

(e) The paper release key 

(f) The tabular stops 

(g) The bichrome device (if your machine is so equipped) 

Can you lake off the ribbon of your machine and put on a new one quickly? 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is a form letter which we send out to our customers to inform 
them that one of our salesmen will call soon. 

Assignment 4. Study the letter carefully and decide on the punctuation 
and paragraphing; then write this letter single space without carbon to the firms 
named below. Use plain paper. Submit for approval. 

Mr. T. B. Owens, Manager, Newton Shoe Company, Kenosha, Wis. Our 
salesman for this district is Mr. Clarkson. 

Sheldon Shoe Store, Burlington, Iowa. Mr. Clarkson also visits this city. 

Hastings Shoe Company, Indianapolis, Ind. Mr. Walters calls on our 
Indiana trade. 

Stock List 

Below is given a part of a stock list showing some of the lines of shoes we 
carry this season. Column 1 shows the stock number, column 2 a description 
of the shoe which we carry under that stock number, while columns 3 and 4 show 
the sizes and widths that we carry in stock. 

Number Description Sizes Widths 

2076 Patent — Paris Button — Camille Last — 
Black Cloth Top— Plain Toe— Light 
Single Sole— Welt— Close Edge— 16/8 
Leather Louis Heel 



3^-7 


AA 


3 -7 


A 


2 -7 


B,C,D 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 51 

2802 Russia Norwegian— Storm Blucher— 3 \ - 7 AA 

Romp Last— Heavy Double Sole— Welt— 3-7 A 

3/16 Scotch Edge— 10/8 Heel 2J - 7 B, C, D 

2760A Champagne Kid — Angeles Bal — Frisco 4-7 AA, A 

Last— Putty Cloth Top— Light Single 3-7 B, C 

Sole— Welt— Close Edge— 15/8 Cadet 
Heel 

2136 Patent — Plaza Pump — Kippy Last — 
Plain Toe — Light Single Sole — Welt — 
Concealed Edge— 15/8 No. 26 Heel 

2034 Patent— Button— Snap Last— Mat Top- 
Single Sole — Welt — 3/16 Scotch Edge — 
14/8 Heel 

2396 Platinum Calf— Bal— Milady Last— Black 
Cloth Top — Single Sole — Welt — Close 
Edge— 16/8 No. 26 Heel 

2218 Mat Kid— Manhattan Tie— Trix Last- 
Plain Toe— Light Single Sole— Welt- 
Concealed Edge— 14/8 Heel 

2711 White Swiss Buck— Colonial Tie— Min- 
uet Last — Plain Toe — Light Single Sole — 
Welt— Close Edge— 15/8 No. 26 Heel 

2319A Royal Kid— Button— Gloria Last Mat 
Top — Single Sole — Welt — Square Edge — 
15/8 Heel 

2399 Platinum Calf— Bal— Tramp Last— Mat 
Top— Duflex Rubber Sole— Welt— 3/17 
Scotch Edge — 7/8 Rubber Heel 



4 


-7 


AA, A 


3 - 


-7 


B, C,D 


- 5 2 


-7 


AA 


3 


-7 


A 


■2* 


-8 


B,C,D 


4 


- 7 


AA, A 


3 


-7 


C,D,E 


4 


-7 


AA,A 


3 


-7 


B, C,D 


4 


- 7 


AA,A 


3 


-7 


B,C,D 


°2 


-7 


AA 


3 


-7 


A 


Z 2 


-7 


B, C, D 


3§ 


-7 


AA 


3 


-7 


A 




-7 


B, C,D 



52 SHOE SECTION 

Assignment 5. Make a copy of this list with two carbons. Study the 
arrangement of the list carefully and decide where the tabular stops should be 
placed. Experiment with the first item before you start copying the list with 
carbons. Hand in the three copies. 

Alphabetizing 

You will probably be called on from time to time to arrange various lists of 
names in alphabetical order. Some care and practice will be required to do this 
skilfully and without loss of time. Go through the list and pick out all the names 
beginning with A; then all those beginning with B, and so on. Be sure to arrange 
all the names beginning with a given letter in strict alphabetical order. 

Assignment 6. Following the directions given, make an alphabetically 
arranged typewritten list of the names of a few of our customers given below. 
In making the list write the names of individuals thus : Flocken, W. R. 
Chas. W. Oppenheim Blumberg & Rosenbaum 

W. R. Flocken E. R. Weisman 

Henry C. Abbott Penniman Bros. 

R. A. Goode Hochschild & Barron 

Keith Shoe Store John C. Ditmer 

W. P. Whyte Greeley & Co. 

Barclay Shoe Company T. W. Scherer 

R. T. McLaughlin Louis C. Fishel 

T. B. C. Yearley Wolcott & Tate 

Style-Plus Shoe Store C. E. Nickerson 

Julius Walderman Fitzpatrick Shoe Co. 

Frederick W. Sinclair D. F. Voight 

Alexander Gordon & Company Walton Shoe Co. 

Transcribing 

Before beginning to transcribe, always make sure that your type is per- 
fectly clean. The appearance of even a well arranged letter will be utterly 
spoiled if the type is dirty and clogged. 

At the head of the page in your note-book on which you start taking dicta- 
tion, write the current date so that a letter may be readily found if you should 
liave occasion to refer to it. When you have transcribed a letter draw a line 
through the notes. 

Assignment 7. The secretary will dictate to you five letters from our 
regular correspondence. Transcribe them in the form of the style letter. Watch 
for a mention of an enclosure. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



53 



Hand in the transcripts. If they are correct, the secretary will sign both 
originals and carbons in the usual manner.- Mail the originals and retain the 
carbons. 




Illustration 4 — Vertical Filing Drawer 




Illustration 5— Simple Alphabetical System File 
Filing 

Since papers placed in the box file or loose leaf cabinet lie perfectly flat, 
filing by this method is called flat filing. Flat filing has certain obvious disad- 
vantages No provision is made for keeping the correspondence of one indi- 



54 SHOE SECTION 

vidual separate from that of another individual whose name begins with the 
same letter. Correspondence with different individuals or firms varies in volume ; 
hence the compartments of the file fill up unevenly. This method is therefore 
seldom used in modern business offices for the filing of letters. It is sometimes 
used to advantage in filing orders, quotations, and similar papers. 

The modern system of filing is the vertical. Vertical filing means filing 
papers on edge in a drawer like that shown in illustration 4. 

The drawer is equipped with a set of index guides made of stiff material of 
proper size to stand in the drawer. The guide has a tab at the top on which, in 
the case of alphabetical filing, a letter of the alphabet is printed. (See illus- 
tration 5.) 

Correspondence is placed in folders, which are filed back of the appropriate 
guide. Each folder has a projecting tab on the rear edge on which is written the 
name of the individual whose letters are filed within. The last folder in each 
division of the index is usually a general or miscellaneous folder in which are 
filed letters to and from correspondents for whom no separate folder is pro- 
vided because the correspondence in each case consists of a few letters only. 
Should the correspondence with such a firm be continued, however, a separate 
folder is provided for it. 

Assignment 8. Prepare folders for all the firms to whom we have writ- 
ten. Write such names as B. F. Savage Shoe Company, thus: Savage, B. F., 
Shoe Company. File the carbon copies of the letters you have written. 

Secretarial Practice 

"Write it down," "Make a note of it," are the successful secretary's mottoes. 
Even a good memory is far from infallible. The ability to take notes in concise, 
compact form, or to make an abstract of an article or report can be cultivated by 
practice. Rambling memorandums which fail to state clearly the important 
points are a source of annoyance to the employer. 

To aid his memory the secretary keeps a "tickler" or "jogger." The tickler 
may consist of a dozen sets of vertical guides (one set for each month). Each 
set consists of thirty-one numbered guides — one for each day of the month — 
and an equal number of folders. In these folders the secretary places any papers 
regarding matters which are to come up for attention on a certain date. The 
first thing in the secretary's daily routine is to examine the papers in the tickler 
for that day and take the appropriate action on the matters to which they refer. 
Should it be thought undesirable to keep correspondence out of the regular files, 
a tickler in the form of a card index may be kept. Cards containing notes on mat- 
ters which require further attention are filed at the proper place in the card index. 
The secretary does not neglect any opportunity to systematize his work so that 
he can be of the largest possible usefulness to his employer. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 55 

Assignment 9. The secretary: "About this telegram from Clinton & 
Home (see letter, page 38). Send them the samples. Find out how many 
pairs we have on hand. We will pay the freight if they take the entire lot. 
Let me see your letter before it goes." The telegram is as follows: "Your letter 
fourteenth. Send samples immediately." On investigation you find that we 
have on hand 109 pairs of Welts, 88 pairs of McKays, and 77 pairs of English 
welts. 

Assignment 10. We carry a quarter-page advertisement in the "Shoe 
Manufacturers' Record" published at 410 Second St., Boston. Your chief is out 
of town and has left instructions for you to prepare the copy for an advertisement 
on Oxlite Soles to be illustrated by two small cuts. Prepare the advertisement 
on the basis of the information given in letter 3. 

Assignment 11. The secretary: "I have had King (the shop foreman) 
look at the shoes Bland & Hudson (letter 8) returned. We will credit their 
account for the full amount. Tell them that patent leather in particular has 
lately been running very irregularly. In spite of the utmost precautions, imper- 
fect stock will sometimes be made up. Express our appreciation of their past 
business and assure them that we are always prepared to replace any imperfect 
goods which may inadvertently be shipped to them. 

Assignment 12. The secretary: "Here's a letter from the Long 
Shoe Co. (No. 4) asking us to quote prices and terms on the Chiffon Calf shoe. 
Wire them a price of $4.15. You know our terms of course." (4% for cash in 10 
days, 2% 30 days, net 60 days.) 

Assignment 13. The secretary: "The Dallas Shoe Co. (letter 2) comes 
back at us this morning with an offer of $4.60 a pair straight for a dozen trial 
pairs of each of the shoes we quoted them. We'll take them up if we can get our 
prices as originally quoted with a discount of 5% for cash. Figure it out and 
let me know how near their offer comes to our price." 

Assignment 14. The secretary: "Here is a letter from Owens of the 
Newton Shoe Co. (letter 10). He says that he has been selling a fair number of 
No. 108 Cabretta uppers and is willing to pay a reasonable increase in price if 
we can continue to furnish them. Tell him we'll accept special orders provided 
the minimum quantity ordered at one time is 20 pairs. Our quotations will 
have to be on the basis of the market price of Cabretta at the time the orders 
are placed ; furthermore we will have to have two months in which to make deliv- 
ery. Write him a nice letter." 

Assignment 15. The company is about to purchase a new typewriter 
for your use. Write a little memorandum stating what make of machine you 
would like to have, and why you prefer that machine. 




J.W.LUCAS, Pbcoio£*t ERNEST T. TRI6G, V.e« P«e. « G«».H«». J. F. LUCAS, »tcr. «>u» 

OFFICES 

PHILADELPHIA 

New YORK 

CHtCAOO 

B03TOH 

PAINT AND VARNISH MAKERS f^^T 

SINCE 1849 cibbsboro.n.j. 

CHICAGO, ILL. 

_ CAB LB ADDRESS LUPAl N't 

< FtfmADELPHlA 

The Giant Painter *'<*br/di Or*o*t* wtnfa^" 

322 race street February 14, 19£0. 

Harrison Construction C6\, 
Great Western Bldg., 
Chicago, 111- 

Attention Purchasing Agent 

Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of February 10 informing us that you are in the market 
for concrete paints. 

For a number of years we have been experimenting and making praotioal tests 
to determine the best method of treating cement and concrete floors, and. 
exterior cement, concrete, and stucco surfaces. In all tests made with 
competitive goods as well as with materials made from special formulae of 
our own, we have invariably found LL7CAS CEMENT AKD CGNCHETE FILLER the 
most perfect material for treating such surfaoes. 

We note that your problem is concerned with the repainting of surfaoes fhat 
are beginning to show the effects of wear. It is not necessary to apply 
the filler again on suoh surfaces. One ooat of paint applied so that it can 
be brushed out well will give the best results. For exterior surfaces two 
thin ooats should be used. In preparing the surface for repainting, no 
strong alkali should be used for cleaning. 



We quote the following prioes: 



5- gal. cans barrels 



&.70 


#1.65 


1.65 


1.60 


1.65 


1.60 


1.60 


1.56 



Flat and Gloss for Exterior - White 

All other shades 

Lucas Cement Floor Paint 

Lucas Cement Filler 

In addition to white our cement paints are made in the following colors: 
Colonial Yellow, Ivory, Silver Gray, Steel Gray, Green Stone, Aoorn Brown, 
Venetian Bed, Storm Gray, Napoleon Green, and Green Slate. 

We hope to receive your order and shall be very glad to give you any 
further information you may desire. 

Very truly yours, 

JOHN MICAS & CO. , INC. 



General Sales Department 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

adhesive — sticky; clinging to a surface. 

alkali — various substances having the power of neutralizing acids and forming 
salts with them, or of combining with fats to form soaps. 

asphaltum — a bituminous substance derived from petroleum and other sub- 
stances, used for pavements, sidewalks, roofing, etc. 

benzine — a liquid made of petroleum, used as a solvent. 

blistering — the raising of paint from a surface caused by the presence of con- 
fined bubbles of air or gas. 

blooming — a clouded or smoked appearance on the surface of paint and varnish. 

capillarity — the power possessed by porous bodies of absorbing a fluid. 

chalking — a whitish or chalky appearance of paint resulting from exposure to 
the elements. 

consistency — the state or degree of density or fluidity. 

creosote — an oily liquid obtained from wood-tar and used on wood to prevent 
rotting. 

crude— being in a raw or unprepared state; not refined. 

disintegration — wearing away; separation of the particles which compose a 
substance by the action of the elements. 

elasticity — a property of paint prepared by a special process in such a way that 
it contracts or expands under the influence of atmospheric conditions. 

filler — a material applied to the bare wood for the purpose of filling the grain, 
thus making a smooth surface for the coat of paint or varnish. 

film — a coat of paint or varnish. 

flaking — the peeling or scaling of a coat of paint or varnish. 

formula — a statement giving the ingredients and methods of compounding 
any preparation such as paint or varnish. 

hermetically — made perfectly air-tight by means of some chemical fluid (applied 
to containers for paint). 

impermeable — a term applied to a paint coating so prepared that it will not 
allow moisture, air, or gas to pass through. 

insoluble — incapable of being dissolved. 

japan — a quick-drying liquid similar to varnish. A small portion added to 
ordinary house paints makes them dry more quickly: hence it is some- 
times called japan drier. 

lampblack — a fine black pigment made from soot. 

limpid — characterized by clearness or transparency; translucent. 

linseed oil — a drying oil produced from linseed (flaxseed). 

lustrous — having a bright, brilliant surface. 

57 



58 PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

naphtha — a volatile colorless liquid obtained from petroleum and used in mak- 
ing paint or cleaning textiles, and for heating and lighting purposes. 

neutralize — to render inactive the acid or alkaline properties of paint. 

oxide — a compound of oxygen and a chemical base. 

panel — a thin board painted to show the appearance of paint when applied. 

paraffin oil — a product given off in the distillation of bituminous shale and used 
for illuminating and lubricating purposes. 

pigment — any substance used by painters to impart color to paints. 

porous — having pores; dotted or pitted as if full of little holes. 

primer (primer) — the first color or coat applied. 

pumice — light porous lava used for smoothing and polishing. 

saponify — to convert into soap by combination with an alkali. 

semi-flat — only partially glossed. A paint is said to be "flat" when it has a 
"dead finish," i.e., no gloss. 

shellac — a material used in making varnish. 

solvent — any fluid or substance that dissolves or renders other bodies liquid. 

specific gravity — a term used to express the ratio of the weight of a given bulk 
of any substance to that of a standard substance. The specific gravity 
of paints is measured with respect to the weight of water. 

stucco — plaster or cement used as a coating for walls, either internally or exter- 
nally, and for the protection of ornamental effects and figures. 

thinner — any substance used in thinning down a paste paint. 

toner — any substance used to heighten the color of paint. 

translucent — transparent; clear. 

turpentine — a fluid obtained from certain trees such as pine, and used to mix 
paints. 

vermilion — a beautiful, brilliant red color, toning toward orange. 

viscosity — the state or quality of flowing slowly. 

volatile — evaporating rapidly. 

wainscoting — a wooden lining or boarding of the walls of a room, usually in 
panels. 

waterproof — so prepared as not to allow water to pass through. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



59 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Steele Canning Co., 

Charlotte, N. C. 
Gentlemen : 

Our representative, Mr. L. F. Tip- 
ton, informs us 1 that on March 21 
he had a conversation with you | in 
which you expressed interest in our 
Lucaseal Enamel. We thank you 
very much for the courtesies ex- 
tended to Mr. | Tipton. 

This enamel is an American- 
made white enamel superior to any 
imported white enamel. It is made 
up primarily | for exterior use, but 
has been found equally satisfactory 
for interior work. On outside ex- 
posure the enamel retains its gloss | 
and intense whiteness for a long time. 
It is exceptionally easy to work and 
allows the practical painter more 
than 1 10 ° sufficient time to spread it 
on the largest surfaces without diffi- 
culty. It sets within four hours and 
dries in twenty-four | hours. 

We have sold Lucaseal Enamel 
very widely for high-grade exterior 
and interior work of every descrip- 
tion, and | find that it works equally 
well on wood, metal, plaster, brick, 
cement, or composition surfaces. It 
is put up in | specially designed her- 
metically sealed slip-top cans. 

Enclosed you will find a price 
list giving quotations on Lucaseal 
Enamel. 

Very | truly yours, (182) 



Murray Top Co., 

Muskegon, Mich. 
Gentlemen: 

We are very much interested in 
the difficulty you have encountered 
in securing perfectly satisfactory 
coach and auto finishes. | Our fin- 
ishes represent the result of ten 
years of experimentation in this 
special field, are very widely used by 
carriage | builders and automobile 
manufacturers, and have given satis- 
factory results. 

We note that you are partic- 
ularly interested in experimenting 
with Lake | colors. The translu- 
cent qualities and excellent results 
that are obtained by their use amply 
compensate for their comparatively 
high cost. | 

The grounds 2 for Lakes are usu- 
ally prepared with Coach English 
Venetian Red, Vermilion, and White 
Lead for the lighter shades, | 10 ° and 
Coach English Tuscan Red, Red 
Lead, and Orange Mineral for the 
deeper shades. Chrome Yellow can 
often be used | to advantage for 
grounds for either the fight or deep- 
colored Lakes. We recommend the 
use of Coach Lucasine Vermilions | 
for their brightness and covering 
qualities. They never darken like 
English Vermilions. 

3 You will be interested in the 
detailed description | of Lake colors 



1 The writer avoids the hackneyed expression, "advises us." 

2 The material which forms the base of the paint. 

3 Note how the writer stresses the "you" element in this letter. 



60 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 



given in the booklet we have sent 
you under another cover. We trust 
that we shall have | the pleasure of 
hearing from you again. 

Yours truly, (189) 



Slater Paint Co., Inc., 4 

Chester, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

This replies to your letter of the 
4th instant. 

It is not practicable to make 
paint coatings for either | wood or 
metal surfaces entirely impermeable 
for all time. In the case of house 
paints a reasonable amount of per- 
meability, | which leads to chalking, 
is desirable for successful repainting. 
Therefore paints for this purpose, if 
made reasonably impermeable, will 
hold | their color and gloss and at 
the end of a few years may be suc- 
cessfully repainted. 



The dried film produced | by 
Sipe's Japan Oil AA Extra is reason- 
ably impermeable. It resists the en- 
trance of moisture, air, and gases, 
and | 10 ° holds its gloss much longer 
than the linseed oil film. White 
Lead and other pigments thinned 
with a mixture of | one-half AA 
Extra and one-half raw linseed oil are 
much less permeable than paints made 
with linseed | oil and driers 5 alone; 
hence paints mixed with reinforced 
and waterproofed linseed oil wear 
longer, hold their color longer, chalk 
| and wash less, and are better from 
every point of view. 

We believe that you will be well 
pleased with | the quality of work 
produced by our Japan Oil. An order 
blank is enclosed. For an initial 
order we will | 200 allow an additional 
discount of 5%. 6 If there is any 
further information we can give you, 
please call | upon us. 

Yours truly, (224) 



4 



Glenn & Hargood, Ltd., 7 

830 Lynch Street, • 
Zanesville, Ohio. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your inquiry of August 28 addressed to the American Window 
Glass Company. Since the American | Company does not handle window 
glass in less than carload lots, the inquiry has been referred to us. 



4 Abbreviation for incorporated. 

5 Spelled also dryer. 

6 That is, in addition to the regular trade discounts. 

7 The abbreviation Ltd. after a firm name indicates that the firm is a limited partnership in which 
the partners are liable only for a limited amount of the partnership debts. In ordinary partnerships each 
partner is liable for the full amount of the partnership debts. Business men are careful to ascertain the 
form of business organization of the customers to whom they extend credit. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



61 



We are | pleased to quote on various sizes in single and double strength, 
A and B quality, as follows : 

Single Strength 



Double | Strength 



Size 

8x10 

10x12 

10x14 

16x20 



A 

$3.30 
3.36 
3.42 
3.89 | 



A 

$4.46 J 

4.52 

4.58 

5.60 



B 

13.85 
3.92 
3.98 
4.70 



B 
$2.56 

2.60 1 1°° 
2.66 
3.05 
We are not in a position | to quote on C quality, as we do not handle this 
grade of glass. We assume from your inquiry that | you wish the glass for 
greenhouse purposes. If such is the case, we do not believe C quality would 
be | 200 at all satisfactory for your use. 

We estimate the freight rate on a box of S.S. 8 glass from Warren, | Ohio, to 
Zanesville, Ohio, at 5 fa on a box of D.S., 9 8 fa We trust we shall have | the plea- 
sure of receiving your order. 

Yours very truly, (249) 



Mr. R. T. Hartman, 

Manager, Ackermann Paint Co., 
Ogden, Utah. 
Dear Sir: 

We are forwarding to you today 
by parcel post two panels that we 
have made up in accordance | with 
the specifications in your letter of 
October 24. The wooden panel can 
be cut up into pieces for | expos- 
ure under different conditions. The 
sheet iron panel can be kept for 
reference. 

We regret very much that we 
are | unable to send you samples of 
perfect workmanship. More or less 
dust settles on the varnish before it 
sets and | makes the surface look as 
if it had pitted. The specks shown 
on the panel, however, are simply 
mechanical dirt. | 10 ° 

8 Abbreviation for single strength, 

9 Double strength. 



Rather an interesting point in 
this connection is that Mr. Carroll, 
who made these panels, tells us that 
it is | practically impossible to finish 
a perfect panel in his department, 
because of the fact that there is a 
great deal | of vibration from the 
heavy machinery, which keeps the 
dust particles in constant circulation. 
We do not have a dust-proof | room 
at the factory where a job of this 
nature can be done. It would be well 
to explain | this matter to the rail- 
road people. 

The panels were finished as fol- 
lows: 

First and Second Coat — Certi- 
fied White Lead reduced | 200 to brush- 
ing consistency with oil and japan, 
the proportion being 1 lb. lead in 
oil and 6/128's | of oil and japan 



62 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 



mixture, which is 16 parts of oil to 
one part of japan. 

Third Coat— P.R.R. 10 | Tuscan 
Red in oil and japan. 

Fourth Coat — Railway Exterior 
Rubbing Varnish. 

Fifth and Sixth Coats — Railway 
Exterior | Finishing Varnish. 

The fourth coat was rubbed 
down with pumice and water, and 
the fifth coat was mossed down. 
Yours | very truly, (282) 



Reese Supply Co., 

Monroe Square, 

Homestead, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We are very glad indeed to re- 
ceive your inquiry of March 27 with 
reference to our Viscolite finishes. | 
We feel certain that you will be able 
to handle this line to good advantage. 

These finishes represent the lat- 
est | development in high-grade var- 
nish production. They combine 
every essential quality for easy and 
correct application at moderate cost. 
All | possess light color, limpid vis- 
cosity or body, great brilliancy, and 
perfect rubbing qualities. Their 
brushing, flowing, and other working 
properties | are unsurpassed. 

Viscolite Exterior is used for all 
kinds of outside work where exposure 
to the weather, excessive moisture, 
dampness, 1 10 ° or salt air are factors. 



It is very tough and elastic, sets in 
four to five hours, dries in 24 | hours, 
and can be rubbed if desired in 48 
hours. 

Viscolite Interior isintended to be 
used for ) all kinds of interior finish- 
ing such as woodwork, wainscoting, 
cabinet work, etc. It is pale in color 
and exceptionally brilliant, | does 
not set too quickly, dries perfectly 
hard in 24 hours, and can be rubbed 
and polished in 48 | hours. 

Viscolite Floor Finish is an easy- 
working, quick-drying, tough, and 
elastic finish made especially for 
floors. It | 200 does not mar or scratch 
easily. It is light in color and suit- 
able for any grade of work. It 
dried | hard enough to use in 12 
hours, becomes perfectly hard in 24 
hours, and can be rubbed in 48 | 
hours. 

Viscolite Seat Finish is used for 
finishing seats of all kinds: chairs, 
church pews, benches, window seats, 
school | seats, desks, etc. It does 
not get sticky in warm weather or 
from bodily contact, dries hard 
enough to use | in 12 hours, becomes 
perfectly hard in 24 hours, and can 
be rubbed and polished in 48 hours. | 300 

A number of the leading dealers 
have recently added Viscolite to their 
stock. Special prices for an initial 
order are | given in the enclosed 
price list. 

Yours truly, (328) 



] Pennsylvania Railroad. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



63 



Mr. F. W. Ferguson, 

Manager, Industrial Department, 
John Lucas & Co., Inc., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Dear Mr. Ferguson: 

I called at the plant of the Har- 
mony-Butler Company on Tuesday. 
My judgment is that the | difficulty 
these people have been having in the 
finishing of their cars is due entirely 
to local conditions. Their power | 
house is located about fifty yards 
from their finishing shop. I noticed 
a great deal of smoke coming from 
three | stacks. When the atmos- 
phere is heavy and the wind in the 
right direction, smoke and fumes are 
forced into the | shop. I explained 
to their superintendent that coal gas 
will Cause blooming. 

I also inspected a car which was 
finished 1 10 ° with one coat of our Rail- 
way Coach. This varnish has gone 
flat, has checkec badly, and also 
shows evidences of | considerable 
bloom. Upon investigation I learned 
that paraffin oil was not used. 

I believe that the best thing to 
do | is to have some panels finished 
at our factory by their method and 
then make a test for results. If | 
we can show that this varnish gives 
satisfactory results when applied un- 
der proper conditions, then we can 
demonstrate that the | difficulty is 
due to the conditions at their plant. 
This will take a little time but is 
necessary to get | 200 the facts. 

Their method of finishing is as 
follows: 



One coat of body color #978 

One coat | of white lead primer 
(gray) 

One coat of rubbing, which 
is sanded and followed by two 
coats of finish. 

I | do not believe that their 
method of cleaning cars is conducive 
to the long life of any varnish. In 
my | judgment the first operation 
should consist of brushing off all 
loose particles of dirt which adhere 
to the surface, after | which the car 
cleaner should be applied. They use 
the cleaner without first brushing the 
surface, and the grit which | 300 re- 
mains cuts the varnish rather quickly. 

To sum up the situation, these 
people are dissatisfied with the fin- 
ishing varnish because | it does not 
stand up. They believe the gloss 
should hold for at least one year 
without showing blooming and | 
similar defects. Kindly let me have 
your instructions for proceeding fur- 
ther, as something definite must be 
done quickly to satisfy | them. 
Yours truly, (363) 

8 

Mr. B. F. Wright, 

Manager, Yates Hardware Co., 
AsheviUe, N. C. 
Dear Sir: 

It is impossible for us to name 
fixed prices for dry lead and zinc, as 
the market fluctuates | from day to 
day. 11 

All brands of white lead and 
whites are put up in 12|, 25, | 50, 
and 100-lb. steel kegs. All brands of 



11 The prices of many commodities are determined by daily market quotations. 



64 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 



zincs and zinc compounds are put 
up in | 12J and 25-lb. cans, and 
100-lb. wooden kegs. A few of the 
brands are | also put up in 1, 2, and 
5 -lb. cans at an advance of lf£ 
per | 10 ° pound over the 25-lb. pack- 
age price. 

We believe it would be to your 
advantage to purchase white leads | 
and combination whites in steel pack- 
ages. On account of the absorption 
of the oil the wooden package causes 
a loss | in the quantity available, 
and necessarily means a certain waste 
since it is not possible to get all of 
the | material out of the package. 
Our steel kegs are hermetically sealed. 
The material is thus kept in perfect 
condition, even | though the pack- 
ages may be carried in stock for some 
time. This is not the case with 
wooden packages. The 1 20 ° small sizes 
are eagerly sought after by painters, 
as they make ideal paint and varnish 
pots after the contents of | the pack- 
age have been used. 



We note what you say about the 
weight of packages. All our goods 
are put | up net weight. This fact 
should be borne in mind when com- 
paring prices with goods put up 
gross weight. 12 A | 12|-lb. can, gross 
weight, represents approximately lOf 
pounds of material and | If pounds 
of package. Lower prices can of 
course be quoted on gross weight 
goods than on net weight | 300 pack- 
ages such as we put up. 

We have sent you by express 
sample cans of Arctic Snow White 
Zinc Compound, [ Jersey Snow 
White Zinc Compound, and Pure 
American Zinc. In case you are 
prepared to handle large quantities of 
these j goods, we shall be very 
glad to have you consider our special 
agency proposition, details of which 
are given in | the enclosed agency 
contract. 

Yours truly, (366) 



Mr. H. G. Gardner, 

Medford Paint & Oil Co., 
Medford, Mass. 
Dear Sir: 

We are very glad to give you the formulas 13 requested in your letter of the 
4th instant. 

Priming | Coat 
White Lead in Oil 100 pounds 

Raw Linseed Oil 3 gallons 

Sipe's Japan Oil AA Extra 3 | gallons 

Tint with Lamp Black in Oil 

This will make nine gallons of mixed paint. 

12 The gross weight is the total weight of the container (can. keg, etc.) and contents. Net weight 
means the weight of the contents only. 

13 Plural of formula; also spelled formulae. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



65 



Second Coat 
White Lead in | Oil 
Zinc Oxide in Oil 
Raw Linseed Oil 
Sipe's Japan Oil AA | Extra 
Turpentine (or an approved substitute) 

This will produce six gallons of mixed paint. 

Third Coat | l0 ° 
White Lead in Oil 
Zinc Oxide in Oil 
Raw Linseed Oil 
Sipe's Japan Oil AA Extra 

This will make eight gallons of mixed paint. 



85 pounds 

15 pounds 

9 pints 

9 pints 

6 pints 



80 pounds 

20 pounds 

2 \ gallons 

2 1 gallons 



These | formulas combine the results of hundreds of practical and panel 
tests which we have made under the most exacting conditions. | 

AH woods contract and expand. To avoid cracking and flaking, we provide 
for deep penetration of the priming coat by | filling the wood cells with water- 
proofed oil. When the oil dries, it gives stability to the wood surface to which 1 20 ° 
the paint adheres. 

If the wood cells adjoining the paint coating are filled with reinforced oil, 
moisture from the back | of the film cannot penetrate through and dislodge the 
coating. Blistering is thus avoided. The second coat should never be | ap- 
plied until at least 48 hours have elapsed. The lamp black is used because 
it prevents the lead from | becoming too brittle, thus giving greater expanding 
and contracting qualities to the paint. 

The second coat contains a much greater | percentage of pigment than of 
vehicle as compared with the other coats. The mixture insures a thoroughly 
dry, strong covering | 300 and an egg-shell gloss coat. In both the second and 
third coats zinc is added to reinforce the lead. | In the finishing coat we use 
the proper proportions of pigment and reinforced oil to get weather-excluding 
properties and | to insure a good gloss. Our tests show that white paint mixed 
on this formula will hold its gloss longer, | will not discolor, will not chalk away 
as rapidly, and will not "wash" like paint produced with lead, linseed oil, j and 
dryer. 14 You will find these formulas unusually effective where careful white 
painting is desired. 

Yours very truly, (398) 



1 See footnote 5 on page 60. 



66 PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

10 
Mrs. Arthur W. Goodman, 

800 S. Granite St., 
Peru, Ind. 
Dear Madam: 

The information blank which you returned was received this morning, and 
we are pleased to have the opportunity | of giving you some practical painting 
and decorating advice. 

From the information given, we understand that there will be very | little 
exterior painting to be done other than the window sashes and frames. We sug- 
gest that you use Tinted Gloss | Paint, outside white, in preference to brown, 
because the white will produce a more desirable contrast with the brick. 

In | regard to the interior decoration, we suggest the use of our WRK-WEL 15 
Floor Finish for all floor surfaces. This 1 10 ° is a clear varnish made especially for 
floor use and will give you excellent wear on such a surface. 

For | the interior woodwork we enclose a color card of our Velvo-Tone 
Finish. This finish produces a stain, a varnish, | and a soft, hand-rubbed 
effect — just the kind of finish you want. For the kitchen and bedrooms we 
suggest | the old oak shade; for the living room, den, and dining room, either 
weathered oak or fumed oak. 

For the | interior walls we recommend the use of LU-CO-FLAT 16 in prefer- 
ence to wallpaper. LU-CO-FLAT canbe | 200 applied over the surface you mention 
with perfect results. We enclose a specification blank which gives complete 
instructions for its | application under all conditions. It is really a washable 
wall finish, and you can depend absolutely on the quality of | this product. 
The first cost is the only cost for years. To keep the finish bright and clean 
you need | only remove all surface dust and dirt by an occasional washing with 
soap and water. 

According to the dimensions you | have given us, it will take approxi- 
mately the following quantities to finish the walls and ceilings of the rooms with | 300 
two coats: 

Room Walls Ceiling 

Dining Room 13/8 Gallons 1 /2 Gallon 

Living Room 2 " i | " 

Den 11/4" 1/2 " 

Kitchen 1 " 1/4 " 

You have not given | us the dimensions of the bedrooms, and consequently 
we cannot estimate the quantities required for them. You can figure that | 
LU-CO-FLAT will cover an average of 300 square feet per gallon, two coats. 

15 Dictate Work-Well. This is a trade name. 

16 The name of this paint is made up of the first two letters in each of the words "Lucas Company. ' 



CORRESPONDENCE 



67 



We trust you will | feel free to call on us for any further information you 
may require. 

Yours very truly, (396) 



11 
Mr. H. M. O'Donnell, 
765 Grace St., 

Wooster, 17 Ohio. 
Dear Sir: 

In reference to our telephone 
conversation on Saturday morning in 
which you asked for a price on 
Tinted | Gloss Paint, Boiled Lin- 
seed Oil, and Extra #1 Coach Var- 
nish, we understand that you are in 
the market for | 

28 gallons of #270 Tinted Gloss 

28 " " #228 " 

22 | " " #207 " 

42 " " Boiled Linseed Oil 

10 " " Extra | # 1 Coach 

Varnish 
Our price on Tinted Gloss, basis 
of colors mentioned above (with the 
exception of #270), | 10 ° is $1.45 per 
gallon packed in 5-gallon cans and 
$1.50 packed | in 1 -gallon cans. The 
price on Tinted Gloss #270 is $1.95 
per gallon | in 5-gallon cans and 
$2.00 in 1 -gallon cans. 

We quote a price of 59 ^f per | 
gallon (cans extra) on the Boiled Lin- 
seed Oil. We charge 75^ extra for 
10-gallon cans and 15^ | for 1-gallon 
cans. 

Our price on Extra #1 Coach 
Varnish in 1-gallon cans is $2.00 | 200 
per gallon; in 5-gallon cans, $1.95. 
If the linseed oil is shipped with the 



paint | and varnish, we shall be glad 
to allow freight on the entire ship- 
ment. 

The prices given on Tinted Gloss 
are | our best dealers' prices. In 
case you must meet competition on a 
price basis, we suggest that you take 
on | our line of Metropolitan paints. 
Metropolitan in ordinary colors will 
cost $1.20 per gallon in 5-gallon | 
cans and $1.25 in 1-gallon cans. 
Star shades such as #327 sell | 300 at 
$1.60 in 5-gallon cans and $1.65 in 
1-gallon cans. 

Metropolitan | paint is ground 
in strictly pure linseed oil. It con- 
tains a very small percentage of 
naphtha (not over 5%), | which 
does not harm the paint in the slight- 
est degree. It is very much like our 
Tinted Gloss except | that it has a 
different pigment. Tinted Gloss con- 
tains absolutely nothing but pure 
raw linseed oil in combination with 
the | necessary pigments and a small 
percentage of japan drier. 

We are in a position to give you 
prompt service and | 400 trust that we 
may hear from you favorably. 
Yours very truly, (411) 

12 

the enemies of paint do not always 
fight in the open some of them at- 
tack from the rear one of the most 



17 The spelling of this word is to be distinguished from Worcester, Mass. Both are pronounced 

Roaster 



68 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 



destructive of these enemies is wood 
expansion its action is but . little 
understood because it fights under 
cover but a brief description of its 
results may be found in the enclosed 
leaflet it easily overcomes and de- 
stroys a non-elastic coating it wins 
a quicker victory when the paint film 
is not waterproofed or reinforced 
such a paint permits the penetration 
of moisture to the underlying wood 
surface whereupon the paint cracks 
becomes loosened and finally in 
some cases flakes off entirely there 
are some coatings however which 
have such adhesive strength and 



elasticity that they keep perfect step 
with the expansion and contraction 
of wood such paint coatings are 
waterproofed and reinforced and 
consequently shed moisture two or 
three times longer than paints which 
are not reinforced the best agent 
which has yet been discovered to 
preserve elasticity and to waterproof 
and reinforce a linseed oil paint and 
at the same time eliminate the use of 
harmful concentrated dryers is lucas 
japan oil the attached mailing card 
will make it easy to begin reinforcing 
your linseed oil at once yours very 
truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed in the Philadelphia office of John Lucas & 
Co., Inc., as a stenographer in the general sales department. Your teacher is the 
manager of this department. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Make a copy of the technical terms and practice their 
outlines. 

Arrangement 

The style letter on page 56 is written in what is known as the block style. 
This is a form which is now quite widely used. Each line in the address and 
body of the letter begins flush with the margin. Note also the arrangement of 
the signature. Write all the letters in this section in this form. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on a letterhead (form 
4). Use the current date and add the initials as usual. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 8 with carbon in the same form as the style 
letter. Use a letterhead. 

Two-Page Letters 

When a letter runs over a page, use a plain sheet and not a letterhead for 
the second page. In order that the second sheet may be readily identified, it is 
desirable to write the initials of the addressee and the notation " # 2" at the top 
of the page. Refer to the second page of the style letter on page 318. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 69 

Assignment 3. Copy letter 9 with carbon. This will be a two-page 
letter. At the top of the second page, flush with the margin of the letter, write 
"Mr. H. G. G. #2." Because of the tabulated matter this letter contains, it 
will furnish an excellent test of how skilful you have become in applying the 
principles of effective display. Use a letterhead for the first page of this letter. 

Submit the three letters for approval. 

Technical Copy 

The selection given below is from a pamphlet on the finishing of " Concrete 
and Cement Surfaces," which we issue. 

Assignment 4. You should not be satisfied with a speed of anything 
less than fifty words a minute on "straight copy." This passage contains 779 
words. Copy the selection without carbon. Your teacher will time you. If 
you cannot copy it in 16 minutes, write it again. Are your copies errorless? 

CONCRETE FINISHING 

Early disintegration has frequently occurred from the addition of im- 
proper coloring matter for decorative effects. The colors which have 
proved the most successful are natural earth pigments, which are prac- 
tically inert and therefore exert no chemical action. To obtain brilliancy, 
water soluble dyes are occasionally added, and they have so far shown no 
harmful effects. The former are to be preferred, however, if the desired 
color can be obtained, as they are fast to light, while the stains will in- 
variably fade. It is advisable when contemplating finishing concrete in a 
color to write the suppliers of the cement. They are 1 10 ° best capable of 
advising as to the coloring materials which can be safely used. 

The absorption of grease and oil not only tends to disfigure a concrete 
surface, but some of the best authorities on concrete construction are of 
the opinion that a considerable number of these materials have a disin- 
tegrating action. Many types and grades of mineral oil, when allowed to 
penetrate into concrete that was not thoroughly dry, were found to pos- 
sess a disintegrating influence. Tests made on old surfaces, however, did 
not show any noticeable indication of deterioration. 

The incorporation of linseed oil in a concrete mix | 203 has proved that it 
was impossible by this means to waterproof or make the concrete impervious 
to the absorption of oils. The results of these tests were substantiated by 
leading engineers connected with several large railroads, who were inter- 
viewed as to the nature of the investigations they were conducting regarding 
the treatment of concrete floors. 



70 PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

By the absorption of grease and oil, spots are formed on which dust 
and disease germs collect and breed. As nothing has yet been found 
which, when added to concrete, will correct the absorption of oil, it is 
necessary to overcome the difficulty by J 300 painting. It happens many 
times when a floor is put down in a body layer and a finish coat, that the 
surface concrete will be loosened when subjected to the continued action 
of penetrating oils. This same condition is frequently caused by abnormal 
permeation, although the defect is overcome to a great extent if the surface 
layer is laid down before the lower has taken its "initial" set. 

One of the most undesirable features connected with concrete floors 
is the continual " dusting," which is caused by the natural grinding action 
of wear on the surface. Wherever the floor is subjected | 400 to hard usage 
the dust may, besides becoming a source of irritation, prove injurious 
to the health. The dust readily adheres to the surface of untreated 
floors in a manner which makes it impossible to remove. Sweeping tends 
only to aggravate the tendency to " powder," as many small particles are 
loosened or torn away. 

In view of the fact that lime has a saponifying action on oils and that 
all concrete contains alkali in varying amounts, the first point to con- 
sider in painting concrete construction of any kind, outside or inside, is 
how to treat the surface in order either | 500 to eliminate this material by 
neutralizing it, or in some manner to keep it from exerting its harmful 
influence on the vehicle portion of the paint which is to be applied. A 
treatment which has for its object the elimination of whatever free alkali 
is present on and near the surface will, in practically every instance, prove 
injurious to the concrete. The use of mineral acids, while neutralizing the 
lime, will detract from the life of the structure. Solutions of materials 
which change the lime to insoluble salts that do not act on oils have been 
suggested from time to j 60 ° time, and have been used with varying success D 
The general results of experiments along this line indicate, however, that 
it is not advisable to attempt the elimination or change of the alkali to some 
other form by chemical reagents. 

The most satisfactory results up to the present time have been ob- 
tained by the use of a thin varnish-like mixture, which is especially adapted 
for work of this character. This filler is practically a wash, which pene- 
trates into the concrete and destroys whatever action the alkali would 
have on an oil paint coat. In the process of neutralizing any free 1 70 ° alkali 
with which this filler comes into direct contact, products are forrjipd which 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



71 



assist in making a thorough bond within the concrete without weakening 
the structure. Capillarity is destroyed by the oxidized film which results 
from drying. This makes the passage of moisture through the paint coat 
impossible. The paint coat which follows the filler can then be selected 
to obtain the desired decoration, and will assist in correcting all the forces 
that exert deteriorating influences on naked concrete. (779 words^ 

Billing 

A bill is a statement setting forth the amount of a debt, usually for goods 
sold or services rendered, with items, prices, and terms stated in detail. A bill, 
when received from another, is often called an invoice. 

John Lucas & Co., Inc. 

Paint and Varnish Makers 

322-330 Race Street 



Reg. No. A-7949 

Sold To r w Austin & Co 

467 Railroad St 
Altoona Pa 

Ship Via P R R Frt 



PHILADELPHIA, PA. SriML 



...19.SQ.. 



Terms 60-1-10 

FOB Altoona 







l/2 Lu-Co-Flat White 


-1 oan 


$2.60 


lo30 








1/4 Velvo-Tone Zarina Green 


-1 oan 


2.80 


.70 








l/2 Lucas Tinted Gloss Vermilion 


-2 oans 


2.90 


2.90 








6 Metropolitan Ready Mixed 


-1 oan 

25-.10 


1.75 


8,75 
13.65 
4.43 


9.22 



Illustration 6 — Bill or Invoice 



The typewriter is now widely used in the preparation of bills. One of our 
regular bills is shown above. Each customer has a register number, which is 
put on all bills issued to him. It is customary in making out bills to express 
the entire date in figures. May 16, 1920, is thus written: 5-16-20. Our regular 
terms are 60 days or 1% for cash in ten days (indicated on the billhead by the 
figures 60-1-10); that is, the bill is payable at its face not later than 60 days 
from date, but for payment within 10 days from date a discount of 1% may be 
deducted. Unless otherwise specified all shipments are made f . o. b. Philadelphiac 



72 PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

We also allow trade discounts, which differ in amount with the kind of goods 
sold; thus on the bill shown in illustration 6 we have deducted trade discounts 
of 25% and 10%. In finding the net amount of the bill the discount of 25%, 
amounting to $3.41, was deducted from the gross amount of the bill, $13.65. From 
the difference, $10.24, the second discount of 10%, or $1.02, was taken. The sum 
of these discounts, $4.43, was deducted from the gross amount and the result, 
$9.22, is the net amount of the bill. 

The fractions at the beginning of each item indicate the amount of paint 
which the can contains — 1/2 gallon, 1/4 gallon, etc. All our prices are quoted 
by the gallon unless otherwise stated. When cans containing less than a gallon 
are sold, the price per gallon is slightly higher. The first item in the bill is for 
one can containing one-half gallon of Lu-Co-Flat White billed at the rate of 
$2.60 a gallon. 

Assignment 5. On form 5 make an exact copy of the above bill. 
Use plain paper cut to the size of the billhead for the carbon copy. 

Assignment 6. Prepare bills with carbons on the other billheads in the 
budget marked "form 5/' from the following information handed to you by our 
bookkeeper. Use the current date and quote the regular terms. 

Sold to Owens Hardware Co., 432 Ellsworth Ave., Bucyrus, Ohio, Reg. No. 

0-241, shipped by P R R frt. 

Two 1/2 gallon cans Lu-Co-Flat Green at $2.60 
One 5 gallon can Lucas Cement Filler at $2.20 
Four 1/2 gallon cans Lucas Iron Oxide Maroon at $1.90 

Extend the items. The gross amount of the bill is $17.40. From this amount 

deduct discounts of 20 and 10%, which amount to $4.87. Find the net amount 

of the bill and extend it. 

Sold to Pindell & Spencer, 642 Lindsay Square, Mt. Carmel, Pa., Reg. No. 

P-65, shipped by P & R frt. f. o. b. Mt. Carmel. 

Five 1/2 gallon cans Metropolitan Flat White at $2.40 
Four 1/2 gallon cans Metropolitan True Pink at $2.60 
Two 5 gallon cans Lucas Tinted Gloss Blue at $2.25 
One 1 gallon can Lucas Barn Paint Moss Green at $1.40 
Five 1/2 gallon cans Lu-Co-Flat at $2.70 

Extend the items and find the gross amount of the bill. From the gross amount 

we allowed discounts of 25% and 10%, which amount to $13.60. Find the net 

amount of the bill. 

Sold to R. J. Hutchison, 6421 Turner St., Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, 
Reg. No. H-216, shipped by P R R frt. 

Ten 1 gallon cans Calumet Barn Paint Gray at $1.10 
Five 1/2 gallon cans Lucas Silo Paint Green at $L30 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 73 

Four 1 gallon cans Lucas Concrete Paint Exterior White at $1.70 
Two 1/2 gallon cans Lucas Wagon Paint Black at $1.80 

Extend the items, find the gross amount of the bill, deduct discounts of 20% 

and 10%, and complete the bill. 

Sold to Livingstone Paint & Varnish Co., Wakefield, Mass., Reg. No. L-148, 

shipped by B & frt. f. o b. delivery point. 

Four 5 gallon cans Lucas Rustic Shingle Stain at $.95 

One 1/2 gallon can Mirac Varnish Remover at $1.90 

One 5 gallon can Lucas Ready Mixed Graphite at $1.55 

One 25 pound can Lucas Flat Brick Paint at $.09 per lb. 

Two 12 1/2 lb. cans Lucas Tinted Paste Venetian Red at $.10 per lb. 

Three 1 gallon cans Lucas Barn Paint Moss Green at $1.40 

Eight 1/2 gallon cans Iron Oxide Paint Moss Green at $1.30 

Make the extensions. We allowed discounts of 25% and 10%. Complete the 

biU. 

Sold to Kreyling Bros., 401 Hampton St., Norfolk, Va., Reg. No. K-309, 
shipped by P B & W frt. 

Six 1/2 gallon cans Lucas Floor Paint at $2.20 

Two 1/4 gallon cans Lu-Co-Flat at $1.90 

Eighteen 1/2 gallon cans Lu-Co-Flat at $1.80 

One 5 gallon can Silica Liquid Wood Filler at $1.60 

One 10 lb. can Lucas Paste Shingle Stain at $.20J per lb. 

Two 25 lb. cans Lucas Flat Brick Paint Dark Brick Red at $.18 per lb. 

One 12 J lb. can Lucas Tinted Paste Paint at $.15 per lb. 
Deduct a discount of 33 1/3% and complete the bill. 

Hand in the bills to the manager for checking. Keep the carbons in your 
folder. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 7. Letter 12 is one of our regular follow-up sales letters. 
Read the letter through and decide upon the punctuation and paragraphing. 
The manager asks you to write this letter without carbon to the following: 

Fulton Hardware Company, 422 Hanover Street, Trenton, N. J. 

The K. C. Brand Company, Ardmore, Pa. 

Transcribing 

Assignment 8. The manager will dictate to you five letters from our 
correspondence. Transcribe them in the form of the style letter. Present for 
signature. 



74 FAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 

Filing 

The Shannon file is sometimes used for the filing of bills, estimates, and other 
papers. The file consists of a board with a double arch at one end. These arches 
may be opened at the tops. Papers to be filed are perforated with a device which 
accompanies the file and then slipped over the arches. The file is equipped with 
a set of guides indexed alphabetically by tabs at the side. (Illustration 7.) In 
filing the carbon of the bill to R. W. Austin & Co., for instance, it is only neces- 




Xllustration 7— Shannon File 

sary to raise the "A" guide and push it back over the arches. The arches are 
then opened and the bill inserted. To file the next bill to the Owens Hardware 
Company the arches must be closed, the a O" tab located, and all papers including 
the "O" guide thrown back over the arches. Always file back of the index letters. 
Assignment 9. File the carbon copies of the six bills you have prepared 
in the Shannon file-. File the carbons of the letters in the vertical file as instructed 
in the last section. ♦ 

Secretarial Practice 

A secretary's usefulness is greatly handicapped if his temperament is such 
that he finds it "hard to get along" with his co-workers. In a certain sense he 
must subordinate his personality to that of his chief. This does not mean that 
he is to be fawning or subservient. When the secretary has proved his worth, 
his chief will be glad to receive suggestions from him. 

In the more important positions the secretary will have stenographers, typists, 
or clerks under his direction. Unfailing courtesy is the secret of working in har- 
mony with others. Efficiency flies out of the window when friction comes in at 
the door. The wise secretary's relations with his co-workers are characterized 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 75 

by an attitude of cheerfulness and helpfulness. He believes in his chief and is 
loyal to the business with which he is associated. 

The qualities which make for " team-work" in business can be cultivated. You 
may have brilliant mental powers, keen perceptions, and excellent training, yet 
these will profit you little if you have not developed the habit of cooperation. 
All business is built on cooperative effort. 

Assignment 10. The manager: " Better follow up the Steele Canning Co. 
and the Murray Top Co. (letters 1 and 2) and inquire whether the printed mate- 
rial we sent them was received. Express our interest in their problems and assure 
them that the services of our laboratory staff are at their disposal. I'll sign the 
letters." 

Assignment 11. The manager: "Here is a letter (No. 7) from R. F. 
Brandon, one of our salesmen, now at Pittsburgh. Wire him that the finishing of 
the panels was begun this morning following his suggestion. Ask him to let us 
know how much of our product the customer uses in a year." On looking up 
Brandon's itinerary you find that he is staying at the Fort Pitt Hotel. 

Assignment 12. The manager: "You can write the Harmony-Butler 
Co., too. Tell them we're interested in Brandon's report of their problem. Men- 
tion the fact that we are finishing these special panels. That's an important let- 
ter. Evidently the conditions at their plant are bad; still we want to keep their 
business. Let me see the letter." 

Assignment 13. The manager: "We must send copy for our ad in the 
next month's issue of the Hardware Age. I think we had better feature Viscolite. 
Suppose you see what sort of an ad you can write. The letter I wrote the Reese 
Supply Co. (letter 6) the other day contains all the information you need. We 
have only a quarter page, so you'll have to make your sentences short and concise." 

Assignment 14. The manager: "We have had an inquiry from Krey- 
ling Bros, (page 73) about our cement pamphlet (page 69). Send them a copy 
and tell them that we shall be glad to place our laboratory service at their dis- 
posal if they will tell us the details of their problem." 

Assignment 15. The manager: "Make out cards for the firms to whom 
we have sent bills (pages 71, 72, 73) so that we can enter them in our follow-up 
file." (Any ordinary index card will serve the purpose.) 

Assignment 16* From your practice and observation prepare a brief 
memorandum stating the advantages of vertical filing over flat filing. 



subject: Weight Agreement - Elyria Manufacturing Company, Elyria, Ohio 

The Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Company 

FREIGHT DEPARTMENT 

IN" YOUR REPLY REFER TO 
OFFICE OF DIVISION FREIGHT AGENT 

NO. 143 

VOUR RLE: 1047-B 

Pittsburgh, Pa. February 4, 
1920* 

Mr. J. K. Babson, 

Division Freight Agent, 
Elyria, Ohio. 

Dear Sir: 

For your information we quote the following order from Chief 

Inspector Hanlon of the ^Central Freight Association Inspection and 

Weighing Bureau, Chicago, dated January 28 x 

"Notice is hereby given of consummation of weight 
agreement with the Elyria Manufacturing Company, Elyria, 
Ohio, effective June 10, covering outbound oarload ship- 
ments of automobile parts. 

The above named shipper will be supplied with bureau 
oertifioate stamp No. 2185, and when impress of this stamp 
appears on shipping order with correct weight, inserted in 
the spaoe provided and affirmed over shipper's signature, 
it will be permissible to acoept and use the description 
and weight so tendered as basis for accepting transportation *> 
charges (minimum weights to be observed) and to plaoe im- 
print of bureau general agreement stamp on revenue billing 
to protect it. 

Unless shipping order is certified in the manner pre- 
scribed, shipper's weight should not be accepted; on the 
contrary, the traffic should be weighed and charges assessed 
on basis of weight obtained on railroad scales, and agreement 
stamp should be withheld from revenue billing. Your agents 
have heretofore been supplied with weight agreement stamp for 
use in certifying way-bills." 

Please issue the necessary instructions to interested agents In 

order to put this agreement into effeot on the date specified. 



BAO-4 




RAILROAD SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

bill of lading — a written acknowledgment of the receipt of certain goods by a 
common carrier, 1 who promises for a consideration to transport and de- 
liver them at a certain place to a person therein named or his order. 

buffet car — a restaurant car. 

classification — the act of arranging in groups or classes; as, a rate classification 
sheet. 

commodity rates — freight rates on merchandise and other articles of commerce. 

consignment — a shipment of merchandise. A consignor is a person who makes 
a shipment. A consignee is a person to whom a shipment is sent. 

coupling — a device for uniting two railroad cars. 

data — facts; something assumed, known, or conceded for the basis of a 
discussion. 

differential — making a difference; special. Differential rates are special rates on 
specified commodities or to specified parties or shipping points. 

docket — a list of causes in court or before a commission for hearing, arranged in 
the order in which they are to be called; a digest. 

en route — on the way; upon the road. 

in transit — in the course of shipment. 

intrastate — within a state as distinguished from interstate, meaning between 
states. 

lighterage — the charge for loading or unloading vessels. 

manifest — a list or invoice of freight or express shipments, containing a 
description of each package of goods. 

mileage — total number of miles; the charge for traveling reckoned by the mile. 

origin territory — For railroad freight rate purposes the "United States is divided 
into sections. Origin territory is one of such sections from which ship- 
ments are made to another section. 

Pullman — a kind of sleeping car (named after the inventor) . 

refund — a return of the whole or a part of a charge made for transporting pas- 
sengers or merchandise. 

rolling stock — the cars, engines, etc., of a railroad. 

routing — designating the lines and transfer points over and through which a 
shipment shall proceed from the point of shipment to its destination. 

short haul — a term applied to goods which are carried but a short distance, as 
distinguished from those carried a long distance and termed long haul. 

stenciled — applied to containers marked by a stencil, which is a plate in which 
figures or letters are cut. 

1 A company, such as a railroad, steamship line, etc., which undertakes for hire to transport goods 
and passengers from one place to another for any who choose to employ it. 

77 



78 



RAILROAD SECTION 



tare — the weight of a container, such as a box, barrel, etc. 

tariff — a list or schedule of charges. 

traffic — the coming and going of persons, or the transportation of goods along 
a line of travel. 

transcontinental — across the continent. 

triplicate — made with three impressions (an original and two carbons), as dis- 
tinguished from duplicate, made with two impressions. 

validate — to confirm; to make good by proper means (such as stamping, punch- 
ing, etc.). 

vestibuled train — a train of passenger cars each of which is provided with a 
" vestibule" at each end; that is, a part of the platform is so enclosed at 
the sides that when the cars are coupled, a continuous passage from car to 
car is formed. 

via — by way of. 

way-bill — a detailed list and description sent with goods shipped. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Morton Drug Manufacturing Co., 

342 N. Sutton Street, 
Columbus, Ohio. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of January 
18 with reference to delay on one 
box of drugs from Columbus, Janu- 
ary | 12, consigned to B. H. Royer, 
Bridgeport, W. Va. 

This shipment was billed on Co- 
lumbus to Bridgeport way-bill 2 3422, 
j January 12, carded Clarksburg, 
same date, Southern 38865. 3 Upon 
taking the matter up | with the 
General Superintendent of Transpor- 
tation, we were informed that this 
shipment was transferred at Clarks- 
burg on January 15 into | S. P. 4 



3354. Because the following day was 
Sunday and the local freight was 
not running, the | J0 ° shipment was 
not moved until January 18, arriving 
at destination January 19. 5 

Yours very truly, (115) 
2 
Mr. H. B. Tucker, 

Division Freight Agent, 

Lehigh Valley Railroad, 
Jersey City, N. J. 
Dear Sir: 

I am returning herewith the 
papers received with your letter of 
the 4th. 

Upon investigating the matter, 
I | find that the rate of 61^ per 
cwt., 6 as originally assessed and as 
published in Lehigh Valley I.C.C. 7 | 



2 Way-bills are made up each day on which are entered all shipments made between given points. 

3 This means Southern Railway Car #38865. 

4 Southern Pacific. 

5 This is a reply to a tracer letter sent to the railroad company by the shipper, the Morton Drug Mann 
facturing Co. 

6 Abbrevia ion for hundred weight. 

7 Abbreviation for Interstate Commerce Commissi n. This Commission by virtue of the Inter 
state Commerce Law regulates commerce between states when carried wholly or partly by rail. The Com- 
mission publishes decisions as to rates, classifications of freight, etc. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



79 



12567, is correct. This is a com- 
modity rate (Rule 22, Southern 
Classification) taking precedence | 
over the 6th class rate of 45^, which 
shippers and consignees are claiming. 

The commodity rate was ap- 
parently | overlooked by the former 
rate clerk in this office, who quoted 
the 6th class basis, which the con- 
signees have asked | 10 ° us to protect. 
In view of the stipulations in the rate 
referred to above, I cannot see how 
we can | apply anything but the 
commodity rate. 

Yours very truly, (129) 

3 
Mr. R. M. Weldon, 

Division Freight Agent, 
Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Sir: 

We quote a letter of December 
30 from the "Wheeling Manufacturing 
Company, Wheeling, W. Va. No ac- 
tion is | to be taken toward divert- 
ing these cars from Locust Point to 
New York until we give you further 
instructions. 

"We | refer to the follow- 
ing cars shipped from Whit- 
ing, Indiana, on December 
27, loaded with wax and 
consigned to Messrs. | 
Moore and Cleland, c/o 
Furness- Johnston-Manches- 
ter Line, Locust Point, Bal- 
timore, Md., for export, 
lighterage free: 



ACL* 26578 

C of Ga 9 7807 
NYO 198730 
On | 10 ° account of the 
present difficulty in secur- 
ing ocean transportation, we 
may find it necessary to di- 
vert these cars to New | 
York. We therefore ask 
that you kindly hold these 
cars at some junction point 
in order that they may be | 
moved to New York should 
we find it necessary. We 
have taken the matter up 
with our forwarding agents 
at | New York and will in- 
form you within the next 
few days to which port we 
want the cars delivered." 
Pending | receipt of further in- 
structions, hold these cars on the 
Sykesville cut-off for possible re- 
routing to New York. 

Yours J 200 very truly, (202) 



Steel Bars, rate, Johnstown, Pa., to 
Kenosha, Wis. File 12424-B" 

Mr. A. M. Rutledge, 

General Freight Agent, 12 

Chicago & Northwestern 
Railway Co., 
Chicago, 111. 
Dear Sir: 

Please refer to your File 21721-L 
with regard to shipments of coil bar 



8 Atlantic Coast Line. 9 Central of Georgia Railway. l0 New York Central. 

11 A common practice in railway offices is to write the subject of the letter and its file number at the 
top of the patre See the style letter on pags 76. 

12 In the case of a long title, it :s preferable to make four lines of the address. 



80 



RAILROAD SECTION 



steel | from the Crucible Steel Com- 
pany, Johnstown, Pa., to Barton 
Bros., Kenosha, Wis., on which the 
bar steel rating has been | applied. 
I enclose a copy of a letter from 
District Inspector Carson to Mr. 
Kendall, Asst. D. F. A. 13 at | Pitts- 
burgh, which coincides with your 
view as to the rating applicable on 
these shipments. 

Barton Bros, have just called 
our | attention to the following clause 
inourl.C.C. 12561, page 9: 

1 ' The foregoing will 
not | 3 00 apply on bars either 
square, round, or otherwise 
shaped on which any work 
has been done, except that 
of galvanizing, | drawing, 
grinding, hammering, or 
rolling." 

They claim that this material is 
square edge bar finish nut steel in 
coils, and | insist that the stipula- 
tion above quoted excludes the ap- 
plication of the rate now in force. 

In view of the developments | 
in connection with this movement 
and the volume of traffic involved, it 
seems advisable that you arrange to 
have your | inspector make a care- 
ful investigation at Johnstown, as we 
feel that such investigation may de- 
velop sufficient reasons to justify 
you | 200 in changing your previous 
ruling on the rating of this traffic. 
Truly yours, (213) 



Agricultural Implement Rates be- 
tween C. F. A. ]4 Points 
File 237-B Part 2 

Mr. R. A. Browning, D. F. A., Co- 
lumbus, Ohio, 
Mr. F. K. Darling, D. F. A., Youngs- 
town, Ohio, 
Mr. C. R. Morrison, D. F. A., Cleve- 
land, Ohio. 
Gentlemen : 

You have no doubt received the 
circular letter from Chairman Mc- 
Cormick dated December 28, noti- 
fying us that revised | mileage scale 
basis rates on agricultural imple- 
ments between points in C. F. A. 
territory covered by Information 
12437 | have been indefinitely post- 
poned, and in lieu thereof C. F. A. 
lines are to proceed to prepare and 
file | tariffs showing advanced rates 
on such freight, intrastate and inter- 
state, between points in C. F. A. 
territory, based on the | present 
tariffs plus 5%, these rates to take 
effect March 15 next. 

From the data you furnished 
this | 10 ° office in connection with In- 
formation 12437, the Tariff Depart- 
ment is uncertain as to just what 
action should | be taken now to 
follow out the instructions in the 
letter referred to. Shall we simply 
advance our present rates | 5%, or 
shall we arrange to eliminate the 
origin 15 and destination points which 



13 Division Freight Agent. 

14 Central Freight Association. 

16 Refer to the definition of "origin territory.' 



CORRESPONDENCE 



81 



you have indicated can be | can- 
celed? In addition, what action 
should be taken in connection with 
new rates and points covered by 
your data, but | not provided for in 
the present publication? 

We suggest that you carefully 
review the data submitted and re- 
quest that you | 200 instruct us fully in 
order that work on these tariffs 
may be commenced at once in order 
to have them j ready by March 15. 
Yours very truly, (227) 

6 

C. K. Ogden & Co., 

Keystone Road, 
Elmira, N. Y. 
Gentlemen : 

We received your letter of No- 
vember 25, File 106-C, relative to 
weight on N. Y. C. | car 14674 
from Elmira, November 15, destined 
to Clinton, Mass., which was weighed 
on Palmer truck | scales showing net 
47,500 lbs. as against your estimated 
weight of 43,640 | lbs. 

This question was taken up with 
the Supervisor of Scales and Weigh- 
ing, Mr. Oberman, who has today 
written | us as follows: 

"It has been impossible to de- 
velop any error in connection with 
the weighing of car referred to 1 10 ° in 
the enclosures received with yours of 
December 15. 

I understand that many of the 
Ogden products are shipped in | re- 
frigerator cars in winter, and I think 
the Ogden Company can well afford 
to require the weighing of cars be- 



fore | loading, the charge for such 
service to be made in accordance 
with Weighing Circular 660. This 
circular provides that | if the differ- 
ence between the stenciled tare and 
actual tare exceeds 1% of the net 
load, with a | minimum of 500 lbs., 
no charge is to be made for weighing. 
If the Ogden Company has re- 
cently checked | 200 the weights of 
their packages and is confident of 
their estimated weights, we shall 
accept correction on the basis of | 
their weights, but without estab- 
lishing a precedent. If many simi- 
lar cases occur this winter, it will be 
necessary to go | into the matter 
more thoroughly and remedy the 
trouble wherever it may lie." 

Yours very truly, (256) 

7 
Mr. E. A. Kirkpatrick, 

Traffic Superintendent, 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

Your Embargo No. 2736, Janu- 
ary 7, embargoes all shipments ex- 
cept live stock and perishable freight. 
| The C. R. Verner Company has 
been shipping perishable freight in 
refrigerator cars. Today the traffic 
manager of the Verner | Company is 
in receipt of information from their 
New York office to the effect that our 
New York office has | declined to 
handle some shipments that arrived 
at New York in split cars; i.e., 16 in 
cars containing partly domestic J 
and partly export freight. On the 



5 Abbreviation for thit is. 



82 



RAILROAD SECTION 



3d 17 instant the Verner Company 
forwarded to New York P. R. R. car 
14367, | 10 ° which car contains some 
goods for export. Their traffic mana- 
ger also informs me that they will 
have | about seventeen cars for Liv- 
erpool to load next week. The Ver- 
ner Company has booked 560,000 # 18 
on | the steamer " Cymric" to sail 
from New York on February 23; in 
addition, they have booked 225,000 # 
| on the steamer "Dominion" to sail 
from Philadelphia during the latter 
part of this month. 

Before loading | these goods 
Traffic Manager O'Connell of the 
Verner Company has requested me to 
bring the matter to your attention; 
he | 200 further requests that you ar- 
range to issue such instructions as 
will prevent our New York people 
from holding up these | shipments 
upon their arrival at the seaboard. 

Kindly wire me not later than 
Monday, February 7, as to what 
action | will be taken to protect 
this movement. If desired, I shall 
arrange with the Verner Company 
to furnish us advance | information 
as the cars are loaded, and I shall be 
glad to wire this information to your 
office or to | any other office you 
may designate. 

Yours very truly, (289) 



8 

Mr. T. W. Pyle, 

Passenger Traffic Manager, 

Louisville, Henderson & St. 
Louis Railroad, 
St. Louis, Mo. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your letter of March 5 in 
further reference to the claim of L. T. 
Sheridan for | refund of fare paid 
over our line from Louisville, Ky., to 
Owensboro, Ky., presumably on July 
28 last, while | he was holding Penn- 
sylvania Railroad Ticket FX — 1465 
reading from Philadelphia, Pa., to 
Owensboro, Ky., routed via | Louis- 
ville and your line. 

I return your entire file in this 
case. Kindly inform me how you 
received the impression | that this 
gentleman paid a cash fare over our 
line. The letter of Ticket Agent 
Morris of Owensboro to your 1 10 ° Mr. 
Simpson dated August 4, included in 
this correspondence, states that the 
claimant failed to secure a receipt 
because he | did not know it was 
necessary for him to have one. After 
reading the entire file, I do not find | 
anything to indicate that Mr. Sheri- 
dan paid a cash fare over our line. 
In the original application for a re- 
fund | the claimant states that he 
took the 12 : 01 train out of Louisville 
on the I. C. R. R., 19 which | is our 
train # 101. Upon investigation I 



17 Write 2d and 3d rather than 2nd and 3rd. 

18 The sign # is used to express pounds. 

19 Illinois Central Railroad. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



S3 



find that there were no cash fares 
collected on this | 200 train between 
Louisville and Owensboro on July 27, 
28, or 29. 

Under the circumstances' it will 
be | necessary for us to have some 
documentary evidence to show that a 
fare was actually paid over our line 
between | these points before any re- 
fund can be made. As the claim was 
originally presented to you on the 
partly used | ticket, and since the 
remainder of the claim papers have 
never been received in this office, I 
presume you will | wish to con- 
tinue the investigation of the case. 
Yours truly, (290) 



Silo Tile, Rates— Barberton, Ohio, to 
Canadian Points 

Mr. S. C. Wrightson, 

General Freight Traffic Manager, 
Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Sir: 

The Prentiss-Walker Company, 
Barberton, Ohio, manufacturers of 
silo tile, are endeavoring to establish a 
market for their | product in Can- 
ada. The Official Classification does 
not specifically provide a rating on 
silo tile, but does provide for hollow | 
building tile as 6th class, minimum 
weight 36,000 pounds. As hollow 
building tile and silo tile are practi- 
cally | the same commodity, the lat- 
ter has been moving under the rates 
provided on the former. 



The tile for a complete | silo 
weighs from 18 to 22 tons. Since 
our published I. C. C. 14032 through 
rates J 10 ° on hollow building tile show 
a minimum weight of 50,000 pounds, 
the movement of this company's 
product at such | rates is prohibi- 
tive. 20 The present commodity rates 
on such products from origin terri- 
tory covered by this tariff to Canad- 
ian points | are based on combina- 
tions to and from Detroit and the Ni- 
agara frontier. In many instances it 
has been found necessary | to can- 
cel commodity rates for the reason 
that they exceeded the through 6th 
class rate, there being but slight dif- 
ference | between the through rates 
covered by the tariff and the 6th 
class rate. 

As nothing but silo tile is manu- 
factured | 200 at Barberton, the ship- 
per's proposition is that hollow 
building tile be eliminated from the 
brick list as far as this | point is 
concerned, thereby permitting the 6th 
class rate and minimum of 36,000 
pounds to apply on future | ship- 
ments for Canadian points. They 
claim that this action will stimulate 
the traffic to the territory in question, 
which cannot | at present move on a 
minimum of 50,000 pounds. 

We recommend the acceptance 
of this proposition and request au- 
thority | to arrange with the Tariff 
Department to put it into effect. 
Yours very truly, (294) 



20 That is, these rates are so high that the company cannot profitably make shipments. 



84 



RAILROAD SECTION 



10 

The H. C. Niles Company, 
Price and Upland Streets, 
Duquesne, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

We have your letter of November 
14 in regard to storage rates in effect 
at the Baltimore & Ohio | Pitts- 
burgh Warehouse. Our rates on 
pancake mixture for monthly periods 
are given in the enclosed tariff , I. C. C. 
14875. | The weights shown are 
approximate. When there is a ma- 
terial difference between the actual 
weights of the | packages and these 
estimated weights, the rates are pro- 
portionate. Your small cases would 
come between the first and second 
divisions, | while the larger cases 
would be taken at the 50-lb. rate. 

Cars may be consigned to the 
Allegheny, Junction | 10 ° Transfer, or 
Grant and Water Street Stations in 
Pittsburgh. Distribution will be 
made to patrons without extra charge 
provided orders | are received in time 
to perform the work within the free 
time period, which is 48 hours from 
the | first 7 A.M. after notice of arri- 
val. 21 You need only notify the 
agent in Pittsburgh that you desire 
to | have the goods unloaded on the 
platform, sending your delivery or- 
ders to him. These orders may in- 
clude deliveries to the | warehouse, 
which are made free of charge from 
these stations. 



If you desire to make reshipment 
via our line it j 200 will be necessary for 
you to make out the bills of lading 
and mark your shipments according 
to Official Classification | provisions, 
unless you first order the goods into 
the storage warehouse, in which case 
we make out the bills of | lading, 
mark the shipments, and forward 
them for you within the free time 
period at a charge oi 30 ft | per ton, 
minimum charge 50 j£, plus a charge of 
\ft per package to cover the cost of | 
marking and mailing the bills of 
lading. 

Goods consigned to the Baltimore 
& Ohio Pittsburgh Warehouse direct 
and delivered within | 300 the 48-hour 
period are entitled to the tonnage 
rate, which on your commodity is 30^ 
per ton. | After the 48-hour period a 
month's storage is assessed. 

Yours very truly, (334) 

11 

Mr. C. S. Poore, 

General Freight Traffic Manager, 22 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

We received your telegram of 
even 23 date informing us that the J. 
W. Thompson Company has re- 
quested suspension | of Item 129-C, 
Supplement 69, 1.C.C. 11647, B. & O. 
Exception | Sheet. This item pro- 
vides for the cancelation of 5th class 
rating on elbows, stove pipe, hods, 



21 After the expiration of such "free time," storage charges are assessed on shipments. 

22 In letters from one office of a railway company to another office of the same company the name 
of the railway is usually omitted. 

23 Same date. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



85 



dripping pans, etc., from | arbitrary 
territory 24 east of Pittsburgh, in- 
cluding Parkersburg, and stations 
west thereof to Chicago, Peoria, St. 
Paul, and Mississippi River points | 
on traffic destined beyond. The 
Official Classification rating is thereby 
restored. 

Exception to the classification 
covering this mixture was made | 10 ° 
necessary in order to place our ship- 
pers on a parity 25 with those located 
at Chicago, Peoria, and St. Louis, 
who | had the benefit of the Western 
Classification, which provided for 
this mixture in carload lots on the 
basis of 5th | class rate. 

However, the Western Trunk 
Line, per W.T.L. 26 Circular I-K, 
I.C.C. A-518, | Item 1460, can- 
celled the 5th class rating subject to 
minimum carload weight of 24,000 
lbs. on straight | or mixed carloads 
of stove pipe iron, cut in shape for 
stove pipe, nested; also on stove 
pipe, stove pipe | 200 elbows, and coal 
hods. The cancelation applies like- 
wise to these articles when in mixed 
carloads with sheet iron dripping 
pans | and stove boards. A hearing 
on complaints on the ruling was 
held, and the Interstate Commerce 
Commission decision in I. & S. | 
Docket 27 543, Page 445, Item 7, con- 
tains the following statement: 

" Elimination of provi- 
sion for | 5 th class rating 



on straight or mixed carload 
shipments of stove pipe 
iron, stove pipe, stove pipe 
elbows, and coal | hods, 
and for mixed carloads of 
foregoing articles, and sheet 
iron dripping pans and stove 
elbows is authorized." 
Inasmuch 28 as | 300 the Western Trunk 
Line roads, with the approval of the 
Interstate Commerce Commission, 
have canceled the commodity rating 
which was | the basis for the estab- 
lishment of the 5 th class rating 
issued by the Central Freight Asso- 
ciation lines, it follows that | there 
is no longer any necessity for a 
lower basis from Central Freight As- 
sociation territory than that pro- 
vided by the | Official Classification. 
Yours truly, (364) 

12 

the following ruling of the interstate 
commerce commission is forwarded 
to you for your information on traffic 
moving between points on the b & o 
railway having origin and destina- 
tion in ohio and entire transporta- 
tion over b & o railway within the 
state of ohio the rates named in ohio 
local tariff no 5-c or reissue thereof 
when lower on the articles named 
therein will be applied in preference 
to the rates in new rate book pub- 
lished under date of January 1 on 
traffic to or from points in ohio on 



24 That is, territory within certain determined limits. 

25 Equality. 

26 Western Trunk Line 

27 "I and S Docket" stands for "Investigation and Suspension Docket.'' 

28 The phrase inasmuch as is written as two words. 



86 



RAILROAD SECTION 



connecting roads having origin desti- 
nation and entire transportation within 
the state of ohio the b & o railways 
proportion to or from the ohio junc- 
tion points must not exceed the 
rates namea in table of maximum 
class rates no 2 and table of maxi- 
mum commodity rates no 4 in ohio 
local tariff no 5-c or reissue thereof 
on the articles named therein on 
traffic moving between points on Cin- 
cinnati hamilton & dayton railroad 
within the state of ohio the rates 
named in c h & d tariff no 300-a or 
reissue thereof when lower on the 



articles named therein will be applied 
in preference to the rates named in- 
new rate book published January 1 
on traffic to or from points in ohio on 
connecting roads having origin des- 
tination and entire transportation 
within the state of ohio the Cincin- 
nati hamilton & dayton railroads 
proportion to or from ohio junction 
points must not exceed the rates 
named in table of class rates no 2 
and table of commodity rates no 2 
in c h & d tariff no 350-a or reissue 
thereof on articles named therein 
yours truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed as a stenographer in the office of the divi- 
sion freight agent of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Co. at Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Your teacher is the division freight agent. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 



Arrangement 

When a letter contains a quoted paragraph or paragraphs, it is desirable to 
make the quotation stand out from the body of the letter. Observe how this 
is done in the style letter on page 76. These quoted paragraphs exemplify the 
terse diction commonly employed in drafting orders, rules, and regulations. Note 
the absence of articles. 

In large offices where many stenographers are employed, a number is fre- 
quently assigned to each stenographer. Instead of writing her initials, she writes 
the number assigned to her after the dictator's initials. "RAC-4" shows that the 
style letter was dictated by Mr. Cole to stenographer number 4. 

Assignment 1. Make a copy of the style letter with carbon on a letter- 
head (form 6). You are stenographer number 3. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 6 on a letterhead with carbon. Note that the 
last three paragraphs of the letter are quoted. Present the letters for signature* 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 87 



The Mimeograph 



In many lines of business, machines of the type of the Edison Mimeograph, 
the Underwood Duplicator, and the Neostyle are used for producing duplicate 
copies of form letters, circulars, price lists, etc. A sheet of prepared stencil 
paper is placed in the typewriter, on which the matter to be reproduced is writ- 
ten as usual except that no ribbon is used. The type cuts the stencil sheet so 
that when it is placed on the mimeograph the ink passes through to the paper on 
which the copies are to be made. Before cutting a stencil on the typewriter, 
the type should be thoroughly cleaned in order that the impression on the stencil 
sheet may be sharp and distinct. 

You should learn how to throw the ribbon mechanism on your typewriter 
out of action. Literature and instruction booklets explaining the operation of 
the mimeograph can be obtained from the manufacturers or distributors of the 
machines mentioned above. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 3. Letter 12 contains a ruling of the Interstate Commerce 
Commission, copies of which we wish to transmit to freight agents in our division. 

Determine upon the punctuation and paragraphing of the letter and make a 
typewritten copy in good form. With this copy before you, cut a stencil and 
run off forty copies on the mimeograph. 

The Telephone 

The telephone has become indispensable in the conduct of modern business. 
Good telephone service, however, depends largely upon the measure of co-opera- 
tion accorded the telephone company by the public. One of the large telephone 
companies issues the following suggestions for facilitating the successful operation 
of the service : 

On All Outgoing Calls 

Always look in the telephone book to make sure you call the right num- 
,ber. If you do not find the number in the book, ask " Information." 

A "toll" or long distance call is one made to a place outside the local 
service area. In making a toll call ask the operator for "Long Distance." 

Call your number with a slight pause between the hundreds and tens. 
.For example, in calling "Barclay 1263" say: "Barclay One Two (pause) 
'Six Three." 

Speak clearly and distinctly, directly into the transmitter, 

1 



88 RAILROAD SECTION 

Listen to the operator's repetition of the number and acknowledge it. 

Hold the line until your party answers and then give your whole at- 
tention to the telephone conversation. (Be sure to secure the name of 
the company and the person calling before giving any information.) 

To recall the operator, move the receiver hook up and down slowly. 

When you have finished talking, say "Good-bye" and replace the 
receiver on the hook. 

Remember, courtesy over the telephone is always desirable. It wins 
friends for you and your company. 

On All Incoming Calls 

Answer your telephone promptly and pleasantly. 

Announce your name and the name of your department, but do not 
say "Hello." (Use some such statementas this: "The Winston Company, 
Miss Maxwell speaking.") 

Be ready with pad and pencil in order not to keep your caller waiting. 

If you require help in handling the call properly, get it at once or 
politely transfer the call to the employee who can best handle it. 

If you answer for another employee, offer to take the message, and 
then call it to the other's attention at the first opportunity. 

Listen attentively, so that you will not have to annoy the caller by 
asking him to repeat. 

Remember, abruptness or indifference drives away trade. 

Maintain the same courtesy and consideration in a telephone conver- 
sation that you would with your customer face to face. 

Assignment 4. Copy the foregoing suggestions with three carbonSc 
Hand in your work. 

Assignment 5. In case suitable equipment is available your teacher 
will make provision for practical work in telephoning. 

PRINCIPAL RAILROADS IN THE UNITED STATES 



Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe 

Railway 
Atlantic Coast Line Railroad 

Baltimore & Ohio Railroad 
Bessemer & Lake Erie Railroad 



Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburgh 
Railway 

Canadian Pacific Railway 
Central of Georgia Railway 
Central Railroad of New Jersey 



Boston & Maine Railroad j Central Vermont Railway 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



89 



Chesapeake & Ohio Railway 
Chicago & Alton Railroad 
Chicago & Eastern Illinois Rail- 
road 
Chicago & Northwestern Railway 

Co. 
Chicago, Burlington & Quincy 

Railroad Co. 
Chicago Great Western Railway 

Co. 
Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville 

Railway 
Chicago, Lake Shore & Eastern 

Railway Co. 
Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul 

Railway Co. 
Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific 

Railway Co. 
Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis & 

Omaha Railway Co. 
Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton 

Railway 
Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & 

St. Louis Railway 
Cumberland Valley Railroad 

Delaware & Hudson Co. 

Delaware, Lackawanna & West- 
ern Railroad 

Denver & Rio Grande Railroad 
Co. 

Erie Railroad 

Florida Central Railroad 
Florida East Coast Railway 

Grand Trunk Railway of Canada 
Great Northern Railway 

Hocking Valley Railway 



Illinois Central Railroad 

Lake Shore & Michigan Southern 

Railway 
Lehigh Valley Railroad 
Louisville & Nashville Railroad 
Louisville, Henderson & St. Louis 

Railway 

Maine Central Railroad 
Michigan Central Railroad 
Minneapolis, St. Paul & Sault Ste, 

Marie Railway 
Missouri Pacific Railway Co. 
Missouri Southern Railroad Co. 

New York Central & Hudson 
River Railroad 

New York, New Haven & Hart- 
ford Railroad 

Norfolk & Western Railway 

Northern Central Railway 

Northern Pacific Railway 

Northwestern Pacific Railroad Co. 

Oregon Short Line Railroad Co. 

Pennsylvania Railroad 
Pere Marquette Railroad 
Philadelphia & Reading Railway 
Philadelphia, Baltimore & Wash- 
ington Railroad 
Pittsburgh & Lake Erie Railroad 
Pittsburgh, Cincinnati, Chicago & 
St. Louis Railway 

St. Louis & San Francisco Rail- 
road Co. 

St. Louis, Iron Mountain & South- 
ern Railway Co. 

St. Louis, San Francisco & Texas 
Railway Co. 

Seaboard Air Line Railway 



90 



RAILROAD SECTION 



Southern Pacific Railway 
Southern Railway 

Texas & Pacific Railway Co. 
Texas Central Railroad Co. 



Union Pacific Railroad 

Wabash Railroad 

Western Maryland Railroad 



Assignment 6. Copy the above list with two carbons and hand in. 

Pay Rolls 

The stenographer is sometimes called upon to make up a pay roll sheet 
from information furnished by the time-keeper or foreman. Such a sheet is 
shown below: 

Pay Roll Sheet for Week Ending March 20, 1920 



No. 


Name 


M 


T 


W 


T 
10 


F 
9 


S 
8 


Total 
Hours 


Rate 


Amount 


1. 


Albrecht, Oscar C. 


8 


9 


8| 


52* 


$.45 


$23.63 


2. 


Brennen, A. J. 


8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


4 


44 


.45 


19.80 


3. 


Erdman, W. 


8 


8 


9 


7 


8 


4 


44 


.40 


17.60 


4. 


Hersch, R. T. 


8 


8* 


10 


9 


8 


8 


51J 


.35 


18.03 


5. 


Janowitz, C. 


8 


8 


8 


8 


9 


4 


45 


.42 


18.90 


6. 


McMahon, L. S. 






8 


8 


8 


8 


32 


.35 


11.20 


7. 


Publow, John 


8 


10 


8| 


8 


8 


8 


50| 


.45 


22.73 


8. 


Renchan, Wm. 


8 


10 






8 


5 


31 


.40 


12.40 


9. 


Schmulovitz, Otto 


8 


8. 


8 


8 


8 


6 


46 


.45 


20.70 


10. 


Strasbaugh, F. 


8 




9 


7 


8 


8 

i 


40 


.40 


16.00 










i 




$180.99 



Assignment 7. Make a copy with carbon of this pay roll sheet on 
form 7. Insert at the top of the sheet the date of Saturday of the current 
week. 

Assignment 8. The time-keeper has given you the following data for 
this week's pay roll. Arrange the names alphabetically and calculate the amount 
of each man's pay and the total; then make a copy with carbon of the pay roll 
on the remaining blank form in the budget. Check the figures carefully. Hand 
in both pay rolls with carbons for examination. 



'2 


8 


8 


8 


8 


.42 




8 


8 


8 


8 


.40 


'2 


8 


9 


10 


8 


.45 




8 


8 


8 


5 


.40 




8 


8 


8 


8 


.45 


1 


8 


10 


y 2 


5 


.40 




8 


8 


8 


8 


.45 




8 


8 


8 


8 


.35 


1 


8 


10 


8 


4 


.40 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 91 

Name M T W T F S Rate 

Weigman, Jas. R. 998795 $.40 

Fitzhugh, Geo. H. 9£ 

Kreiger, A. 10 

Brandenberg, J. P. 8 

Karr, C. T. 8 

McKim, L. 8 

Goodwin, R. A. 8 

Rodgers, B. 8 
Hartzell, Alex. 

Shanahari, W. 8 

Transcribing 

Assignment 9. The division freight agent will dictate five letters to 
you. Write these letters double space. Instead of dictating the addresses to 
these letters, the dictator will number the letters. The addresses you are to use 
are given below. Many dictators in large offices adopt this plan of indicating 
the addresses to the letters they dictate. The stenographer obtains the addresses 
from the correspondence handed to her. 

1. Mr. R. W. Rice, Chief of Tariff Bureau, Pennsylvania Railroad Co., Pitts- 

burgh, Pa. 

2. Speer Construction Company, West Homestead, Pa. 

3. Mr. W. T. Story, Division Superintendent Pittsburgh & Lake Erie Railroad, 

Wheeling, W. Va. 

4. Mr. A. H. Nelson, Secretary, The Matthews Co., Zanesville, Ohio 

5. Mr. R. A. Welsh, D. F. A., Lake Shore & Michigan Southern Railroad, 

Detroit, Mich. 

You should be able by this time to estimate fairly accurately the amount of 
typewriting space a letter will require. Before taking a letter from the machine, 
read it through carefully. If there are any typographical errors, they can be 
much more easily corrected while the sheet is in the machine. 

Filing 

In many railroad offices the numerical system of filing is used. The equip- 
ment for filing by this method is the same as in the alphabetical system except 
that figures instead of letters are printed on the tabs of the guides. The first 
guide is numbered 10, the second 20, the third 30, and so on as shown in illus- 
tration 8. The folders are arranged between the guides in numerical order. 

In the numerical system each correspondent is given a file number, the num- 
bers being assigned consecutively as files are opened. The name of the corre- 
spondent, his address, and the number assigned to him are entered on a card. 



92 



RAILROAD SECTION 




Illustration 8 — Simple Numerical System File 




Illustration 9 — Alphabetical Card Index for Numerical File 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 93 

which is placed in a card index. The cards are filed .alphabetically in the index, 
(Illustration 9.) The name of the correspondent and his number are written 
on the folder in which the correspondence is placed. The folder is 'then filed 
numerically in the drawer. 

The object in numerical filing is to bring together in one place all the cor- 
respondence relating to a particular subject or correspondent. For instance, 
the carbon of the style letter would be filed in the Elyria Manufacturing Com- 
pany's file, even though the letter is addressed to our Division Freight Agent 
at Elyria. Mr. Babson might reply to our letter, in which case his reply would 
also be filed in the Elyria Manufacturing Company's file. 

In finding the correspondence with this company, you would first look in 
the card index under E for the number assigned to the company. Should the 
number be 143, you would find this folder back of the 140 guide in the numerical . 
file. 

Assignment 10. The file numbers of the companies referred to in the 
letters you have written are as follows: 

143 — Elyria Manufacturing Company. 
29— C. K. Ogden Company. 

5 — Pennsylvania Railroad Company. The subject of 
"P.R.R. Tariffs," a subdivision of our file with that 
company, has been assigned file #5-B. 
48 — Speer Construction Company. 
94 — National Steel & Iron Company. 

»57 — The Matthews Company. 
128 — Cambridge Glass Company, Toledo, Ohio. 
Make out cards for these companies; also a card for the P.R.R. Tariffs file 
File the cards alphabetically in the card index. 

From the information on your cards prepare folders and file them in the 
proper places in the numerical file. 

Write the file numbers on the carbon copies of the letters you have written 
and then file them. In getting correspondence from the files remember that vou 
will first need to consult the card index. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 11. You find that the mimeographs in use in the office are 
practically worn out. You decide to get complete information, including prices, 
about the various stencil duplicating machines on the market so that you will be 
in a position to make a recommendation to your chief for the purchase of new 
machines. After obtaining the information prepare a memorandum with your 
recommendation. Four machines will be needed. (Here is a test of your ini- 
tiative. How will you go about getting printed information about these ma- 
chines?) 



ASSOCIATES 

EDWARD HAMMOND 

O.KEARSLEY KEARNEY 

C.A.DIFFENDERFFER 

GAYLORO BROOKS, JR. 

T. HAROLD YARD 

JOS. H.ST. MARTIN, JR. 

ALBERT H. BAKER 



CAYLORD BROOKS & CO. 

REAL ESTATE 

20 E. LEXINGTON ST. 

BALTIMORE, MD. 

TELEPHONES 
ST. PAUL 3S34-393S 



LOANS NEGOTIATED 

ON 

CITY & COUNTRY PROPERTY 

MEMBERS 
REAL ESTATE BOARD 



Mr J B Kearney 

225 Munsey Building 

Baltimore Maryland 

Dear Sir: 



March 17 
19 2 



The following is the description requested in your letter of yesterday of 
the property at Guilford, whioh we are advertising for sale on an 
order of the Superior COurt of Baltimore City, 

The property is looated on Chancery Eoad near Joslyn Lane. The lot is 125 IT 
215* and is improved by a briok and stuooo dwelling; reception hall, 
parlor, library, dining room, kitchen, and pantry on the first floor; 
five bedrooms and two baths on the second floor; servants' quarters 
consisting of three rooms on the third floor. The house has all 
modern conveniences including gas, electricity, and hot water heat; 
hardwood floors throughout on the first and second floors; and tiled 
baths. There is a garage for two oars, with- a oement driveway leading 
to Joslyn Lane. The prioe in fee is $16, 500, 

The terms of the sale are one-third in cash, one-third in six months, and the 
remainder in twelve months; or all cash as the purohaser may prefer The 
deferred payments, if any, are to bear interest from the date of sale and 
to be seoured to the satisfaction of the trustees. The entire transaction, 
is subjeot to ratification by the Superior Court of Baltimore City* 

At the time and plaoe of the sale the buyer will be required to pay on aooount 
5$ of the amount of the purchase; taxes, water rent, special paving 
taxes, rent, expenses, etc., to be adjusted to the day of sale* 

The sale will take plaoe at the salesroom of the Real Estate Board on Tuesday. 
March 23, at 2 P. M. 1 shall be pleased to show you the property at 
any time that suits your convenience. 

Yours truly, 



Gay lord Brooks. & Co. 
£?es#Lent 



GB 
CWJ 



REAL ESTATE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

abstract of title — a short statement of the successive title deeds or other evi- 
dences of ownership of an estate, and of the encumbrances thereon. 

abutting — joining at a border or boundary (applied to property). 

appurtenances — rights or improvements belonging to a property. 

architectural — pertaining to the art of building. An architect is one who draws 
up the plans and specifications for a building. 

assessment — an official valuation of property for purposes of taxation. One 
appointed to make an assessment is called an assessor. 

bungalow — a house or cottage usually of one story. 

condemn — to take private property for public purposes by due process of law, 
the owner being granted damages for the fair market value of his property. 

conveyance — the instrument by which property is transferred from one person to 
another; a deed. One who is engaged in the business of conveyancing is 
called a conveyancer. 

deed — an instrument or document evidencing the transfer of title to real estate 
from one person to another. 

distrain — to exercise the right which the landlord has to seize and to sell the 
personal property found on the premises leased to the tenant to satisfy 
his claim for rent that is due and unpaid according to the terms of the 
lease. 

duplex — a type of house construction which provides for two complete and 
separate suites of rooms in the one building. 

easement — the right of the owner of one piece of land to use the land of another 
for a particular purpose. 

ejectment — the act of dispossessing or ousting. 

encumbrance — any charge upon property which diminishes the value of owner- 
ship or impairs its enjoyment; as, a mortgage or an easement. 

eviction — the act of expelling from property by legal process. 

execute — to complete and validate by signing and sealing and making authentic. 

exposure — position with respect to the sun or points of the compass; as a southern 
exposure. 

fee simple — a legal phrase meaning the unrestricted ownership of real estate. 

grantor — the person who makes a conveyance. The one in whose favor a con- 
veyance is made is called the grantee. 

ground-rent — the rent at which land is leased for building purposes. 

hereditaments — any property which can be inherited. 

indefeasible — not to be defeated, set aside, or made void. 

indemnity — compensation for loss, damage, or injury sustained. 

indenture — a deed or sealed instrument between two or more parties; a contract, 

95 



96 REAL ESTATE SECTION 

lease — a written instrument transferring the right to the use and possession of 
real property for a certain period of time for a consideration. The land- 
lord is the lessor or grantor, and the tenant is the lessee or grantee. 

lien — a legal claim or hold on property as security for a debt or charge. A 
mechanic's lien is a claim on buildings accorded by law to mechanics and 
material men for payment of wages and material supplied. 

parcel — a distinct portion of land with definite boundaries. 

plat — a map or plan showing portions of land laid off for some particular purpose; 
the land so laid off. 

realty — landed property; real estate. 

recorder — a public official whose duty it is to register deeds, mortgages, etc. 

sewerage — the process or system of collecting refuse and removing it from dwell- 
ings by means of sewers or drains. 

site — the ground on which anything is located. 

specifications — the items or details of an estimate or plan for a building. 

sublet — to let or rent to another person, the party letting being himself a lessee 
or tenant. The one to whom property is leased under such conditions is 
called the subtenant or sublessee; the party who sublets property is 
called the sublessor. 

suburban — pertaining to the outlying parts of a city. 

survey — to determine the boundaries, extent, and position of a parcel of land. 

tenant — one who leases property from another, called the landlord. 

thoroughfare — a public street, highway, or road. 

title insurance — insurance which protects the purchaser against any claim brought 
against his title to the property covered by the policy. 

tract — a certain piece or parcel of land. 

vendor — legal term for " seller.' ' The vendee is the person to whom anything is 
sold. 

vested — denoting the right of ownership already acquired by or existing in a 
certain person or persons. 

warranty deed — a deed by which the one who executes a conveyance not only 
transfers his own title and interest in the property, but also makes cer- 
tain guarantees (called covenants) concerning the title which he conveys. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



97 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. Joseph C. Wilcox, 

Pres., Forest Park B.& L. Assn., 1 
2940 Garrison Avenue, 
Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Sir: 

The mortgage for $1950 on the 
property #1300 N. Burke Street, 
purchased by | Henry C. Marlow 
and Ida C. Marlow, his wife, was 
executed yesterday and placed on 
record today. 2 

In the adjustment | of expenses 
I collected from Mr. Marlow the fol- 
lowing items: 

1919 taxes $25.83 

Accrued | ground 

rent 5.00 

Insurance 1 1 . 00 

Initiation fees 5 . 25 



Total $47.08 | 

I enclose a check to the order of 
the Association in the above amount ; 
also a check to your order | 10 ° for 
$1.50 covering the fees of the examin- 
ing committee. 3 

Yours truly, (114) 
2 
Mr. J. Vincent Bushman, 
765 Carroll Building, 
Lynchburg, Va. 
Dear Sir: 

We have for sale at No. 4408 
Crafton Street, just off Sycamore 



Street, a twelve-room, | center-hall, 
solid brick dwelling-house, having all 
conveniences, including two bath- 
rooms; first and second floors are 
hardwood; | the lot has a 57-ft. 4 
frontage with a 108-ft. depth to 
Ridgewood Street. 

There are | two mortgages on 
the property: a first mortgage 5 of 
$9000 at 5% and a second mortgage | 
of $2000 at 6%, which can either be 
extended or paid off. 

We have a tentative 1 10 ° proposi- 
tion of an exchange of equity in the 
above property for your residence at 
Beaver Street and McKee Place. 
It | would seem that this property 
meets the requirements outlined in 
your letter of the 21st inst. 

In case we | are able to make 
the exchange for you, a commission 
of 2% on the price of your property 
| will be due us. 

Yours very truly, (167) 
3 
Real Estate Security Co., 

337 Greeley Street, 
Vicksburg, Miss. 6 
Gentlemen: . 

In confirmation of our telephone 
conversation with your Mr. O'Neal, 
the Union Realty Company, owners 
of Guilford Manor, hereby | au- 
thorizes your company to act as 
rental agents for these apartments. 



1 Building & Loan Association. 2 Study carefully the definitions of execute and recorder. 

3 The committee of "viewers" of the building and loan association which inspects the property for 
the purpose of determining its value. Mortgages are usually placed fo: not more than two-thirds of the 
value of the property. 

4 Hyphenated because it is a compound adjective. 

5 A first mortgage is one that has priority as a lien over second and subsequent mortgages. 

6 The abbreviation of Missouri is Mo. 



98 



REAL ESTATE SECTION 



The Superintendent of the build- 
ing, Mr. Gordon, is on | duty from 
8 A. M. to 5 P. M. He will be very 
glad to show visitors through the 
apartments | at any time. 

Your company will make the 
leases and collect the rents upon a 
commission of 5% | on the amount 
of collections, settlements to the 
Union Realty Company to be made 
on or before the 25th | 10 ° of each 
month. 

There are two prices for apart- 
ments— $85 and $100 a month. 
These prices | cover heat, hot water, 
ice, gas for range, cold storage, in fact 
everything but light, which ismetered, 
the tenant | paying for the amount 
used. The apartments consists of 
seven rooms and bath. It is also 
possible to combine two | apart- 
ments, making one complete so-called 
double apartment of fourteen rooms. 
The rental for such double apart- 
ments is $200 | a month. 

A complete set of floor plans 
has been forwarded under another 
cover. 

Yours very truly, (197) 



Mr. W. J. Bacon, 

376 Meadow Street, 
Savannah, Ga. 
Dear Sir: 

The Fayette house about which 
you inquired in your letter of the 12 th 
instant is located at 1864 | Ocean 
Avenue, Fourteenth Ward, Savannah. 

The house is located on the Maple 
Street car line, fifteen minutes' ride | 
from the heart of the city and approxi- 



mately twenty-five minutes' ride 
from Union Station. The Maple 
Street and Atlantic | Avenue cars 
run in front of the house, while the 
Bennett Street and Oakmont cars are 
within three blocks of | it. The 
property is thus within easy reach of 
four different car lines. 

While this is a new district, it] 10 ° 
is now fairly well built up and estab- 
lished. All the streets in the dis- 
trict are being paved this year, and | 
every street is sewered. The com- 
munity has good churches, schools, a 
fire-engine house, electric lights, and 
every convenience to | be found in 
any other part of the city. 

The house will rent readily at 
$45 per month, | and we believe that 
possibly it could be let for $55. The 
total taxes are about $78 | a year. 
If you decide to visit the property, 
we suggest that you come directly to 
our city office, | 200 notifying us what 
day and hour you expect to be here, 
and the writer will be glad to show 
you | over the property. 

Yours truly, (225) 

5 
Mr. Carl K. Hughes, 

932 Wolcott St., 
Troy, N. Y. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of the 16th 
inst. regarding deed for your lot No. 
450, Cedarcroft Plan. | We shall exe- 
cute the deed in your name, have it 
recorded, and send it to you as soon 
as the | recorder returns it to us. 

The contract for the Riverside 
Boulevard has been let, and work on 



CORRESPONDENCE 



99 



this improvment was | started on 
January 10. In addition, the city is 
now spending $180,000 for widening 
and paving | West Tyler Avenue. 
The Rapid Transit Company is also 
installing new up-to-date cars on the 
Brookline line. As | 10 ° a result of 
these various improvements, we ex- 
pect to see a decided advance in 
values in the Cedarcroft district 
within | the next year. Your lot at 
this time should be worth at least 
$900. We believe, however, that | it 
will be worth several hundred dollars 
more in a year or two; consequently 
we advise you not to sell | it at 
this time. 

We note your inquiry in regard 
to taxes. If you will write to the 
City Treasurer, | City Hall, Utica, 
N. Y M he will send you a statement 
of taxes which are due in January of 
next | 200 year. As to county ta^xes, 
the County Treasurer, Court House, 
Utica, will mail you upon request a 
statement of taxes | due in July of 
each year. 

Very truly yours, (229) 
6 
Mr.R. S. Garfield, 

Lutherville, Md. ( 
Dear Sir: 

I have had another conversation 
with Mr, Albert on exchanging your 
farm property for his apartment 
building at | Lafayette and Dolphin 
Streets. These apartments have al- 
ways paid a handsome profit on the 
investment, are in a first-class | lo- 
cation, and are occupied by a desirable 
class of tenants, 

7 Do not confuse this word with reality. 



It is of course true that the 
transfer of apartment | buildings is 
ordinarily the result of an exchange, 
but I believe this is due to the 
amount of the investment, | which is 
usually quite heavy. There is no 
question that cash sales of properties 
involving investments of more than 
$10,000 | 10 ° have been rather rare in 
recent years. I disagree with your 
statement, however, that apartments 
are generally erected | for trading 
purposes. As a matter of fact 
apartments are among the best in- 
come producers on the realty 7 market. 

Farm | properties of the size of 
yours are difficult to handle. It is 
only when a broker is successful in 
interesting | a number of wealthy 
buyers in a particular location that 
cash sales of high-priced properties 
are possible. 

I believe | that this particular 
exchange could be negotiated with a 
net profit to you of $1900 annually, 
which would | 200 amount to practically 
6% on $32,000. I understand, of 
course, that you are not primarily | 
interested in an exchange proposition, 
but this plan offers you an oppor- 
tunity to realize on the farm and 
make a | handsome profit at the 
same time. The apartments referred 
to are held by the original owners and 
are free of | all encumbrances. 

I trust that you will give this 
matter serious consideration, since I 
feel that it offers a practical | solu- 
tion of your problem. 

Yours truly, (286) 



100 



REAL ESTATE SECTION 



Chas. F. Laramie & Bro. 
H. J. Kirk & Co. 
H. J. Kirk & Co. 
W. I. Lawson Co. 
W. I. Lawson Co. 
W. I. Lawson I Co. 



I 



Mr. C. K. Lawrence, 

487 Meyran Avenue, 
Jeffersonville, Ind. 
Dear Sir: 

Since the receipt of your letter of May 19, I have secured bids from several 
companies for painting | and roofing repairs. The painters and their bids are as 
follows : 

Exterior and Interior $135 . 00 

Exterior 115.00 

Interior 15.00 

Exterior 90.00 

Interior Painting 10 00 

Interior Graining 28 . 00 

Following the suggestion in your letter, I ascertained that the concern which 
did Mr. 1 10 ° Fulsom's painting is no longer in business. You will notice that the 
bids vary slightly. All the contractors are reliable, | and we think will give you 
a first-class job. I found that the roof also needs some attention and | enclose 
a bid covering the needed repairs, submitted by the Scarborough & King 
Company. 8 

Before the painting is done, a | carpenter should be employed to repair the 
wood-work on different parts of the house, especially the window sashes, balus- 
ters, and | woodwork around the porches. Work of this kind is very difficult 
to bid on. When once tearing out is begun, | 200 worse conditions are likely to be 
encountered than are noticeable 9 on the surface. It is my opinion, however, 
that the | cost would not exceed $50. 

We have received the rentals for the last three months — March, April, and 
May. J We have also paid your city taxes for both the Fourth and Fourteenth 
Ward properties and last year's delinquent county | taxes. There is a small 
balance in your favor, but as the county taxes are due in July, I presume | that 
we had better retain it for that purpose. 

Very truly yours, (292) 



Renwick Realty Co., 

Dallas, Texas. 
Gentlemen : 

Under and by virtue of the 
power and authority contained in the 
will of Marshall C. Evans, the under- 



signed, | as trustees under said will, 
representing an undivided one-third 
interest, and the Colonial Trust 
Company, as agents of the | remain- 
ing two- thirds, will sell by private 
auction, on the premises, on Wed- 
nesday, the 23d day of April, at | 4 



8 Except in tabulations abbreviations should be used sparingly in the body of a letter. 

9 Words ending in ce or ge retain the e when the suffix able is added; chargeable, peaceable, noticeable. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



101 



o'clock P. M., all that valuable fee- 
simple property described as follows: 

Nos. 12 and 14 West Read 
Street. | The lot has a frontage of 
55 feet with a depth of 150 feet to the 
alley. 1 10 ° This property is improved 
by a 3-story brick dwelling with side 
yard. The dwelling has onyx, 
marble, and hardwood | mantels 10 
with mirrors, gas and electric light 
fixtures and side brackets, parquetry 
floors, 11 spacious cupboards, linen 
closets, and fine bathrooms | fin- 
ished throughout in hardwood. 
There is a 2-story brick carriage 
house or garage in the rear. 

Also No. 16 | West Read Street, 
adjoining the above property on the 
west, having a frontage of 28 feet 
and a depth | of 150 feet to the 
alley. This property is improved by 
a 3-story brick dwelling. 

The two | 200 properties have a 
combined frontage on Read Street of 
83 feet. They are well arranged 
and can easily be | converted into 
apartments. Apartments are much 
in demand in this section of the city. 

The terms of the sale are: | one- 
third in cash, the balance in six or 
twelve months with interest and se- 
curity, or all cash at the | option of 
the purchaser. A deposit of $500 
will be required at the time of the 
sale. 

As | one of our prominent real 
estate operators, we believe you will 



be interested in this sale, and in- 
vite you to | 300 attend. 

Yours very truly, (304) 



Mr. Stewart S. Janney, 

324 University Parkway, 
Berkeley, Calif. 
Dear Mr. Janney: 

In re Application 40869 
Our completed examination of 
title to the two lots | of ground near 
Elmhurst, Alameda County, part of 
the former estate of Thomas D. Mar- 
shall, called "Mount Dillon," shows 
said | title as vested in Martha W. 
Marshall to be good and marketable 
in fee simple. 

However, the description of the | 

lot containing 20 acres as given in the 

deed by which Martha W. Marshall 

acquired title is in such form | that 

we do not feel assured of its accuracy. 

This description 12 reads as follows: 

"Beginning for the 

same at a | 10 ° stone 48 feet 

from the southwest corner of 

a barn intersecting a line 

run for a deed to the | Safe 

Deposit and Trust Company 

running east southeast 1113 

feet to a line on Bernard 

N. Baker's | land; thence 

northeasterly with said line 

850 feet opposite to a large 

poplar tree on the west side | 

of the road; thence west 



10 What is the distinction between mantel and mantle? 

11 Floors in which designs are worked with woods of different colors. 

12 In all deeds a description of the property conveyed is given. 



102 



REAL ESTATE SECTION 



northwest 1346 feet to a 
stone on a line of fence west | 
of the old homestead McDil- 
lon; thence 850 feet to the 
place of beginning." 
This description is somewhat 
ambiguous | 200 and apparently does 
not correspond with a plat of the 
Marshall estate on which are noted 
the various conveyances of | parts of 
the tract. The description we have 
of the 12 -acre lot corresponds fairly 
well with the lines as | laid down on 
the said plat, but neither description 
discloses whether the 30-ft. right of 
way shown on the | plat is included. 
We therefore suggest the desirabil- 
ity of having a survey made of this 
property so as to have | an accurate 
description to insert in the deed to be 
drawn conveying the property to you. 
Before preparing the deed | 300 we 
deemed it advisable to suggest the 
survey. If you do not wish it, we 
shall proceed at once to | prepare 
the deed, although we could not 
guarantee that the description as 
given in the deed corresponds with 
the lines | of possession unless the 
survey is made. 

Yours very truly, (350) 

10 

Mr. Harry W. Kent, 

1746 Charles Street, 
Cumberland, Md. 
Dear Sir: 

We thank you for your inquiry of 
the 14th inst. in regard to farms we 
have for sale. 



A 277-acre farm located twelve 
miles from the Baltimore city line 
has just been placed with | us. It is 
well equipped and in a high state of 
cultivation. All but 25 acres are 
cleared. The | land lies 13 nicely and 
is well drained. Alfalfa, mixed hay, 
rape, rye, wheat, and corn crops have 
already been put | out. There is a 
4-acre orchard in all kinds of fruit, 
and a 2-acre garden has already 
been | 10 ° planted in many kinds of 
vegetables and berries. The fields 
are well divided and all are fenced. 
The improvements consist | of a 
large mansion house having spacious 
porches and containing sixteen rooms, 
three baths, and servants' quarters, 
set in a | 5 -acre lawn adorned with 
beautiful shade trees and imported 
shrubbery; a large garage and stable; 
a double bank barn; | a gardener's 
house; a farm manager's house; and 
two small tenant houses. 14 The 
price of this farm is $17,500. | 

We also recommend for purchase 
the White Hall Stock Farm, located 
about two miles from Chestertown 
on | 200 the road to Hanesville. This 
farm consists of 307 acres, of which 
265 are under | cultivation and 35 in 
meadow, branch, and woodland. It 
is a productive grass, alfalfa, and 
fruit farm, and has | about 2500 
bearing pear and apple trees. It is 
particularly well adapted to stock 
raising and dairy farming. | It has a 
36 x 13' 15 silo. There are two large 
horse and cow barns; corn cribs 



13 Do you know how to use the various forms of the verbs lie and lay correctly? 

14 Observe carefully the punctuation of this sentence. 

15 The sign ' is sometimes used for foot and feet. Inch or inches is represented by *. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



103 



wagon | and implement sheds; poul- 
try, sheep, and hog houses; a dairy; 
and an engine house. The farm- 
house is a well-built | 300 eight-room 
dwelling with three porches. It is 
surrounded by a large yard and fine 
shade trees. A stone deposit | in the 
wood lot will supply ample stone for 
foundation and cellar walls for addi- 
tional buildings. There is also a | 
suitable location for a cannery or milk 
station on the Pennsylvania Railroad, 
which runs through one corner of the 
farm. | A quick purchaser can buy 
this farm for $15,000 on easy terms, 
possession June 1. 

If either of | these farms appears 
to meet your requirements, we shall 
be very glad to show them to you. 
Yours very truly, | (400) 

11 

Mr. C. W. Copeland, 

Pres., Harmon Development Co., 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Dear Sir: 

I am forwarding to you photo- 
graphs and maps of the South Hills 
tract viewed by the officials of | 
your company when they were in 
Pittsburgh last week. The principal 
points I wish to impress upon you in 
regard | to the advantages of this 
location are the following: 

There is hardly a main thorough- 
fare in any suburb of Pittsburgh j 
that has not advanced anywhere from 
100 to 500% per foot front within 
the last ten | years. This is the 
natural result of the growth of the 
city. Pittsburgh has been developed 
for several miles to 1 10 ° the east, north, 



and west, but toward the south 
natural development was impossible. 
Just across the Monongahela River 
from the | business center of Pitts- 
burgh stands a great barrier — Mt. 
Washington. Until ten years ago 
there was no development in that | 
beautiful district back of Mt. Wash- 
ington. It was all farm land. In 
1904 the street railway tunnel, 
3600' | long, was completed through 
Mt. Washington, which brought this 
desirable section within a few min- 
utes' run from the | business district. 
Since that time more than 5000 
homes have been built and magnifi- 
cent schools and churches of every 1 20 ° 
denomination have been built. Mil- 
lions of dollars have been spent in 
improvements, paved streets, sewers, 
filtered water, natural gas, electric | 
lights, etc., so that now this section 
contains every modern convenience. 
There are many more new buildings 
under way in | the South Hills to- 
day than in any other section of the 
city. This great development has 
brought about the absolute | neces- 
sity for a main traffic and automobile 
highway from the heart of the city 
through the South Hills. 

The three | municipalities inter- 
ested in providing this highway real- 
ized that West Liberty Avenue was 
the only available direct route; con- 
sequently Allegheny County | 300 has 
already completed a fine system of 
macadamized and brick paved roads 
leading south from West Liberty 
Avenue at Delmont | and radiating 
to all parts of southern Allegheny- 
County. 



104 



REAL ESTATE SECTION 



The borough of Dormont has 
already widened and paved West 
Liberty | Avenue from these roads 
through the borough to the city line. 
The city of Pittsburgh has passed 
the required legislation | and has 
condemned and purchased the neces- 
sary property to widen and pave the 
avenue to a 70-foot boulevard from | 
the city line to the Bell House, where 
it will connect with the great traffic 
tunnel which will be built | 400 directly 
through Mt. Washington to the heart 
of Pittsburgh's business district. 

It is on this main street in the 
very | center of this great develop- 
ment that the tract in question lies. 
It is an ideal spot for the operations 
you | contemplate. It gives you the 
lowest taxes in the county, only 11.5 
mills, and you will receive | as high 
rents as anywhere in the Pittsburgh 
district, while possibilities for increase 
in land values are not paralleled in | 
any other city in the country. 

Yours very truly, (489) 

12 

we have recently listed one of the best 
investment properties in this city 
which we believe will meet your re- 
quirements the property is located 
at the northeast corner of jackson 
and monroe streets in the twenty- 
third ward the lot has a frontage of 



26 J feet and a depth of 128 feet to 
the alley it is improved by a 4-story 
brick building on the first floor 
there are three store-rooms suitable 
for retail business purposes one facing 
jackson street and the other two 
facing monroe street all having large 
front plate glass display windows on 
the second floor there are four suites 
of offices suitable for doctors lawyers 
or dentists one of the rooms in the 
rear suites has a skylight and could 
be rented to a photographer on 
each of the third and fourth floors 
there are two apartments of five 
rooms each excellently finished and 
decorated the building is steam 
heated by coal or gas fired boiler and 
has an instantaneous hot water 
heater there is an 8 x 10 elevator 
which serves all offices and apart- 
ments this property is available for 
purchase on an unusually favorable 
basis because it is a part of an estate 
the affairs of which must be wound 
up to comply with a recent court 
order there is an outstanding mort- 
gage of $8000 that can be continued 
the property is offered for sale at 
$17,500 it seems to be exactly the 
type of investment property for 
which you are in the market we can 
show you over the premises at any 
time and shall be pleased to supply 
any further details you may desire if 
you are interested yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 105 

OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

Your teacher is the manager of Gaylord Brooks & Co., Baltimore, Md., for 
whom you are working in this section. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

The style letter is written with "hanging indentations." The first line of 
each paragraph begins flush with the margin, while the remaining lines are begun 
five spaces from that margin. Note the absence of punctuation marks in the 
address. In some offices stenographers are instructed to omit the punctuation 
marks from the address in order to save the time required to write them. This 
is purely a matter of individual preference. In writing the letters in this section 
you may omit the punctuation marks in the addresses. Write all the letters in 
this section in the form of the style letter. 

Assignment 1. Make a copy of the style letter with carbon on form 8. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 6 with carbon on a letterhead. Submit 
both letters for approval. 

Abstract of Title 

Assignment 3. On plain paper make a copy with two carbons of the 
abstract of title shown on form 9. Detach the form from the budget. Use 
double space throughout and draw a line (on the typewriter) at the end as shown, 
on which the manager will sign. Submit for approval. 

Lease 

Assignment 4. Form 10 shows a lease which has been filled out in 
longhand by the manager. Detach it from the budget and read it through care- 
fully. Prepare final forms of this lease in duplicate by filling in the blank 
leases (marked form 11) on the typewriter. Make use of the variable spacer on 
your machine so that your writing will be on the dotted lines. Leases are drawn 
in duplicate so that each party may have a copy. Submit for approval. 

Mortgage 

Assignment 5. On plain paper make a copy with carbon of the mort- 
gage deed given on form 12. Draw lines on the typewriter for the signature, 
Copy also the affidavit of the notary public. Present for approval. 



106 REAL ESTATE SECTION 

Real Estate List 

Assignment 6. Make a copy with two carbons of the description of the 
following properties which we have oil our list at the present time. 

$11,000.00 3632 Carlisle Ave., 8 rooms, stone, range, bath, gas, electric 
light, stationary tubs, furnace, lot 50 x 80, mortgage $3,000. 

11,500.00 1421 Allendale Road, 10 rooms, brick, range, bath, gas, sta- 
tionary tubs, lot 50 x 120, mortgage $4,500. 

11,500.00 7429 Monticellc St., 9 rooms, brick, range, bath, gas, electric 
light, stationary tubs, furnace, lot 50 x 93. 

11,500.00 1213 Elsinor Ave., 9 rooms, brick, range, bath, gas, let 
65 x 100, mortgage $4,000. 

12,000.00 3406 Fairview Ave., 8 rooms, brick, range, bath, gas, electric 
light, stationary tubs, furnace, lot 50 x 130, mortgage $2,000. 

12,000.00 2721 Linden Ave., 11 rooms, brick, range, bath, gas, electric 
light, stationary tubs, furnace, lot 40 x 137, mortgage $3,000. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 7. The manager wishes to send a copy of this list to each 
of the three prospective purchasers whose names are given below. He asks you 
to compose a brief letter calling attention to the list you are enclosing and stating 
that these properties appear to meet the client's requirements as outlined to us. 
Express your willingness to show the client over the property at his convenience. 
Present the letters with the enclosures for signature. 

Mr. C. R. Moulton, 411 N. Eutaw Street. 

Mr. R. A. Pritchardt, 1614 W. North Avenue. 

Mr. Frank Tyler, 1417 Cathedral Street. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 8. Letter 12 is a letter we are sending out at the present 
time in an endeavor to interest prospective buyers in an investment property 
placed in our hands. Determine upon the punctuation and paragraphing and 
write the letter with carbon to the following: 

Mr. T. A. Sullivan, 432 W. Lexington St. 

Mr. A. W. Ward, 516 Garrett Bldg. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 107 

Transcribing 

Assignment 9. The manager will dictate to you five letters from our 
regular correspondence. Transcribe them in the form of the style letter. He 
will number the letters, omitting the addresses which you will supply from the 
following: 

1. Mr. L. T. Crawford, 942 N. Calvert St., Baltimore, Md. 

2. Mr. Richard D. Hopkins, President, United States Fidelity Co., Phila- 

delphia, Pa. 

3. Mr. Philip S. Barrett, R. F. D. #2, Baltimore Countv, Md. 

4. Mr. T. L. Davies, Sparrows Point, Md. 

5. Mr. T. W. Fletcher, 1012 Equitable Bldg., Baltimore, Md. 



Filing 



I is large, the alphabet is divided into 40, 80, 120, or even more parts. Thus, 
instead of one index guide for A there might be three designated respectively, 

' Aa-Al, Am-Ar, and As-Ay. The folder containing the correspondence with 
Mr. Philip S. Atkinson, for example, would be placed back of the As-Ay guide. 






V. 



j 



Illustration 10 — Guides for Dividing Alphabet into Parts 

Assignment 10. Prepare folders for the correspondents to whom you 
have written. Place the folders in the proper subdivisions of an alphabetical 
file File the correspondence. 



Burdick, Brooks & Go. 

Investment Brokers 



^Tbrooks; : : V4.J:= .«"*». ™™ x ^ixwi^ixo „, N Vo « Stock Exchan0£ 

ED w,n a. rolano. sec^v-t^su^, 6o BROADWAY m^^us7hL\TL A ^:S 

NEW YORK, 

January 14 
19 2 

Mr L F Gayler 
1262 Milton Street 
Birmingham Alabama 

Dear Sir: 

Mr. Burdick has asked me to reply to your letter of the' 12th. 

The Consolidated Electrio & Power Company of Maoon has shown continuous 
and substantial increases in earnings for the past five years. Recent- 
ly the growth of business in its territory has resulted in particularly 
noticeable increases. For the three months ending December 31, 1919, the 
results of its operations were as follows: 

Gross Earnings $210,745.86 

Operating Expenses and Taxes 45, 552. 81 

Net Earnings 165,392.05 

Bond Charges 68,311.70 

Net Income 97,080.35 

Preferred Dividend Requirements 36,000.00 

Net Credit to Surplus $ 61,080.35 

The bond interest has been earned two and a half times, v;hile the pre- 
ferred stock dividend has been earned more than two and two-thirds times. 
Due to exceptional conditions resulting principally from foreign 
liquidation, the securities of this company, although they have enjoyed 
a noteworthy advance in the past few months, are selling at prices con- 
siderably below their income earning value. 

The First Mortgage Bonds can be obtained at a prioe to yield about 5$, 
and the Cumulative Preferred Stock, pn which 6% dividends have been paid 
uninterruptedly since 1912, can be purchased at a price to yield nearly 

We enclose a pamphlet which describes these securities in considerable 
detail. 

Yours very truly, 

•BURDICK, BROOKS & COMPANY 

Auu+JUL Qx>u^O SB-ELR 

Vice-President 

Boo 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

blanket mortgage — a mortgage given to secure various items of indebtedness 
previously existing, or to cover numerous items and various forms of 
property. 

broker — a dealer in stocks, bonds, and securities. 

bullion — gold or silver in the mass before being coined into money. 

call loans — money borrowed on collateral 1 to be paid back when demanded by 
the lender. Money to lend on this basis is "call money. " 

cancelation — the act of annulling or making void by payment, or other means 
of settlement. Cancelation of an outstanding bond takes place when 
the company redeems it, or buys it back. 

capitalization — the total amount of authorized capital stock of a corporation. 

clearing-house — a place or institution where the settlement of mutual claims held 
by banks against each other is effected by the payment of differences 
called balances. 

commitments — orders entrusted to a broker. 

comptroller (spelled also controller) — an officer who has certain duties to per- 
form in examining the accounts of a corporation, a state, or a city gov- 
ernment. The comptroller of the currency administers the laws relating 
to national banks. 

convertibility — the capability of being turned into money of similar amount at 
any time. 

correspondent bank — a bank which acts as the agent of another bank in a dis- 
tant city in making collections and transacting business for it. 

countersign — to sign opposite another signature by way of verifying the first 
signature and the document to which it is attached. 

cumulative dividend — a dividend with regard to which it is agreed that if at any 
time it is not paid in full the difference shall be added to the following 
payment. Thus, if a cumulative dividend is 5% and only 4% is paid, 
the amount due at the next payment will be 6%. 

debenture — a certificate of indebtedness of a corporation in the form of a prom- 
issory note, issued in a form convenient to be bought and sold as an 
investment. 

definitive — the final or permanent form of bond as distinguished from the in- 
terim or temporary form issued to purchasers until the definitive form is 
available. 

depositary — a person entrusted with valuables for safe-keeping. Depository is 
the term preferred to designate a place of storage as applied to banks, 
trust companies, bonded warehouses, etc. A depositor is one who deposits 
money in a bank. 

1 See definition of collateral security on page 3 

109 



110 ' BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

drawee — a person on whom a draft is drawn. The drawer is the person who 
draws the draft. The payee is the person in whose favor the draft is 
drawn. 

endorsement (or indorsement) — the signature of the payee of a check, note, or 
draft, or that of a third person on the back of the paper in evidence of 
his transfer of it, or of his assuring its payment, or both. 

Federal Reserve Bank Act — an Act of Congress passed December 23, 1913, estab- 
lishing twelve regional banks in different parts of the country, and pro- 
viding for the issuance of a new Federal Reserve currency; the gradual 
retirement of the old national bank currency; the rediscounting for 
national banks and other banks that are members of the system of com- 
mercial paper discounted by them; and the creation and development of a 
Federal Reserve Board for more effective supervision of all national banks. 

fiduciary — having the nature of a trust, especially a financial trust. A trust 
company is said to act in & fiduciary capacity because the relation between 
it and the client is one of trust and confidence. 

franchise — a privilege of a public nature conferred on individuals by grant from 
the government; as, the right of a street railway company to lay its tracks 
on the streets. 

funded debt — indebtedness in the form of bonds bearing interest at a fixed rate. 

income tax — a tax levied on incomes above a specified limit. Legalized in the 
United States by the Sixteenth Amendment to the Constitution. 

irredeemable — that which cannot or need not be made good by payment. The 
government regards portions of less than one-half of a piece of paper 
money as irredeemable. 

liquidation — the act of winding up the affairs of a corporation or company by 
settling with its debtors and creditors, disposing of its assets, and appor- 
tioning the amount of each shareholder or partner's interest in the remain- 
ing assets. 

memorandum of deposit — a statement in writing evidencing the deposit of a 
certain sum of money in a bank. 2 

non-assessable — a term applied to a security upon which the owner may not be 
legally called upon for additional payments in the case of failure of the 
business or for any other reason. 

non-fluctuating — a term applied to securities whose market price does not rise 
and fall. 

par — the value of a share of stock that is selling neither at a discount nor at a 
premium; the face value. 

preferred stock — shares of stock on which dividends are payable before those on 
the common stock. 

premium — that part of the price of a security over and above its par value. 
A stock at $100 par with a market value of $106 is selling at a premium 
of $6. 

2 Refer to the example of a certificate of deposit on page 162. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



111 



protest — a certification by a notary public that payment of a draft or note has 

been refused at maturity. 
quick assets (or liquid assets) — cash or property that can be quickly converted 

into cash, such as merchandise, notes receivable, accounts receivable, 

etc. 
receiver — a person appointed by a court to take over the management or dis- 
posal of property in controversy, pending litigation or final settlement. 
redemption — the act of redeeming or paying off an indebtedness. 
serial — arranged or issued in a series; as serial bonds, 
sinking fund — a portion of the undivided profits retained for the purpose of 

redeeming an indebtedness, or for providing against probable losses. 
specie — coin; metallic money. 
speculative — a term applied to stocks and bonds which offer chances for large 

profits, but whose security is regarded as questionable. 
stock certificate — a written, printed, or engraved paper representing a specified 

number of shares of stock in a corporation or company. 
Stock Exchange — a place where brokers transact their business of buying and 

selling securities. 
subsidiary — a company owned by or under the control of another corporation 

or company, 
syndicate — an association of persons or corporations formed for the purpose of 

promoting some particular enterprise. 
tax-exempt — a term applied to stocks, bonds, etc., which by the terms of the law 

are not liable to taxation. 
teller — an employe in a bank whose business it is to receive or pay money over 

the counter. 

CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. W. C. Joy, 

1422 West Park Ave., 
Willimantic, Conn. 
Dear Sir: 

On January 16 we wrote you 
that non-residents of the State of 
New York could carry bank | bal- 
ances or deposit their securities in 
New York City, either temporarily or 
permanently, with the assurance that 
they would not | be subject to the 



state inheritance tax. 3 The legisla- 
ture has just passed a bill making 
such balances and securities subject | 
to the tax. 

The new law now in force pro- 
vides that intangible property, de- 
fined by law as "incorporeal property, 
including | money, bank deposits, 
shares of stock, bonds, 4 notes, evi- 
dences of interest in property, and 
evidences of debt/' held in New | 10 ° 
York State by bona fide non-resident 



3 A tax assessed on estates disposed of by will. 

4 Bonds are certificates of ownership of a specified portion of a capital debt owed by a government, 
corporation, or company, and usually bear a fixed rate of interest. 



112 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 



decedents, 6 is subject to the inherit- 
ance tax established by law the same 
as | though such property were held 
by residents of the state. We have 
prepared a booklet containing the 
text of the | new law together with 
explanatory notes, a copy of which 
we have sent you under another 
cover. 

This bank has | complete facili- 
ties for handling active and reserve 6 
accounts and for the safe-keeping of 
securities. We cordially invite your 
business | and, notwithstanding the 
change in the law, we hope you will 
avail yourself of our service. 

Yours truly, (198) 

2 
Farmers & Drovers National Bank, 

New Orleans, La. 
Gentlemen: 

This is in answer to your letter 
of the 25th ultimo. 7 

Call loans to brokers are gener- 
ally made | against a diversified list 
of securities consisting of approxi- 
mately 50% rails and 50% indus- 
trials. 8 While we | prefer to have 
our call loans collateralled in this 
way, we do not hesitate to accept 
single issues of listed 9 | dividend 



paying railroad stocks or bonds if the 
borrower is of high standing. 

For your information, Messrs. 
Sullivan & Hayes | have been on our 
books for a number of years, and the 
collateral securing their loan of 
$100,000, | u>o which we are holding 
for you (Oregon Shortline Railroad 4's 
1942) 10 as no doubt you know, is | 
listed on the New York Stock Ex- 
change and has a fair market. 
These bonds were assumed by the 
Denver & | Rio Grande Railroad 
Company. The present relatively 
low quotation 11 of 68 to 70 is due 
principally to the readjustment | in 
the value of railroad securities. 

We assume it is your desire to 
have this loan credited to your ac- 
count, | and we have accordingly 
taken it over for ourselves. We 
assure you of our pleasure in serving 
you in transactions j 200 of this kind. 
Yours very truly, (206) 



Mr. George A. Walters, 

1437 S. Washington Street, 
Vincennes, Ind. 
Dear Sir: 

In further reference to your let- 
ter of January 24, we have now se- 



6 Bona fide non-resideni decedents means deceased persons who actually did not reside in the State 
of New York. 

6 Active bank accounts are accounts subject to check. Reserve accounts, such as savings deposits, 
may not be drawn against until after the lapse of a certain time or upon notification to the bank that a with- 
drawal is to be made. 

7 Last month, abbreviated ult. Proximo (abbreviated prox.) means next month, and instant (inst.) 
this month 

8 That is, stock or bond issues of railroads and manufacturing enterprises. 

9 Stocks are said to be listed when they are traded on the Stock Exchange. 

10 This indicates that these bonds draw interest at the rate of 4% per annum and become due in 1942. 

11 Refer to the stock quotations given on the financial page of a newspaper. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



113 



cured an issue which we | believe 
fully meets your requirements. We 
refer to 

Federal Light & Traction First Lien 

5% Bonds of 1942, | at 93i 12 

and interest. 

These bonds are of the class that 
has a narrow | market, 13 but could 
be liquidated if necessary in a reason- 
able time. They are therefore suit- 
able in this respect for conservative | 
private investment, which does not 
demand the quick convertibility of 
listed stocks and bonds. 

As to security, they are a | 10 ° 
prior lien, by deposit of all first 
mortgage bonds, 14 on all the property 
of companies that earn about 2 \ \ 
times the interest on the bonds. 
They have additional security in the 
form of stock deposited as collateral. | 
These details are fully explained in 
the enclosed circular. 

The high earning capacity and 
safety of these bonds commend them 
| as being admirably suited for the 
purposes of the investment you have 
in mind. They will very likely in- 
crease in | value as time goes on. If 
they interest you we shall be pleased 
to supply such additional facts and 
figures | 200 as you may desire to have. 
Yours truly, (208) 



Mr. William H. James, 

214 Third National Bank Bldg., 
Kansas City, Mo. 
Dear Sir: 

We acknowledge receipt of yours 
of the 22d instant enclosing youi 
note 15 for $18,000, dated | Septem- 
ber 24, payable six months after date, 
with collateral as listed. As the se- 
curities offered are quite satisfactory, 
in | accordance with your request 
we have placed the amount of the 
note to the credit of the Interstate 
National Bank, | Kansas City, as 
deposited by you, and enclose a 
memorandum of deposit. 

We return herewith the follow- 
ing certificates of Mississippi | Steel 
Company stock for endorsement, 
which you omitted to endorse after 
the stock had been assigned to you 
by your | 10 ° brother. 
Certificate No. 8024 for 500 shares 
" 3034 " 1000 | " 

Kindly endorse the stock, have 
the signature witnessed, and return 
the certificate to us. In this con- 
nection, inasmuch as | you have ex- 
pressly put us on notice that the 
certificates are the property of your 
brother, our attorneys advise us | 
that we should obtain from him a 



12 In quoting prices of stocks it is customary to omit the dollar sign. 

13 That is, the opportunities for selling are comparatively few. 

14 First mortgage bonds represent indebtedness secured by a first mortgage on tangible property of the 
corporation or company issuing the bonds. 

15 Refer to the illustration of a note on page 162. 



114 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 



letter addressed to us setting forth 
that he has assigned the stock to | 
you for the purpose of permitting 
you to place it with us as collateral 
on the above note. Will you | 200 
kindly have him write us a letter to 
this effect? 

Yours very truly, (213) 



Mr. Henry J. Jenkins, 

Cashier, Boise National Bank, 
Boise, Idaho. 
Dear Sir: 

Your letter of the 5th instant 
enclosing drafts 16 aggregating $17,- 
254.29 | is received. This amount 
has been placed to your credit under 
separate notification. 

In accordance with your instruc- 
tions, these | drafts are being for- 
warded payable "net cash thirty 
days from date of draft unless ship- 
ment arrives prior thereto, in which "| 
case payment shall be made within 
three business days thereafter." We 
have also noted that the draft of 
Montgomery & | Company on Fol- 
som, King & Company, New York, 
s $7,395.75, is to | 10 ° be held for the 
arrival of the goods if the drawee so 
desires. 

All items are being forwarded 
"no protest" 17 | and subject to dis- 
count as specified. As requested, we 
are instructing banks in case of non- 
payment to inform you | direct by 
wire. Of course your idea is to re- 
ceive such notice as promptly as pos- 



sible. The ordinary procedure, how- 
ever, | would be for our correspond- 
ent banks to wire to us and we in turn 
would wire you. We should of | 
course notify you immediately, and 
it occurs to us that the latter method 
has some advantages, since it allows 
us 1 20 ° to keep in closer touch with the 
items and thereby give you better 
service. It will be our purpose to | 
facilitate the handling of this business 
as much as possible and to co-operate 
with you in every way. 

Very | truly yours, (242) 



Mr. C. L. Adams, 

Treas., Hudson Furniture Co., 
Waterbury, Conn. 
Dear Sir: 

You have on several occasions 
sent us drafts for collection and will 
consequently be interested in certain 
rules | which we have just put into 
effect. 

A large proportion of the drafts 
received at this point for collection 
are | drawn "with exchange and 
collection charges, " while the parties 
to whom these drafts are drawn al- 
most invariably refuse to pay | such 
charges. We have thus been forced 
to return thousands of unpaid drafts 
at our own expense, thereby incur- 
ring a | loss aggregating hundreds 
of dollars each year. 

This condition has compelled us 
to adopt the following rules regard- 
ing collections, to | 10 ° which we shall 



16 See the example of a draft on page 163. 

17 That is, the drafts are not to be protested if they are not accepted and paid. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



115 






strictly adhere after this date. We 
feel that business houses that do not 
carry their accounts with | us can- 
not reasonably expect us to serve 
them in collecting their past-due 
accounts at a loss to ourselves, or | 
without just compensation for our 
services. 

Rule 1. On all items whether 
drawn "with exchange" or "with ex- 
change and collection | charges" or 
not, a collection charge for each hun- 
dred dollars or fraction thereof will 
be made and deducted from the | re- 
mittance. 

Rule 2. On items returned 
unpaid for any cause whatever, a 
charge of 25 i will be made | 200 to cover 
the cost of recording, presenting, post- 
age, etc. 

Rule 3. Items sent for accept- 
ance and return must be accom- 
panied | by a fee of 25^ for services, 
stationery, 18 postage, etc. 

We extend to you our facilities 
subject to | the above rules, and 
shall give our best attention to any 
collections you may send us. 

Yours very truly, (259) 

7 
Montgomery & Company, 
Tribune Building, 
Chicago, 111. 
Gentlemen : 

We have just been appointed 
one of the financial agents to market 
the new $20,000,000 issue of | the 



General Motors Corporation 6% 
Cumulative Debenture Stock. Com- 
plete details of the issue are not yet 
available, but | we can give you the 
following information : 

The par is 100 and the price 
will be 90 flat, callable | at 115 and 
accrued dividend. 19 Interim certifi- 
cates, 20 bearing interest at 6% from 
May 1 to August 1 | next, will be 
deliverable against sales and will be 
exchangeable for definitive engraved 
certificates after July 15, when the 
books | 10 ° close. 

This stock is preferred equally 
with the preferred stock of the cor- 
poration as to assets and dividends, 
and is | superior as to voting rights 
and redemption price. It is safe- 
guarded by liberal preferences and in 
the event of default | in payment on 
a dividend thereon continuing for 
six months, it has sole voting power 
to the exclusion of the | preferred 
and common stock. 

The net quick assets of the cor- 
poration as of December 31 amounted 
to $150,390,000. | The annual net 
income applicable to interest on these 
debentures, before the deduction | 200 
of federal income and excess profits 
taxes, averaged $16,626,000 for the 
last two | calendar years, 21 or four- 
teen times the maximum interest 
requirements on this issue. 

All legal matters in connection 
with the issue | are being passed 



18 What does the word stationary mean? 

19 That is, such dividend as may have been earned up to the time of selling. 

20 See the definition of definitive on page 109. 

21 The calendar year is from January to December as distinguished from the fiscal year (defined 
on p. 129) 



116 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 



upon by Messrs. Simpson, Thatcher, 
& Bartlett, attorneys at law, New 
York. The balance sheet and in- 
come | account 22 of the corporation 
for last year have been certified by 
Messrs. Haskins & Sells, certified 
public accountants. 

We will | forward additional in- 
formation as soon as we are in pos- 
session of it. 

Yours very truly, (295) 

8 
Mr. Clark Delaney, 

Pres., Colonial National Bank, 
Richmond, Va. 
Dear Mr. Delaney: 

As a stockholder in the Fidelity 
Securities Corporation of North Caro- 
lina, you are hereby notified that 
the | Fidelity Securities Corporation of 
Virginia has been incorporated for the 
purpose of acquiring the property, 
assets, rights, and privileges of | the 
first named corporation. The pur- 
chase price is based upon an appraised 
value as of May 1, and if the | ne- 
gotiations are consummated the trans- 
action will become effective on that 
date. 

It is proposed that the new cor- 
poration shall issue | 25,000 shares 
of stock at a par value of $50, or 
$1,250,000, | 10 ° to be sold at $60 per 
share, thus providing a working sur- 
plus. The stock is to be issued | 
without a stated rate of dividend, the 
purpose being to declare dividends 
consistent with its earnings. It is 
intended that | the management of 



the new corporation shall be the same 
as that of the present corporation. 
While the holders of the | majority 
of the stock 23 are desirous of accept- 
ing this proposition and under the 
charter are authorized to do so, 
nevertheless | the management de- 
sires that each and every stockholder 
shall be given full opportunity of 
joining in the new company, and | 200 
that each be given the privilege of 
changing his holdings in the old 
company for stock of the new com- 
pany. | 

A committee of the board of 
directors, consisting of William B. 
Baer, John P. Baker, and J. C. 
Wilson, was | appointed to appraise 
the company's ■ net assets, which 
were found to be of . a value of | 
$1,380,260.67, which after allowing 
par, or $10 per share, for the | pre- 
ferred stock, amounting to $1,252,145, 
will leave 1 30 ° $128,115.67 applicable 
to the common stock, or $2.21 | per 
share. 

We request that you inform us by 
return mail whether it is your desire 
to surrender your | stock in the old 
company for shares in the new com- 
pany. 

Yours verv truly, (354) 

9 

Mr. C. A. Shelton, 

41 Wall Street, 

New York City. 
Dear Sir: 

After carefully considering the 
information you gave Mr. Roland, 



22 See the illustration of a trading and profit and loss statement on page 143. 
The "majority" of the stock is more than 50% of that issued. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



117 



we recommend for investment the 
following offerings of bonds: | 

City of San Francisco 4J% 
Bonds 

Kentucky Electric Company 
First Mortgage 5% Bonds | 

Montana Power Company First 
Mortgage 6% Bonds 

The City of San Francisco 
Bonds are a legal investment for | 
the savings banks in most of the 
New England States and in New 
York State, the banking laws of the | 
latter having the most rigid require- 
ments of any state in the union. We 
offer the bonds at 95 to | 10 ° yield 
5.35%: This is a high-grade mu- 
nicipal investment. 

The Kentucky Electric Com- 
pany First | Mortgage 5% Bonds 
are in denominations of $100, $500, 
and $1000. The | price is 95 and in- 
terest, yielding 5.50%. This com- 
pany has been in successful opera- 
tion | for about four years and has 
shown a constant increase in its 
property and earning power. The 
bonds are well | secured by property 
of a value in excess of the bonded 
debt, and the earnings are about 
three times the | 20 ° annual interest 
charges. This company supplies the 
City of Louisville with electric cur- 
rent. In our judgment its bonds 
are especially | attractive. 

The Montana Power Company 
First Mortgage 6% Bonds are in 
denominations of $100, $500, | and 
$1000. The price is 105 and in- 
terest, yielding 5.85%. | The mort- 



gage securing this issue includes the 
usual restrictions as to additional 
issues of bonds and provision for the | 
creation of a liberal sinking fund. 
The net earnings of the property 
are now about double the interest 
charges and | 300 will undoubtedly be 
materially augmented 24 upon the com- 
pletion of improvements under con- 
struction, without any increase in the 
fixed charges, as | bonds for these 
improvements are included in the 
amount now outstanding. 

Our list of holdings comprises 
about 150 | different issues, but 
we have selected the bonds most 
likely to meet your requirements. 
We await your reply with interest | 
and shall be glad to go into the mat- 
ter further with you. 

Yours very truly, (375) 

10 

First National Bank, 

Tulsa, Okla. 
Gentlemen: 

Attention of Mr. J. Y. Davis, 
Assistant Cashier 

We have your letter of the 17th 
instant in which you | request in- 
formation regarding the Detroit Ma- 
chine Company and the Troy Manu- 
facturing Company, and ask for 
market quotations on their common ( 
and preferred stock. The Detroit 
Machine Company went out of ex- 
istence in 1908, when its business 
was taken over | by the Michigan 
Machine Company. The Troy Man- 
ufacturing Company has been in 



24 Increased 



118 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 



existence since 1903 and is now a | 
subsidiary of the Michigan Machine 
Company. The stocks of both com- 
panies are listed and traded on our 
local exchange. 

The | 10 ° Michigan Machine Com- 
pany has two issues, $7,000,000 pre- 
ferred and $13,000,000 common. The 
preferred is 7% | cumulative, and 
on December 15 last 41 1% was in 
arrears. 25 Last year 37J% | was paid 
on account of back dividends. It 
is traded in at the rate of | seven 
hundred to two thousand shares per 
month. Last year the high was 155, 
and the low 116. 26 | Yesterday it 
sold at 121 J. The common pays a 
dividend of 4|% | 200 and is traded in 
to the extent of from three thousand 
to thirty thousand shares per | 
month. The high for last year was 
66, and the low 34J, sales yesterday 
being | at 59. 

The Troy Manufacturing Com- 
pany has two issues, $1,000,000 pre- 
ferred and $4,000,000 common. In 
1908 | all of the common was ex- 
changed for common of the Detroit 
Machine Company, but few dividends 
have been paid | on this stock and 
they have never exceeded 4% per 
annum. There is no market for it. 
The | 300 records show that the pre- 
ferred sells from one hundred to five 
hundred shares per month. The 
high last year was | 106J, and the 
low 97 1 . It pays semi-annual divi- 
dends at | the rate of 7% per 
annum. 



We enclose a memorandum of 
our local exchange securities, on 
pages 6 | and 7 of which you will 
find reports on these corporations. 
If we can supply further information 
we shall be | pleased to serve you. 
Yours very truly, (387) 

11 

To the Depositors of the State Bank 
of Go vans: 

The undersigned committee has 
formulated a plan for the liquidation 
of | the State Bank of Go vans and 
the prompt payment of its liabilities, 
a copy of which is enclosed. Sum- 
marized this | plan contemplates: 

1. That the Union National 
Bank of Baltimore shall take over all 
of the liquid assets of the | State 
Bank, and that the remaining assets 
shall be transferred to a Liquidating 
Committee to consist of five persons, 
two | selected by the Depositors' 
Committee, two by the Stockholders' 
Committee, and the fifth chosen by 
the four members thus appointed. | 10 ° 

2. That the Union Bank shall 
immediately credit to the depositors 
upon its books, subject to check, 
85% | of their deposit claims; the 
remaining 15% of such claims to be 
represented by Depositors' Certifi- 
cates, bearing | interest at the rate 
of 3% per annum, issued by the 
Liquidating Committee. 

3. That the stockholders of | 
the State Bank shall provide a fund 
of $200,000, to be paid over by the 
Stockholders' Committee | to the 



25 See the definition of cumulative dividend on page 109. < 

26 That is, the highest quotation during the year was $155 and the lowest $116. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



119 



Union National Bank, in part con- 
sideration of its assuming payment of 
85% of the deposit | 200 claims. 

4. That as soon as the Union 
Bank shall have realized out of the 
assets and moneys sc transferred | 
to it a sum sufficient to pay in full the 
85% of the deposit liabilities assumed 
by | it, with interest, any remaining 
assets shall be retransferred to the 
Liquidating Committee. 

5. That the assets in the pos- 
session | of the Liquidating Com- 
mittee, after payment is made of the 
amount of the deposit liabilities 
assumed by the Union Bank, | shall 
be applied: (a) to the payment of the 
Depositors' Certificates, representing 
the remaining 15% of their deposit | 300 
claims, with interest; (b) to the pay- 
ment of the amounts subscribed and 
paid by the stockholders, with in- 
terest; and (c) | the remainder, to 
the stockholders upon their shares of 
stock. 

We recommend the acceptance 
of this plan because it provides | for 
the payment of deposit claims much 
more quickly than could be hoped for 
under the most favorable liquidation 
of | the bank's assets by a receiver, 
since liquidation by a receiver, re- 
quiring as it does prompt realization 
on the assets, | would involve a 
sacrifice of assets intrinsically valu- 
able, which under this plan is avoided. 

Please notify your committee 
immediately of | 400 your acceptance or 
rejection of this plan on the form 
enclosed. (411) 

Such bonds are secured by a first mortgage 
of bonds falling due. 



12 

in reply to your letter of .... , the 
los angeles street railway corporation 
is one of the most successful public 
service corporations in the united 
states the first and refunding mort- 
gage 5% bonds 27 of this company 
are among the soundest and most 
attractive public service bonds on the 
market we shall not attempt to 
repeat the details of this offering 
since they are completely covered in 
the enclcjed circular but a few facts 
are worthy of reiteration this cor- 
poration furnishes city and suburban 
rapid transit facilities without compe- 
tition to a business field of nearly 
half a million people comprising what 
is undoubtedly the most rapidly 
developing section of the united 
states its bonds are secured by a 
closed mortgage which provides a 
sinking fund that will retire two- 
fifths of the issue before maturity 
the net earnings for last year were 
about twice the bond interest and the 
surplus over interest charges was 
approximately $1,000,000 in that 
period the gross earnings increased 
$350,031 or 5.6% the net earnings 
$90,886 or 4.8% and the surplus over 
all interest charges $69,722 or 10.3% 
a record made possible by efficient 
management and the rapid develop- 
ment of the community we offer 
these bonds subject to prior sale and 
advance in price at 97 and interest 
to yield 5.20% and unqualifiedly 
recommend them to you for invest- 
ment yours very truly 

and at the same time replace a previous issue or issues 



120 BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are in the employ of Burdick, Brooks & Co., New York 
City. Your teacher is assistant to the president. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the out- 
lines. 

Arrangement 

Study the arrangement of the style letter. Each line, except the tabulated 
matter, begins flush with the margin of the letter. Notice the position of the 
initials of the dictator and the stenographer. Use this form in all the corre- 
spondence of this section. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 13. Use the 
current date and your teacher's initials and your own as usual. Be particularly 
careful in copying the tabulation. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 9 with carbon on a letterhead. Present 
both letters for approval. 

Bank Statements 

Bank statements provide excellent material for practice on figures. Great 
care must be exercised in the copying since figures are very easily transposed in 
typewriting. 

Assignment 3. Below is shown a short form of bank statement. Make 
a copy of it without carbon. Check your work carefully. 

Statement of Condition 

American Exchange National Bank of St, Louis, Mo. 

At the Close of Business June 30, 1919 

Resources 

Loans, Discounts, and Investments .... $26,309,261.13 

U. S. Bonds and Certificates of Indebtedness . 11,107,897.76 

Banking House 400,000.00 

Lot adjoining Banking House ...... 15,000.00 

Due from Banks . 5,152,680.70 

Customers' Liability Account of Acceptances . 1,080,000.00 

Exchanges for Clearing House ..... 2,418,114.98 

Cash and Reserve . . . t . . . . . 12,256,821.83 

$58,739,776.40 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 121 

Liabilities 

Capital . . . $2,500,000.00 

Surplus and Profits 2,124,649.81 

Circulation 1,184,500.00 

Dividend No. 208 212,500.00 

Acceptances executed for Customers .... 1,080,000.00 

Bills Payable other than Federal Reserve Bank 3,400,000.00 
Bills Payable Federal Reserve Bank, Secured 

by U S. Obligations 7,043,875.00 

Deposits (net) 41,194,251.59 

$58,739,776.40 

Assignment 4. Copy the statement given below. 

The National Bank of Baltimore 

Statement of Condition 

Close of Business, December 31, 1919 

Resources 

Loans and Discounts . . . $8,904,773.25 

Customers' Liability Account 

Acceptances 100,000.00 

Baltimore City Stock . . . 691,872.50 

U. S. Bonds to Secure Circu- 
lation . 290,000.00 

U. S. Bonds and Certificates of 

Indebtedness . . . . . 7,912,615.27 

Stock of Federal Reserve Bank 51,350.00 

Stocks and Bonds .... 1,615,297.21 

Banking House, Furniture, and 

Fixtures ...... 389,653.61 

Other Real Estate .... 12,139.64 

Interest Earned not Collected . 71,188.09 

Cash and Sight Exchange . . 3,020,914. 29 

$23,059,803.86 



122 BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

Liabilities 

Capital ....... $1,210,700.00 

Surplus 500,000.00 

Undivided Profits .... 100,442.10 
Discount Collected not Earned . 61,213.15 
Reserve for Taxes .... 33,000.00 
Reserve for Interest .... 34,500.00 
Reserve for Depreciation of Bank- 
ing House and Fixtures . . 14,653.61 
Circulation ...... 290,000.00 

Deposits 16,815,295.00 

Bills Payable Federal Reserve 

Bank 3,900,000.00 

Acceptances Executed for Cus- 
tomers 100,000.00 



$23,059,803.86 

Assignment 5. Copy the following statement. Present the three 
statements for approval. 

The National Exchange Bank, Los Angeles, Calif. 
Statement of Condition June 30, 1919 

Resources 

Loans and Discounts. $10,343,220.04 

Overdrafts, secured and unsecured 214.76 

U. S. Bonds to secure Circulation .... 856,000.00 

U. S. Bonds and Certificates of Indebtedness . 2,985,600.00 

Other Bonds and Securities . . . . . . 797,653.32 

Stock of Federal Reserve Bank 70,500.00 

U. S. Bonds Loaned 90,500.00 

Banking House and Improvement Account . . 281,345.50 

Due from Banks and Bankers 932,883.76 

Checks and other cash items . 50,748.56 

Exchanges for Clearing House ..... 3,128,388.35 

Cash in Vault ..... . . . . 390,901.99 

Due from Federal Reserve Bank . . 1,444,118,79 

Due from U. S. Treasurer 42,800.00 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 123 

Interest Earned but not collected .... 23,913.74 
Customers' Liability under Letters of Credit 

and Acceptances 941,643.78 

$22,380,432.59 

Liabilities 

Capital $1,500,000.00 

Surplus 850,000.00 

Undivided Profits 238,069.14 

Unearned Discount 66,011.48 

Amount Reserved for Interest Accrued . . . 7,416.62 

Dividends unpaid 61,387.69 

Circulation 845,097.50 

Deposits, Banks $2,454,845.51 . 

Individuals 11,228,688.84 . 

U. S 816,372.03 . 14,499,906.38 

U. S. Bonds Borrowed . .' 90,500.00 

Letters of Credit and Acceptances ... 941,643.78 

Bills Payable (Acct. U. S. Ctfs. of Indebtedness) 2,284,000.00 

Customers' Liberty Loan Notes Rediscounted 896,400.00 

Rediscounts Acct. Commercial PaDer . 100,000.00 



$22,380,432.59 

Form of Proxy 

When a stockholder wishes to designate some one to vote his stock at a 
stockholders' meeting he draws up a "Proxy," similar to the form given below: 

PROXY 

Know all Men by These Presents: 

That I, , do hereby make, constitute and 

appoint my true and lawful attorney, for me 

and in my name, place and stead, to vote upon the stock owned by me 
and standing in my name upon the books of the Carbon Steel Company at 

a special meeting to be held' on the . . day of , 19. ., at eleven 

o'clock A.M., at the office of the Company, foot of Thirty-second Street, 
in the Citv of Pittsburgh, State of Pennsylvania, or any .adjournment 



124 



BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 



thereof, in the matter of a plan to be submitted to the Board of Directors 
for transferring all the assets and business of the Company to a corpora- 
tion of the same name organized under the laws of the Commonwealth 
of Pennsylvania, and such other matters as may properly come before the 
meeting, hereby ratifying and confirming all that my said attorney shall 
do lawfully in the premises. 

Witness my hand and seal this day of , 19. .. 

(Seal) 

Witness: 



Assignment 6. Read the form through carefully. Mr. Burdick, who 
owns stock in the Carbon Steel Company, wishes to designate his assistant (your 
teacher) as his proxy. Write the form, with carbon, filling in the two names in 
the proper blanks. The meeting will be held a week from today. Hand in for 
signature. 

Alphabetizing — Cities and Towns 

The names of many of the cities and towns given below are frequently mis- 
spelled by stenographers. At least one city in each state is included. The list 
therefore contains the official abbreviations for the names of all the states as 
recommended by the Post Office Department. Observe that Idaho, Iowa, and 
Ohio should never be abbreviated. 



Wheeling, W. Va. 
Savannah, Ga. 
Anniston, Ala. 
Denison, Tex. 
Sumter, S. C a 
Montclair, N. J. 
Cheyenne, Wyo. 
Keokuk, Iowa. 
Fond du Lac, Wis, 
Durham, N. C. 
Charlottesville, Va. 
Sioux Falls, S. Dak. 
Berkeley, Calif. 
Provo, Utah. 
Albuquerque, N. Mex. 
Des Moines, Iowa 



Boise, Idaho. 
Wooster, Ohio. 
Meridian, Miss. 
Annapolis, Md. 
Pocatello, Idaho 
Butte, Mont. 
Minneapolis, Minn. 
Astoria, Ore. 
Lorain, Ohio. 
Worcester, Mass. 
Newburgh, N. Y. 
Binghamton, N. Y« 
Stamford, Conn. 
Schenectady, N. Y, 
Baton Rouge, La. 
Lewiston, Me c 



Eau Claire, Wis. 
Tacoma, Wash. 
Washington, D. C. 
Lincoln, Nebr. 
Somerville, Mass. 
Laconia, N. H. 
Phoenix, Ark. 
Terre Haute, Ind. 
Dubuque, Iowa e ' 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 
Tucson, Ariz. 
Wilmington, Del. 
Shreveport, La. 
Pueblo, Colo. 
Frankfort, Ky 
Hannibal, Mo. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 125 

Anaconda, Mont. Tallahassee, Fla. Bismarck, N. Dak 

McAlester, Okla. Ypsilanti, Mich. Reno, Nev. 

Woonsocket, R. I. Chattanooga, Tenn. Gloucester, Mass. 

Atchison, Kans. Streator, 111. Duquesne, Pa. 

Montpelier, Vt. Vincennes, Ind. Oklahoma, Okla. 

Haverhill, Mass. Wilkes Barre, Pa. Sacramento, Calif. 

Assignment 7. Arrange the names of these cities and towns in exact 
alphabetical order; then make a copy of the entire list without carbon, writing 
the abbreviation for the state after the name of the city or town. 

Assignment 8. Arrange the names of the states alphabetically. Make a 
copy of the list, writing the name of each state in full followed by the official 
ab eviation. Hand in both lists. 

Reference Books 

In every well equipped business office there will be found certain reference 
books with the use of which you should be familiar. A knowledge of how and 
where to get information that is wanted is one of the marks of a competent 
stenographer. 

The Dictionary 

♦ 
Words constitute the material with which you work. The stenographer 
needs, more than any one else, to acquire the "dictionary habit. " Few people 
make full use of the information which an unabridged dictionary contains. Some 
of the things you can learn from the dictionary about words are: 
Spelling 

In the case of a noun whose plural is formed irregularly, the spelling of 
the plural will be given. 

The spelling of the past tense and present and past participles of irreg- 
ular verbs will be given. 
Pronunciation 
Definition 
Part of Speech 
Syllabication 

In case ycu are in doubt as to how to divide a word at the end of a line 
refer to the dictionary. Remember that words should be divided only 
between syllables. 
Hyphenating 

Many dictionaries contain also appendices, such as lists of synonym* 
and antonyms; a glossary of foreign words and phrases, abbreviations 
etc. 



126 BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

From the telephone directory you can learn not only the names and tele- 
phone numbers of the subscribers but their addresses as well. The classified 
business directory included in most telephone directories is often of value. In 
the city directory will be found the names, addresses, and occupations of resi- 
dents of the city. The Official Postal Guide gives a list of all the post offices 
in the United States. An Atlas may be consulted for lists of railroads, electric, 
and steamship lines. The counties, cities, and towns of each state with their 
population are also given. . 

Familiarity with and an intelligent use of the helps provided in reference 
books will afford numerous opportunities for the exercise of initiative in your 
work. 

Assignment 9. Consult an unabridged dictionary in the preparation of 
the following exercises. 

1. Write the present participle of the verbs 

lie die dye regret prefer 

2. Write the past participle of 

bear break forget lie lay 

3. Write the plurals of the nouns 



embargo erratum radius alumna 


attorney 


zero motto cargo appendix 


notary 


4. Ascertain the correct pronunciation of 




ally apparatus indictment 


parol 


applicable isolate attacked 


admirable 


genuine comparable indisputable 


casualty 


exquisite inquiry address 


illustrate 


formidable simultaneous alternate 


coupon 



By reference to your local telephone directory find the names, addresses, 
and telephone numbers of (a) two notaries public, (b) one electrical supply house, 
and (c) two stationery stores. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 10. Letter 12 is one which we send out regularly in reply to 
inquiries in connection with the investment security mentioned. Write the 
letter with carbon to the following: 

Mr. C. W. Hoyt, 749 King Street, Sumter, S. C. Mr. Hoyt wrote us five 

days ago. 

Mr. Frank W. Simpson, 1741 Colorado Street, Minneapolis, Minn. Mr, 

Simpson wrote us three days ago. 

Transcribing 

Assignment 11. Five letters in the banking and investment business 
will be dictated to you for transcription. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



127 



Filing 

Many large banks and banking houses that have considerable out-of-town 
correspondence use the geographical system of filing. The equipment necessary 
in geographical filing is a set of guide cards with center tabs on which are printed 
the names of the states. These guides are arranged alphabetically in the drawer. 
Very often a set of alphabetical guides is placed back of each state index to facili- 
tate the filing of correspondence. 




Illustration 11 — State Guides for Geographical File 

In filing the correspondence of the First National Bank. Billings, Montana, 
for instance, you would locate the index guide for Montana and place the folder 
containing the correspondence back of the "B" guide. The correspondence of 
all firms located in towns beginning with the letter "B" should be arranged in 
alphabetical order within the subdivision. 

Assignment 12. Make out folders for the letters you have written and 
file the correspondence in the geographical file. 



Secretarial Practice 



Assignment 13. 

list of all the banks in - 



Your chief: -"I wish you would get for me a complete 

(your own town or city). Find out if they 

are national, state, or -private banks. I'd like to get copies of their last annual 
statements, too. You can make a memorandum of the data you get and put it 
on my desk." 



i.. M. RODWAY 
R. C. BURCHARD 
J. O. KESSLER 



MEMBERS AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ACCOUNTANTS 

RODWAY, BURCHARD 8c KESSLER 

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AND AUDITORS 

LA SALLE BUILDING, CHICAGO, ILL. April 

Twelfth 

Nineteen 

Twenty 

Illinois Wagon Works, 
468 N. , Beaver St., 
Champaign, 111. 

Gentlemen: 

In accordance with your appointment, we have made an examination 
of your cash account as of Maroh 1, 1920, and have found an apparent 
shortage of $2755.50, full details of which are shown in the enclosed 
report containing the following schedules: 

Schedule 1 - Reconciliation of cash as of Maroh 1, 1920, resulting in 
the above shortage. 

Schedule Z - Reconciliation of check-book entries, cancelled checks, 
bank pass-books, bank statements, and ca3h-book entries. 

Sohedule 3 - Copy of cash statement dated March 25, 1920, found, in, 
your former bookkeeper's desk and apparently made up by 
him before his discharge* 

Schedule 4 - A list of so-called cash tickets, petty cash payments* and 
I. 0, U.'s found in the same place. 

Schedule 6 - A list of items that we oould not identify. 

Sohedule 6 - Reconciliation of the amounts of Schedule 1 with those on. 
the other schedules, resulting in a difference or shortage 
of $2755.50. 

As stated in Schedule 1, a number of cash receipts from March 25 to 
April 1 have not been entered in the cash book. These items should be 
entered without delay, all entries posted to the proper ledger accounts, 
and a trial balance taken. After the accounting has been brought up to 
date, we recommend that a complete detailed audit be made' at once, aa 
our brief examination of the books shows them to be in bad shape. 

Yours very truly, 

' RODWAX* BURCHARD & KESSJuBR 



PITTSBURGH 



/Assistant Manager, Chicago Offioa 
PBM-RMoC 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

abatement — the amount, quantity, or sum by which anything is reduced; a 

deduction or refund, 
aggregate — a total or gross amount; a combined whole considered with reference 

to its parts. 
administration expense — the expense incurred in the general management and 

administration of a business considered as a whole. 
amortization — the extinction of a debt by regular payments, or an annual charg- 
ing off of a certain amount of an expense or the cost of an investment for 

a period of years. 
analysis sheet — a paper used for the purpose of separating and classifying the 

various items appearing in an account, 
antedate — to give an earlier date than the true one; the opposite of postdate. 
apportion — to divide and assign in just proportion; as, to apportion expenses. 
appreciation — an increase in value, 
auditor — a person appointed or authorized to examine and verify accounts and 

records. 
burden — manufacturing expenses. The three elements in the cost of any article 

are materials, labor, and manufacturing expenses. Such expenses are 

frequently called factory expenses or " burden." 
capital stock — the amount of stock at its par value authorized by the charter 

or certificate of incorporation of a company. Paid-in capital is the 

amount paid by the stockholders on the subscribed shares of capita] 

stock, 
computation — the act of calculating; the amount reckoned, 
contra — used to refer to the opposite side of an account. 
corporate — pertaining to a corporation; as, corporate debts 
covenant — an agreement or contract under seal, 
creditor — one who gives credit in business transactions to another called the 

debtor. 
debit — to charge to or to charge with, 
deductible — capable of being taken off or deducted. 

default — to fail in fulfilling or satisfying an engagement, claim, or obligation, 
deficit — deficiency in amount; the excess of losses over profits, 
depreciation — the material decline in the value of property due to use, wear and 

tear, and the passage of time. 
discrepancy — a difference or disagreement between accounts, etc. 

k fiscal year — any yearly period regardless of the calendar year, at the end of 
which the financial condition of a business is determined and the book c 
closed. 
129 



130 ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 

gross profit — the profit computed before any expenses are deducted. The gross 

profit less expenses gives the net profit. 
inventory — a statement or schedule of merchandise on hand or in stock. 
liabilities — the total amount of indebtedness; amounts owed by a person, firm, 

or corporation, 
minutes — the record of the official acts and transactions of the board of directors 

or stockholders of a corporation. 
overhead expenses — expenses incurred in the administrative department of a 

concern, but chargeable to cost of production over and above factory 

expenses or burden, 
petty cash— a fund kept on hand to pay small and incidental expense items. 
posting — the act of transferring debit and credit items from books of original 

entry to the accounts in the ledger. 
prime cost — the sum of the material and labor costs of a product. 
proceeds — the sum derived from the sale of anything. 
production factor — any process, machine, or group of like machines used as a 

means of production or manufacture. 
prorate — to distribute proportionately. 
protectograph — a machine which stamps or impresses the amount of a check, 

draft, etc., in the paper to make alteration impossible. 
recapitulation — a summary. 
reconciliation — the establishment of the agreement between or proof of two or 

more calculations. 
reimbursement — the act of repaying. 

resources — anything of value belonging to a person, firm, or corporation; assets. 
revenue — the annual rents, profits, interest, or income of any kind of property, 

or of a business or government or political subdivision thereof, 
segregate— to set apart for a special purpose. 
surtax — a graduated tax assessed by the Federal Income Tax Law on incomes in 

excess of certain graduated amounts, in addition to the regular or normal 

tax. 
tangible — capable of being realized on; as tangible security. 
treasury stock — stock of a corporation previously issued to stockholders which 

has been secured from them by purchase or donation to be sold again to 

secure working capital. 
turnover — the amount of stock or goods sold in any given period of time; the cost 

of such goods. 
valuation — an estimate of value or worth; as a valuation of accounts for the 

purpose of taxation. 
verification — the act of proving to be true or correct, 
voucher — a receipt or other written evidence of the payment of money. A 

voucher check is one to which is attached a statement of the items which 

it pays. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



131 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Inter-Office Communication 1 
Attention of Financial Department 
Auditing Department 
Accounting Department 

Effective at once, all final pay- 
ments collected from consumers and 
employees 2 in connection with their 
stock subscriptions will be included | 
in the daily report of the teller 3 at 
this office, along with such other 
items as savings fund and em- 
ployees' | stock subscription pay- 
ments, etc., and will be part of the 
company's regular daily deposit. 

In order that the Auditing De- 
partment | may check the amount 
to be shown on the daily reports, the 
duplicate of the final payment ticket 
will be | signed each morning by the 
writer or Mr. Black and delivered to 
the Auditing Department, together 
with other tickets representing | 10 ° 
savings fund and similar collections. 
After establishing the agreement of 
. the total of these final payment tick- 
ets with the amount | shown on the 
daily report, the Auditing Depart- 
ment will deliver the tickets to the 
Accounting Department for entry 
in consumers' | and employees' ac- 
counts. 

The Financial Department, 
which has heretofore used the dupli- 



cate ticket for the purposes of its 
records, will | hereafter receive the 
triplicate ticket. In order to be 
sure that all such triplicate 4 tickets 
are returned to him, Mr. | Green 
will check them against his stock 
delivery book upon receipt. 

By order of (194) 



Mr. C. B. Calvin, 

Oriental Steamship Co., 
San Francisco, Calif. 
Dear Sir: 

Your letter February 27 5 

The regulation of the Treasury 
Department with respect to the 
method of ascertaining | the tax- 
able income of foreign steamship 
companies whose steamships touch at 
American ports and which carry 
therefrom freight and passengers | 
for hire follows: 

The returns made by such cor- 
porations should include as gross in- 
come the total receipts of all outgoing 
| business, whether freight or pas- 
senger. With the gross income thus 
ascertained, the ratio existing between 
it and the gross income I from all 
ports, both within and without the 
United States, should be determined 
as the basis upon which allowable 
deductions | 10 ° may be computed. 



1 A letter or memorandum from one office of a company to another office of the same company. 

2 This word is properly spelled either employe or employee. Both forms are used in this book. 

3 See definition on page 111. 

4 Defined on page 78. 

6 Note the different ways throughout the book in which reference is made to previous correspondence. 



132 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



The principle 6 to be observed is that 
allowable deductions shall be com- 
puted upon a basis which recognizes | 
that the income arising and accruing 
from business done in and from this 
country shall bear its share of ex- 
pense | incident to the earning of 
such income, in the ratio that the 
gross income arising in and from 
this country j bears to the entire 
gross income arising from business 
done both within and without this 
country. In other words the | net 
income of a foreign steamship com- 
pany doing business in or from this 
country, for the purpose of the in- 
come | 200 tax assessable and payable 
to the United States, shall be ascer- 
tained by deducting from the gross 
receipts from outgoing business | 
such a portion of the aggregate ex- 
penses and losses as such receipts 
bear to the aggregate receipts from 
all ports, | except that the interest 
deduction, after being likewise ap- 
portioned, shall be subject to the 
limitation fixed by law in the | case 
of foreign corporations transacting 
business or having capital invested in 
this country. 

1 shall be with you on March | 2 
to prepare your return. 

Yours very truly, (288) 

3 
The Lone Star Oil Refining Co., 

Dallas, Texas. 
Gentlemen : 

The department is in receipt of 
your communication of the first in- 



stant in which you explain that your 
company, | having been unable to 
pay any interest on its bonded in- 
debtedness for some years, proposes 
to cancel that indebtedness by | 
paying part of it in new securities 
and part in cash, the creditors agree- 
ing to a reduction of $100,000 | in 
the face of the bonds as an inducement 
for the raising of $100,000 in | cash. 

In response to your inquiry as to 
whether such a compromise of in- 
debtedness is taxable as income, you 
are [ 10 ° informed that while in fact 
the earnings of your corporation are in 
no wise increased by this compro- 
mise the liabilities | are reduced, and 
to that extent your corporation gains 
in its net worth. By this compro- 
mise the financial condition of | 
your company is improved by 
$100,000, not through any earnings, 
but by a settlement with its cred- 
itors | under which $200,000 of its 
bonds are canceled at a cost to it of 
$100,000 | in cash, or at fifty cents 
on the dollar. 

In cases somewhat similar to 
this, in which the creditor | 200 has for- 
given the debt of the debtor, this 
office has consistently held that the 
amount of the debt forgiven con- 
stitutes | income. In this particu- 
lar case, in the opinion of this office, 
the difference between the amount 
realized by your corporation I when 
the bonds were sold and the amount 
which it will be required to pay upon 
their final redemption constitutes | 



6 Do you know the distinction between principal and principle so well that ycu will always use the 
proper word? 






CORRESPONDENCE 



133 



taxable income. This income may 
be prorated over the period elapsing 
between the date of the bond issue 
and the | date of redemption, and 
that portion of the income appor- 
tioned to each year shall be returned 
as taxable income for j 30 ° the year in 
which the bonds are redeemed. 
Yours very truly, (311) 

4 

Mr. A. G. Moreland, Western Sales 

Manager 
Mr. R. W. Jessup, Eastern Sales 

Manager 
Mr. C. W. Huff, Canadian Sales 

Manager 

In order to conform more nearly 
to approved methods of accounting 
and also to reduce to a minimum the 
amount | of the company's funds 
required to meet ordinary petty cash 
disbursements in district offices, it 
has been decided that no j payments 
shall be made out of such funds for 
supplies or other purposes for which 
bills can be received, approved, j 
and passed to the accounting depart- 
ment at the general office for. pay- 
ment. This will include such items 
as rent, taxes, [ commissions, sub- 
scriptions for publications, dues, tele- 
graph and telephone bills, fees, sta- 
tionery and printing, etc., 7 in excess 
of. ten dollars. 

District 1 10 ° office petty cash funds 
are carried primarily for the conveni- 



ence of the district offices in caring 
for office payrolls, advances | to 
salesmen for traveling expenses, and 
miscellaneous disbursements. The 
use of these funds for temporary cash 
advances to employes 3 except | in 
cases of sickness or death, or the cash- 
ing of checks, is to be discouraged. 
Checks, drafts, and notes are | not 
to be deposited in this fund, and you 
will understand that you are not 
authorized to sign, endorse, 9 or ] 
deposit for collection checks, notes, 
or other negotiable paper in the name 
of or for the account of the com- 
pany. | 200 

Pass books 10 must be submitted 
to the bank to be balanced on the 
first day of each month, and the | 
amount of the balance is to be re- 
ported promptly to the general office. 
A uniform petty cash check form will 
| be adopted, the use of which will 
be confined solely to checking on dis- 
trict office funds. A protectograph 
will be j furnished to be used on all 
such checks. 

At present the district bank ac- 
count is carried in the name of j the 
district sales manager. We propose 
within a short time to have this fund 
transferred to your name as mana- 
ager-trustee | 30 ° and to instruct the 
banks that all checks must be signed 
by ycu as manager- trustee. 

If the proposed | plan will not 
harmonize with your local require- 



7 A comma should always be placed after etc., unless the sentence ends with that word, in which case 
one period only should be used. 

8 See footnote 2 on page 131 

9 Spelled either endorse or indorse. 
i° The pass book is the book in which deposits are entered by the receiving teller of a bank. 






134 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



ments, please state your objection to 
it by return mail. 

Yours truly, (339) 



Public Service Corporation of New 
Jersey, 

Trenton, N. J. 
Gentlemen: 

Attention of Mr. A. J. Braun, 
Treasurer 

This office is in receipt of your 
letter of the 1st instant | in which 
you state that in the year 1915 your 
corporation sold an issue of five-year 
first and fl consolidated mortgage 
bonds at a discount, and wrote off 
against surplus in that year the entire 
amount of the discount | and re- 
financing expenses. You state fur- 
ther that a representative of this 
office who has been making an ex- 
amination of | your books has in- 
formed you that it is a rule of the 
department that if the above prac- 
tice is followed 1 10 ° no deduction there- 
from can be made in years subse- 
quent to that in which a loss through 
discount on bonds had | been sus- 
tained and charged off against sur- 
plus. 

In this connection you are in- 
formed that if the examining officer 
made the | statement which you at- 
tribute to him it was evidently an 
error, inasmuch as this office has 
consistently held that discount | on 
bonds issued by a corporation and the 
expenses incidental thereto should 
properly be distributed over the life 
of the | bonds and an equal amount 



be deducted annually instead of 
claiming the entire deduction in one 
year. Even though in | 20Q the year 
1915, when such bonds were issued 
at a discount, you charged the entire 
amount to surplus, this | office is of 
the opinion that you are entitled to an 
annual deduction, based upon the life 
of the bonds, | to make good at the 
time the bonds mature the entire loss 
which will have been sustained by 
your corporation | through the dis- 
count on the bonds and expenses of 
issuing them. It is requested, how- 
ever, that if possible you make | 
entries on your books which shall 
show in future years the amount 
originally written off against surplus 
on this account | 300 in 1915, the num- 
ber of years constituting the life of 
the bonds, and the amount claimed 
annually in preparing | your return 
of annual net income. This would 
serve the purpose of furnishing the 
required information to any examin- 
ing officer | who might have occa- 
sion to examine your books in the 
future. 

Yours very truly, (354) 



1 



Lehigh Valley Power Company, 

Allentown, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

In support of my recommenda- 
tion that you prorate the profit on the 
sale of your bonds over the five- 
year | period and return as income 
one-fifth of the profit for the calendai 
year just closed, I submit the j 
decision in the case of Gray vs. Dar- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



135 



lington, 15 Wall 63. 11 In this case 
the question was whether an | ad- 
vance in the value of bonds during a 
period of four years over their cost, 
realized by their sale, was | subject 
to taxation as gains, profits, or in- 
come for the year in which the bonds 
were sold. Justice Field said: | 10 ° 

"The advance in the value of 
property during a series of years can, 
in no just sense, be considered the | 
gains, profits, or income of any one 
particular year of the series, although 
the entire amount of the advance be | 
at one time turned into money by a 
i sale of the property. The statute 
looks, with some exceptions, for sub- 
jects | of taxation only to annual 

gains, profits, and income n 

The mere fact that property has 
advanced in value between the | 
dates of its acquisition and sale does 
i not authorize the imposition of the 
tax on the amount of the advance. 1 20 ° 
Mere advance in value in no sense 
constitutes the gains, profits, or in- 
come specified by the statute. It 
constitutes and | can be treated 
j merely as increase of capital. 

The rule adopted by the officers 
of the revenue in the present | case 
would justify them in treating as 
'gains of one year the increase in the 
|value of property extending through 
1 1 any number of years — through even 
'the entire century. The actual ad- 
vance in value of property over its 
I cost may, | in fact, reach its height 
years before the sale; the value of the 



property may, in truth, be less at 1 30 ° 
the time of the sale than at any pre- 
vious period in ten years; yet if the 
amount received exceeds the | actual 
cost of the property, the excess is to 
be treated, according to their views, 
as gains of the owner | for the year 
in which the sale takes place. We 
are satisfied that no such result was 
intended by the | statute." 

Yours very truly, (364) 



Indiana Farm Implement Co., 

Gary, Indiana. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your inquiry of the 
tenth with respect to the treatment of 
organization expense in your returns 
of | annual net income. 

In the first place, you should in- 
clude under such expense fees paid to 
attorneys, accountants, and state | 
authorities prior to or coincident 
with the securing of your charter and 
the incorporation of your company; 
also the expense | of printing stock 
certificates, obtaining subscriptions 
to stock, and commissions paid to 
brokers for selling stock. 

The Treasury Department has | 
ruled that organization expenses con- 
stitute a capital investment, holding 
that such expenses are offset by the 
asset value of the 1 10 ° corporate fran- 
chise, an intangible asset of a some- 
what permanent character and in 
many instances of substantial value. 
The department claims | that such 



11 This is a reference to the volume of law reports containing the decision on the case referred to. 

12 The periods indicate that a part of the decision is omitted at this point 



136 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



expenses are very similar in charac- 
ter to the discount at which stock 
issued by a corporation is sold; | the 
only effect of such expenses and dis- 
counts being to reduce the amount 
of capital available for the use of | 
and employment in the business of 
the corporation. In the opinion of 
the department the discount at 
which stock is | sold is not a loss 
sustained within the meaning of the 
law, and is therefore not deductible; 
likewise organization expenses | 200 are 
not "ordinary and necessary expenses 
of maintenance and operation," which 
are the only expenses authorized by 
the income tax | law to be deducted 
from gross income. 

Accountants take exception to 
this ruling. The department by it 
introduces a practice | which is un- 
sound from the standpoint of good 
accounting and conservative financ- 
ing. The tendency of the ruling is 
to raise | and continue upon the 
books as an asset charges which in 
all prudence should be written off, 
representing as they | do expenses 
which make no ultimate addition 
to the asset value of the corporate 
property. While you cannot under 
this | 300 ruling deduct your organiza- 
tion expenses in your return of in- 
come, as a matter of conservative 
accounting policy we recommend 
that | you write off 13 these expenses 
on your books. If profits do not 
justify their being written off in any 



one j year, they should at least be 
liquidated on some reasonable amor- 
tization basis, and spread over a 
period of at least | five years. 
Yours very truly, (365) 



To Collectors of Internal Revenue: 14 

Losses due to fluctuations during 
a taxable year in the value of capital 
assets, even though evidenced by 
book entries, j do not constitute 
"losses actually sustained" within 
the meaning of the law, and are not 
allowable deductions from gross in- 
come. | Losses are not actually sus- 
tained until, as the result of a com- 
pleted and closed transaction, they 
have been definitely ascertained | 
and the amount they represent has 
irredeemably disappeared from the 
assets of the individual or corporation. 
Likewise and conversely, any | 
appreciation in the value of assets 
due to appraisal or adjustment and 
taken up on the books of the indi- 
vidual! ]0 ° or corporation is held not 
to be income within the meaning of 
the law until such appreciation, as 
the result | of a completed transac- 
tion, has been converted into cash or 
its equivalent; that is, has been 
realized as an addition | to and a 
part of the tangible assets of the 
individual or corporation. A book 
entry reflecting only an enhanced | 
value of assets during the year evi- 
dences an increase in the net worth 



13 That is, charge off the item on the books by making a contra entry. 

14 This is a general letter from the Internal Revenue Office at Washington to collectors throughout 
the country. The closing phrase is omitted. 






CORRESPONDENCE 



137 



of the corporation or individual for 
that | year — an increase which under 
adverse conditions may disappear the 
next year. An increase in value 
thus evidenced is intangible | 200 and 
unstable, and is not such income as 
the Federal income tax law contem- 
plates shall be returned for purposes 
of | the tax. 

Returnable and taxable income 
is that actually realized during the 
year; that is, that which is evi- 
denced by | the receipt of cash or its 
equivalent. Until any appreciation 
taken up on the books has been actu- 
ally realized, it | will not be required 
to be returned as income. Hence, in 
the preparation of returns and in the 
examination of | books for the pur- 
pose of verifying reports, mere book 
entries of appreciation in the value 
of capital assets will be | 30 ° disre- 
garded. 

It should be understood, how- 
ever, that the profit or income to be 
returned as a result of the sale | of 
assets that have been appreciated 
will be determined upon the basis of 
the difference between the cost and 
the | selling price of the assets. 
Book values will be ignored except 
when they represent the actual cost of 
the properties. | 

Any rulings previously made by 
this office in conflict with the holdings 
hereinbefore made are superseded by 
this letter; but | any returns, adjust- 
ments, or assessments made in ac- 
cordance with previous rulings will 
in no wise be affected by this ruling. 1 40 ° 



The First National Bank, 

Williamsport, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We have audited the books and 
accounts of the First National Bank 
of Williamsport for the year ending 
December | 31, 1919. In detail our 
procedure was as follows: 

RESOURCES 

Loans and Discounts — These 
were verified by actual | inspection 
of the notes on hand. Certificates 
were obtained from correspondents 15 
stating that they held for collection 
the notes which | were not produced. 
In all cases letters were sent to 
makers, or endorsers, requesting con- 
firmation of the genuineness of the j 
notes; and in the case of collateral 
loans, the collaterals were stated in 
detail in the letters. Replies have 
been | 10 ° received from borrowers 
whose notes make up 97.48 per cent, 
of the total. The securities | pledged 
as collateral w T ere appraised and the 
margins were found to be ample in 
each case. 

Stocks and Bonds — These | 
were verified by inspection. The 
appraisal of these securities shows 
that they are carried at a conservative 
valuation. 

Due from | Banks — Statements 
have been received from correspond- 
ents, and all differences have been 
reconciled. 

Cash and Cash Items — The 
cash in | vault was verified by 



1 S.e the definition of correspondent bank on page 109. 



138 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



actual count. The cash items were 
verified by inspection and were traced 
to final payment. Certificates | 200 
were obtained from each member of 
the Clearing House stating that all the 
exchanges were paid as of January 
2. | Certificates were obtained from 
reserve agents stating the balances 
they held, and all differences were 
reconciled. 

All Other Resources — All | 
items appearing under resources in 
the accompanying statement and not 
specially mentioned above were veri- 
fied and found to represent real | 
assets. 

LIABILITIES 

Surplus and Undivided Profits — 
The earnings for the year ending 
December 31, 1918, were analyzed 
and I found to be correct. 

Due to Banks — Statements of 
account were sent to correspondents, 
and certificates obtained stating that 
the 1 300 balances were correct. 

Deposits — As many pass books 
as possible were balanced. Requests 
for a confirmation of their balances 
were | mailed to those depositors 
who did not send in their pass books. 
Certificates stating that balances 
were correct have been | received 
from individual depositors whose 
balances compose 93.66 per cent, of 
the total. 

All Other | Liabilities — All items 
appearing under liabilities in the ac- 
companying statement which are not 
specially mentioned above were veri- 
fied and found | to be correctly 
stated. 



We certify that the accompany- 
ing statement shows the true finan- 
cial condition of the First National 
Bank | 400 at the close of business 
December 31, 1919. 

Respectfully submitted, (412) 

10 

Winchester Farm Supply Company, 

Winchester, Virginia. 
Gentlemen: 

We had a conference yesterday 
with the Collector of Internal Rev- 
enue on your income tax reports. 
The department rules | that the 
agreement whereby Mr. Wilkins re- 
ceives ten per cent, of the annual net 
profits established a partnership which 
has | existed since the date of that 
agreement; consequently your returns 
for 1914 to 1917, both inclusive, had 
to | be prepared upon a partnership 
basis and separate returns made for 
each partner. Furthermore, as the 
department has no record | of grant- 
ing you permission to report returns 
for the fiscal year, and as the old in- 
come tax law did not | 10 ° allow indi- 
viduals to report upon the basis of 
fiscal years, we had to revise and 
adjust all these returns to | cover 
calendar years and file revised returns, 
copies of which are enclosed. 

The collector declined to allow 
Mr. White a | salary deductible as 
expense of more than $10,000.00, 
holding all sums he receives in ex- 
cess of that amount | as being in the 
nature of a distribution of profits and 
therefore not deductible from in- 
come. The ten per cent. | of profits 
credited to Mr. Wilkins' account is 



CORRESPONDENCE 



139 



also disallowed as an expense. We 
found that you deducted your 
1916 | 200 income tax as an expense in 
your 1917 report. Income taxes are 
not allowed as deductions. In 1916 | 
you purchased an automobile truck 
for $2000.00 which was charged to 
operating expense account, whereas 
it is | a capital investment that 
should have been charged to delivery 
equipment account. The collector 
also refused to allow excessive de- 
preciation | of $1599.00 and the re- 
serve for bad debts of $1793.50, | 
which are not deductible under the 
department's rules and regulations. 

We went into these matters very 
carefully and succeeded in | 300 retain- 
ing a number of deductions as shown on 
the enclosed statement, but the above 
mentioned items could not be suc- 
cessfully | defended and for that 
reason we recommend the execution 
of the papers and affidavits sub- 
mitted and the payment of the | 
additional tax, which amounts to 
$3457.30. 

The collector will accept the 
amount in | full settlement if the 
papers are promptly signed and re- 
turned; otherwise he will render a 
bill for delinquent taxes of | 
$16,727.02 and permit you to file a 
claim for abatement of overpaid | 400 
taxes amounting to $13,269.72. As 
you will have to pay the | first 
amount immediately and wait per- 
haps three or four years for a settle- 
ment of your claim, the wise thing 
to | do is to pay the additional tax 
at once. 

Yours very truly, (452) 



11 
To Collectors of Internal Revenue: 

The term "farm" embraces the 
farm in the ordinarily accepted sense, 
plantations, ranches, stock-farms, | 
and all lands used for similar pur- 
poses; and for the purposes of this 
ruling all persons who cultivate, op- 
erate, or | manage farms for gain or 
profit, either as owners or tenants, 
are designated as "farmers/' 

All gains, profits, and income | 
derived from the sale or exchange of 
farm products, whether produced on 
the farm or purchased and resold by 
a | farmer, shall be included in the 
return of income for the year in 
which the products were actually 
marketed and 1 10 ° sold. All allowable 
deductions, including the legitimate 
expenses incident to the production of 
that year or future years, may be | 
claimed in the return of the income 
for the tax year in which the right 
to such deductions shall arise, | al- 
though the products to which such 
expenses and deductions are inci- 
dental may not have been sold or 
exchanged for money | or a money 
equivalent during the year for which 
the return is rendered. 

Rents received in crop shares 
shall likewise | be returned as of the 
year in which the crop shares are 
reduced to money or a money equiva- 
lent, and | 200 allowable deductions, 
likewise, shall be claimed in the re- 
turn of income for the tax year to 
which they apply, although | ex- 
penses and deductions may be inci- 
dent to products which remained 
unsold at the end of the year for 



140 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



which the | deductions are claimed. 
When farm products are held for 
more favorable market prices, no 
deduction on account of shrinkage in 
| weight or physical value, or losses 
by reason of such shrinkage or de- 
terioration in storage shall be allowed. 

The cost | of stock purchased 
for resale is an allowable deduction 
when the contra income from the sale 
of such stock is | 300 reported. Money 
expended for stock for breeding pur- 
poses is regarded as capital invested, 
and the amounts so expended do not | 
constitute allowable deductions except 
as hereinafter stated. 

When stock has been purchased 
for any purpose and afterwards dies 
from disease | or injury, or is killed 
by order of the authorities of a State 
or the United States, and the cost | 
thereof has not been claimed as an 
item of expense, the actual purchase 
price of such stock, less any deprecia- 
tion | which may have been pre- 
viously claimed, may be deducted as 
a loss. Property destroyed by order 
of the authorities of | 400 a State or the 
United States may, in like manner, 
be claimed as a loss; but if reimburse- 
ment is made | by a State or the 
United States, in whole or in part, on 
account of stock killed or property 
destroyed, | the amount received shall 
be reported as income for the year 
in which reimbursement is made. 

A person cultivating or | oper- 
ating a farm for recreation or pleasure 
on a basis other than the recognized 
principles of commercial farming, the 

16 This abbreviation indicates Treasury Department 



result | of which is a continual loss 
from year to year, is not regarded as 
a farmer. If the expenses incurred | 500 
by such persons on their farms are in 
excess of the receipts therefrom, the 
entire receipts from the sale of | 
products may be ignored in rendering 
a return of income, and the expenses 
incurred, being regarded as personal 
expenses, will | not constitute allow- 
able deductions in the return of in- 
come derived from other sources. 

(553) 

12 

subdivision 1 section 3 act of October 
22 1914 imposes an annual tax upon 
bankers of $1 upon each $1000 of 
capital surplus and undivided profits 
used or employed during the preced- 
ing fiscal year many inquiries have 
been received from bankers as to the 
proper method of arriving at the 
amount of undivided profits to be 
used as the basis upon which the tax 
is to be computed when such undi- 
vided profits have varied or fluctu- 
ated in T. D. 16 19707 dated no- 
vember 29 1914 it was held that the 
undivided profits should be figured for 
each business day and the average 
thereof taken as the amount of un- 
divided profits to be used in com- 
puting the tax due in many in- 
stances it is clear that such a method 
would be more or less impracticable 
and involve too lengthy a calculation 
in arriving at the basis desired 
therefore while the daily average of 
undivided profits is the one absolutely 

Decision #19707. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



141 



accurate method of ascertaining the 
total of capital surplus and undivided 
profits this office will hereafter ac- 
cept returns in which the undivided 
profits are computed in such manner 
as to represent a fair and just aver- 
age amount of the undivided profits 
employed by the bank during the 



fiscal year preceding the year for 
which the tax is due it should be 
understood that in the event the 
amount of undivided profits reported 
by the banker is questioned the 
average undivided profits are to be 
computed for each business day as 
set forth in T. D. 19707 respectfully 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

You are employed by Rodway, Burchard & Kessler, Certified Public Ac- 
countants, with offices in New York, Chicago, and Pittsburgh. Your teacher is 
the manager of the Chicago office. 



Technical Terms 

A careful study of the technical terms used in accounting work will give 

you a familiarity with many words and expressions common to all lines of business,, 

Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Use the form of date arrangement shown in the style letter in all corre- 
spondence in this section. 

Assignment 1. Make a copy of the style letter with carbon on form 14. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 7 with carbon on a letterhead. Submit 
both letters for approval. 

Power of Attorney 

A Power of Attorney is a written instrument under seal by which a party 
appoints another to act for him. Form 15 in the budget shows a Power of 
Attorney which has been filled out in longhand. Detach it and read it through 
carefully. 

Assignment 3. Fill in form 16 on the typewriter. Leave the line for 
the signature blank. Hand in your work. 

Phonograph Dictation 

In some offices dictation is handled by means of a machine of the type of 
the Dictaphone. The process of dictation and transcribing is thus described 
in the literature of the Columbia Graphophone Company, distributors of the 
Dictaphone. 



142 ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 

To Dictate 

Snap on the switch when you begin your day's work. Slip a blank cylinder 
on the mandrel of the Dictaphone. Set the "dictate" lever, get your papers 
before you and talk naturally and easily into the receiver. Press the hand (or 
foot) control while you are speaking, and release it whenever you stop. Indicate 
any corrections on the memorandum pad as you go along. Whenever you want 
to hear what you have dictated, reverse the "dictate" lever and listen. 

When a cylinder is filled, place the papers with it in the rack. 

Transcribing 

Your operator snaps on the switch when she begins her day's work. She 
slips your dictated cylinder on the mandrel of her Dictaphone, throws down the 
reproducer lever, hangs the hearing tubes lightly on her ears, or adjusts the 
clarophone, presses the foot control, listens to your first few words, and begins 
typewriting. When the dictation goes too fast for her, she releases the foot 
control until she catches up. 

Further information on the subject of handling dictation by mechanical 
means will be found in the literature and instruction books issued by the com- 
panies who manufacture and sell such machines. 

Assignment 4. In case the school is equipped with an outfit for phono- 
graph dictation, your teacher will assign some practical work. 

Adding and Listing Machines 

Automatic calculating machines are now widely used in the auditing and 
financial departments of practically all business houses. Machines of the type 
manufactured by the Burroughs Adding Machine Company write and list figures 
automatically, add them, and print the totals. Machines of the type of the 
Comptometer do not make written records of figures but are used to find the 
results of arithmetical computations. Literature describing such machines may 
be obtained from their manufacturers. 

Assignment 5. If such machines are available, practical exercise work 
will be provided by your teacher. 

Other Office Appliances 

Many other machines for saving time and labor in the business office are 
in use. 

In case it is desirable to know the exact time that incoming mail is received, 
dock dating machines are used to stamp the correspondence. The stamp shows 
not only the date but the hour of the day as well. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 143 

Automatic envelope sealers are used when the volume of business is very 
large. 

Addressing machines automatically print addresses by means of prepared 
stencils. 

Machines of the type of the Writer press and Multigraph print from movable 
type and are used to produce large quantities of a circular, form letter, price 
list, etc. 

In every large city will be found agencies of companies which manufacture 
office devices. They will gladly provide literature for further study. In many 
cases actual demonstrations of the operation of such machines can be arranged 
for at the school. 

Financial Statements 

The preparation of the various types of statements used in the accounting 
departments of business houses provides good tests of the stenographer's skill in 
arrangement and accuracy in the writing of figures. 

Assignment 6. Make a copy of the Trading and Profit and Loss State- 
ment given below. 

^ Trading and Profit and Loss Statement, December 31, 1919, 

R. K. Carlton & Co. 

Returns 

Gross sales. 30291 .89 

Less— Goods returned 77 . 16 30214. 73 

Less — Sales rebates and allowances 79. 16 

Less— Sales discounts 704.52 783.68 

Net returns from sales 29431 .05 

Costs 

Inventory, January 1, 1919 3678. 14 

Purchases 26495 .03 

Less — Goods returned 132 . 16 

Less — Goods donated to char- 
ity at cost 52 . 25 

Less — Purchase rebates and 

allowances 37.41 221.82 26273.21 



144 ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 

Freight-In on Purchases. ........................ 769 . 19 

Warehouse supplies. ............................ 176 . 19 

Warehouse labor ................... 180 . 50 



Total cost of purchases 31077 . 23 

Less — Purchase discounts 698 . 12 



Net cost of purchases 30379 . 11 

Less — Inventory, December 31, 1919 5227 .86 



Cost of merchandise sold , 25151 .24 

Gross trading profit for the month. . . . . . 4279.80 

Incomes 
Interest 27 . 14 

Total income 4306.94 

Expenses 
Selling expenses 

Salesman's salary (C. E. 

Murray) 100.00 

Advertising 56 . 25 

Entertainment 31 .80 

Miscellaneous 7 . 09 195 . 14 



Traveling expense (C. E. 

Murray) 53.82 

Freight-Out on sales 177.23 

Delivery expenses 

Horse feed and sup- 
plies 25.68 

Wagon maintenance. . 7.15 
Driver's and helper's 

wages 75.00 

Miscellaneous 5 . 67 1 13 . 50 



Total selling expenses 539.69 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 145 

Administration expenses 

Office supplies and stationery. 42 . 75 

Postage, telegrams, and telephone. . 26.78 

Salaries of partners 400 .00 

Salaries of office help 120 .00 

Miscellaneous 2.18 591 . 71 

General expenses 

Rent 100.00 

Fuel and light 55 . 12 

Miscellaneous 9.56 164.68 

Insurance expense 10 . 75 

Total expenses 1306 . 83 



Net profit for the month 3000. 11 

Distribution of profit 

R. K. Carlton, Capital a/c, 2/3 profit 2000.07 

H. T. Allen, Capital a/c, 1/3 profit 1000.04 



Assignment 7. Copy the Statement of Resources and Liabilities shown 
below. After finishing your work have another student read the statements 
while you check your own work very carefully. Hand in both statements. 

Statement of Resources and Liabilities, December 31, 1919, 
R. K. Carlton & Co. 

Resources 

Cash 7166.77 

Petty Cash Drawer 200.00 

Inventory, December 31, 1919 5227 . 86 

Notes Receivable 3976.49 

Accounts Receivable 13649 . 13 

Total current resources 30219. 25 



146 ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 

Furniture and fixtures 

Delivery equipment 

Insurance 118 . 25 

Sundry resource inventories 112 .06 

Total resources 

Liabilities 

Notes payable 2698.47 

Accounts payable. 5748 . 35 



947.25 


4475.00 


230.31 


35891.81 



Total current liabilities 8446.62 

Sundry liability inventories 27 .45 

C. E. Murray, Salesman 3.16 

Total liabilities 8477.43 



Net resources 27414.38 

Represented by 
R. K. Carlton, Capital a/c 16276 . 18 

Add 2/3 profit 2000.07 18276.25 

H. T. Allen, Capital a/c 8138 .09 

Add 1/3 profit 1000.04 9138.38 27414.38 



Auditor's Report 

Mr. Burchard has just completed an audit of the books of one of our clients, 
The Calumet Lumber Company of Spokane, Washington. A corrected rough 
draft of his report is shown on form 17. 

Assignment 8. On plain paper write a final copy of the report to be 
submitted to the client. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 9. The notice on page 140 embodies a decision of the 
Commissioner of Internal Revenue on the matter of accounting for "undivided 
profits." Read it through and decide on the punctuation. We wish to send 
copies to some of our clients. Write the notice with two carbons, adding the 
signature " Commissioner of Internal Revenue." Give the copies to the manager 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 147 

Transcribing 

Assignment 10. Five accounting letters will be dictated to you for 
transcription. 

Filing 

Whenever it is necessary to take a folder from the files, a guide card with a 
tab on which is printed the word "out" should be inserted in its place. The 
individual who takes the folder from the file writes his name and the date on 
which the file is removed on the "Out" card. By this simple expedient corre- 
spondence taken from the files can always be readily located. 

Assignment 11. Prepare folders for the letters you have written in this 
section and file the correspondence in the alphabetical file. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 12. The manager: "I wish you would send for a copy of the 
latest edition of Montgomery's Tncome Tax Procedure.' " You find that the 
book is published by the Ronald Press, 20 Vesey Street, New York. 

Assignment 13. You have just had a letter from the manager, who is in 
St. Louis engaged on an important audit, stating that he will be detained there 
two or three days longer than he expected. Upon looking in the appointment 
book you find that it will be impossible for him to keep several important engage- 
ments. Wire the Oriental Steamship Company (letter 2) that Mr. 

cannot be with them on the 2d and stating that you will telegraph again just as 
soon as he returns to the office. 

Your chief also had an appointment with the Indiana Farm Implement 

Company (letter 7) at Gary, the day after tomorrow. Write them a courteous 

letter stating that the assistant manager will call on them. (See letter, page 128.) 

Assignment 14. The National City Bank of New York has published the 

complete text of the Income Tax Law. Write them for five copies. 

Assignment 15. Make a list of the more widely used office appliances 
and machines with a brief statement of the purpose of each. 

Assignment 16. The manager: "You remember we drafted a power of 
attorney empowering Mr. Lybrand of Philadelphia to sell Mr. Stevens' stock. 
Mr. Stevens is staying temporarily in Chicago. Write him and enclose both the 
original and duplicate so that he may add his signature. Tell him to keep the 
duplicate and return the original to us and we will send it to Lybrand. I want 
to write him. Stevens is staying at the Sherman Hotel." 



DWARD B. PASSONA. Pre»ident R. F. WILLIAMS. Secretary-Treasurer A. R. WILKINS. General 

Williams & Wilkins Company 

PRINTERS 

BINDERS. ELECTROTYPERS. ENGRAVERS 
PUBLISHERS OF SCIENTIFIC JOURNALS 

110 Federal Street 

Boston, Mass. April 20, 1920. 

The Free land Manufacturing Co. f 

Greenfield, Mass. 
Gentlemen: 

We submit the following quotations on the printing outlined in 

your letter of April 16: 

100 Pads Order Blanks, each pad to consist of 50 original 
sheets and 50 duplicate sheets; the originals to be 
perforated and both sets to be numbered; printed in 
two oolors, red and black; the size and binding to be 
the same as sample submitted. 
Price. $117. 50 

500 Agreements and duplicates, both to be on white 

Resolute Ledger #32, padded in pads of 25 originals 

and duplicates; size &k x 14. 

Price 12. 50 

5000. Bills of Lading in triplicate, on a good grade of onion 
skin paper; colors to be — original blue; duplicate 
oherry; triplicate on white three-ply Bristol; padded 
in pads of 150, 50 of each form tp a pad. 
Price • » 57.5Q 

We can put these orders in prooess beginning April 28 and can 

promise delivery on May 2. Your past experience with us is sufficient 

evidence that you will reoeive first-class workmanship, and we hope to be 

favored with your order. 

Yours very truly, 

WILLIAMS & WLLKLNS, COMPANY 



RFW-2 




Seoretary - Treasurer 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

agate line — a line of ordinary newspaper type. 

bourgeois (boor-zhwa') — a size of printing type measuring about one hundred 

lines to the foot; next larger than brevier and smaller than long primer. 
brochure — a pamphlet; a printed or stitched booklet containing only a few 

leaves. 
caption — the heading or title of a chapter, section, or page. 
chromolithograph — a colored picture or print produced by means of a number 

of prepared lithographed stones. (Abbreviated to chrome.) 
clarendon — a condensed form of printing type with thickened lines. 
collate — to verify the arrangement of the sheets of a book after they have been 

gathered. 
compositor — one who sets type, 
delete — to take out or expunge. 
dummy — a set or sheet of leaves made up, as by binding, to represent a book or 

pamphlet to be printed. 
electrotype — a copy in metal of any engraved surface. Often called simply an 

electro. 
em (em) — the unit of type measurement. 

emboss — to raise or project figures, letters, or designs in relief upon surfaces. 
erratum (plural errata) — an error. 
etching — a plate or engraving produced by a special process involving the use of 

acids. 
folio — a sheet of paper once folded; a page number. 
font — a complete assortment of printing type of one size. 
frontispiece — an engraving placed opposite the title page of a book. 
full-faced type — type of the ordinary plain face but with thick lines that print 

bold. Called also bold-faced type. 
galley proof — a proof or impression from type on a galley before it is made up 

into pages, taken for a first reading. A galley is a tray for holding type, 
half-tone — a picture printed from a plate produced by a special photoengraving 

process; also the plate itself. 
interlinear — inserted between lines, 
justifying — the act of arranging spaces in a line of type so as to make all the 

lines of equal length. 
layout — the plan or arrangement of a printing job. 
letterpress — printed text; often so called when subordinate to or in contrast with 

illustrations; a press for copying letters. 
linotype — a type-setting machine that casts each line of type in one piece, 
lithograph — a print from a writing or design on stone. 

149 



150 PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 

lithotint — the process of producing pictures in colors from lithographic stones; 

also the picture so produced. 
make-up — the arrangement of type into pages or columns preparatory to 

printing. 
manuscript — written matter as distinguished from anything that is printed; the 

original copy from which the type is set. 
matrix — a mold or pattern form, 
minion — a small printing type. 
monograph — a treatise on a single subject. 

Monotype — trade name for a machine which casts and sets in order single types, 
multicolor — having several colors, 
nonpareil — a small printing type. 

octavo — consisting of sheets folded into eight leaves. (Abbreviated to 8mo.). 
perforate — to bore or cut small holes in, usually in a straight line, 
photoengraving — the process by which plates for use in a printing press can be 

produced through the medium of photography; the plate so produced, 
photogravure — an engraved metal plate for printing; the impression from such a 

plate, 
pica (pl'-ka) — a size of printing type about six lines to the inch, 
preface — an introduction to or a statement of the purpose of a book, 
proofreader — a person who reads printer's proofs for correction, 
quadricolor — having four colors. 

quarto — consisting of sheets folded into four leaves. (Abbreviated to 4mo.). 
rotary press — a printing press in which the types or plates to be printed are 

fastened upon a rotating cylinder and impressed on a continuous roll of 

paper; thus distinguished horn, flat-bed press. 
running head — a legend repeated at the top of every page in a book, 
signature — a letter or figure placed by the printer at the foot of the first page of 

every section or gathering of a book; one section of a book consisting of 

the pages printed in one form. 
single leaded — Lines of type divided by one thin strip of metal are said to be 

single leaded. Leads are strips of metal used in spacing lines of type, 
stereotype — a plate forming a facsimile of a page of type or of an engraving 

used in printing books; also the process of printing from such plates. 
stet — a proofreader's order to cancel an alteration previously made by him; 

to let stand as it originally was. 
typographical — pertaining to typography, or the use of types for printing; as, 

typographical errors. 
upper case — denoting the capital letters as distinguished from the small or lower 

case letters, 
vignette (vin-yet') — an engraving with a border insensibly fading away; also a 

decorative design at the head of a chapter. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



151 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Dr. Hugh H. Hardy, 

Editor, Journal of Anthropology, 1 
Clark University, 
Worcester, Mass. 
Dear Dr. Hardy: 

In our opinion, the photoen- 
gravings to illustrate Dr. Harper's 
paper, "A Study of Racial Stature," 
should not | be vignetted. If a 
two hundred line screen is used and 
the half-tones are trimmed square 
and flush, with | the backgrounds 
re-etched, 2 the results obtained will 
be much more effective. The illus- 
trations will be cheaper for the mak- 
ing, | and the press work will be 
less expensive. If you think it ad- 
visible, we will have a sample illus- 
tration made | and submit it to you 
before proceeding 3 with the order. 

As we understand the instruc- 
tions contained in your letter of I 10 ° 
the 20th, you wish three sets of galley 
proof and the manuscript mailed to 
you, and an additional set of | gal- 
ley proofs mailed to Dr. A. Parker 
Hitchens, Glenolden, Pa. These in- 
structions will be complied with. 
Yours very truly, (139) 



Rockefeller Institute for Medical 
Research, 

66th St. & Ave. A, 
New York City. 4 
Gentlemen: 

We acknowledge receipt of the 
copy for the errata slip for Number 3 
of Volume 28 of the | Journal of 
Experimental Medicine. We can 
bind this slip in the front of Number 
4, which is to be issued | this 
month. We suggest that it be set in 
8 point, 5 31 Monotype, 24 pica ems 6 
measure, and | that it be tipped in to 
face the second page cover. 

As a matter of fact, this errata 
slip properly | belongs in Number 3, 
and it might be better to add a note 
suggesting that the reader attach it 
to | 100 his copy of that number. To 
provide for this we could gum it 
underneath the right edge in the 
manner | in which the flap of an 
envelope is gummed. 

Please let us know immediately if 
this meets with your approval, j 
Yours very truly, (143) 



1 Look up the meaning ot this word in the dictionary. 

2 See the 1 definition of etching on page 149. 

3 What is the difference in meaning between proceed and proceder. 

4 Do not write "New York City. N. Y." 

5 A point is a small unit for measuring type. 

6 Consult the meaning and pronunciation of these two words given on pages 149 and 150. 



152 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



The Wistar Institute of Anatomy 
and Biology, 

36th St. & Woodland Ave., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We enclose a dummy signature 
showing our recommendations for the 
form of make-up of the preliminary 
pages for | Monograph No. 68. We 
recommend that the title proper be 
illuminated by printing the lines as 
indicated in English | vermilion, the 
balance to be in black ink. 

You will observe that we have 
started both the contents and the | 
list of illustrations, as well as the 
preface, with a right-hand folio. 
This is the correct make-up. If j 
you have any suggestions to offer, 
we shall be glad to hear from you 
promptly. 

In the make-up of j 10 ° the volume 
index for "Biological Research/' I 
suggest that it be set in nonpareil or 
six point type, single leaded, | the 
author's name or the title of the 
paper to be set to the full measure, 
and any overrunning to | have a 
hanging indentation of two ems. 
This arrangement in my opinion will 
be in good form, and I am sure | it 
will prove satisfactory. 

Sincerely yours, (166) 

4 
The Harvard University Press, 

Cambridge, Mass. 
Gentlemen : 

We have carefully considered the 
specifications submitted for the " Mili- 



tary Historian and Economist." You 
specify minion or seven point | type 
for the footnotes, bourgeois or nine 
point for the quoted matter in the 
text, the text proper to be | set in 
small pica or eleven point. Minion 
and bourgeois are . newspaper faces. 
We have never had occasion to in- 
stall | them as a part of our mono- 
type equipment, because for book 
work there is practically no demand 
for them. We | recommend that 
the subsidiary matter be set in ten 
point solid and the footnotes in eight 
point leaded. This is a j 10 ° standard 
which we have adopted for practically 
all of our scientific publications, as 
the page thus obtained gives a | 
very uniform color effect with suffi- 
cient distinction to prevent any con- 
fusion. Will this type arrangement 
be acceptable? 

We recommend a | royal octavo 
for your catalog announcement. .It 
is the established size for catalogs of 
educational institutions, and we do 
not | think it advisable to depart 
from it. 

Very truly yours, (170) 

5 
Dr. Albert Hardwick, 

Smithsonian Institute, 
Washington, D. C. 
Dear Doctor: 7 

We are having considerable diffi- 
culty in maintaining a sufficient 
number of compositors in our com- 
posing room. It will j help us con- 
siderably if you will permit us to set 
the captions of the " American Jour- 



7 In salutations of this type do not write "Dear Dr." "Dear Dr. Hardwick," however, would be 
correct. Refer to the salutation in letter 6, page 153. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



153 



nal of Physical Anthropology" in | 
clarendon face long primer type on 
our Monotype machine. If we use 
the condensed antique old style, it 
will be | necessary to set the cap- 
tions by hand. The type we recom- 
mend is similar to the condensed 
antique and will give | the same 
general effect, while its. use will 
effect a saving in the cost of com- 
position. 8 Will this be satis- 
factory? 10 ° 

We suggest that the placards be 
set in eighteen point or great primer 
type, double leaded, and recommend 
the old | style face rather than the 
modern. We also think they should 
be printed on a snow-white board, 
bevel-edged 9 | in gold to give a 
finished appearance. 

We hope to receive an early reply 
because we shall not place these | 
jobs in process 10 until we hear from 
you. 

Very truly yours, (171) 



Dr. E. M. Brush, 

Superintendent, Sheppard and 
Pratt Hospital, 
Towson, Md. 
My dear Dr. Brush: 

I have your letter of May 16. 
As a souvenir to be given to the 
subscribers | to the dinner held in 



commemoration of Dr. Chapin, I 
suggest a brochure with the following 
specifications: 

Paper, 25 | x 38— 80 lbs. 11 Laid 

Antique Alexandria Book. 
Cover, 20 x 25 — Single Thick, 
Copper, Antiquarian Cover, 
with | an insert fly of the 
same stock. 
Type, to be set in 12 point Cas- 
lon Old Style to 22 | x 34 
picas, single leaded, printed 
in black ink throughout, 
with margins as indicated on 
the sample page submit- 
ted | 10 ° with the enclosed 
dummy, the insert to be 
saddle wire-stitched and 
saddle sewed with silk floss, 
showing a quarter | of an 
inch square all around. 
I suggest that we omit the run- 
ning head and set the page folio 
at | the bottom to the bind. 12 I 
also think a photogravure frontis- 
piece taken from Dr. Chapin's por- 
trait, which hangs in the | hospital 
library, would be appropriate. 

The cost of producing seven hun- 
dred and fifty (750) copies of this 
brochure would be §386.00, | and I 
sincerely trust that you will favor us 
with the contract. 

Yours very truly, (199) 



8 That is, setting the type. 

9 See the definition of bevel-edged given on page 21. 

10 That is, begin the work. 

11 25 x 38 — 80 pounds means that the paper is 25 x 38 inches in size and weighs 80 pounds to the ream 
cf 500 sheets. 

12 That is, near the bound edges of the paper. 



154 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



Thomas C. Clark, Ph.D., 13 

The University of Virginia, 
Charlottesville, Va. 
Dear Dr. Clark: 

We are confident that the color 
illustrations for your biography 14 of 
Dr. John H. B. Latrobe can | be 
reproduced successfully by the multi- 
color process. We suggest using the 
quadricolor instead of the three-color 
method. | In our opinion the repro- 
ductions will more nearly resemble 
the originals than if we attempted to 
lithograph them, and the | cost will 
probably be fifty per cent. 15 less. 

We suggest that you permit us to 
have a plate made for | one of the 
illustrations. If you are not then 
entirely satisfied, we can have an 
illustration lithographed and so 
make 1 10 ° a direct comparison between 
the two processes. For the letter- 
press we recommend a hand-made, 
antique, wove paper, printed in | a 
dull black ink. 

We have carefully studied the 
problem of composing your mono- 
graph, "The Literary Saturniam," 16 
and have reached j the conclusion 
that it will be impossible to handle 
the work by using the standard 
product from the type foundries. | 
It will be necessary to have special 
matrices 17 cut for the characters illus- 



trating the phonetic sounds, which 
will have to J be justified by hand 
before interlining. 

The composition can be handled 
successfully and economically in this 
manner, and we shall | 200 be very 
glad to undertake the work. 

Yours very truly, (210) 

8 

Mr. C. Wilson Bateman, 

Editor, University of Michigan 
Alumni 18 Magazine, 
Ann Arbor, Michigan. 
Dear Sir: 

In our opinion the Linotype is 
not desirable for the highest standard 
of book work. It is somewhat [ 
cheaper when measured and sold on 
the basis of foundry em body, but 
if the measurement is made according 
to j the set of the type, the Mono- 
type process will set about ten per 
cent, more words to the page. The | 
saving thus effected 19 is equivalent to 
the difference in the cost of the two 
processes. 

The closer letters are brought | 
together, the more legible is the word. 
The eye does not read single letters; 
it reads words or groups of | 10 ° words. 
The Linotype necessarily has a space 
between the letters, whereas by the 
Monotype process, in which each 
character is | cast separately, it is, 



hundred. 



13 Abbreviation for the title "Doctor of Philosophy.'' 

14 Look up in the dictionary. 

15 Use the period. Per cent, is an abbreviation for the Latin phrase per centum., meaning by the 



16 Look up this word in the dictionary. 

17 This is the plural of matrix, the definition of which is given on page 150. 

18 Plural of alumnus. Consult the dictionary for the meaning of the word. 

19 Can you distinguish accurately between effect and affect? 



CORRESPONDENCE 



155 



possible to bring the letters com- 
posing a word closer together. Fur- 
thermore, the word spacing on the | 
Linotype is standard for all sizes of 
type, while on the Monotype it is in 
proportion to the face of | the type. 
We have adopted the Monotype 
in making books and magazines of a 
high standard in order to secure | 
these advantages, which in our opin- 
ion are very important ones. We 
assure you that the difference in cost 
between the | 200 two processes is a 
negligible factor, and trust that the 
advantages of using the Monotype 
stated above will justify you | in 
favoring us with the contract for 
manufacturing your journal. 

Yours very truly, (233) 

9 

Messrs. Dobler & Mudge, 

113 Richmond Place, 
Columbus, Ohio 
Gentlemen: 

The chromolithograph supple- 
ment to "La Figaro" 20 will make a 
ver}' attractive picture for a calendar, 
and lends itself | admirably to re- 
production by the three-color process. 
I feel confident that the full color 
value can be retained in the 
reproduction. I suggest that the 
legend be deleted and that the head 
be framed with a reproduction of a | 
Florentine gilt frame, the frame to be 
printed in gold and embossed. The 
embossing plate can be made satis- 



factorily by I photoengraving on 
brass. I am sure that by deep etch- 
ing the results will be satisfactory, 
and the plate will | 100 cost considerably 
less than if it were cut by hand. 

Warren's Cameo Plate, a dull 
coated paper, 25 x | 38—100 lbs. 21 
should be used in the printing and 
embossing. The finished plate will 
be mounted on | an eight ply litho 
board with the calendar pad stapled 
underneath. We suggest punching 
two holes at the top and | looping 
them with a silk cord for hanging. 

Our price on one thousand calen- 
dars of these specifications, size 
14 x | 22 inches, is $987.50. It will 
require about eight weeks' time to 
complete | 20 ° the order. 

We hope to be favored with this 
business, and I assure you that I 
will give it my | careful personal 
attention. 22 

Yours truly, (225) 

10 

Frederick Fairfield Sherman, Esq., 

1790 Broadway, 
New York City. 
Dear Sir: 

The copy for the catalog of 
Tapestries and Chinese Rugs of the 
Morgan Collection which you desire 
to | have printed in a full-faced type 
is received. Antique Old Style is the 
proper type to use. We have | a 
full foundry series in 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 
and 18 point. In the 8, 10, and 12 



A French magazine. 

21 Ste footnote 11 on page 153. 

22 Note that the writer uses the plural pronoun when he refers to his company, but the singular form 
when he wishes to emphasize his personal interest. 



156 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



point | we have five pairs of cases of 
each size, which give us fonts aver- 
aging about 250 lbs. • — | sufficient 
type to set forms of 32 pages. 

We estimate from the ms. 23 sub- 
mitted that the catalog will prob- 
ably | 10 ° run about 128 pages. It 
will be necessary to compose and 
print the catalog in sections; that | 
is to say, we will set the first signature, 
print, knock down 24 the type, and 
then set the second signature, I and 
so on. If the proof is read and re- 
turned promptly, we could complete 
the job within sixty days. We | 
recommend printing at least 500 
copies, and suggest that all of the 
sheets be folded and collated, 100 | 
copies bound in boards, the balance 
bundled and stored for future binding. 

As you propose to furnish the 
stock and | 200 have the binding 
done in New York, it will be more 
economical for us to do the type 
setting and | press work on an hourly 
basis. We quote a rate of $1.75 per 
hour for the | composing time, and 
$2.50 per hour for the press work. 

We are prepared to start this 
work | immediately and shall take 
particular interest in giving you our 
very best service. We believe that 
we can produce a volume ) which 
will be entirely satisfactory. 

Yours very truly, (288) 



11 

The Camden Bargain House, 

Camden, N. J. 
Gentlemen: 
Attention Messrs. Ferris and Beech 

We are in receipt of the layout 
of your fall catalog and Mr. Ferris' 25 | 
letter of instructions of June 15. 

There seems to be a misunder- 
standing as to the way in which this 
job | is to be printed. Mr. Beech 
has marked five forms "F" to in- 
dicate that they are to be run flat- 
bed, | and eleven forms "R" to be 
run rotary-coated, whereas the 
proposition we made to you under 
date of | June 9 provides that we are 
to have nine forms 26 for flat-bed 
printing, leaving seven forms to be 
printed 1 10 ° on the rotary in New York 
and shipped to us for binding. Mr. 
Ferris also states that you will not | 
require over 200,000 copies, while our 
quotation was based upon a run of 
500,000. 

In making | our bid we figured 
that with nine forms we could print 
them as 32's 27 and then insert the 
colored | inserts, in this way bring- 
ing the job within the capacities of 
our present binding machines. On a 
run of 500,000 | we also figured to 
increase our binding capacity ten 
more boxes, but if you will not re- 
quire over | 200 200,000, it will hardly 



23 Abbreviation for manuscript. The abbreviation of the plural is mss. 

24 That is, separate and distribute the type. 

25 In the interest of simplicity the apostrophe only is used to form the possessive case of proper nouns 
ending in s. 

26 A form consists of the plates or types for varying numbers of pages (from 4 to 32) clamped together 
for printing purposes. 

2 7 That is, in forms of 32 pages each. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



157 



be profitable for us to make this 
additional investment. 

In view of the above | we trust 
it will be possible for you to give us 
for flat printing, in addition to the 
five "F" | forms, any two of the 
following three groups of forms: 
B 41- 56 and 61- 78 | 
B 117-132 and 135-154 
B 467-485 | and 485-500 23 
Unless we can have the nine 
forms we originally quoted upon, we 
shall | 300 have to print in 16's, which 
will increase our quotation on the 
press work 25^ per hour. On | the 
reduced edition there will be no 
increase on the binding. 

We trust you will reconsider the 
matter and let | us hear, from you at 
your early convenience. 

Respectfully yours, (350) 






12 



the established method of handling 
proof reading in the printing busi- 
ness is to read the galley proof with 
a copy holder correct the typographi- 
cal errors revise it and mail the gal- 
ley proof to the author for his read- 
ing after it has been returned by the 
author the changes and corrections 
which he has noted on the proof are 



made the galleys are then made up 
into pages and the page proof is sub- 
mitted to the author for second read- 
ing after the authors final corrections 
are made the printer gives the page 
proof what is technically known as a 
silent or final reading that is the 
proofreader reads the proof without 
a copy holder in order to eliminate 
not only typographical errors but to 
see that the matter is in good form 
well spaced etc in order to handle 
the large volume of publication work 
which passes through our press on a 
definite schedule we have found it 
necessary to depart somewhat from 
this method and have adopted the 
plan of giving the final reading on the 
galley immediately after the first 
reading has been completed with the 
copy holder when the page proof is 
released for press this plan enables us 
to make the final corrections and lock 
up the form without the delay incident 
to giving the matter the final reading 
at the last moment when there is 
usually pressure for time our experi- 
ence in following this method over a 
period of ten years has proved that 
it is just as dependable as the estab- 
lished custom we hope that you will 
approve of it in the handling of your 
publications yours very truly 



28 That is, forms composed of pages 41 to 56, 61 to 78, etc. 



158 PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 

OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

You are now employed by the Williams & Wilkins Co., Boston, Mass., a? 
stenographer to the vice-president, the position occupied by your teacher. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Study the arrangement of the style letter. Observe the indentation of the 
address. In this office the stenographers are assigned numbers. RFW-2 indi- 
cates that the letter was dictated by Mr. Williams to stenographer number 2. 

Assignment 1. Copy this style letter with carbon on form 18. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 6 with carbon on a letterhead. Single space 
the items of the specifications, but double space the rest of the letter as shown in 
the style letter. Submit both letters for approval. 

Forms of Remittance 
post office money orders 

Money orders are issued by the post office for amounts under $100. An 
application is made out as shown in illustration 12. The applicant pays to 
the post office the amount he wishes to send plus the fee and receives an order 
like the one illustrated, which he sends to the payee after detaching the receipt. 
The recipient takes the order to his post office and after endorsing it receives the 
money. 

Assignment 3. Secure from any post office two applications for money 
orders and fill them out on the typewriter from the following information: 

1. The secretary of the Williams & Wilkins Company wishes to send a 
money order for $1.30 to the Disbursing Clerk, Post Office Department, Wash- 
ington, D. C, in payment of two copies of the Postal Guide. Make out the 
application. Note Williams & Wilkins' address on the letterhead of the style 
letter. What will be the fee on this money order? 

2. We also wish to send a money order for $37.50 to one of our salesmen. 
Mr. C. W. Swenson, Templeton Hotel, Marlboro, Mass. Make out the appli- 
cation. What is the total amount that must be paid to the post office on this 
order? 



(Form No. 6001) 

THIRD ASSISTANT POSTMASTER GENERAL 

DIVISION OF MONEY ORDERS 



The Postmaster 
will insert 



No. 

Stamp of Issuing Offict 



DOLLARS 


CENTS 







here 

the office drawn on, when the office named by 

the remitter in the body of this application is not a Money Order Office. 

Spaces abfjve tbis line are for the Postmaster's record, to be filled in by him. 

Application for % Domestic Money Order 

Spaces below to be filled in by purchaser, or, if necessary, 
by another person for him 

Amount 



..Mm.e.lt.em. 



.DoHars 5.0. Gents 



oSe^of }... A A ...C.^..ltoClur.g...&....Go.« 

(Name of persou or brru lor whom order ia intended) 



Whose | 

Ad 1s ress i no 218...S..*.. Wataajb, Ave* street 



office } Cfoicago.,.. 

State , III. 



sent by ..R*...M*....Rajidall« 

(Name or 5eji<ier) 



...4i2..Brttwnlng...S.t«.. 



Address 1 

sender J No .I*ittlO..RjOCk J ....Ark« StTee t 

PURCHASER MUST SEND ORDER AND COUPON TO PAYEE. 

Illustration 12 — Application for Post Office Money Order 



9 
I 



19023 New Philadelphia, Ohio. 



224450 

United States Postal Money Order 



THE POSTMASTER, 



^^Lu^U^ 



WILL PAY AMOUNT STATED ABOVE TO ORDER OT'PAYEE NAMED IN<TTACHED CCUP<J»LpF SAME 
NUMBER. IP ISSUED WITHIN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES. ALASKA ErCEPT 
POSTMASTER AT ANY MONEY ORDER OFFICE IN THE CONTI 
UNITED STATES. ALASKA EXCEPTED. WILL PAY IF PRESENTED WITHIN 
Y.DAYS FRO**DATE OF ISSUE 




'*^£1 



RECEIVED PA.MEKT 



224450 



New Philadelphia, Ohio, 
190£3 

Coupon for Paying; Office 

ls/^ 




Illustration 13— Post Office Money Order 
159 



160 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



EXPRESS MONEY ORDERS 



The various express companies also issue money orders. An example is 
shown below. Written applications need not be made. 



WHEN COUNTERSIGNED BY AGENT AT P0INT0F ISSUE 



IEXPRESS MONEY DRDERI 



A " 5914832 




Pay on presentation to 



M ?tf rf&^< <Q*A &> 



or order 

THIS MONEY ORDER SHOliLD'NOT BE CASHED FOR STRANGERS EXCEPT ON PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION. 



The Sum of_ 

Countersigned 



r^rir-i^csis cr~~~ 



DOLLARS 


C=L 


4- 


CENTS 



NOTGOOD FOR MORE THAN THE MIGHEST PRINTED MARGINAL AMOUNT — IN NO CASE TO EXCEED FIFTY DOLLARS. 



foo Dollars 




TREASURER. 



ANY ERASURE, ALTERATION, DEFACEMENT ok MUTILATION OFTHIS ORDER 



Illustration 14 — Express Money Order 



CHECKS 



The most common form of remittance in business is the check. A check is a 
written order directing a bank or banker to pay money as stated therein. It is 
presumed that the party writing the check has funds on deposit against which he 
issues the check. 



American Linseed Company, 

Kellogg & MvDou gall Works 
B UFFALO , NIYT December 12 1 9 20 ]\ r O 2148 



I!\Y to the ORDER ov Louisiana Cotton Company 



% 3742.5 



Three Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Two & 50/100 



Dollars 



toThe Peoples Bank of Buffalo,! 
Buffalo,!S.Y.J 



American Linseed Company. 



Illustration 15 — Check 

Assignment 4. Fill in the blank checks marked form 19 from the 
following information. Never typewrite an individual's signature on a check 
or other business document. Sometimes company names are typewritten or 
printed, in which case they invariably require a pen-written signature to authen 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 161 

ticate them. Never typewrite any part of a signature unless your employer 
instructs you to do so. We deposit at the Massachusetts National Bank. 

1. Check #462 for $422.50 in favor of The Strathmore Paper Company 

2. No. 463 for $296.86 drawn to American Express Company 

3. No. 464 for $1462.70 to the American Type Founders Company 

4. No. 465 for $325.18 to the Whitaker Paper Co. 

5. No. 466 for $250.60 to Barton, Dyer & Koch 

6. No. 467 for $56.25 to Consolidated Electric Power Co. 

CERTIFIED CHECKS 

When a check has been "certified" by a bank, it is immediately charged to 
the account of the drawer, and the bank becomes responsible for its payment. 




i.f 



w !| Ah. 1873 ,y V BUFFJJLO.N.Y. February 26, ^20 

ne National Bank 

u 

X 



PbrTO TETE fiffi^.^W F' Treasurer of tae C^te of New York • «re 525.00 



Five Hundred Twenty Five & no/100 TiOLLAJRS 



Illustration 16 — Certified Check 
cashier's checks 

A cashier's check is a form of check issued by banks in paying money to those 
who are not depositors, and is usually signed by the cashier, or it may be signed 
by the president or other authorized officer. 




^m^ss^sa^msm^mm. ^ 



f /9 

'ft ' 6784 



^VC/^ltf&7?/,^y/ June 5 ^ J?20 



'^vwfe — James A. VTeldon & Co* — — Qj felt* 78 



-Two Hundred Eleven & 78/100 -/'<•//// /'J 

To»The HANOVER NATIONAL BANK, ( s7 £ , S3 /!//<* 



Illustration 17— Cashier's Check 



162 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT 



A certificate of deposit is an instrument issued by banks certifying that the 
party named therein has deposited funds to the amount stated. Such deposits 
draw interest when made for a definite period, but unless otherwise stated cer~ 
tincates of deposit are payable on presentation and demand. 




f|lf^^ c/^?B4g_ 



.J&3BL. 



— John Walter Raneome &,A/s/*/?s)>l*'J**/ j/n, . 

One Thousand ■ ■ C$/>&rtA/ (ft 1000.00 



himself 



*4Ws€4>{Me?t^Jwyuw4m/sMWA^ ^t^^CO^^A^Wl^^e9l^lde€^L- 



ORIGINAL. 






Illustration 18— Certificate of Deposit 



PROMISSORY NOTES 

A promissory note is an unconditional promise to pay a specified sum of 
money at a definite future time. There are two principal (and original) parties 
to a note, the maker and the payee. The maker is the party who signs the note — 
who makes the promise. The payee is the party in whose favor the note is made 
— the one to whom the money is to be paid. 




Illustration 19 — Promissory Note 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



163 



Assignment 5, Fill in the blank notes marked form 20 from the follow- 
ing information, making the notes payable at our bank, and present them for 
signature 

1. Note #205 in favor of West End Paper Company for $1140.70, payable 
in 60 days from the current date. Insert the due date. 

2. Note #206 in favor of Weeks Photo-Engraving Company for $1250, 
payable in 30 days from the current date, with interest at 6%. Insert the due 
date. 

3. Note # 207 in favor of American Type Foundry Co. for $1050.70, payable 
in three months from the current date with interest at 6%. 

DRAFTS 

A draft is a written request of a first party, or the drawer, to a second 
party, or the drawee, to pay a third party, or the payee, a specified sum of money. 
The giving of a draft presupposes that the drawer has funds in the hands of the 
drawee, which will be paid at the time specified in the draft, and also that, if 
the drawee fails to make such pa}^ment to the payee, the drawer will pay. 



272.45 



'pew* 



Septembe: 



r21 ^?20 . /% ^1962 



10 days- 



j Two Hundred Seventy Two & 46/100 



kMESBl 



7y?& 



&T- -* 1 James Bitchaxajt&COm 

(D /sS She Connecticut Valley LamberJ3o» 



Hartford, Conn. 



Tf>rASU#£Pf 



Illustration 20 — Draft 

Assignment 6. Draw the following drafts for the company on the forms 
marked 2 1 and present them for signature. 

1. Number 172 at sight for $122.75 on The Hay nes Stationery Co., Maiden, 
Mass., in favor of "Ourselves. " This is a "sight draft" in which the Williams 
& Wilkins Co. is both the drawer and payee. 

2. Number 173 at thirty days' sight for $2145.18 on The Stevenson Pub- 
lishing Co., Attleboro, Mass., in favor of the Central National Bank, Attle- 
boro. This is a "collection time draft." The Stevenson Publishing Co. will 
agree to pay the draft by writing across the face of it "Accepted," the date, 
and its signature. Name the drawer, payee, and drawee. 



164 



PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 



3. Number 174 at sight for $269.20 on Clark & Mason, Frederick, Md., 
in favor of the Merchants-Mechanics First National Bank, Baltimore, Md. 
This is a " collection sight draft." No acceptance of this draft is necessary 
because Clark & Mason will either pay it immediately upon its presentation or 
refuse to do so. 

TRADE ACCEPTANCES 

A trade acceptance is a time draft representing the obligation arising from 
the sale of a particular bill of merchandise, drawn by the seller on the purchaser 
and accepted by him. It is similar in form to a time draft. 



< Z Z J 

.B2 o 

u. u < Z 

s p w 8 
|< I < 

*5 E 

ill* 



TRADE ACCEPTANCE 



No.-*** 




13, 7920. j t 726 & 96/100 



.*/fer </*/* pay to the order of OURSELVES 

. Dollars 



The Hew England Foundry Co* 



fly R. £ ^ -^/ ywwjJCreasurer. 



Illustration 21 — Trade Acceptance 



Assignment 7. Draw the following trade acceptances for the company 
on the blanks in the budget (form 22) and present them for signature. 

1. Number 20 dated today and payable 30 days hence for $150.00 to the 
Fischer Advertising Agency, Wilmington, Del. 

2. Number 21 dated today and payable 60 days hence for $178.50 to Walter 
S. Rinehart & Co., 206 First St., Framingham, Mass. 

3. Number 22 dated today and payable in two months for $575.95 to Allyn 
cz Bacon, Boston, Mass. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is a notice we are sending out at the present time to our customers. 
Assignment 8. After reading it through carefully write the letter with 
carbon to the following: 

Mr. C. K. Higginson, Editor, Journal of Experimental Psychology, Clark 

University, Worcester, Mass. 

The F. C. Mifflin Co., 464 S. Fourth St., Philadelphia, Pa. ' 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS . 165 

Transcribing 

Assignment 9. The vice-president will dictate to you five letters 
taken from the regular correspondence of the Williams & Wilkins Company. 

Filing 

In filing correspondence in a vertical file, the sheets should always be 
placed on the left edge. A letter may thus in many cases be consulted without 
removing it from the files. The sheets should be placed neatly in the folder so 
that their edges will not protrude. 

Assignment 10. File the correspondence in this section in the alpha- 
betical file. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 1 1 . The vice-president : "Here are a couple of firms that ask 
us to get up new letterheads for them. Try your hand at the job and let me see 
the result." (Study critically all the letterheads in this book and such others as 
are available. What characteristics, in your judgment, distinguish an effective 
letterhead?) The firms referred to are W. C. Weldon & Bros., wholesale grocers, 
Wilmington, Del., and Henry W. Savage Co., retail shoe dealers, Chester, Pa. 
(Supply the addresses and any additional information you think should go on 
the letterhead. The Savage Company has consistently featured its " slogan" — 
'"Tis a feat to fit feet.") 

Assignment 12. The vice-president: "I see that this Freeland account 
(see letter, page 148) is more than sixty days overdue. Look through their file 
and then write them a courteous letter. These people are good customers but 
'slow pay.' Remember that the proper tone in such a letter is very important." 
From the file you learn that the Freeland Company accepted our proposition, and 
we delivered the order as promised. Our regular terms are 2% 10 days, net 30 
days. We sent them two statements, but have had nothing from them. 

Assignment 13. Assume that the checks you have prepared (page 161) 
have been paid, canceled, and returned to us. File them alphabetically in your 
check file. 

Assignment 14. The vice-president: "We have received checks from 
the firms on whom we drew drafts (page 163). Make out a deposit slip for these 
checks." (Blank deposit slips may be secured from any bank.) 



t™» C „„,». ,,„„„, E0BERT e foster wm AL8£RT HERR ^ S!cRm>vTR _ 

HERRICK-FOSTER COMPANY 

IMPORTERS, MANUFACTURERS, and WHOLESALERS 
Office of the 

General Manager DR Y GOODS, SUITS, CLOAKS, GOWNS, CABLE ADDRESS 

A4ILLINERY -herfos" 

NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 

January 14, 1920. 

Munson & Block Co., 
1222 Hennepin Avenue, 
Minneapolis, Minn. 

Gentlemen: 

Miss Eleanor May Kent dssignr* the dresses illustrated in the folder 

XLT ? f T day3 as0, We n0 * 9 that *» °^ Plaoe some of these 
garments In stock. We call your attention to the follow^ models 
which have proved to he the most popular: models, 

bL^th^** a ° T ^ tionall y so « a°4 Pliahle taffeta of Japan 
blue, with plaitmgs of fine net of the same color. 

Ho. 2135, made only in honey color organdie. It depends uoon its 
ftHharm " 0l ^^^ P»l»t. for trimming, aTolTrib^ns 

No. 2136, a dainty confirmation frock of spotless white von« «„«„»* 
^renrflnisn^ "* ^ °™ "^ ^ ^i^X/SSZ 

oo^ndln'hla^mofre 3 ?" 110594 <"" ° f °°° : miSQ ° a9tte **« «W«- 

eteef and trtaw.*^ V* ** ° f •**" batiste with haod embroidered 
eages and trimmings of blossom pink ribbon. 

?L!T e ^ ^ hSr d9siral>ls eowns featuring the croeswise tucks like 

am ? jar ^--r-^s^rtar * 

Yours truly, 

HERR1CK-P0STER COMPANY 
Sales Department 

RBC*CK 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

admixture — a cloth containing a mixture of cotton and wool. 

balbriggan — brown or unbleached cotton cloth used for underwear and hosiery. 

bodice — a close-fitting waist or body of a gown. 

crochet (kro-sha') — a kind of knitting worked with a hooked needle. 

dolman — a woman's outer garment with a cape over the arm instead of a sleeve. 

embroidery — figured ornamentation worked into a fabric by means of threads. 

flounce — a gathered or plaited strip on a skirt. 

hand-piping — the sewing around a hole in a fabric to prevent ravelling; as a 

buttonhole, 
hand-scalloped — applied to a design worked into a fabric usually at or near the 

edge. 
hand-smocked — applied to a gathering or crossing of threads sewed in a fabric 

as ornamentation. 
hand-tufted — applied to the shaping of a fabric by sewing into small, irregular 

folds or tufts. 
kimono — a loose-fitting robe of light material worn by women about the house. 
lingerie — lace-trimmed underclothing worn by women. 
medallion — an ornament of lace or crochet inserted in a woman's costume. 
mercerized — applied to fabric treated with a solution of alkali and alcohol, 

causing it to shrink and to dye better. 
non-crocking — non-fading; applied to dyes the coloring matter of which does 

not rub off or wash out. 
plaited — folded; made in or with flattened folds. 
self -material — material identical with another in kind and color, 
selvage — the edge of a fabric so finished that it does not ravel out. 
sheer — very thin or transparent and delicate. 
shirred — puckered or gathered. 

shoddy — the wool of old woolen fabrics torn to pieces and remade with an admix- 
ture of wool into new cloth. 
silhouette — a term used to describe straight-line models of women's coats 

suits, etc. 
stole — a long narrow scarf worn over the shoulders. 
superweight — applied to heavy-weight fabric. 
surplice — an outer linen vestment with wide sleeves. 
swatch — a piece or strip of cloth used as a sample. 
tunic — a loose garment, gathered or girded at the waist, 
tuxedo — a dinner coat; applied to garments made with a long rolling collar. 
twill — fabric woven in diagonal line effect. 
worsted — a cloth made from woolen yarn or thread which is twisted harder thai; 

usual in spinning. 

167 



168 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 





NAMES OE DRY GOOD 


S, FURS, COLORS, ETC. 




alpaca 


crepe 


lisle 


poulette 


batiste 


crepe de chine 


longcloth 


repp 


bessette 


dimity 


maize 


sable 


bisque 


duotone 


marten 


satin 


brocade 


ermine 


messaline 


seersucker 


cambric 


faille 


meteor 


serge 


camelshair 


fichu 


mignonette 


taffeta 


cashmere 


fisher 


moire 


taupe 


challis 


foulard 


muskrat 


tricolette 


chambray 


gabardine 


muslin 


tricotine 


chamoisette 


georgette 


nainsook 


turquoise 


champaign 


gingham 


nutria 


tussah 


charmeuse 


glace 


organdie 


tweed 


cheviot 


helio 


pastel 


velveteen 


chiffon 


henna 


percale 


vigoreaux 


chinchilla 


jacquard 


picot 


voile 


corduroy 


lavender 


pique 




covert 


linene 


pongee 





CORRESPONDENCE 



Messrs. Oliver C. Blackburn & Co., 
110 Cornell Avenue, 
Fitchburg, Mass. 
Gentlemen: 

On August 4 our salesman turned 
in to us your order covering the 
following: 

50 dozen gray flannel shirts | 
style N-2788. 1 It is our un- 
derstanding that these shirts 
are to be made with faced 
sleeves, | buttons on facing. 
5 cases balbriggan underwear 
style C-277, short sleeve shirts, 
ankle drawers. 



50 dozen boxes | silk lisle hose 
#2-765, double soles, high- 
spliced double heels, rein- 
forced non-tearing garter 
hem. | 
As yet we have not received your 
confirmation of this order. We are 
entirely sold out of the fabric for 1 10 ° 
the flannel shirts ordered with the 
exception of the quantity laid aside 
for you. Please let us know immedi- 
ately if | we shall proceed to make 
up these shirts. Our stock of hose 
#2-765 is also | getting short. 

We await your reply by return 

maiL Yours truly, (151) 



1 Dictate "N dash two seven eight eight." 



CORRESPONDENCE 



169 



Mrs. Carroll M. Jamison, 

243 Belvedere Ave., 
Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Madam: 

As one of our most valued cus- 
tomers we extend to you this special 
invitation to our annual spring-time j 
presentation of new wearables for 
babies, which mothers will find to be 
the most interesting event in babies' 
wear | of the year. The offerings 
include: 

Dainty baby slips and dresses, 
machine and hand-made, in nainsook, 
India linen, voile, and \ dimity, with 
lace edgings, pin- tucked, lace and 
embroidered round yoke effects, and 
turned-down collar styles. 

Beautiful babies' lingerie J and 
accessories including flannel petti- 
coats and Gertrudes, hand-scalloped 
pillow slips, cambric Princess slips, 
nightgowns of nainsook and long- 
cloth, etc. | 10 ° 

There are also knit bands and 
vests, knit bootees, sacques, hand- 
embroidered bibs, and cashmere ki- 
monos. 

Of particular interest are | the 
pique carriage robes with hand-scal- 
loped edge and hand-tufted robes of 
satin and Jap silk in pink and | 
blue. 

At the prices we are offering this 
merchandise you will be astonished at 
the bargains we have. We trust | 
we may have the pleasure of assisting 
you in outfitting the little one during 
this year's Baby Week at Macy's. | 
Cordially yours, (182) 



Mr. H. Y. Allison, 

Allison & Mitchell Co., 
Greensburg, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

Mr. Davidson has sent me your 
letter of April 15 directed to our New 
York office regarding the | camels- 
hair garments manufactured by the 
Wins ted Underwear and Hosiery Co. 
If my recollection is correct, this gar- 
ment is a great | deal darker in 
shade and more of a reddish brown 
than our old #261. While D. W.| 
Campbell & Co. are agents for the 
Winsted hosiery, their underwear is 
sold through the American Knitting 
Mill Co. I | believe they sell to 
the retail trade only and not to 
jobbers. 2 

I think the last garment made by 
Rufus 1 10 ° Appleton & Co. (of course I 
saw only a small sample swatch) 
comes nearer our #261 than | any 
other garment I have seen. I am 
sorry that we were compelled to drop 
this number, but owing to ] the in- 
crease of sales on the Natural it was 
impossible for us to keep up the pro- 
duction. We were selling | only a 
few of the camelshair in comparison 
with our sales on the Natural. You 
have probably seen the camelshair | 
garment which the Lackawanna peo- 
ple are making. 

If I can be of further service to 
you, do not hesitate to | 200 call upon 
me. 

Yours truly, (205) 



2 A jobber is one who buys goods in bulk and resells them to small dealers. 



170 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 



4 

Mrs. Wm. T. Ambrose, 

Great Neck, L. I., 3 New York. 
Dear Madam: 

We acknowledge receipt of your 
letter of the 12 th and regret that we 
cannot comply with your request | 
regarding the hat which you wish to 
return. It is our unalterable rule 
not to place in stock any merchandise 
| of a sanitary nature which has been 
in the possession of a customer, even 
though such merchandise may never 
have | been used. You will realize, 
we feel sure, that the protection of 
our patrons makes such a rule im- 
perative, and, | although it deprives 
us of the pleasure of serving you in 
this instance, we trust you will agree 
that it 1 10 ° is a necessary safeguard. 4 

With reference to your inquiry 
about gowns, in our Anniversary Sale 
which will open next Wednesday, | 
we will feature a splendid collection of 
women's exclusive outergarments in 
advanced modes that are truly dis- 
tinctive and in fabrics | that have 
received fashion's sanction. In the 
collection are magnificent dinner 
gowns of laces, net, and georgette 
from $85 | to $115; printed georgette 
frocks for afternoon wear, also fou- 
lards in attractive combinations at 
$35 | to $95; and street and after- 
noon frocks in tailored and em- 
broidered models in tricolette, pou- 
lette, satin, foulard, | 200 taffeta, and 
meteor, reflecting the most recent 
fashion inclinations in beaded, em- 



broidered, surplice, tunic, and crushed 
girdle effects in an | array of lovely 
colorings. 

May we have the pleasure of a 
visit from you during this sale? 
Yours very truly, | (240) 



Messrs. Meriden & Palmer, 

876 Oak Park Ave., 
Dunkirk, N. Y 
Gentlemen: 

From the numerous orders we 
have been receiving recently for fall 
delivery, I believe that our enormous 
production will | be fast sold out 
notwithstanding the fact that we 
have added two new factories to our 
organization. 

It will not | be necessary for our 
field representatives to travel so ex- 
tensively this season, but we have 
decided to visit personally our | best 
customers so as to fully take care of 
their requirements and give their or- 
ders the personal attention that is | 
required. I shall shortly call upon 
you and a few more of my friends who 
have not booked their orders 1 10 ° for 
July, August, and September de- 
livery. 

Our new #587 and #597 work 
shirts with | faced sleeves, double 
stitched underneath facing, double 
stitched all over, will be of special in- 
terest to you this year. 

I | also. desire to show you our 
new Elite line of reinforced silk 
hosiery for women. We are using 



3 Long Island. 

4 Note the courtesy with which the writer explains the reason for the refusal of the request. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



171 



only the | purest unloaded Japan 
silk and non-crocking dyes, which 
add to the life of the silk and protect 
the wearer's | feet. These are full- 
fashioned hose of all-over pure thread 
silk, double silk tops, made on special 
patented machines 1 20 ° that knit in the 
shape without seams. They have 
high-spliced triple heels and double 
sole and toe. There are | some very 
dainty models with Paris lace clocks 
and lace insteps. 

I shall wire you shortly giving 
the date on | which I expect to call 
upon you. 

Sincerely yours, (249) 

6 

Mrs. J. Hampton Griswold, 

Guilford, Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Madam: 

You are cordially invited to 
visit the store to inspect the fashion- 
able spring furs we will place on | 
display next Tuesday morning. The 
demand for fine light-weight furs for 
spring and summer wear has been 
met in | this presentation of un- 
usually handsome scarfs of mink, fox, 
seal, sable, marten, fisher, and 
squirrel. These all come in single | 
blocked animals or in several skins 
joined in animal, stole, or cape effect. 
The prices range from $35 | to $595. 

Among the gorgeous offerings 
are the following, to which we desire 
to call your I 10 ° particular attention: 

Cape of Summer Ermine 
and Bisque Georgette 
in draped effect $285 



Taupe Flying Squirrel | 
and Georgette Cape, a 
very smart and be- 
coming style $150 
Taupe Suede Leather 
Sport Coats, with col- 
lar, | cuffs, and border 
of mole or nutria $225 
Hudson Seal (Sheared 

Muskrat) Ties $25 | 

Hudson Seal (Sheared 

Muskrat) Stoles $110 

Mole Crushed Collar $55 
We also wish to announce | 
that we are now making special sum- 
mer prices for the remodeling of furs 
and fur coats, and that winter furs | 200 
are now being received for storage 
during the summer. When you are 
ready to place in storage the seal 
coat | you purchased from us last 
fall, we shall be very glad to give it a 
careful steaming free of charge. | 

In extending this invitation, we 
also wish to thank you for your 
patronage in the past. 

Respectfully yours, (258) 

7 
Mrs. J. E. Spicer, 

The Oaks, 

Lakewood, Ohio. 
Dear Madam: 

You failed to enclose 5 the sample 
of covert cloth in your order of De- 
cember 13; therefore, we must | 
await its receipt before filling the 
order. 

In reply to your request that we 
charge the order, permit us to | in- 



g Also properly spelled inclose. 



172 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 



form you that in the interest of all 
our customers we do not extend 
credit to any one. 6 Our business | 
is transacted on a strictly cash basis. 
We buy and sell only for cash; 
hence, we occupy the strongest and | 
most commanding position in the 
merchandise markets of the world, 
and by this policy are enabled to sell 
our merchandise | 10 ° at prices lower 
than those of our competitors who 
purchase on time and who incur the 
heavy expense of carrying | their 
customers' accounts. Our policy is 
explained more fully in the enclosed 
booklet describing our Deposit Ac- 
count DeDartment. 

The misses' | dresses about 
which you inquire are made in Bes- 
sette crepe and net batiste in white, 
Mesh, gray, Belgian blue, or | navy. 
The back and front of the bodice are 
beaded in scroll effect. The bodice is 
collarless and has bell | sleeves. The 
skirt is plain with the tunic gathered 
at the waistline, the tunic being also 
beaded to match the | 20 ° bodice. 
There are also a number of silk 
frocks flounced and plaited 7 most 
attractively; several models have 
touches of handwork | for their only 
trimming. The prices range from 
$10.00 to $22.50. 

We also direct yQur | attention 
to our new silk and satin coats for 
girls. We have them in French or 
navy blue, rose, and | lawn green. 



Some are embroidered by hand and 
hand-smocked. Others are smartly 
tucked and have girdle sashes, while 
those | for smaller girls are in cun- 
ning high-waisted styles. 

We await your reply and the 
sample of covert cloth with | 300 in- 
terest. 

Yours sincerely, (303) 

8 

Milady's Glove Shop, 

232 Woodward Ave., 
Detroit, Mich. 
Ladies: 8 

We thank you for your letter 
regarding our latest lines of ladies' 
gloves. This season we have had an | 
unusually fine lot of soft kid to use in 
fashioning our kid gloves, which we 
are sure will delight the | most 
fastidious. 

In answer to your various in- 
quiries we submit the following: 

The French kid gloves to retail 
at | $3.50 are two-clasp, pique -sewn, 
with Pari$ point or wide flat em- 
broidery in white, pastel, beaver, 
black, | white with black and white 
back, and black with white and black 
back. 

The French kid to retail at 
$3.00| 10 ° are in white with black em- 
broidered backs, also in pastel with 
Paris point backs, overseam sewn. 

The $2.50 | French kid are two- 
clasp with self and contrasting em- 



6 Careful writers write any one as two words. Note also some one and every one, but somebody, any- 
body, and everybody. 

7 Sometimes spelled pleated, though ihe form plaited is preferred. 

8 The proper salutation to a firm consisting of women Mesdames is sometimes used 






CORRESPONDENCE 



173 



broidery in white, black, navy, tan, 
and green. 

The | $2.25 Glace gloves are 
medium-weight, one-clasp, in white 
with self-embroidery, and white with | 
black embroidery. 

The $2.50 Slipon kid gloves are 
in white with strap and buckle at 
the wrist, | Paris spear backs, and 
pique-sewn. 

The $1.25 chamoisette is a two- 
clasp glove in white, | 20 ° pongee, 
brown, gray, and black with self 
and contrasting stitching. 

The $1.25 Chamo Suede is a | 
one-clasp glove in white, champaign, 
tan, yellow, fawn, and gray. 

We also have a two-clasp wash- 
able fabric leatherette | quality glove 
in white, gray, and pongee. It is sure 
to sell well at $1.75. 

We | have liberal stocks of these 
gloves, but we are receiving heavy 
orders, so we suggest that you let us 
have | a statement of your require- 
ments as soon as possible. We en- 
close a confidential price list, the 
prices in which will | 300 be found to be 
consistently moderate. 

Yours sincerely, (308) 
9 
Mrs. Jasper W. Franklin, 

710 Freedom Avenue, 
Clinton, Iowa. 
Dear Madam: 

We enclose our refund check for 
SI. 2 2 covering the balance due you 
for the | return of the middy blouse 
and bathing cap included on the at- 
tached bill. You have been credited 
with $1.38, | the price of the goods, 
and llj£ for return charges, making 



a total credit of $1.49. | Deducting 
from this amount 27jzf, the balance due 
us, leaves $1.22 | in your favor. 

The 95$ Milanese silk gloves 
about which you inquire are of heavy 
quality, pure 1 10 ° silk, double tips, and 
heavy two -tone embroidery in black, 
navy, or gray, with white stitching; 
white with black; white | with gray; 
white with tan; and white with navy; 
all beautiful combinations to match 
any suit or gown. 

We believe J our handsome new 
style spring waist, catalog # S-239, is 
just what you wish. This model is | 
of fine organdie and features the new 
Peter Pan collar. Both collar and 
cuffs are edged with picot, two rows | 
of which run down the center. Cro- 
chet buttons finish off this beautiful 
model, which may be had in lavender, 
rose, | 20 ° or blue, in sizes 36 to 44. 

You might also be interested in 
our Bessette and lingerie blouses. | 
No. S-560 is a round neck model of 
sheer voile, trimmed with two rows of 
Irish lace and | crochet buttons, with 
lace trimmed plaited frills at the neck 
and sleeves, and tucked in back and 
front. 

The #S-561 | is a sheer cream 
net blouse with double-breasted front, 
trimmed in medallion and pearl but- 
ton | effect, square or V-neck, cuffs 
finished with accordion plaited frills 
in Van Dyke point effect, and black 
ribbon tied J 300 to give a smart finish. 

We hope to be favored with a 
visit from you in the near future 
and | thank you for your patronage 
in the past. 

Yours very truly, (331) 



174 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 



10 

Mrs. Marie K. Carlson, 

3404 Fairview Avenue, 

Forest Park, Wilmington, 
Del. 
Dear Madam: 

We thank you for your inquiry 
regarding house dresses. Our July 
sale on house and morning dresses, 
and | porch and garden frocks, will 
begin Monday morning. We feel 
sure that you can make suitable se- 
lections from the splendid | line we 
shall offer. 

For $7.29 we will have a num- 
ber of dresses of percale, fresh | and 
dainty, in stripes of blue, lavender, 
pink, and black and white, with col- 
lars of self material or of white | 
linene and repp, in sizes 36 to 46. 

For $9.95 we will offer a | 10 ° 
charming porch dress of fine figured 
voile with pink, blue, lavender, and 
green checks, combined with lace; 
long roll collar | and cuffs of white 
organdie, in sizes 34 to 46. 

At $10.95 there are | three pretty 
dresses, one of white cross-bar dimity 
with dainty rosebuds of blue, pink, 
lavender, and maize; another of | 
fine tissue gingham in wide stripes of 
blue, pink, and lavender; while the 
third model is of fine lawn in | the 
same colors, with cluster striped col- 
lars of white lawn or dimity, long 
sleeves, skirt with deep hem and 
tucks | 200 or wide folds, and separate 
belt, in sizes 34 to 46. 

These garments all come within 
the price | you mentioned. We will 
have another dress for $8.50 in which 



you may be interested. It is | a 
dainty charming dress of sheer 
woven tissue in helio, maize, pink, 
and blue, two color stripe, with 
picoted white | dimity collar falling 
over a collar of self-material. The 
belt is detached and made in one 
long piece, plaited | so that it can be 
worn as a sash or bow either back or 
front. 

If you desire us to | 30 ° do so, we 
shall be very glad to send you an 
assortment of these dresses on ap- 
proval at the sale | prices so that 
you can make your selection imme- 
diately. 

We thank you for your inquiry 
and await your reply with | interest. 
Yours very truly, (344) 

11 

Mandell Brothers, 

State Street, 

Chicago, 111. 
Gentlemen: 

On Monday morning, October 
25, we will be ready to receive buyers 
who desire to inspect our spring | 
line. In suits the staple models of 
the season are in light-weight velours 
and serge. Mixtures of silk and | 
wool are being used for wraps and 
coats. 

Our line of fashionable suits in- 
cludes suits of vigoreaux and men's- 
wear | serge, and new and smart 
looking styles of tweed, tricotine, 
velour, covert, Poiret twill, wool 
poplin, and gabardine in all | popu- 
lar colors, with notched, shawl, or 
tuxedo roll collars, the trimness of 



CORRESPONDENCE 



175 



some models relieved just a trifle 
with a | 10 ° collar or vestee of white. 
Coats, capes, and dolmans are in 
the approved silhouette models, fully 
lined with draped or | half sleeves, 
monk or fichu collars, belted or full- 
flare box backs, developed in tricotine, 
crystal cord, duotone, Poiret twill, | 
gabardine, cheviot, and wool velour in 
varied colors and black. 

Three suits and two dolmans, all 
to retail at approximately | $45.00, 
deserve particular mention: 

#360, navy blue serge suit, has 
a straight-line box coat with | 
vest and collar of natural pon- 
gee, front trimmed with five 
rows of black braid, and by way 
of finishing it 1 20 ° has three hand- 
piped buttonholes and smoked 
pearl buttons. The two-piece 
skirt is shirred in back and has 
slit | pockets. 

#361, navy blue serge suit, has a 
coat with full flaring skirtee fin- 
ished with four rows | of braid. 
The belt has novelty buckles 
front and back, button-trimmed, 
and it has an overcollar of white 
silk, | and a silk lining. The 
skirt is one of the new narrow 
styles. 

#362, navy blue serge | suit, is 
made with double box-plait coat, 
pin-tucked belt and three pin 
tucks around the bottom. The 
sleeves 1 30 ° are trimmed with but- 
tons and the lining is of gray 
satin. The skirt is a straight- 
line model. 



#540 | all-wool velour dolman 
is yoke lined with fancy silk and 
has a smart, entirely new con- 
vertible collar faced | with faille 
silk and cuffs to match, in 
Victory, rose, Pekin, henna, tan, 
gray, and rookie. 
#541 | all-wool men's wear 
navy serge dolman is draped and 
lined throughout with fancy 
flowered tussah silk, with the 
novel | back handsomely but- 
ton and braid trimmed. 
We have made arrangements to 
conduct this display for two weeks 
and extend to | 400 your buyer a cordial 
invitation to attend. We will as a 
rule make shipments in the order in 
which orders | are placed, and sug- 
gest that if you desire to place any 
special orders or make special ar- 
rangements as to shipping | dates, 
you have your buyer on the ground 
early. 

Yours sincerely, (451) 

12 

we announce that we are now ready 
to show buyers our stock of fall and 
winter silks dress goods and domestic 
fabrics this stock consists of the 
product of our own mills and im- 
portations of the choice fabrics of 
leading french and english weavers in 
this display you will find exclusive 
tinsel brocades exquisite fancy silks 
dress and coating plushes velvets 
and velveteens wash satins dress 
satins taffetas messalines poplins 



176 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 



and jacquard novelties in cottons 
and domestics we have some very 
attractive ginghams cheviots seer- 
suckers cambrics muslins sheetings 
towelings and damask and mercer- 
ized tablecloths having served you 
in the past we take pleasure in in- 
viting your buyers to inspect this 



stock we enclose a few samples of 
the leading dress fabrics for this 
season these are the preferred num- 
bers and colors we are prepared to 
receive our patrons at our new york 
showroom 1075 broadway new york 
city or at our main offices in newark 
yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section your employer is the Herrick-Foster Co., Newark, N. J. 
Your teacher is the general manager. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms. On a separate sheet 
copy the list of names of dry goods, furs, and colors. Practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Write the letters in this section in the form of the style letter, omitting 
the punctuation marks in the addresses. 

Assignment 1. Copy th t style letter with carbon on form 23. 

Assignment 2. Copy letters 8 and 11 with carbons on letterheads. 
Present the letters for approval. 

Credit Memorandum 

In all lines of business it is necessary to allow customers credit for returned, 
damaged, or defective goods, overcharges, etc. Such credits are evidenced by 
credit memorandums, which are made out by the seller and sent to the customer. 
It is customary on a credit memorandum to show the dates on which goods 
were invoiced. 

Assignment 3. Prepare credit memorandums on the blanks in the 
budget (form 24) from the following information. Insert the current date. Use 
plain paper for the carbon copies. 



To the Quality Shop 225 Central Ave., Oneida, N. Y., for 
1| doz. Palm Beach Suits, Inv. 4/12/20, Returned 



57.50 86.25 






OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



177 



To Batchker, Emmer & Co., 584 Broadway, New York, for 
1/3 doz. # 362 Poplin Dresses, Inv. 7/17/20, 37 . 50 
11/6 " #4410 Crepe Gowns, " 7/23/20, 60.00 
2 » 1869 Ecru Robes, " 8/2/20, 9.95 



12.50 
70.00 
19.90 102.40 



To Daniel Miller & Co., 210 King St., Quebec, Can., for overcharge on 



6 Bolts, 312 yds. #306 Kapock Silk 

« it « « << « « 

10 " 528 " Calais Gingham 



1.10 
1.05 



343.20 
327.60 



.14* 76.56 



15.60 



10.56 



26.16 



Memorandum of Credit 

HERRICK-FOSTER COMPANY 



To Stewart & Woodward Go 

626 Columbia Ave Trenton N J 
We have credited your account for the following: 



Newark, N. J.,...„ l/fo, lft„'i 





1/2 doz. #364 Poplin Dresses, Inv. 11/10/19. 
l/4 doz. #4416 Crepe Gowns, ■ 10/25/19 

Please return this credit bill with your remittance 


48 
70 


50 
00 


24 
17 


25 
50 




41 


75 



Illustration 22 — Credit Memorandum 



Statements of Account 

Most business houses send on the first of the month a statement of account 
to each of their customers showing the amount due. Such statements usually 
include the balance at the first of the preceding month, charges and credits during 
the month, and the balance due at the end of the month. See illustration 23. 

Assignment 4. Make up statements from the following information, 
using the blanks in the budget marked "form 25," dating them June 1 of the current 
year. Our term of credit is thirty days. Indicate the amounts past due at the 
top and bottom of the statements as shown in the illustration. Carbon copies of 
monthly statements are not made. 



178 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 



Statement of Account -„. 

Ledger Folio. *£*** 

HERRICK-FOSTER COMPANY 

Newark, N. J., 0S5&..1 19-R9- 

7o..?J??®l?^^.*..¥^*^.?95 

140 Fraiifclin St n . 

' "" " V "~ Amount Past Due 

.?^?L^^e...?a Subject To Draft $.?P.?L.§P„. 







Account Previously Rendered 










May 


1 


Balance 


348 


40 








5 


Mdse. 


446 


16 








18 


it 


79 


40 








24 


» 


144 


78 


1018 


74 


May 


4 


Credit - Mdse. Ret»d, 
bill 4/18 


45 


80 








17 


•» - Overcharge, 
bill 5/5 


25 


60 








ZZ 


Cash 


250 


00' 








28 


M 


150 


00 


471 


40 








547 


34 



BILLS PAST DUE ARE SUBJECT TO SIGHT DRAFT 

In accordance with our terms of sale, we will draw at sight on the 

instant for $ , the amount past due on your account as shown above, 

unless remittance is received or you make arrangements for an extension. 

Herrick-Foster Company 

Illustration 23 — Statement of Account 



1. To Parker, Bridget & Co., Pennsylvania Ave. & Ninth St., Washington, D. C. 

Ledger Folio 182. 

For the following charges: May 11, $212.50; May 20, $27.46; May 27, 
$125.72. 

2. To Kaufmann & Baer Co., Pittsburgh, Pa., Ledger Folio 89. 

Charges: May 2, $97.50; May 11, $125.80; May 17, $23.15; May 27, 

$327.65. 
Credits: May 13, $97.50; May 16, $21.30; May 25, $104.50. 

3. To Dives, Pomeroy & Stewart Co., Reading, Pa., Ledger Folio 74, amount past 

due, $348.46. 

Balance: May 1, $495.72. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 179 

P Charges: May 3, $1722.14; May 14, $529.90; May 28, $128.16. 

Credits: May 9, $147.26; May 10, Mdse. returned, bill 5/3, $15.72; May 15, 
$164.18; May 21, $1500.00. 
4. To Bartlett & Spencer Co., San Francisco, Calif., Ledger Folio 146. 
Balance: May 1, $125.70. 
Charges: May 8, $11.92; May 10, $925.78; May 20, $762.40; May 23, 

$19.50; May 25, $415.75. 
Credits: May 7, $125.70; May 20, $937.70; May 27, overcharge credit, bill 
5/20, $12.26. 
Hand your work on assignments 3 and 4 to the manager for checking. The 
carbons will be handed back to you. Place them in your folder. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is an announcement of one of our annual sales. 
Assignment 5. Write the letter with carbon to the following: 

Strawbridge & Clothier, Philadelphia, Pa. 

Hutzler Brothers Co., Baltimore, Md 

Carter, Webster & Co., Syracuse, N. Y, 

Joel Gutman & Co., Washington, D. C. 

Transcribing 

If you are in doubt about the spelling of proper names when letters are dic- 
tated to you, do not fail to ask. A bad impression is created on the recipient of 
a letter when his name is misspelled. 

Assignment 6. Five letters will be dictated to you by the general mana- 
ger. Transcribe them in the form of the style letter. Present your letters for 
signature. 

Filing 

Assignment 7. File the carbons of the letters and credit memorandums 
you have written by the geographical method. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 8. The general manager: " Write Daniel Miller & Co. 
(see page 177) enclosing this credit memorandum. Express regret that the over- 
charge occurred. This will give you a good opportunity to bring our stock of 
fall and winter dress goods (see letter 12) to their attention." " Every letter a 
sales letter" is the up-to-date correspondent's slogan. 

Assignment 9. The general manager: "When you send this statement 
to Freeland & Mathison (see page 178) call their special attention to the amount 
which is past due and subject to draft." 



ARCHIBALD A WELCH.V.CE President /&Zz&\ m .«»,,, ,«„«« . .. 

srLAS KCORNWELL.V.ce Pres.dent /§mL S\*\ S« L LJ0nes Asst Secretary 

WINSLOW RUSSELL MfMSpl HOWARD GOODWIN.Asst Secretary 

V.cePresident and Agencv Manager Hw^J/ CHARLES E JOHNSTON. Asst Secretary 

HARRY E.JOHNSON.SECRETARY m^$7 ALBERT H YOST Assistant Secretary 

XS^^ HENRY N.KAUFMAN. Actuary 

JOHN M.HOLCOMBE president 

Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company 

Hartford, Conn. 

ORGANIZED .1831 

January 10, 1920, 

Baboock Insurance Agency, 

965 Real Estate Trust Bldg., 
Lakewood, Ohio. 

Gentlemen: 

The dividend clause of policy #276954, J, K. Brady, provides that during 
the first fifteen years no dividends shall be payable; but at the 
end of that time, or on August 27 of this year, the company shall 
declare a dividend consisting of the surplus for the fifteen years, 
which dan be applied only in uniform reduction of the premiums 
during the succeeding fifteen years. The contract also provides 
that the second fifteen-year dividend shall be deolared and paid in 
a lump sum at the end of thirty years* 

Even though the first fifteen-year period does not expire until August 
15, I think it would be advisable for you to attempt to change this 
policy now by offering the insured his choice of the following 
propositions: 

(1) Try to rewrite this policy for a new $1000 Life or Twenty Payment 
Life contract dated August 15 of the current year at rated age 52, 
On such a contract we shall allow a permanent annual reduction of 
$12.95 under the Ordinary Life and $14.84 under the Twenty Payment 
Life. No medical examination will be required and we shall pay you^ 
the full commission. 

(2) If the insured prefers a Life or Twenty Payment Life contract, -of 
original date, we shall apply the accumulated dividend of $88 on the 
extra amount necessary to convert the policy, which extra charge is 
$143.93 on the Ordinary Life and $309.77 on the Twenty Payment Life. 
As the extra premium is figured on the net basis, we cannot allow 
you any commission on the extra premium; but you will of course 
receive a renewal commission on the larger premiums paid in the 
future. 

If you will inform us. which proposition the insured favors, we shall send 
you the proper papers. 

Very trul^ yours, 

PHOENE^MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 






Assistant Secretary 
HG 
BCT 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

accelerative — a term applied to an endowment policy, the maturity date of 
which is " accelerated' ' or brought forward by allowing the dividends 
thereon to accumulate in the hands of the company. 

accumulated dividends— dividends on a policy which are not withdrawn but 
allowed to accumulate, thus becoming additions to the value of the policy. 

actuarial — of or pertaining to the calculations necessary to determine the valua- 
tion of policies, computation of premiums, compilation of tables, etc. 

administrator — a person commissioned by a court to take charge of the goods and 
chattels of one dying without a will. In some jurisdictions his power is 
extended to real property. 

anniversary date — the annually recurring date on which a policy was taken out. 

annuity — a periodical payment of money amounting to a fixed sum each year, 
the money paid being in consideration of premiums previously received. 

arrears — failure to pay when due. 

assignment — the transfer of a right or an interest in property. A collateral 
assignment is one in which a security or collateral is transferred along 
with the right or interest. 

assigns — persons to whom the property or estate of another is or may be trans- 
ferred. 

beneficiary — the person to whom the value of a policy is payable in case of death 
of the insured. 

bonus — an extra dividend or allowance to holders of insurance policies or share- 
holders in a joint stock company, taken out of accumulated profits. 

casualty — an accident. Casualty insurance is insurance against loss from an 
accident. 

contingent liabilities — the obligations of an insurance company which become 
■ payable upon designated conditions; i.e., when policies mature or policy- 
holders die. 

conversion — the act of changing from one form of policy to another. 

dependent — one who looks to another for support. 

disability — want of competent power, strength, or physical or mental ability; 
incapacity. 

dividend — a sum to be divided as profits among the shareholders of a stock 
company or persons jointly interested in an enterprise; a proportionate 
share of such sum. 

endowment policy — a policy contract which calls for the payment of a fixed sum 
at the expiration of a fixed term of years to the insured ; or, upon the death 
of the insured before the end of the term, to the beneficiary. 

181 



182 LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 

executor— a person appointed by a testator to execute his will; i.e., to see that 

its provisions are carried into effect. 
extended insurance — insurance protection equal to the face value of the policy 

for a specific period without the further payment of premiums; called 

also continued term insurance. 
grace extension— a period of time (usually thirty days) allowed for the payment 

of a premium after it is due. 
incontestable— not admitting of any question; incapable of being canceled. 

Most policies are incontestable ior any cause after one year, 
industrial insurance — insurance for small amounts, the premiums on which are 

usually paid weekly, as distinguished from Ordinary insurance, on which 

premiums are payable annually, semi-annually, or quarterly, 
insurable — capable of being insured. An insurable interest is a substantial 

interest which gives one a right to be protected by insurance, 
interim premium— a premium charged for carrying a policy temporarily through 

an interval between the specified dates of payment, 
intestate— having died without leaving a will disposing of one's property or 

estate. 
invalid (in-val'id) — having no binding force; void, 
lapsed policy— a policy on which the holder has neglected to pay premiums and 

which is consequently no longer in force. 
limited life policy— a form of policy on which the premiums are to be paid 

for a limited time only, but with protection provided for throughout the 

life of the insured, 
maturity — the due date; the date on which a policy is paid up in full, 
minor — one who has not attained legal age. 
non-forf eitable— a term applied to a policy which does not fail because of certain 

specified conditions, 
non-participating— not entitled to share in the profits of the company. 
option — a right or choice, 
paid-up policy— a contract of insurance upon which the premiums have been 

paid in full to a certain time, after which they cease to become due and 

payable. 
policy-holder — one who holds a policy of insurance. 

premium— the amount paid to insurance companies as a consideration for a con- 
tract of insurance, 
registrar— an officer of an insurance company who keeps a record of policies 

issued. 
reinstatement— the act of putting a policy into force again after it has become 

lapsed; called also the revival of the policy. 
release — the surrender of a right. 

reserve— a part of the capital or undivided profits of a company which is re- 
tained in order to meet contingencies and is therefore not employed as 

working capital. 
revocation— the act of making void. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



183 



rider — a clause added to a policy to cover matters which do not form a part of 

the policy proper, 
semi-annual — twice a year, 
straight life policy — a form of policy which provides for the payment of a certain 

sum to the beneficiary on the death of the insured, on condition that the 

insured pay the specified premiums at stated intervals during his entire 

life. 
surplus — the excess of assets after the sum of the capital invested and total 

liabilities has been deducted from the total assets. 
surrender value — the value which the insurance company will allow on a policy 

when the payment of premiums is discontinued and the policy is returned. 
survivor — one who outlives another, 
trusteeship — the office or duties of a person to whom property or funds have 

been committed in trust. 
underwriting — the practice or business of selling insurance, stocks, and bonds. 
waiver — the intentional surrender of a known right. 

CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. Geo. M. Wilkinson, 

Manager, Equitable Life Assur- 
ance Co., 1 
363 Watterson Building, 
Bowling Green, Ky. 
Dear Sir: 

Applicant — Charles E. Cook 

Agent — G. P. Cramer 

In your letter of November 15 
you request that two | policies, one for 
$1000 and the other for $1500, be 
issued on the life of the | above ap- 
plicant and that rider clauses be added 
providing for "Waiver of Premium" 
and "Monthly Income" in case of 
total | disability. 

The examining physician's re- 
port states that the applicant has a 



serious impairment of vision in his 
left eye and | that his right eye has a 
slight defect which may become more 
serious in the future. For this reason 
we | 100 regret to say that we cannot 
issue the policies with the disability 
clause, inasmuch as the loss of both 
eyes, | a possibility seemingly not 
remote, would constitute total dis- 
ability under the terms of the waiver 
agreement. 

The application, however, has | 
been otherwise approved and the 
policies will go forward to you 2 in the 
ordinary course of business. We 
trust that | this change in the appli- 
cation will not prevent the agent 
from placing the policies. 

Yours very truly, (177) 



1 The terms assurance and insurance are synonymous in this business. 

2 Policies are usually issued from the home office of the company. 



184 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



Mr. Elmer C. Wallace, 

865 Parkview Ave., 
St. Joseph, Mo. 
Dear Sir: 

Pursuant to our recent conver- 
sation, I enclose semi-annual rates 
covering a "Beneficiary Degree/' to- 
gether with semi-annual j rates for a 
Twenty- Year Term policy and for an 
Ordinary Life policy. The Twenty- 
Year policy is a low | flat-rate 3 con- 
tract and is guaranteed for twenty 
years. The Ordinary Life policy is 
for life. At the end of | three years, 
and each year thereafter, the Ordi- 
nary Life policy has a cash surrender 
value, a paid-up value, and | an 
extended insurance value. 

You state that your present age 
is thirty-five. You could take out a 
$1000) 10 ° Ordinary Life policy now and 
if you so desire could cash in your 
policy at the end of ten j years and 
receive $125. At your option we 
could also issue to you a paid-up | 
policy for $274; that is, without pay- 
ing any further premium you would 
be insured for $274 | as long as you 
live. 

Either the Twenty- Year Term 
policy or the Ordinary Life is j very 
much superior to the " Beneficiary 
Degree." While the cost is a trifle 
higher, the rate is guaranteed during 
the | 200 life of the insured. There 
are many other privileges not in- 
cluded in the "Beneficiary" plan. 

The rates mentioned above are | 
special non-participating rates which 






we have recently established, and we 
feel that they are as low as is con- 
sistent | with safety. 

Yours very truly, (245) 



Mr. David H. Heath, 

953 Highland Ave., 
Knoxvilie, Tenn. 
Dear Sir: 

In re policy #876549 

In reply to your letter of the 4th 
| instant inquiring as to the value of 
the above policy, I find that the full 
surrender value in cash, including | 
the surrender value of the dividend 
additions as well as the current divi- 
dend, amounts to $3765.00, | figured 
as of the 7th instant. Since you en- 
closed a remittance for the premium 
due on that date, j which will carry 
the policy in force to October 7 of 
next year, the matter of surrender 
should be deferred | 10 ° until that 
date, as it is contrary to our rules to 
purchase a policy until the end of the 
period | for which premiums have 
been paid. 

We note also your inquiry as to 
dividends. No extra dividend has 
been credited | since the year to 
which you refer. At the end of each 
policy year since 1896 the regular | 
refund, or dividend, has been applied 
to the purchase of paid-up additions, 
and additional insurance in the 
amount of | $587.78 now stands to 
the credit of the policy, the cash sur- 
render value | 200 of which is included 
in the cash value quoted above. 



" That is, a policy on which the same premium is paid each year. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



185 



These paid-up additions are exclusive 
of the dividend for | this year. 

You do not state your reason for 
asking for information as to surrender 
values. If you have any | thought 
of terminating your policy, it is to 
vour interest to inform us as to the 
motive prompting such action | in 
order that we may have an oppor- 
tunity to submit facts which you 
should weigh carefully before a final 
decision | is reached. 

Yours very truly, (285) 

4 

Mr. W. M. Zimmerman, 

752 Manchester St., 
Lafayette, Ind. 
Dear Sir: 

We note that you have submitted 
an application for $5000 additional in- 
surance on the life of | Mr. J. L. 
Branton. He wishes to know what 
would be the most advantageous ar- 
rangement for him to make with | 
respect to the disposition of the pro- 
ceeds of this proposed insurance at its 
maturity. 

We have carefully studied the 
case j in the light of all the circum- 
stances and are of the opinion that 
Option 1 of the "Modes of Settle- 
ment | at Maturity," as given in the 
policy form, is particularly well 
adapted 4 to Mr. Branton's case. We 
suggest that the | 10 ° three daughters 
be designated as the beneficiaries in- 
stead of the insured's estate, and 
that Mr. Branton give formal notice 



of | his election of Option 1. The 
proceeds of the insurance at maturity 
will be left on deposit with the com 
pany | during the lifetime of the 
beneficiaries, the principal to be paid 
in case of their death to their legal 
representatives | or assigns. The 
company guarantees to pay interest 
on this deposit at the rate of 3%. 
If a | higher average annual rate is 
earned by the company, the amount 
of this guaranteed income may be 
increased by an | 200 interest divi- 
dend. 

At the present time, as you know, 
we allow excess interest equivalent to 
lj% | in cases of this kind, which, 
when added to the 3% guaranteed 
interest, would make the total | 
return for this year 4j%. 

In our judgment this procedure 
will meet Mr. Branton's insurance | 
needs as presented to us. By re- 
serving the right of revocation, 5 the 
insured may at any time arrange to 
have | the proceeds paid in some 
other form if he should so desire. 
Yours very truly, (295) 

5 
Mr. John F. Edwards, 

724 Commonwealth Bldg., 
Joliet, Illinois. 
Dear Sir: 

I am in recept of a letter from 
Agent J. P. Masters of Binghamton, 
N. Y., under date | of March 30, en- 
closing your letter in regard to the 
cash value offered for the surrender 



; Can you distinguish accurately between adapt and adopt? 
r hat is, the right to change the beneficiary. 



186 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



of your policy | #967,500. This 
policy was issued on August 28, 
1903, on the Twenty-Year L. j E. A. 6 
plan for $1000. The peculiar fea- 
ture of this plan is that at the ma- 
turity of the | policy the cash value is 
150% of the face value, which upon 
this contract would | 10 ° amount to 
$1500. After the payment of three 
full annual premiums the policy 
lapsed for non-payment of the | 1906 
premium. In accordance with its 
terms the policy is being carried under 
extended insurance for $1000 | until 
August 28, 1923. If you are living 
at that time you will be entitled to a | 
cash payment of $50. 

If you will consult the provisions 
in the contract, you will note that 
when a | policy is carried under ex- 
tended insurance there is no provision 
for paying a cash value for a surrender 
of the | 200 extended insurance. In 
offering to pay you $48.42 at this 
time we are allowing you a | value 
that is not guaranteed in the policy. 

In consulting our records we find 
that the Prudential Life Insurance 
Company | did not issue policies of 
this type in 1903; consequently the 
policies issued on the lives of your 
brothers | must have been on dif- 
ferent plans and hence contain differ- 
ent values. 

I am enclosing a cash value re- 
lease for | $48.42, which you will 
kindly execute and return with your 
policy to this office before March 
28. | 30 ° If this offer ' is not ac- 



cepted, your policy will continue un- 
der extended insurance as explained 
above. 

Yours very truly, | (320) 



Mr. T. F. Peterson, 

1715 Washington St., 
Des Moines, Iowa. 
Dear Sir: 

In re policy #826,973 

We have noted carefully the 
statements made in | your letter of 
the 4th. 

In computing premium charges 
which must prevail through a long 
series of years, it is | essential that a 
life insurance company make a very 
conservative estimate as to future 
interest earnings. In computing its 
premiums | the Mutual Life now 
assumes that its investments will 
yield 3% interest on the average; 
that is, its | policies are based on 
what is known as the 3% reserve 
standard. The company to which 
you refer | 10 ° bases its premiums on 
an assumed interest rate of 3§%. As 
a matter of fact | both companies ex- 
pect to earn a higher rate. Both are 
on a participating 7 basis, which in 
effect means that at | the end of 
each policy year the unused part of 
the premiums for that year is re- 
funded together with excess | in- 
terest earnings. It follows therefore 
that the return in the case of a policy 
issued on the 3% | reserve basis 
should be better, as regards the ex- 



6 Limited Endowment Annuity. 

7 See the definition of non-participating on page 182. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



187 



cess interest feature of the dividend, 
to the extent of one-half | 200 of 1% 
of the accumulated reserve than in 
the case of a policy issued on the 3|% 
| interest basis. 

The point we are making is that 
the premium rates quoted by the 
company | you mention are lower 
because they are calculated on a dif- 
ferent basis. The excess interest part 
of the dividend in | the case of the 
Mutual Life policy provides for an 
allowance on account of interest 
earnings over 3%, | whereas in the 
case of the other company the allow- 
ance could only be on interest earn- 
ings in excess of 3|%; | 30 ° conse- 
quently the final net cost is not greater 
in the case of our policy even [ 
though the premium rates are appar- 
ently higher. 

Yours truly, (329) 
7 
Mr. W. T. Brush, 

1765 Beacom St., 

Montreal, Canada. 
Dear Sir: 

In re policy '% 42765 

We acknowledge your letter of 
the 26th instant. | Through an in- 
advertence 8 you gave the number of 
your policy as #47265, and some 
time was | necessarily consumed in 
identifying the contract to which 
your letter relates. 

The policy in question com- 
pleted its twenty-year accumulation | 
period on September 4 of last year. 
At that time you were offered a num- 
ber of options in settlement, but | it 

8 Oversight. 



does not appear that you have as yet 
made a selection. In consequence, 
we automatically set up at inter- 
est j 10 ° the dividend of $25.26 ap- 
portioned to the policy as of that 
date. This dividend with | inter- 
est, together with the excess interest 
bonus, amounts at the present time 
to $29.42. You | may withdraw this 
sum, continuing the policy as paid up 
under its own terms for its face value 
of $2000, | allowing the loan of $700 
to remain as a lien against the paid-up 
policy, provided | the interest on the 
loan is paid as explained in our let- 
ter of September 30. Dividends will 
be apportioned on | 20 ° the 
paid-up policy annually under the 
terms and conditions applying to all 
policies similarly drawn. The divi- 
dend for this | year amounts to 
$26.93. 

On the maturity of the policy we 
offered you the cash | surrender 
value less the loan, which, including 
the reserve and dividend, amounted 
to $1426.93 | at that time. With the 
addition of the interest on the deferred 
dividend, the excess interest bonus, 
and the | current dividend, the cash 
value on this date amounts to 
$1458.61, and you | 30 ° may sur- 
render the policy for this sum less 
the accumulated interest on the loan. 

As we would like to make | a 
final adjustment on this policy, 
please let us know by return mail 
which settlement you wish us to 
make. | 

Yours very truly, (343) 



188 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



8 

Mr. R. E. Emery, 

District Agent, 9 
Jackson, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of April 26 
enclosing policy #725,468 in | the 
amount of $1000, issued in the name of 
Alexander J. Simmons. By the terms 
of the policy [ the amount of insur- 
ance is payable to the executors, ad- 
ministrators, 10 or assigns of the in- 
sured. 

We are frequently requested by | 
beneficiaries of policies to dispense 
with the expenses of administration 
and make payment to the legal heirs 11 
of the insured. | In some instances we 
have had reason to believe that such 
requests were made for the purpose 
of avoiding the| 10 ° payment of an in- 
heritance tax or to avoid the pay- 
ment of some of the insured's out- 
standing debts. In this particular | 
case we are convinced that the 
parties in interest are not attempting 
to avoid any expenses or liabilities 
except the | cost of administration. 
In view of the amount involved, how- 
ever, we feel that it would not be 
sound business policy | to make a 
settlement directly in favor of the 
heirs. 

We are aware of the unusual 
circumstances in this case. | Should 



we comply with such requests, how- 
ever, we would probably have diffi- 
culty sooner or later with some of the 
creditors | 200 of our policy-holders. 
After making payment to the heirs 
of the insured our defense 12 against 
creditors' claims would not | be a 
very strong one. 

It is our belief that although the 
heirs of the insured might supply us 
with | an affidavit executed in the 
best of faith to the effect that all of 
the insured's debts had been fully | 
paid and that there were no out- 
standing obligations, it might happen 
that liabilities exist of which the heirs 
at the | time of signing the affidavit 
had no knowledge. If such circum- 
stances should arise after the com- 
pany has paid the full | 30 ° proceeds 
of the policy to the heirs of the in- 
sured, the company's release might 
not be considered incontestable. In 
the | settlement of claims involving 
small amounts, we have always 
made such payments after first secur- 
ing an affidavit to the effect | that 
the deceased had died intestate, that 
all the just debts had been paid, and 
that no administrator had been | 
appointed for the estate. When there 
is a considerable amount of money 
involved, however, we are obliged to 
insist that | payment be made to an 
administrator. 

Yours truly, (388) 



9 Why is the name of the company not given in the address? 

10 Whatdo the words executrix and administratrix mean? 

11 That is, those who inherit the property. 

12 Also correctly spelled defence. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



189 



Mr. Henry H. Melrose, 

Manager, Phoenix Life Insur- 
ance Co., 
965 Hub Building, 
Portland, Me. 

Dear Sir: 

#437291— Harper 1 * 

We have your opinion of the 
course which the company | has 
found it necessary to pursue in regard 
to reinstatement cases under present 
conditions as expressed in your letter 
of | August 28. It gives us the 
opportunity of presenting the point 
of view of the officers of the com- 
pany J in such a way that you may 
see the difficulties which we have to 
overcome in handling these cases 
from j all over the country. 

As you know, our rules for re- 
vivals have been exceedingly liberal 
and we have in the | 10 ° past been 
lenient in requiring absolute adher- 
ence to these rules. The reason for 
this was that when only the question | 
of the health of the insured was con- 
cerned we could feel perfectly safe in 
most cases in taking a personal j 
statement from the agent or from any 
responsible person acquainted with 
the insured. 

Now, however, we are faced 
with a | peculiar situation and, as 
emphasized by Mr. Miles in several 
letters, copies of which you have re- 
ceived, it is necessary j to request 
every one of our men to co-operate 



with us by conforming strictly to the 
rules laid down | 200 for the accept- 
ance of premiums which are past due. 

As it appears to the managers 
and agents, practically every case J 
has peculiar conditions that make it 
exceptional and open to special 
treatment by the company. If you 
were in our | position, however, 
fully cognizant of our responsibility 
to the other officers, the agents, and 
the policy-holders of the company | 
for the underwriting of these risks, 
and had these questions with their 
varying and peculiar conditions come 
to you for | decision, you would feel 
as we do that no peculiar condition 
presented in any special case gives 
us the right | 300 to deviate from the 
strict rule. 

In this particular instance we 
believe that we cannot present the 
case any more | emphatically than 
it is stated in our letter of August 17. 
We feel that it is not proper to con- 
sider | the home office bound by any 
agreement between the agent and the 
insured relative to a scheme for the 
payment | of premiums under a 
policy, because just as soon as we 
begin to make exceptions we are in 
danger of j favoring some policy- 
holders to the disadvantage of others. 
We regret that it is impossible for 
us to change our | 400 decision not to 
sanction the reinstatement of the 
policy in question under the terms 
proposed. 

Yours very truly, (418) 



13 Note the different ways of referring to policy numbers. 



190 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



10 

Mr. L. C. Regan, 

Manager, Great Western Life 
Insurance Co., 
423 Call Building, San Fran- 
cisco, Calif. 
Dear Sir: 

#237654— B. C.Albright 

Your letter of July 3 with refer- 
ence to the above policy has been 
referred to | this department for reply. 
We have checked up the values 
which have been | quoted and have 
found them to be correct. 

You will note from the corre- 
spondence we enclose that under date 
of | May 9 you were informed that 
the cash value of policy #237654 
was | $2166.79 figured as of May 7. 
This value was based on the assump- 
tion | 10 ° that the premium then due 
had not been paid. Furthermore, 
you will observe that the dividend 
additions of $606.79 | were included. 
These additions have since been sur- 
rendered to the policy-holder and 
when deducted | from the cash value 
will leave a balance of $1560, which 
will check the value quoted in | our 
letter of May 20. 

On May 26 the insured paid a 
premium of $670.20. | On June 4 at 
your request we quoted a value of 
$1891.50, which represents | 200 a 
net increase of $331.50. If you will 
compare the fifth-year value of | 
$1560 guaranteed in the policy with 
the sixth-year value of $1940, you 
will | see that even at the end of the 



year the net increase is only $380, or 
slightly | over one-half of the amount 
of the premium paid. This is due to 
the fact that the value of | the policy 
is based on the reserves, which are in 
turn dependent upon the net pre- 
miums that have been paid. | 30 ° 
The insured, however, pays us a gross 
premium which includes a loading to 
cover certain expenses; therefore, a 
comparison between | the amount of 
the gross premium that has been paid 
and the subsequent increase in value 
which is indirectly based | on the 
net premium would not give a valid 
result from an actuarial viewpoint. 

Furthermore, the guaranteed 
values of all | policies are figured at 
the end of the policy year, and that is 
therefore the most favorable time for 
a | policy-holder to surrender his 
contract. During the fully paid 
policy year it is the rule of the com- 
pany to | 400 allow a cash value, 
which is the guaranteed terminal 
value discounted to the date of sur- 
render at the rate on | which the 
policy is based. In this case the rate 
is 3%, and in obtaining the value 
quoted | in our letter of December 10 
we discounted the sixth-year value of 
$1940 for eight months. | This dis- 
count amounted to $48.50, leaving 
the net value of the policy $1891.50. | 

We hope we have made our 
point clear, but if we have not done 
so we shall | 500 be pleased to con- 
tinue the correspondence until all 
questions are satisfactorily answered. 
Yours very truly, (515) 



CORRESPONDENCE 



191 



11 

To Agents: 14 

The Mutual Protective policy, 
with the waiver of premium benefits, 
can be more readily adapted to meet 
the | varying requirements of pros- 
pects and conditions arising after 
policies are issued than any other 
form of insurance. Aside from its | 
special features, it offers almost all 
the advantages of an Ordinary Life 
policy at a rate considerably under 
that charged | for the latter form of 
contract. 

To the young man between 
twenty and thirty it should be par- 
ticularly attractive. The | more de- 
sirable risks among men of this class 
usually have families dependent 
upon them, which makes it advisable 
to carry | 10 ° the largest amount of 
insurance possible. On the other 
hand their incomes generally are not 
sufficient to enable them to | carry 
the amount of insurance which their 
responsibilities demand. These men 
therefore require cheap but sound 
insurance. Ordinarily they are | lim- 
ited in their choice to an Ordinary 
Life contract or a Term contract, 
which usually does not extend beyond 
thirty | years. Experience has dem- 
onstrated that a Term contract, 
even when it runs for thirty years, is 
not entirely satisfactory, especially | 
when taken out at the lower ages. 
Unless it is converted, it expires 
while the insured is still young; 
and | 200 although he has received 
value in full there is likely to be an 

14 This is a general letter to agents. 



element of disappointment when he 
finds his | insurance running out at 
a time when he is probably uninsur- 
able and still needs a certain amount 
of protection. 

Our | Protective policy falls in a 
class between the Ordinary Life and 
the Thirty- Year Term policy. It is 
cheaper than | the Ordinary Life 
policy and is consequently better 
adapted to the means of the class of 
men mentioned. On the | other 
hand it will not expire when the in- 
sured are still far from being old 
men; it will be in | 300 full force 
during all the years when they are 
likely to require a considerable 
amount of insurance. It does not | 
expire until after the period during 
which insurance is exceedingly im- 
portant, and then, instead of being 
discontinued immediately, it is | 
kept in force on a graduated declin- 
ing scale so that the policy-holder is 
insured until he reaches the age | of 
seventy-nine. This contract usually 
matures as a death claim for those 
who select it, even though no conver- 
sion | is made to a more expensive 
form of policy. 

The Protective policy has an- 
other feature, however, which is im- 
portant for | 400 such men. If they 
become prosperous enough to carry 
better insurance, this contract can 
be converted with less trouble than | 
the Ordinary Term contract. There 
is no need for paying a large additional 
premium in order to convert it to | a 
new contract of the same kind 'and 



192 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



original date, nor is there any neces- 
sity for changing it to a | new policy 
at a higher premium made necessary 
by the advanced age of the insured. 
When the time arrives that | the in- 
sured feels that he is able to carry 
more insurance, he need only make 
payments at convenient periods 
into | 500 the Premium Deposit Fund, 
and the conversion will be taken care 
of gradually and automatically. He 
does not contract with | the com- 
pany to pay an increased premium 
at fixed dates as he would do if he 
were converting a Term | policy to a 
new contract of advanced date and 
rating, and thereby increase the 
chances of lapsing the policy if | he 
finds at some future date that he is 
unable to meet the increased pay- 
ments. 

For instance, if he has | a $5,000 
policy, he can figure on making such 
payments into the fund as will ulti- 
mately convert it | 60 ° into a $5,000 
Paid-up Life policy. If on the 
other hand he will need only $3,000 | 
of insurance after he reaches the age 
of seventy, he can plan to pay into 
the fund only the | amount neces- 
sary to buy that much paid-up in- 
surance. Without making any 
change in the terms of the contract 
and | simply by making regular 
payments, he can vary the amount of 
paid-up insurance to which he will 
eventually be | entitled at the age of 
seventy to meet any situation that 
may present itself. 

Moreover, until the point is 
reached | 70 ° where there are suffi- 



cient deposits in the Deposit Fund to 
make the policy either fully paid as a 
Protective policy | or to convert it 
into a Paid-up Life policy, the fund 
remains to the credit of the policy 
and | is paid with the policy as a 
death claim. In other words during 
the early years of a policy like | this, 
if deposits are made in the fund, the 
insured is not only providing life 
insurance for his family, but | is also 
laying away in a savings bank a snug 
little sum which will be payable to 
his dependents if | 800 the policy be- 
comes a claim. This sum of course 
cannot be withdrawn; but that is an 
advantage to the beneficiaries, | be- 
cause we all know how easy it is to 
persuade ourselves, on the slightest 
provocation, to draw on the sav- 
ings | which we have put away to 
provide for future needs. 

Furthermore, while this sum on 
deposit will ultimately be automati- 
cally I used to convert the policy, 
the conversion will probably not take 
place in the early years unless the 
deposits are | unusually large; and 
when it does take place, the respon- 
sibilities of the insured to his family 
will probably not be ) 900 as great as 
they were during the first years of 
the policy. 

No account has been taken in the 
foregoing | of the usual accelerative 
provision which is incorporated in 
this contract. If the dividends under 
a Protective policy are allowed | to 
accumulate, they will go far towards 
eventually making it a Paid-up Life 
policy. Indeed, at the lower ages | 



CORRESPONDENCE 



193 



there is reason to believe that they 
will be sufficient to convert it into 
Paid-up Life insurance for the | 
total amount insured. 

Finally, for a slight additional 
cost, the insured can also have a 
clause in the policy that | 100 ° will 
guarantee that if for any reason he 
becomes permanently disabled, the 
policy will be carried on for the bene- 
fit | of his family. 

In the foregoing the Protective 
policy has been considered chiefly as 
it relates to the younger ages. | The 
, advantages set forth, hewever, will 
I accrue in only a slightly less degree 
, to policy-holders who * ..sure at the | 
higher ages. Considered from every 
standpoint it is a contract of great 
• flexibility, and should commend itself 
to those who | are primarily in need 
of .present protection, but who have 
reason to feel that at some future 
date they may | 110 ° desire a more 
expensive and permanent form of in- 
surance. (1109) 

12 

carried onward by the momentum 
acquired during twelve months of un- 
precedented success those who serve 
our company in the field and in the 
office will cross into another year 
with swinging stride and confident 
step eager to seize the abounding 
promise of the new year all indi- 
cations are in the highest degree en- 
couraging conditions throughout 
the country reflect great general pros- 
perity the demand for life insurance 
was never greater and the attractive 



and liberal provisions of our contracts 
were never so widely known and ap- 
preciated the applying of millions 
of dollars in the form of premium 
credits through the intelligent work 
of the field staff has brought many 
expressions of gratification from our 
policy-holders these favorable cir- 
cumstances w T ill operate as wonderful 
aids in bringing new business to our 
books and at the same time will serve 
as powerful influences in holding 
solidly the existing insurance we are 
therefore fully justified in again 
planning for a substantial growth in 
the amount of business to be written 
during the coming year w T e ask you 
to plan for at least 60% of your allot- 
ments by the end of June while for 
convenience the Ordinary allotment 
has again been stated in terms of net 
new business we desire to impress 
upon you the importance of conserva- 
tion of Ordinary for in reviewing the 
results we shall continue to place 
emphasis on the retention of existing 
contracts as well as en the item of 
increase these annual allotments 
have come to be regarded not as the 
maximum to be obtained but as a fair 
guide by which the district record 
may be judged the proportionate 
allotment from week to week may 
properly be considered a line of de- 
marcation above which are to be 
found those districts that are succeed- 
ing and the measure of their success is 
shown in the amount by which the 
allotment figure is exceeded each 
manager assistant and agent will be 
looked to for his reasonable share of 



194 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



the district requirement each mem- 
ber of the staff should have your 
constant supervision advice and en- 
couragement in order that he may 
measure up fully to desirable stand- 
ards in all details of his record we 
have every confidence that you and 



your staff will secure your quota of 
new business and that you will also 
continue to do your, part in retain- 
ing the esteem and good-will of policy- 
holders by giving business-like service 
yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are stenographer to the supervisor of agencies in the 
home office of the Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Co., Hartford, Conn. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 



Arrangement 

Study the arrangement of the style letter. The first line of each paragraph 
is written flush with the margin, and the other lines begin five spaces from the 
margin. Use this form in this section. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 26. 

Assignment 2. Copy letters 6 and 8 on letterheads. Submit the three 
letters for signature. 

Annual Statement 

A part of the annual statement of our company for the current year showing 
receipts and expenditures is given below. 

Assignment 3. Copy the statement with carbon. Check your work 
carefully, 

74th Annual Statement 

The Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company 

Hartford, Conn. 

Receipts 

Premiums $34,671,225. 16 

Premiums guaranteed under Soldiers and Sailors Civil 

Relief Act. 2,760.67 

Interest e . . 10,702,519.33 

Rents 110,865.64 

Profit on Sales of Real Estate 374.90 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 195 

Profit on Sales or Exchange of Bonds. $8,150.00 

Accrual of Discount on Bonds 449 . 74 

Borrowed Money — Obligations, Account Liberty Loan 

Bonds 14,850,000.00 

Total Receipts $60,346,345 .44 

Supplementary Policy Claims 1,165,128.70 

Balance, January 1, 1919 214,808,596 . 65 

$276,320,070,79 
Expenditures 

Death Claims $12,154,380.46 

Endowments 2,120,952.22 

Annuities ' 130,014.83 

Surrendered Policies. 3,365,350.47 

Dividends and Returned Premiums . . . 6,906,755 . 14 

Total Paid Policy-holders $24,677,453 . 12 

Taxes on Real Estate $93,242 . 73 

Other Taxes, Fees, and Licenses 825,659 . 33 

Real Estate Expenses 48,173. 56 

Mortgage Loan Expenses 34,134.29 

Medical Expenses 181,033 . 18 

Legal Expenses 44,028 .90 

Commissions and Agency Expenses.. . . 3,633,249.36 

Office Expenses including Salaries 760,565 . 12 

Advertising, Stationery, Printing and 

Postage 136,162 .48 

Red Cross and other War Relief Funds. 54,500 . 00 

Total Expenses and Taxes 5,810,748.95 

Reduction in Book Value of Real Estate. '. . . . 60,900.05 

Premiums on Bonds Purchased 4,600 . 00 

Loss on Sales of Real Estate 2,800.00 

Total Expenditures « „ $30,556,502 . 12 

Supplementary Policy Claims. . . . <, . „ , ^ „ „ , . . . <, . . . „ , • 798,832 . 65 

Balance, January 1, 1920. ................ .^ ....... . 244,964,736.02 

' $276,320,070.79 



196 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



Agent's Report 

Assignment 4. Make a copy of the following report received from one 
of our agents. 

REPORT OF NEW BUSINESS 

July, 1919 

John A. Larkins, Agent, Phoenixville, Pa. 







ORDINARY 




Date 


Policy No. 


Amount of 


Rate of 


Amount of 






Policy 


Premium 


Premium 


July 1 


40,620 


$3,000 


$1.55 


$46.50 


" 10 


121,376 


5,000 


1.45 


72.50 


" 12 


35,840 


2,000 


1.25 


25.00 


" 18 


175,258 


10,000 


1.84J 


184.50 


« 19 


28,104 


300 


1.60 


4.80 


" 22 


347,598 


15,000 


.75 


112.50 


" 25 


31,101 


9,500 


.90 


85.50 






INDUSTRIAL 




Date 


Policy No. 


Amount of 


Rate of 


Amount of 






Policy 


Premium 


Premium 


July 2 


3,356 


$600 


$2.62 


$15.72 


" 7 


5,348 


1,750 


1.08 


18.90 


" 13 


7,654 


2,900 


.88 


25.52 


" 14 


11,256 


1,000 


.45 


4.50 


" 15 


102,943 


5,000 


• 37| 


18.75 


" 19 


25,146 


12,500 


.83| 


104.06 


" 27 


103,141 


3,750 


1.10 


41.25 


" 29 


1,432 


2,500 


• 57§ 


14.38 



$531.30 



243.08 



Total premiums on insurance written during July, 1919. 

Technical Copy 



$774.38 



Assignment 5. Copy the following passages from the company's 
annual report: 

Our surplus, when our securities are taken at the value ascertained 
according to the State Insurance Departments, is $6,269,292.74, This 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 197 

was a valuation adopted by the Insurance Departments throughout the 
country to meet the great depression in market values caused by the war. 

Although not called for, we have computed our surplus also on the 
actual market values of December 31, 1918, involving also the depression 
in the market price of Liberty Loan Bonds, and we find our surplus on 
that stringent test to be $2,916,012.54. We do not, however, sell our 
bonds, and their earning power and stability are as satisfactory as ever. 
We do not have to realize on the depressed values, the inflow of cash 
being always more than sufficient to meet all demands, and the depres- 
sion in values in no way reflects on our selection or the superiority of our 
securities. 

Our assets have increased from $221,981,720.83, January 1, 1918, to 
$252,837,435.24, January 1, 1919, or in the sum of $30,855,714.41. 

This increase appears approximately in the increase 

of United States Bonds and other bonds $34,018,949. 74 

and the decrease in our bonds and mortgages on real 

estate 3,255,500.00 

This statement of assets contains, however, 
$14,850,000 to be paid for in the purchase of the Fourth 
Liberty Loan Bonds. 

This leaves $15,306,139.37 normal excess of income over 
disbursements. 

The total income in 1918 exceeded the disburse- 
ments by $30,156,139.37 

The interest due and accrued and the net deferred and 

unreported premiums increased by 699,575 .04 

The total of $30,855,714.41 

is the increase in the total assets. 

As the mortality of the year 1918 was much above the 
. normal, due to the epidemic and war losses, the 
Suspended Mortality Fund was automatically re- 
duced by the sum of 1,734,916 00 



The total of $32,590,630.41 

represents the increase in the following liability items 
during the year: 



198 LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 

In Policy Reserves $15,001,600.00 

In Proceeds of Income Policies left with the Company. . . 531,719.00 

In Policy Claims in process of adjustment and unpre- 

sented and contingent claims 682,017 . 29 

In borrowed Money — Obligations on account of Liberty * 

Loan Bonds and accrued interest thereon 14,986,820.49 

In other Liabilities, including dividends to policy- 
holders 851,514.39 

In Contingency Reserve Funds other than Suspended 

Mortality Fund 536,959.24 



$32,590,630.41 



Exclusive of Reserves, the actual losses incurred in 1918 were 86.02 
per cent, of the expected losses. Of this 86.02 per cent., deaths believed 
to be due to influenza amounted to 18.80 per cent., and the other deaths, 
including war losses, to 67.22 per cent. 

We state herewith certain percentages of the business which show a 
very wholesome condition. Loans on policies, surrender of policies, term 
business and conversion of the latter into a more permanent form of 
insurance all show a very satisfactory trend. 

Expenses and taxes in 1918 were 12.77 per cent, of the total income, 
exclusive of borrowed money and supplementary policy claims — a very 
satisfactory figure in view of increased taxes and cost of operation. 

The insurance voluntarily relinquished during 1918 (lapsed, sur- 
rendered, extended, canceled, and reduced) was 2.8 per cent, of the insur- 
ance in force at the beginning of the year. 

The insurance surrendered during 1918 was one per cent, of the insur- 
ance in force at the beginning of the year. 

The insurance written in 1918 was $128,020,555.00, and together 
with reinstated and increased insurance amounted to $128,474,102.00, 
making our outstanding insurance $993,748,480.00. 

The increase in insurance in force on a written basis was $73,474,045.00, 
being 57.2 per cent, of the total insurance written. On a paid-for basis, 
the increase was $72,184,365.00, being 63.8 per cent, of the total new 
insurance paid for. 

Five- Year Term Policies were 3.7 per cent, of the total issued during 
1918; $3,113,330,00 of Convertible Five- Year Term Policies were con- 
verted to a more permanent form of insurance during the year 1918. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



199 



Our mortgage loans have paid their interest so that we may say there 
is virtually none in default; and of our railroad bonds none has failed 
excepting the two systems which were in default last year, and are still 
under reorganization. 

We have charged off $60,900 of the cost of our Home Office buildings, 
and $4,600 premiums on bonds purchased during the year. 

The Company has adopted for the year 1919 the very liberal scale for 
regular dividends it has maintained since 1915, although in addition to 
increased taxes and cost of operation the Company has had, with other 
life insurance companies, the trying experience of the war and the epi- 
demic. We have appropriated for the dividend of 1919, $7,570,071.72. 

Alphabetizing 



The following list contains the names of the provinces in Canada with the 
more important cities and towns in each. 





Alberta (Alta.) 


Prince Edward Island (P. E. I.) 


Edmonton 


l Calgary 


Charlottetown 


Georgetown 


Manitoba (Man.) 


Quebec (Que.) 


Brandon 


Winnipeg 


St. Cunegonde 


Chicoutimi 




Ontario (Ont.) 


Beauport 


Woodstock 


Toronto 


Collingwood 


Westmount 


Barrie 


Port Dover Kingston 


Three Rivers 


Arnprior 


Hamilton 


Owen Sound 


Levis 


St. Thomas 


Ingersoll 


Lindsay 


Sorel 


Gait 


Stratford 


Cornwall 


White End 


Ottawa 


London 


Kenova 


St. Flavien 


Guelph 


Chatham 


Smith's Falls 


Montreal 


Brantford 



British Columbia (B. C.) 
Nanaimo Nelson 

■ Victoria Roseland 

New Westminster Vancouver 

Nova Scotia (N. S.) 
Yarmouth Truro 

| Sydney Springhill 

' Amherst Windsor 

New Brunswick (N. B.) 
St. John Fredericton 



Newfoundland 
St. John's Placentia 

Saskatchewan (Sask.) 
Regina Moose Jaw 

Hull Lachine 

Isle Verte Hochelaga 

Salaberry de Battleford 

Valleyfield 

Yukon Territory (Yukon) 
Dawson City Pennington 



I 



200 LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 

Assignment 6. Arrange the names of the cities and towns in each prov- 
ince in alphabetical order. Make a typewritten copy of the entire list with 
carbon. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 7. After studying letter 12 write copies with carbons to 
the following district agents: 

Mr. I. F. Corbett, Commonwealth Building, Chattanooga, Tenn. 
Mr. Charles J. Andrews, 432 West 44th Street, Boston, Mass. 
Mr. A. R. Haskins, 2426 N. Morton St., St. Louis, Mo. 

Transcribing 
Assignment 8. Transcribe the five letters which will be dictated to you. 

Filing 
Assignment 9. File all the correspondence geographically. 

Secretarial Practice 

The trained secretary knows where to turn for any information that may be 
wanted. Not only is he familiar with the ordinary office reference books (dis- 
cussed on page 125), but he knows where to find and how to use other more spec- 
ialized reference works. His chief may be writing a report or a speech and may ask 
the secretary to verify certain statements or statistics; or he may ask the secretary 
to obtain the data for a talk on a certain subject. Occasionally reference to an 
encyclopedia may answer the purpose. When current information is wanted it 
is usually to be found in magazines rather than books. In practically every 
library there is to be found a publication entitled " Readers' Guide to Periodical 
Literature. " This " Guide" offers the most serviceable method of obtaining mag- 
azine references to current subjects. The " World's Almanac" contains much sta- 
tistical and miscellaneous information. " Who's Who" gives brief biographies 
of prominent men and women. 

Assignment 10. Get the names of the leading magazines devoted 
to business (other than trade journals). Write to those which you think will be 
worth your while, ordering a year's subscription. 

Assignment 11. Your chief: "Write Larkins (seepage 196) urging him 
to pay more attention to our Protective Policy. Read again our letter to agents 
on the subject (No. 11) and point out to Mr. Larkins as concisely as possible the 
specific advantage to young men of this form of policy. You might send him 500 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 201 

copies of the pamphlet, 'Increased Responsibility — Increased Protection/ which 
describes the policy." 

Assignment 12. Your chief has given you the following data which he 
asks you to put into the form of a letter to Mr. R. E. Hall, our agent at Norris- 
town, Pa. (Mr. Hall wrote us about a policy-holder, James M. Norton, who had 
allowed his policy No. 682421 to lapse. He now wishes to reinstate the policy 
and has given his check for the amount of the premium due to Mr. Hall.) 

"Policy of company to insist rigidly on terms of contract. Responsibility 
to other policy-holders involved. Any agreement between you and insured does 
not bind company. Cannot accept premium unless insured passes physical exam- 
ination. Send Form A-622." 

Assignment 13. Your chief: "This morning I see there's a letter from 
the Civic Forum asking me to address their convention at Philadelphia on the 15th 
of next month on the subject, 'Life Insurance — A Profession.' I have to be in 
Chicago on that date to attend a convention of our district agents. I wish you 
would write them a nice letter expressing my appreciation of their interest and 
my deep regret that this previous engagement makes it impossible for me to be 
present." Their address is 142 W. 42d St., New York City, and the letter was 
signed by J. W. Falken, Executive Secretary. 

Assignment 14. Your chief: " Write the Williams & Wilkins Co. 
enclosing a copy of the annual^statement you copied (page 194). Ask them to 
quote us on 10,000 copies printed on good stock. Better ask them to show us a 
sample of the stock they propose to use with their quotation." 

Assignment 15. Your chief: " Get the letter I dictated to Mr. Edwards 

of Joliet (letter 5) . Wire Masters and tell him that Mr. Edwards has not returned 

the cash value release form which we sent him. Ask him to call on Edwards 

and try to get him to sign the form." Mr. Masters' address is 406 Common- 

j wealth Building, Joliet. 



Pacific Oil Company 

Your Files Pel 242 Incorporated in California 

CHESTNUT AND SW ANSON STREETS 

March 
San Francisco, Calif. Twenty-eeoond 
Attention: Mr. C. J. Kenyon 1920 

Assistant Chief Engineer 

Hudson Motor Car Company 
Detroit, Michigan. 

Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of the 29th ultimo in regard to the cold 

tests you have been making of the sample oils we sub- 
mitted, and have carefully noted your conments. 

A zero cold test may be considered an advantage by some on ac- 
count of handling conditions for a few months during 
the winter, but as Pennsylvania oils are made from a 
paraffine base crude, it is impossible to extract from 
them all or enough of the paraffine wax they contain 
so that they will flow at a lower temperature than 
20 to 25° above zero. However, this temperature is 
low enough for all practical purposes as the oil supply 
may be kept in a warm place. The heat of the engine, 
as soon as it is started, is sufficient to keep the 
oil in the crank-case or lubrioator limpid enough to 
flow no matter what the outside temperature may be. 

Western or asphalt base crudes are the only ones from which oils 
that will flow around zero temperature can be made. 
While the products made from these crudes are low in 
cold test, they have low gravities containing exoesses 
of carbon and are low in flash and fire tests, m aking 
them deficient in lubricating qualities. They lose 
their viscosities rapidly under heat and must be acid 
treated. To use zero cold test oils, therefore, is to 
sacrifice all of the vitally essential qualities 
whioh are only obtainable in Pennsylvania orudes. 

Yours very truly, 

PACIFIC OIL COMPANY. 

B y /^^^fe^e ^-^^ 

Chief Chemist" 
ECS-BC 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

abrasion — the act or result of wearing or rubbing off by friction. 

adulterate — to debase or deteriorate by mixing with foreign or baser materials. 

agitator — a machine for mixing oils. 

ammonia — the modern name for a volatile, pungent, colorless, alkali gas. 

analysis — the separation of anything into its elements; as, the analysis of crude 

petroleum. 
atomize — to reduce to very small particles; as, to spray a liquid. 
bleach — to lighten in color and make clearer by means of filtering or with 

chemicals. 
by-product — something produced in the process of manufacture in addition to 

the principal product. 
carbonization — the act of converting into carbon by combustion or the action of 

fire. 
chloride — a compound of chlorine with another element. 
chlorine — a greenish yellow gas possessing great bleaching powers, 
congeal; — to freeze. 

corrode — to eat, wear, or waste away gradually. 
crude oil — oil in its natural, raw, and unprepared state. 
decompose — to resolve anything, as oil, into its elements, 
deteriorate — to reduce in quality. 
distillation — the process of purifying crude oil. The product of distillation is 

called a distillate. 
emulsify — to thicken into globules as a result of being mixed or used over and 

over. 
evaporation — the act of resolving into vapor, 

nitration — the process of purifying by passing through any cleaning liquid. 
flashing point — the temperature at which escaping vapor will ignite momen- 
tarily or "flash." This is called the "flash test" of oil. 
fluidity — the quality of being fluid or capable of flowing. 
friction — the rubbing of the surface of one body against that of another. 
fuller's earth — a substance used in filtering oil. 
gaseous — of the nature of gas. 
globule — a small spherical particle. 

homogeneous — of the same kind; composed of similar parts or elements. 
hydrogen — one of the elementary substances existing as an odorless gas. 
illuminant — an oil prepared for lighting purposes. 
lubricant — any natural or artificial material used between bearing surfaces to 

reduce friction. 

203 



204 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



lubricator-any device for keeping the rubbing parts of machines, bearings 

etc., supplied with oil or grease to diminish friction. ' 

orifice — an opening or mouth. 
oscillatory — moving backward and forward, 
paraffin-a white waxy substance obtained from petroleum by distillation and 

used as a lubricant and for other purposes. 
petroleum — mineral oil in the natural state. 
precipitate-to reduce from a state of solution to a solid form and cause to fall 

to the bottom of a liquid. 
pungent— piercing; keen (applied to an odor). 

quenching oil— oil used for immersing heated steel in order to temper it 
rapeseed— the seed of a plant called rape, from which linseed oil is made 
refinery-a place where some substance, as petroleum, is refined; i.e., freed from 

impurities and brought to a pure state. 
reservoir— a large receptacle for storing oil. 
residue— that which is left after any process such as refining. 
rotary — turning on an axis. 

sediment— matter which settles to the bottom of any liquid. 
still — an apparatus for distilling liquids. 

thermal-conductivity-the property of transmitting or distributing heat 
volatilize-to cause to evaporate or pass off as vapor or gas. Substances having 

this property are said to be volatile. B 

CORRESPONDENCE 

Second: 



Moran Construction Company, 
Builders 1 Exchange, 
Newport News, Va. 

Gentlemen: 

" PAINTOLEUM"— What is it? 



First: 



When mixed with linseed 
oil in the proportion of 
20%, it cannot be de- 
tected and | does not in 
the least detract from the 
usual properties of pure 
linseed. 
Third: It has been on the mar- 
ket | for seventeen years 
and the sale of it has in- 
creased immensely; there- 
fore it is no experiment. 
We have spared no | 10 ° 
expense and labor in im- 
proving its quality, and it 
is better today 2 than when 
first manufactured. 

nt r ^ i mo i J rn / endenc y ^ to omit the apostrophe in such instances. Other examples- Farmer* 
National Bank, Merchants and Miners Transportation Company examples, farmer. 

In the interests of simplicity the hyphen should be omitted in the words today and tomorrow 



It is an excellent substi- 
tute for linseed oil, when 
mixed with dry paint and 
| a little dryer, for paint- 
ing rough board surfaces, 
barns, fences, and shingle 
roofs. It is not recom- 
mended for use on | tin 
roofs. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



205 



Fourth: A trial will | convince 
you that this oil is all we 
claim for it, and that its 
use will put dollars in 
your | pocket. 
Fifth: Most of the linseed oil 

offered at less than the 
regular prices is adulter- 
ated. Buy your Unseed 
pure | and mix it your- 
self. 
Sixth: Paintoleum, either raw or 

boiled, is put up in bar- 
rels and half -barrels, five 
and | ten-gallon litho- 
graphed 3 cans, and is low 
in price. Write for quo- 
tations, and state in what 
quantity you would prob- 
ably | 200 buy. 
Yours very truly, (204) 



Mr. C. W. Andrews, 

Supt., Holland Valve Co., 
Holland, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

We have read your letter of June 
24 carefully. 

We do not believe that you would 
find | paraffin oils at all satisfac- 
tory for your purpose. They are not 
distilled direct from crude petro- 
leum, but are distilled from | petro- 
leum tar. Furthermore, they are not 
still-sweetened, and their colors are 
secured by artificial means instead of 
by natural | processes of filtration. 

3 See definition on page 149. 

4 A kind of charcoal. 

5 Pronounced but. 



Practically all paraffin oils are chem- 
ically treated with acid and caustic 
soda, and therefore they are not | 
equal to neutral oils for general pur- 
poses. As a matter of fact paraffin 
oils are always considered second- 
class lubricants. | 10 ° 

The oils which we manufacture 
(all neutral oils) are distilled from 
Pennsylvania crude oil, sweetened in 
the stills, and filtered | through 
bone-black 4 or fuller's earth. They 
are made in a multitude of different 
grades and differ widely in gravity, | 
viscosity, color, and flash and fire 
tests. Some are used for lubricating 
and others for burning purposes. 

We have requested | our repre- 
sentative, Mr. T. W. Middleton, to 
call on you in the course of a few 
days. He will be | glad to go over 
your proposition with you. Please 
be assured that we stand ready to do 
everything in our | 20 ° power to be 
of assistance to you. 

Very truly yours, (210) 

3 
Mr. Roland E. Rogers, 

Chief Engineer, Butte Electric 
Co., 
Butte, 5 Montana. 
Dear Sir: 

We take pleasure in giving you; 
the information requested in yours of 
the 5th. We use the Herschel | and 
the Conradson tests for measuring 
the emulsifying properties of turbine 
oils. 



206 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



In the Herschel test, the oil is 
placed | in a glass receptacle, mixed 
with a specified amount of distilled 
water, and stirred at 130° F. 6 ) for a 
definite time by means of a carefully 
prepared paddle, which rotates at a 
prescribed rate of speed. The | 
mixture is then allowed to stand, and 
the speed with which the oil separates 
from the water is recorded. The | 10 ° 
speed of separation is then referred 
to a table which makes it possible to 
reduce all results to a uniform | basis 
of units varying from to 1200. 
Thus, an oil which gives 60 units is a 
relatively poor | oil and is given 60 
emulsibility. 

In the Conradson test, the oil is 
placed in a receptacle and steam is | 
injected into it through an orifice of 
specified dimensions for a definite 
length of time. The mixture is then 
allowed | to stand, and the rate of 
separation is noted. In this test a 
perfect oil is one that will sepa- 
rate | 200 under the conditions of the 
test to the extent of 100% and is 
classed as a 100% | emulsibility oil. 

If there is any further information 
we can supply, we shall be glad to 
hear | from you further. 

Yours very truly, (246) 



Pacific Oil Company, 

Chestnut and Swanson Streets, 
San Francisco, Calif. 
Gentlemen: 

In accordance with your instruc- 
tions I visited the plant of the Marys- 
ville Company, Marysville, Tenn. 



My visit was | a great disappoint- 
ment, as the amount of oil they use 
did not warrant an investigation. 
They have purchased one barrel | 
of High Standard Cylinder Oil, which 
under ordinary circumstances will 
last them a year. 

On a trial run of High | Stand- 
ard it developed that the oil did not 
atomize. The engine is of the cross 
compound type with the receiver | 
located seven feet below the cylinder 
centers, which forms a pocket for the 
emulsified oil. In the course of 
a | ioo month this oil formed an insu- 
lation on the coils, with the result 
that water gathered in the low pres- 
sure cylinders | and caused a very 
audible water hammer. Had this 
engine been of the high pressure 
or tandem compound type, this | 
difficulty would not have occurred; 
but their equipment is certainly very 
favorable for indicating poor ato- 
mizing of cylinder oil. The | water 
here is very high in alkalinity, which 
aggravates the situation. 

Improvements in installation 
could be suggested for this plant, | 
but the quantity of oil used is so 
small that it is useless to take the 
matter up. I recommend, | 20 ° 
therefore, that these people be allowed 
to return the barrel of High Standard 
and that a barrel of Anti-Friction | 
be forwarded to them. As to their 
other requirements, three barrels of 
Sabine Dynamo and two barrels of 
Thread Cutting | Oil would be a 
year's supply. 

Yours very truly, (249) 



6 130 degrees Fahrenheit. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



207 



Mr. W. B. Baldwin, 

Chief Engineer, Merchants & 
Miners Transportation 
Co., 
Baltimore, Md. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your inquiry regarding 
steam turbine oils. Radium Turbine 
Oil is perfectly adapted to any type 
of | vertical or horizontal steam 
turbine. 

Such an oil must primarily be a 
most efficient lubricant and one 
which will retain | its qualities un- 
der a higher heat than that encoun- 
tered in ordinary steam engine bear- 
ings. It must filter perfectly and 
must | not deteriorate with the con- 
stant filtering and cooling processes 
through which it passes. In the 
vertical type turbine the oil | is 
pumped into the oiling system at a 
pressure of many hundred pounds 
per square inch, and in the step J 10 ° 
bearing it must sustain the entire 
weight of the revolving parts. 

Every one agrees there is no econ- 
omy in cheap | oils, but we would 
like to bring this truth home more 
especially to those responsible for the 
operation of the | costly modern tur- 
bine engine. Our oil may not be as 
cheap as some other oils, but we 
guarantee perfect lubrication | of 
your plant if you use it. It can be 
filtered indefinitely, and because of 
its great lasting qualities will | be 
found far more economical under long 
running than any other uniform oil 
made. 



This oil is recommended by 
the | 200 largest turbine engine build- 
ers in the world. We supply it to the 
United States Government for use in 
the most | modern types of tur- 
bines, where it is giving perfect 
results. 

We will deliver a five-gallon 
sample can so that | you can test 
and analyze this oil. 

Yours very truly, (250) 



The Midvale Iron & Steel Company, 
225 Farmers National Bank 
Building, 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

What quenching oil are you using 
in manufacturing your tool steels? 7 
In one of the oldest and largest 
tool | steel plants in America a series 
of comparative and practical tests of 
all well-known quenching oils was 
recently made, | with the result that 
this plant now uses Robsol exclu- 
sively. 

It was found that Robsol ranked 
highest in quenching speed, | ther- 
mal-conductivity, and uniformity. 
In this plant the quenching systems 
are periodically tested (about every 
thirty days), and the fact | was also 
developed that Robsol increases 
slightly in quenching speed and 
hardening power. 

This means that this plant is 
assured 1 10 ° of absolutely uniform re- 
sults in the hardening of its products. 
In the tests made Robsol did not 
increase in viscosity, | did not de- 



7 A question will often be found an effective opening sentence. 



208 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



compose, and was not altered in 
any way. It is so homogeneous 
that the usual action which takes | 
place in all quenching tanks — the 
fractional distillation or evaporation 
of the lighter oils, leaving the heavy 
oils in the | system — will not take 
place with the use of Robsol. When 
an oil becomes heavy, increases in 
viscosity, and rises | rapidly in flash 
and fire test, it will not take the heat 
away from the piece rapidly; the steel 
will | 200 be soft and will not show the 
desired physical characteristics. 

This oil has been in constant use 
in a large | number of manufacturing 
plants for years. It is now in use in 
spring, ball-bearing, gauge, 8 gear, 
typewriter, rifle, machine | tool, saw, 
wire, automobile, automobile parts, 
and gun manufacturing plants. It 
will be to your advantage to give 
Robsol a | trial. 

Yours very truly, (264) 



The Gulf Refining Company, 

Virginia Trust Company Bldg., 
Roanoke, Va. 
Gentlemen: 

Attention Mr. White 
Yours of February 2 in regard to 
the complaint made by the Chesa- 
peake & Ohio people | on the last 
few cars of fuel oil is received. 

It seems impossible, as they sug- 
gest, that the trouble is | due to 
dirty cars. Aside from a certain 



amount of deposit which we cannot 
get away from, Mr. Wilcox informs | 
me that every empty car before being 
loaded is carefully tested by steam 
pressure for leaks, and is then blown | 
out thoroughly with compressed air 
to remove all dirt and any trace of 
moisture that might remain. Their 
contention as 1 10 ° to water, however, 
is doubtless correct. 

Bayonne has only two retained 
samples 9 of shipments recently made 
them, one taken on | January 16 
and the other on January 21. Cen- 
trifugal tests of the 30 gravity oil 
from two of the | storage tanks 
show .3 and .4 of 1% of water and 
sediment combined. 

On account | of the extremes of 
temperature at the present time the 
tanks sweat more or less, thus pre- 
cipitating a certain amount | of 
water. As this oil thickens to a 
certain extent during cold weather, 
the sediment and water do not thor- 
oughly 1 20 ° settle out and remain in 
suspension. 

Undoubtedly a very decided im- 
provement can be shown by an addi- 
tion of something like | 25% of 
Solar, which remains very limpid 
during the cold weather. By this 
means the 30 gravity | will be 
thinned sufficiently, I believe, to 
make it perfectly satisfactory. We 
shall therefore ship this mixture as 
long as | the cold weather lasts. 
Yours very truly, (267) 



8 Sometimes spelled gage. 

9 Retained for analysis in case the buyer questions the quality 



CORRESPONDENCE 



209 



8 

Mr. L. J. Stewart, 

President, Waverly Oil Co., 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

On my inspection trip to our re- 
fineries in the Mid-Continent district, 
I found conditions in the industry | 
generally to be unsatisfactory. Out 
of a refining capacity of about 330,000 
barrels of crude a day, | the refin- 
eries in this section are running at 
about one-third of normal, or 110,000 
barrels of | crude a day. This means 
an output of about 50,000 barrels of 
fuel oil per day, which is difficult | 
to market at a fair price. 

The refineries for the most part 
are storing as much fuel oil as they I 1 00 
can to keep it off the market. Other 
progressive refineries are cutting 
a 32-36 gas oil, for | which there 
is a fair market, from their fuel oil 
distillate and are running the heavier 
gravity residue into road | oil, for 
which there is a good demand as cities, 
states, and counties are now resuming 
their road making and | road im- 
provement operations. Other refin- 
eries are in a position to burn practi- 
cally their entire output of fuel oil 
under their | stills, thus taking the 
product off the overloaded market 
and at the same time saving on their 
coal bills. In | 200 addition there 
are some long contracts for fuel oil 
running, notably with the Railroad 
Administration, which take care of a | 
large portion of the product at a good 
price, as high as $1.75 being the 
price | on some contracts. 



There are many other refineries, 
however, having only limited storage 
facilities, some with only enough to 
take | care of two days' output of 
fuel oil, that are compelled to sell it at 
ruinous prices in order to | enable 
the plants to keep running. A num- 
ber of them are receiving only 60 to 
85 j£ a barrel. | 30 ° 

Yours very truly, (303) 

9 
Cluett & Peabody Company, 

Troy, N. Y. 
Gentlemen: 

We have been deeply interested 
for many years in the subject of your 
letter of June 14. 

Many manufacturers [ of fine tex- 
tiles and fabrics have had the un- 
fortunate experience you have had — 
their goods come back from the 
bleacher | weakened in strength and 
showing streaks and stains. Our 
chemists made an exhaustive study 
of textile manufacturing and bleach- 
ing processes | to ascertain the cause. 
Their experiments absolved the 
bleacher from blame. They discov- 
ered that oil from winding and knit- 
ting machines | does not thoroughly 
wash out of the goods before they are 
subjected to the bleaching process. 
This oil holds the | 10 ° chlorine de- 
rived from the chloride of lime used 
in bleaching, thus producing stains 
and a weakening of the fibre of [ the 
fabric. 

The solution of the difficulty is to 
be found in the proper selection of 
lubricants. Our chemists have | 
built up a line of oils especially de- 



210 



OIL AND OIL REPINING SECTION 



veloped and tested to meet the varied 
and exacting demands of textile lu- 
brication. | For wick-lubrication of 
yarns on winding and knitting ma- 
chines, we developed Atlantic Stain- 
less Spindle Oil, which is a special | 
compound of animal fats and mineral 
oils. It is so light in color that it 
will not stain and of [ 20 ° such a 
character that it readily washes out of 
the fabric. 

Eclipse White Spindle Oil should 
be used in the ] manufacture of fine 
quality white hosiery and underwear 
which are not to be sent to the 
bleacher, in which case | a highly 
refined oil that will not stain is 
required. 

The manufacture of colored or 
black hosiery and underwear does | 
not require the same high quality 
stainless oil as is required in the mak- 
ing of white goods, but an oil J of 
proper viscosity to lubricate efficiently 
the high speed rotary and oscil- 
latory motions of the knitting ma- 
chines is necessary. Experience | 300 
has shown that Acme Knitting Ma- 
chine Oil is the best suited for this 
purpose. 

We should like to have one | of 
our lubricating engineers take up this 
problem in your factory. After 
studying the conditions in the plant 
he can | recommend exactly the 
right oils to be used. If this is 
agreeable to you we shall have a 
representative at | your plant on 
any date you may specify. 

Yours very truly, (371) 

10 Abbreviation for namely. 



10 

Central Motor Accessory & Supply 
Co., 

1147 Broad Street, 
San Jose, Calii. 
Gentlemen : 

There are three factors to be con- 
sidered in the lubrication of the auto- 
mobile engine: viz., 10 the speed of 
the | engine, the load carried, and 
the operating temperature. 

While the speeds of engines vary 
for the different makes, they operate | 
between 800 to 3000 revolutions per 
minute — high speeds for machinery 
composed largely of reciprocating 
parts. It is J the consensus of 
opinion that high speed machinery 
requires an oil of low viscosity to 
lubricate the bearings without exces- 
sive | friction. A very large pro- 
portion of the frictional losses of an 
engine (which amount to about 30% 
of 1 10 ° the total power developed) oc- 
curs at the bearings, so that it fol- 
lows that an oil of too high viscosity 
increases | the friction losses at the 
bearings. 

The load on the wrist and crank 
pins and main bearings results from 
the | thrust produced by the explo- 
sion in the combustion chamber and 
the weight of the parts. This load 
is at its | maximum an instant after 
the piston begins to descend on its 
working stroke, and amounts to more 
than two tons | with a piston \\" in 
diameter. It is obvious that the lu- 
bricating oil must be sufficiently | 200 
fluid to insinuate itself between the 



CORRESPONDENCE 



211 



rubbing surfaces, and sufficiently 
viscous to remain in place under such 
high pressure. 

The j temperatures of the gases 
within the engine cylinders range 
from about 250° F. at the end of | 
the intake stroke to about 2800° F. 
just at the moment of explosion. 
A large part of | the heat generated 
is transmitted to the piston and cylin- 
der walls through the film of oil 
which separates them. It | is ob- 
vious that the oil may carbonize or 
volatilize under the temperatures to 
which it is subjected. This condition 
requires | 300 of the oil the quality 
of permanence at high temperatures; 
i.e., it must not readily volatilize or 
decompose. If | it volatilizes, the 
consumption of oil will be excessive; if 
it decomposes, carbon troubles will 
ensue. 

To prepare an oil | meeting 
these varied and conflicting require- 
ments demands large resources of 
raw materials and adequate refining 
facilities. Atlantic Polarine is of- 
fered | to you as the highest grade 
motor oil, scientifically prepared 
from selected fractions of those ma- 
terials best suited to its | manufac- 
ture, and one which has been demon- 
strated to be exactly right for your 
trade. 

Yours very truly, (397) 
11 
Wise Automobile Accessories Co., 

Jacksonville, Fla. 
Gentlemen : 

We are going to give you some 
good reasons why we believe Atlantic 



Motor Oils to be as nearly | ideal in 
lubricating properties as lubricants 
can be. In order to do so we must 
tell you something about the 
manufacture of motor car lubricants. 

Motor oils are distilled from 
crude petroleum. There are many 
grades of crude oil — some | good, 
some not so good. Even the good 
grades vary, some being better for 
one particular lubricating service 
than others. | At the start of the 
refining process you can see that the 
skill of the refiner comes into play in 
| 10 ° the selection of the right crude 
oil. 

Even the good crude oils contain 
many different substances, such as 
gasoline, 11 benzine, | paraffin wax, 
and lubricating oils. Distilling from 
the crude oil just the one lubricating 
' oil needed for a particular service | 
is a problem that calls for expert 
knowledge and high-grade equipment. 

The first part of the refining proc- 
ess removes | all the dirt and water 
from the crude oil. In the various 
steps of distillation the crude oil is 
boiled | at different temperatures, 
each substance being vaporized at its 
particular boiling point and then 
condensed by low temperature into 
a | 200 liquid. Benzine, kerosene, 
and the lubricating oils vaporize at 
different temperatures. 

That part of the crude oil in 
which we | are interested is then 
chilled until the wax in it is frozen. 
A special filter press removes this 
wax, leaving | a combination of oils 
of different qualities, which is dis- 



11 Spelled also gasolene. 



212 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



tilled again and again until it is 
separated into various grades | of 
lubricating oils ready for use. 

This process does not sound so 
very complicated, yet it is. Even 
with good | crude oil to start with 
it is entirely possible to make it 
into lubricating oils of questionable 
quality. It is | 300 the old, old 
story that an unskilled workman 
cannot make a good job even with 
good tools; neither can a | skilled 
workman do his best with poor 
tools. 

The Atlantic Refining Company, 
the oldest and largest lubricant manu- 
facturers in the | world, can truth- 
fully boast of having not only good 
workmen and good methods, but a 
wide variety of crude oils | from 
which to choose. This last advan- 
tage is exceedingly important, as the 
ability of the company to supply its 
patrons | with the proper motor oils 
would be seriously hampered were it 
compelled to use a particular crude 
oil because of | 400 local conditions. 

We have developed an oil par- 
ticularly adapted to the make of car 
which you use. A list of | Atlantic 
Service Stations is enclosed and we 
invite you to make full use of the 
facilities they offer. 

Very truly | yours, (441) 



12 

as it is the policy of all successful 
dealers and garages to supply their 
customers with lubricants that will 
give them the best results we know 
that you will be interested in our 
autoline oil and other motor lubri- 
cants autoline oil has been so emi- 
nently satisfactory to operators of 
motors that it is hardly necessary for 
us to discuss its many good qualities 
we assume that you are familiar with 
its advantages especially since auto- 
line is so widely used however we 
may say briefly that its superiority 
is due to the fact that it is manu- 
factured solely from premium Penn- 
sylvania crude oil by a special manu- 
facturing process including extra 
careful filtering that frees it abso- 
lutely from foreign matter many of 
the oils being offered at this time are 
bleached by acid to give the same 
results that we get by filtering but 
while such oils can be marketed at 
lower prices than filtered oils the acid 
remaining in them is certain to be 
detrimental to the metal surfaces 
with which they come in contact we 
have had a number of calls recently 
for autoline lubricants from car 
owners in your city and enclose 
copies of several letters we have 
received it will pay you to carry a 
stock of our oils we shall be pleased 
to furnish you with further informa- 
tion prices and terms if you are in- 
terested yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 213 



PIPE LINE RIGHT-OF-WAY 



&ttOto &U ffltVl P? QfytZt ^regentg, that for and in consideration 

of the payment of the sum of c2rvv^.0/<^^>^-e^C ^Zis-fitZj \y$ ( <GTQ,. Q.O ). - .—...- ."*...~... .*.."* Dollar* 
to us in hand paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, M't.^ ~*^-*-' ^-^v<^*-CA-dA^>^^«L» ;/ ,. 

mkJL^ 1 u<hL^t. <hj***aai/ of! ~£iU* ^to^^cL^^J^^^ 

have granted and do hereby grant unto THE PACIFIC OIL COMPANY, of California, a corporation, its successors 
and assigns, the right-of-way for a.(3)wti^A^i.. inch pipe line for a distance of..>5? .*J.S"... . .rods, on, over and 
through. os^rJ ...lands in the District of ..T&ft^&feu! , County of^*ftv^^fev^ State of . <2r^o<&*»«**V 
containing..^ £..0 acres, more or less, bounded as follows, to wit: 

On the north by the lands of.. Q&**ul4J LAiAAMJ. „ # 

On the east by the lands of.. CO.* Q^QjJL&s m _ _ ..,.. 

On the south by the lands of. ./ft -...0?,.. r<JL*%*JsJ. ., «. 

On the west by the lands of (jH*«a*).. m<oSuf C5£c^x/a£& ^4»»o<^X/ . 



TOGETHER with the right to lay, relay, maintain, operate and remove the same, and the right to 
ingress and egress for these purposes. Additional lines may be laid along the course of the original line laid here- 
under at any time in the future, upon payment in advance of the sum of.XL<vt>? (. /.Q.J cents per rod for each 

such additional line. 

3Jn JSHitnesffl! JKfjereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals Xh\&AkM^d^.r.t4^4iA>r^^ 

day of. *}Ur\^^uJtHt/^. 19.2.Q. 

Witness: * _...(mbal] 



I •■*,) 



Illustration 24 — Right-of-Way Agreement 



214 OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 

OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed in the general manager's office of the 
Pacific Oil Co., San Francisco, Calif. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

In writing the letters in this section follow the arrangement of the style 
letter. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 27. 

Assignment 2. Copy Letter 10 with carbon on a letterhead. Hand in 
both letters for approval. 

Right-oe-Way Agreement 

Assignment 3. Prepare the contract on page 213 on the typewriter in 
duplicate, using the sheets marked "form 28." Some care will be required to 
do this neatly. The typewritten words should be on the dotted lines. Submit 
for approval. 

Bond 

Each of our agencies is required to file with us a bond similar to the 
following: 

PACIFIC OIL COMPANY 

San Francisco, California 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, the Liberty 
Motor Supply Company of Los Angeles, California, as Principal, and the 
United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company of Baltimore, Maryland, a 
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, 
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the PACIFIC OIL COMPANY, 
of San Francisco, a corporation of the State of California, in the sum of 
One Thousand ($1000.00) Dollars, lawful money of the United States of 
America, to the payment whereof to the said Pacific Oil Company, its 
successors and assigns, well and truly to be made, we do bind ourselves, 
our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, and each and every 
one of them, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 215 

WITNESS our hands and seals this tenth day of February, in the 
year of our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and Twenty. 

NOW THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, 

That if the above bounden Liberty Motor Supply Company, Principal, its 
heirs, executors, and administrators, shall and do well and truly pay or 
cause to be paid unto the said Pacific Oil Company, its successors and 
assigns, all sums of money it may owe said Company by reason of the 
terms hereinafter set forth, then this obligation is to be void; otherwise 
it is to remain in full force and virtue with respect to all moneys that may 
come into the hands of said Principal as agent for said Company, the said 
Principal being employed as a selling agent with the right to make col- 
lections for said Company; and all moneys that may come into the hands of 
said Principal by reason of any employment whatsoever by said Com- 
pany; and further, all moneys which the said Principal may owe the said 
Company by reason of overpayment of any commissions allowed said 
Principal, arising in the following manner, to wit: 

The said Company may make sales through the said Principal, at 
i the regular quoted prices, which regular prices are subject to a reduction 
conditioned upon the purchaser's taking a certain amount of the Pacific Oil 
Company products within a year, according to the terms of the agreement 
made at the time with the purchaser; the said Principal to be paid its com- 
mission according to the terms of its contract of employment, which pay- 
ments shall be based upon the regular quoted prices. Should such arrange- 
ment at the end of the year or any adjustment period show an overpay- 
ment of commission, it is the duty of the said Principal to refund such 
overpayment to the said Company. 

The liabilities of the said Principal for which this bond is given are 
more fully set forth and explained in the contract of employment of the 
Principal with the Company, bearing date of February 8, 1920. 

Signed, sealed and (SEAL) 

delivered in the Principal 

presence of: by 

(SEAL) 

Surety 

by- _ 



216 OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 

Assignment 4. Make a copy of the bond with carbon, using legal size 
paper. Hand in. 

Transportation 

Merchandise is shipped by mail, express, or freight, according to the size 
of the shipment, its value, and the time within which it is to be delivered. When 
packages are small or when quick delivery is desired, shipments should be made 
by parcel post or express, according to whichever method is cheaper. The rates 
are based upon weight and distance. Larger shipments should be forwarded by 
freight. All freight rates are based upon a minimum weight of one hundred 
pounds; if a shipment weighs less the full rate for one hundred pounds is charged. 
Freight transportation is slower than express or mail, but the rates are much 
lower. Parcel post packages must not exceed seventy pounds in weight when 
shipped to a point within the first three zones, and fifty pounds when shipped to 
points within the fourth to eighth zones. Packages shipped by express must 
not exceed three hundred pounds in weight, or two hundred and fifty pounds 
if they are transferred from one carrier to another en route. A shipment can be 
sent C. O. D. (collect on delivery) by parcel post or express; i.e., the post office 
or express company will collect the bill for the merchandise when it is delivered 
to the consignee and remit the amount to the consignor. 

Bills of Lading 

When goods are shipped by freight a bill of lading is prepared by the shipper 
in triplicate. The first, or " original" sheet, is the bill of lading proper, which is 
retained by the shipper; the second sheet is the "shipping order," which is de- 
livered to the transportation company with the shipment, and the third sheet 
is a "memorandum" copy, which should be mailed to the consignee to notify 
him that the shipment has been made and by what route. 

Bills of lading are in two forms — the "straight" bill and the "order" bill. 
The straight bill is non-negotiable; i.e., delivery of the shipment covered by it 
can be made only to the consignee named therein. The next illustration shows 
the original sheet of a straight bill of lading. The shipping order and memo- 
randum copies are not illustrated because they are exact duplicates of the original 
with the exception of the headings. All three copies are used in the assignments 
which follow and are supplied in the budget of forms. Note the differences in 
the headings. The pen-written matter shown in the illustration is filled in by 
the shipper. The other data is entered by the transportation company. 

A freight shipment on which the consignor desires to collect before it is 
delivered to the purchaser must be sent with a sight draft attached to the bill 
of lading. On shipments of this kind the "order bill of lading" is used. The 
shipper consigns the goods to himself to the city in which the purchaser is located, 
the transportation company being instructed to notify the purchaser upon its 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



217 



Uniform Bi'l of Lading-Standard form of Straight Bin of Lading approved by the Interstate Commerce Cor 
by Order No. 787 of June 27, 1908. 

UNITED STATES RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION 

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF RAILROADS 

SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD 



mltflon 



STRAIGHT BILL OF LADING-ORIGINAL-NOT NEGOTIABLE. 



Shipper's No._ 
Agent's No- 



received, subject to the classifications and tariffs in effect on the date of issue of this Original Bill of Lading, 



the property described below, in apparent good order, except as noted 




conditions, whether" printed 
accepted for himself and his assigns, 



1 the 
: and 



The Rate of Freight from. 



is in Cents per 100 Lbs. 



IF Times 1st | IF 1st Class | IF 2d Class 



IF 3d Class I IF 4th Class 



IF 5th Class IF A Class 



(.Mail Address— Not for purposes of Delirerjr^ 



no...^^^^ 

^..&£lZ^A^<r^^ State of. <£^&/ County of. 



Destination, . . ><^sT^<^uc*^'™r'^™j- 

Route,. .^fC?. — .^.^? Car Initial. 



.Car No.. 



Packages x 



DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLES AND SPECIAL MARKS 



WEIGHT 

(Subject to Correction) 



_Z^_ 



£>^a 



_4^£2z_ 



If charges are to be 
prepaid write or stamp 
here, "To be Prepaid." 



Received S 

to apply in prepayment of 
the charges on the prop- 
erty described hereon. 



Agent or Cashier 



Charges Advanced: 

S . 



/trz^ij^s f)jJ. (2*> 



-Shipper. 



-Agent. 



(This Bill of Lading is to be signed by the Shipper 



Per 

and Agent of the carrier issuing same.) 



Illustration 25 — Straight Bill of Lading 



218 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



Form 18-A Regular 

Uniform BUI Of Latf'ng— Standard ■Form of Order Bill of Lading approved by the Interstate Commerce Commission by Order No< 787, of iune 

?7, 1 908- Including provisions to conform with the requirements of the Cummins Amendment to the Act 

to Regulate Commerce, effective June 2, 1915. 



The Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Company 

COAST LINES =; 

Shl|)per , iNo./.9^.7. 



ORDER BILL OF LADING-ORIGINAL. 



Agent's No.. 



RECEIVED, subject, to the classifications and tariffs in effect on the date of issue of this Original Bill of Lading. 



at.. 



.19 



from , .the property described below, in apparent good order, except as noted 

(contents and condition of contents of packages unknown), marked, consigned and destined as indicated below, which said Company agrees 
to carry to its usual place of delivery at said destination, if on its road, otherwise to deliver to another carrier on the route to said desti- 
nation. ' It is mutually, agreed, :as to each carrier of. all or any of said property over all or any portion of said route to destination, and as 
to each party at any time interested in all or any of said property, that every service to be performed hereunder shall be subject to all the 
conditions, whether printed or written, herein contained (including conditions on back hereof) and which are agreed to by the shipper and 
accepted for himself and his assigns. 

. The surrender of this Original ORDER Bill of Lading properly endorsed shall be required before the delivery of the property. 
Inspection of property covered by this bill' of lading will not be permitted unless provided by law or unless permission .is endorsed on . this 
original bill of lading or given in writing by the shipper. 

The Rate of Freight from. 



to 












-Is in 


cents per 100 lbs. 


IF Special 

V« — : 








IF_Jlnies1st | IF lit Class 


IF 2d Class 


IF '3d Class 


IF 4th Class 


IF 5th Class 


IF A Class 


IF B Class 


IF C Class 


IF D Class 


IF E Class 


P« 


1 

























(Mail Address— Not for purposes of delivery) 



Consigned to ORDER OF , Oz^^^j^^ . O^C. Go, .rr.r.. . . . 

Destination. .^£fi>«^£&^, .... ., State t\?Ws&*<4dLf, County of 

N«rtiiy . ^^^€^^^^^^^ . ^5^W^-<^. . >^. .CU?, . . . j^ -ro. . .£5^^^-^-^^-^* rC^^^. 

At . . ^JZJZ&'OrS, State x>\ . /!?t^4<&/» . Z. County of 

Route . &,. <*7,. y-. £*/<<£&. ., . . . . .■ .Car Initial Car No.. 



No. 
Packages 


DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLES' AND SPECIAL MARKS 


WEIGHT 

(Subject to Correction) 


CLASS 
OR RATE 


CHECK 
COLUMN 


If charges are to be 


/ 


^z«^f rr^v o^ 


<5-i5ns£- 






prepaid write or stamp 
here, "To be Prepaid." 




































































Received $ 

to apply in prepayment of 












the charges on the prop- 
erty described hereon. 
























Agent or Cashier 












P.. 












(The signature here acknowledges, 
only the amount prepaid.) 




























Charges Advanced: 












% 















-Shipper. 



Per./ W &Hx o*< J ^ ry?^ C&^f 

^(THIS BILL OF LADING IS TO BE SIGNED BTTHE SHIPPE 



Per_ 



PPER AND AGENT OF THE CARRIER ISSUING SAME.) 



Illustration 26 — Order Bill of Lading 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 219 

arrival. The order bill is negotiable; i.e., the shipment may be delivered to the 
purchaser upon the consignor's order endorsed thereon to do so. When the 
shipper forwards the shipment he sends a draft attached to the original bill of 
lading properly endorsed to his bank for collection, which in turn forwards it to 
its correspondent bank in the city in which the purchaser is located. This bank 
notifies the purchaser of the arrival of the draft. Upon payment of the draft 
he receives from the bank the original bill of lading endorsed as paid in full. 
When the shipment arrives the transportation company sends the purchaser a 
"Notice of Arrival," and upon the surrender of the endorsed bill of lading to the 
transportation company the shipment is delivered. The illustration on page 
218 shows the original of a bill of lading covering a shipment made in this way. 

Assignment 5. We have sold on order # 6736 to the Mt. Vernon Serv- 
ice Co., Ashland, Ore., 10 barrels of oil, gross weight, 5124 pounds, to be shipped 
via S. P. freight. 

On form 29 (three sheets) make out on the machine a bill of lading in tripli- 
cate for this shipment, inserting our order number in the space for the shipper's 
number. Present for signature. 

Assignment 6. We have sold the Peerless Auto Service Co., 716 Tyson 
St., Riverside, Calif., order #6737, 14 barrel? of oil, 2 barrels of soap, and 1 
barrel of grease, gross weight, 8627 pounds, to be shipped by A. T. & S. F. freight, 
sight draft attached to bill of lading. 

On form 30 make out the bill of lading required. Present for endorsement 
and signature. 

Billing 

All our automobile oils are put up in 52-gal. barrels; greases and soaps are 
shipped in 450-lb. barrels. Prices, however, are quoted by the gallon or pound. 
Our price list of automobile oils, greases, and soaps is given below. 

Shipments are made f.o.b. San Francisco. Our regular discount to dealers 
is 30%. Our terms are 2% for cash in 10 days — 30 days net. Illustration 27 
shows one of our bills. 

Price List 



Taxi Auto Oil 


400] 


per gallon 


Amber Auto Oil 


450 


a u 


"K" Auto on 


45^ 


(( iC 


"C" Auto Oil 


450 


u u 


Standard Special Auto Oil 


500 


it u 


Heavy Auto Oil 


500 


u u 


Transmission Oil 


500 


iC it 


Steam Auto Oil 


500 


u a 


Peerless Motor Cycle Oil 


450 


a it 


Defiance Auto Oil 


750 


<« u 


Timing Gear Oil 


75t 


it « 



220 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



Cup and Transmission Grease 


8j£ per pound 


Sponge Grease 


9£ " " 


Linseed Oil Soap (Soft) 


14 j* " " 


Linseed Oil Soap (Hard) 


15^ " " 



PACIFIC OIL COMPANY 

INCORPORATED IN CALIFORNIA 

Chestnut and Sansom Streets 
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIF. 



Sold 


To MoClintook Motor Company 




Bate 


Pel 


. 19/19)80 




Marshfield, Ore. 




Our Order No. 6742 


Your Order Z/lZ/zO 




Lodger Folio 21V 


Shipped on Z/l9/Z0 p y S. P, Frt» 




TERMS i 2% tor Cash in 10 day* 
Net 30 days 


BARRELS 


KIND 


GALLONS 


PRICE 


AMOUNT 


TOTAl 


2 


Vbls. Amber Auto Oil 




104 


.45 


46.80 





1 


H g 1) ll 




52 


.45 


23.40 




1 


•' Transmission Grease 460# 






.08 


36.00 




1 


" Linseed Oil Soap (Hard) 450# 






.15 


67.50 




3 


n Stand. Special Auto Oil 

Less 


30#~ 


156 


.'50 


78.00 


251.70 

75.51 



Illustration 27 — Bill or Invoice 

Assignment 7. From the following data prepare bills in duplicate on 
the billheads in the budget (marked "form 31"), using the current date, and 
submit them for approval. Use plain paper for the carbons. Make the exten- 
sions and deduct the discount of 30% on each bill. 

1. Sold to Mt. Vernon Service Company, Ashland, Ore., our order 6736, 
ledger folio 245, their order dated 5 days ago, shipped today by S. P. freight. 

3 bbls. Amber Auto Oil 

4 bbls. Standard Special Auto Oil 
1 bbl. Transmission Oil 

1 bbl. Cup and Transmission Grease 

1 bbl. Linseed Oil Soap (Soft) 

2. Sold to Peerless Auto Service Company, 716 Tyson Street, Riverside, 
Calif., our order 6737, ledger folio 273, their order dated 8 davs ago, shipped 
yesterday by A. T. & S. F. freight. 

2 bbls. Steam Auto Oil 

2 bbls. Peerless Motor Cycle Oil 

3 bbls. Defiance Auto Oil 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 221 

1 bbl. "K" Auto Oil 

6 bbls. Taxi Auto Oil 

2 bbls. Linseed Oil Soap (Hard) 

1 bbl. Sponge Grease 

3. Sold. to Lexington Garage, 1101 Homewood Ave., San Diego, Calif., our 
order 6738, ledger folio 72, their order dated 4 days ago, shipped today via 
American-Hawaiian S. S. Tacoma. 

2 bbls. Linseed Oil Soap (Soft) 

7 bbls. Amber Auto Oil 
4 bbls. "C" Auto Oil 

6 bbls. Standard Special Auto Oil 
9 bbls. Heavy Auto Oil 
2 bbls. Timing Gear Oil 
2 bbls. Peerless Motor Cycle Oil 
4 bbls. Transmission Oil 

11 bbls. Defiance Auto Oil 
2 bbls. Sponge Grease 

4. Sold to the O. K. Auto & Supply Company, 642 Mercer Ave., Reno, Nev., 
our order 6739, ledger folio 166, their order dated 7 days ago, shipped yesterday 
by S. P. freight. 

1 bbl. Linseed Oil Soap (Hard) 

1 bbl. Sponge Grease 

4 bbls. Defiance Auto Oil 
18 bbls. Taxi Auto Oil 

7 bbls. Standard Special Auto Oil 
14 bbls. Heavy Auto Oil 

6 bbls. Transmission Oil 

2 bbls. Steam Auto Oil 

1 bbl. Peerless Motor Cycle Oil 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

We are making a special effort at the present time to interest automobile 
service and supply houses in our Autoline Oil. Letter 12 is the first of a series of 
letters we are sending out on this subject. 

Assignment 8. Write the letter with carbon to the following* 
Keystone Auto Supply Company, San Bernardino, CaliL 
Golden Gate Auto Agency, Bakersfield, Calif 
Sunset Garage, Alhambra, Calif 



222 



OIL AND OIL DEFINING COMPANY 




Miscellaneous Folder. Tabs In 
first position. There is one 
miscellaneous Folder for each 
subdivision of the file— lettered 
and numbered the bame as the 
guide. 



Illustration 28— Alphabetic-Numeric Filing System 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 223 



Transcribing 



Assignment 9. The manager will dictate five letters from our corre- 
spondence for transcription. 

Filing 

In many offices the simplest and most efficient method of filing is by the 
alphabetic-numeric system, which, as its name implies, combines the advantages 
of both the alphabetical and the numerical methods. Illustration 28 shows the 
equipment necessary for filing by this method. Guide cards with alphabetical 
subdivisions are provided. Consecutive numbers are assigned to the guide 
cards, and both the alphabetical subdivision and the number are printed on the 
tab of each guide. The folder for miscellaneous correspondence, which is placed 
at the back of each subdivision, has a tab with the same headings as its corre- 
sponding guide. The guides and folders are usually of different colors. Indi- 
vidual folders bear the name of the correspondent and the number of the sub- 
division in which they are filed. 

Suppose that you wish to open a file with the Central Motor Accessory & 
Supply Company. The folder containing the correspondence would be filed in 
alphabetical order back of the Ca-Cl guide and in front of the corresponding 
miscellaneous folder. Since this subdivision is numbered five you would write 
"5" on the folder. All folders within a given subdivision of the file bear the 
same number. 

In putting the folder back into the files it is only necessary to note its num- 
ber and file it back of the corresponding guide. The time involved in comparing 
the name of the folder with the alphabetical subdivisions is saved. Correspond- 
ence is located in the files alphabetically and re-filed numerically. 

Assignment 10. Determine the alphabetical subdivision for each letter 
to oe filed. Write the names of the correspondents and their numbers as deter- 
mined by the subdivisions within which their names come on individual folders, 
and then file the correspondence. Always file under the company name. 

Should you wish to re-file any folder taken from the files, it is simply neces- 
sary to note the number you have written on the folder and file it back of the 
guide with the corresponding number. 

The carbons of the bills you have prepared are to be filed in the Shannon file. 



224 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



All-Systems Filing Cabinet for Schools 

Illustration 29 shows a filing cabinet containing equipment for teaching all 
systems of filing. This cabinet was especially designed for use in schools. 




Illustration 29 — Y & E All-Systems Filing Cabinet for Schools 



Secretarial Practice 

Dealing with callers is not by any means the least important of the secretary's 
duties. On the one hand, he must jealously guard the time and energy of his 
employer; and on the other, he must be so tactful and courteous in his dealings 
with callers that they will carry away a favorable impression of his house. The 
secretary keeps an appointment book. Each morning he places on his chief's 
desk an "appointment schedule." This schedule should be followed as far as 
possible. If a caller is obviously overstaying his time, the secretary may call his 
chief on the telephone or even enter his office ostensibly to call his attention to an 
important matter. 

But it is not in dealing with callers who have appointments that the secretary's 
chief difficulties arise. Every day there will be visitors — canvassers, salesmen, 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 225 

position-seekers — who by one method or another will seek to get an interview with 
the business executive. Some American business men pride themselves on being 
democratic and see every one who calls; but the directing head of a large business 
who daily makes executive decisions of far-reaching consequence must depend 
largely upon the secretary — "his other self" — to weed out callers. Of course 
every caller will ask at once if your chief is " in." You may reply that he is busy, 
tactfully trying to get the caller to give you his name and the nature of his busi- 
ness. Often you can give the information wanted; sometimes you can refer the 
visitor to another department; or you may make an appointment for some future 
time. The conditions which arise are so varying in their character that the secre- 
tary must summon all his alertness and resourcefulness. Perfect courtesy is 
the oil to pour on the troubled waters of these encounters with callers. 

Assignment 11. Make up an appointment schedule. Divide the hours 
from 10 to 4: 30 into 15-minute periods, thus: 10: 00-10: 15; 10: 15-10: 30, etc. 
Your chief has a luncheon engagement from 12 to 1 : 30 with Mr. Franklin, presi- 
dent of the Consolidated Motors Co. Enter on the schedule other engagements 
for 11: 00 to 11: 15; 2: 15, 3: 30, and 4: 00. 

Assignment 12. Prepare a memorandum setting forth the chief charac- 
teristics of the several systems of vertical filing. Make it brief and concise. 
(With your work on this section you have studied and practiced the four impor- 
tant methods of filing — alphabetical, geographical, numerical, and alphabetic-nu- 
meric. Slight variations of these methods have been devised. More detailed 
information can" be secured from the advertising literature published by the vari- 
ous manuacturers of ing devices.) 

Assignment 13. The general manager: "I have approved Mr. Berman's 
recommendation in this letter (No. 4). Send over an order for a barrel of Anti- 
Friction to go to the Marysville people at once. Write them a courteous letter 
telling them in a general way of Mr. Berman's report and informing them of the 
action we have taken." 

Assignment 14. The general manager: " Write to the Liberty Motor 
Co. (page 214) enclosing the two copies of the bond you prepared for them. Ask 
them to sign both copies and return the original for our files." 

Assignment 15. The general manager: "When you send this bill 
(page 221) to the Lexington Garage, tell them that we shall be compelled to raise 
our prices on our entire line of oils and greases on the first of next month. Sug- 
gest that it will be wise for them to send us an order for a large supply at once." 

Assignment 16. The general manager: " Write up a little ad for the 
space we use in the Machinery World. I think we had better feature Paintoleum. 
You remember I wrote a letter about that recently (letter 1)." 



Lathes ud Milling Machines 



Steam. Electric, and Gas 
Engines 



Baush Machine Tool Company 



Iron and Steel Castings 
Steam-Hydraulic Forging 



AU ud Gas Compressors GENERAL OFFICE AND WORKS Auismsbile Parts 

BUFFALO 

New York Office: Underwood Building Chicago Office: Singer Building 

Buffalo, N. Y August 25, 1920. 



The Carey Machinery & Supply Co.. 
119 E. Third Street, 
Birmingham, Ala 

Gentlemen: 

Our Duplex Milling Machine #20 should fully meet the requirements 
of the customer referred to in your letter of the 12th. This machine 
has a single pulley drive and combines the advantages of a vertical and 
horizontal machine, in addition to which the out ter-sp indie can be 
operated at all angles between the horizontal and vertical positions. 
The adjustable feature of the cutter-head and ram, which are quickly set 
and locked in any position, enables this machine' to handle a wide range 
of work. 

Adjustment of the spindle to any position between the vertical and 
the horizontal is accomplished through the use of an adjustable cutter- 
head mounted on a ram or frame that can be moved in or out over the mill- 
ing machine table in order to adapt it for vertical, horizontal, or 
angular cutting. To provide for variations of spindle speed, this 
maohine is equipped with a constant- speed driving pulley and a change-gear 
mechanism. 

The principal dimensions are as follows: Movement of main head 
frame or ram in and out over the column, 11-§ J '; length of spindle, 15f"; 
number of available speed changes, 12; range of spindle speeds, 21 to 350 
R.P.M.; speed of driving pulley, o85 R.P.M. ; number of available feed 
changes, 16; range of available feeds, 3/8" to 12" per minute; working 
surface of table, 42 x 9i"; maximum longitudinal movement of table, 28", 
length of saddle, 24^"; maximum automatic transverse feed, 12"; maximum 
vertical movement on knee, 18"; recommended speed of countershaft, 335 
R.P.M. ; and net weight of machine, about 3800 pounds. 

Yours very truly, 

Baush Maohine Tool Co. 



WDW-EK 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

angular — having an angle or angles; pointed. 

antifriction — overcoming or reducing the resistance to motion which arises from 

the moving of one surface on another; as, antifriction bearings, 
automatic — self-acting or self-moving. 

cam — a projecting part of a wheel or other moving piece of machinery for im- 
parting alternating motion. 
centrifugal — radiating or proceeding outward from a central point; operating by 

radial action. 
chronometer (kro-nom'e-ter) — a very exact timing apparatus. 
chuck — any appliance used in a lathe to hold a piece of work. 
collet — a tapering band or cylinder used to adapt a large holder to a small tool, 
compressor — a machine by which air is compressed into a receiver so that its 

expansion may be used as a source of power. 
counter-shaft — a short shaft driven by a belt from the main shaft. 
cylinder — the chamber in a steam or gasoline engine in which force is exerted 

on a piston, 
eccentric — a device for converting a circular motion to a backward and forward 

motion. 
flange — a projecting rim or edge. 

fulcrum — the point of rest about which a lever turns in lifting an object. 
governor — a self-acting regulator which controls the amount of power developed 

in a machine. 
hexagonal — having six sides; as, hexagonal bolts. 
hydraulic — pertaining to fluids in motion. 

injector — a contrivance for forcing feed water into a steam boiler, 
lathe — a machine for working wood and metals. 

malleable — capable of being shaped or extended by hammering or rolling, 
mechanism — the structure of a machine, engine, or other contrivance. 
mesh — the engagement of the teeth of a gearing. 

micrometer (mi-krom'e-ter) — an instrument for measuring very small lengths, 
momentum — the quantity of motion of a body. 
pawl — a short iron bar on one part of a machine to fit into the notches of another 

part so as to permit motion in one direction and prevent it in the reverse. 
pinion — a small wheel with cogs which engage the cogs of a larger wheel. 
quadrant — the fourth part of a given area. 
ratchet — a bar or tooth working with a toothed wheel, 
reamer — a tool for enlarging holes in a piece of metal, 
reciprocating — moving backward and forward or inward and outward in regular 

succession. 

227 



228 MACHINE TOOL SECTION 

refractory — resisting ordinary treatment or strains (applied to metals that 

require an extraordinary degree of heat to fuse them, or that do not yield 

readily to the hammer). 
segment — a section or part. 

sheave — a grooved pulley or drum for use with a rope or cable, 
spindle — a cylinder, pointed rod, or pin on which anything turns. 
spline — a rectangular piece or key fitted in grooves in the hub of a wheel and 

the hub shaft so the wheel cannot turn on the shaft. 
swivel — a fastening so contrived as to allow the part fastened to turn freely on 

its axis. 
tension — the state of being stretched or strained; stress. 
thermal — relating to heat. 

throttle — the valve of a steam-engine regulating the supply of steam. 
tractor — a power-driven machine used for drawing heavy loads, 
traverse^that which crosses or travels; a part acting as a bar or barrier, 
valve — any device used to control the flow of a liquid or gas through a pipe, 
weir (wer) — a screen. 
winchhead — the revolving part of a hoisting apparatus about which the hoisting 

chain or rope turns. 
windlass — a machine for hauling or hoisting heavy weights. 

CORRESPONDENCE 

1 
Mr. C. F. Ryan, 

Editor, The Machinery World, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

We have received the machinery list enclosed with your letter of the 17th 
and call your attention to | the following changes in prices: 

Item No. 3 — Warren Hydraulic Nosing Lathes $1000 each 

" 14— Universal | Hollow Hexagon Turret Lathes 1000 " 
" 17— Amalgamated Lathes 500 " 

" 18 | —Morgan Plug Milling Machines 500 " 

" 19— Davis Boring Lathes 800 " 

" " | 21 — Wickes Engine Lathes, with taper attach- 
ment 1400 " 
" " 23— Sullivan Rough Grinding Machine 1 10 ° 500 " 
In regard to the Reed grooving and undercutting lathes, we have one with 
a 16" | 3-jaw universal chuck, and six with Hannifin air chucks with collets for 
boring operations. Two of the six chucks | have cracked turrets, and this con- 
dition should be taken into consideration when quoting. The motors have been 
removed from all | tools that were so equipped. 

Yours truly, (167) 



CORRESPONDENCE 



229 



Cromwell Machine Co., 

•Norwich, Conn. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your inquiry of the 12th 
inst. and note that you are interested 
in double-cylinder, single-drum | 
hoisting engines. We are pleased to 
offer the following for your consid- 
eration: 

Two 5 J x 6" | double-cylinder, 
S. F. D. 1 Byers Hoisting En- 
gines, with boilers attached, 
boilers tested to 150 # cold 
water | pressure, and engines 
under 100 # steam. 
Price, f.o.b. Pitts- 
burgh $300 each 

One 4j | x 6" link motion S. F. 
D. American Contractors' 
Hoisting Engine, with boiler 
attached, and with an | 10 ° 
elevator sheave on the outer 
end of drum shaft used for 
operating two cages. The 
boiler is about 10 H.P. 2 | The 
hoist is in excellent condition 
and ready for immediate de- 
livery. This outfit when new 
cost $625. | 
Price, f.o.b. Kittan- 

ning, Pa $375.00 

One 7x10" S. F. D. | Carlin 
Hoisting Engine without 
boiler. The drum is fitted 
with foot brakes, and it has a 
winchhead on the end | of 
the drum shaft. 
Price, f.o.b. Pitts- 
burgh $265.00 

1 Abbreviation for Single Tiiclion Drum. 

2 Horsepower. 

3 Revolutions per minute. 



Before making shipment of any 
of | 20 ° these engines we will give 
them a first-class overhauling and 
will test them under steam. We 
thank you for | the inquiry and 
trust that some of the engines de- 
scribed will be of interest. 

Yours truly, (236) 
3 
Mr. M. C. Scully, 

General Manager, Marquette 
Machine Tool Co., 
Marquette, Michigan. 
Dear Sir: 

The Frazer Universal #37 was 
designed to handle precisely the class 
of work described in your | letter 
of the 29th ultimo. It is a high- 
powered self-contained grinder hav- 
ing twelve changes of table speed. | 
Twelve spindle speeds, varying from 
14 to 279 R.P.M., 3 are obtained by 
means of a | quick change gear-box. 
There are also three grinding 
wheel speeds. The counter-shaft is 
equipped with roller bearings and | 
may be operated at varying speeds 
up to 900 R.P.M. 

The headstock is designed so as 
to | 10 ° swivel through the entire 
circle and is graduated to read in 
degrees. The spindle is made of 
special analysis chrome | vanadium 
steel, is hardened and ground, and 
runs in bronze boxes providing ample 
compensation for wear. The tail- 
stock has both | lever and screw 
action and is equipped with a device 
that permits spring tension or rigid 
action as required. The | tail- 



230 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



stock is provided with a holder to 
receive carbon points, which permits 
truing of the wheel without removing 
the work. | 

All controlling levers are at the 
front of the machine within easy 
reach of the operator. The machine 
is equipped | 200 with the Frazer 
automatic reversing mechanism, 
which insures smooth operation and 
the highest rate of table traverse 
without shock or | jar. 

We are in a position to make an 
immediate shipment of one of these 
grinders if we are favored | with 
your order. 

Yours sincerely, (245) 

4 
Morgan Transmission Co., 

Milwaukee, Wis. 
Gentlemen : 

In reply to your letter of yes- 
terday's date, the Standard Plain 
Milling Machine No. 0-13 is a sensi- 
tively | controlled hand-miller or, at 
your will, a power-feed horizontal mill- 
ing machine for rapid production mill- 
ing. It is equipped | with an auto- 
matically operated vertical milling 
attachment and will duplicate slotting 
or splining operations without re- 
quiring more than loading and | un- 
loading attention on the part of the 
operator. 

We enclose an illustration of the 
machine. The operation illustrated 
is end | milling 3| x 8" surfaces on 
malleable iron castings. One-quarter 4 



inch of stock is | 10 ° removed. The 
floor to floor time 5 on each part is 
five minutes. The machine has a 
double overarm-flanged spindle, | re- 
verse for which is self-contained in 
the machine; a solid top box-section 
knee; and an automatic flooding 
lubricating | system which is an 
integral part of the machine. 

The sliding gears and clutches 
are made of chrome nickel steel, | 
heat treated and hardened. The 
teeth are of stub form to increase 
their strength, the ends being rounded 
to permit | of easy sliding engage- 
ment without clash. The face gear 
is as large as the largest cutter the 
machine will swing | 20 ° on each 
respective size. All speeds are trans- 
mitted through this gear, as it is the 
only member keyed to the | spindle. 

This machine is one of the most 
flexible and adaptable tools in our 
line. Every modern machine shop 
should | be equipped with one of 
them. 

Yours very truly, (249) 

5 
Walker Tool Co., 

Sioux 6 City, Iowa 
Gentlemen: 

The steam-driven air compressor 
referred to in your letter of August 
24 is an Ingersoll-Rand machine | 
manufactured by the Chicago Pneu- 
matic Tool Co. It is equipped with 
a slide-valve compound engine having 
8" high | pressure and 13" low pres- 



Figures which begin a sentence should be written out in words 
That is, from the beginning to the end of the operation. 
Pronounced soo. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



231 



sure cylinders, with 8" piston stroke. 
It has a 3h x | 36" fly-wheel, en- 
closed self-oiling frames, feather air 
valves, wedge adjustable crank and 
wrist pin bearings, removable | main 
bearings, box pattern crosshead, and 
top and bottom crosshead slippers.. 
It is complete with Meyer cut-off, 
air ball | 10 ° governor, and a full set 
of oil cups and sight-feed lubricators. 

This compressor has a rated ca- 
pacity of 197 j cu. ft. of air per 
minute at 160 R.P.M., and is good 
for | 100 ^ pressure. The air inlet is 
4", air discharge 2", wa jacket 
supply pipe §", | and the dL ^ter of 
the pulley is 50" x 8" rim. It re- 
quires 34 H.P. | to operate and 
weighs 4500 % . 

The compressor is in first-class 
operating condition and is ready for 
| 200 immediate delivery at four hun- 
dred twenty-five dollars ($425.00). 
We are also willing to place it on a 
rental basis for | a period of not 
less than two months at $75 per 
month, with the privilege of applying 
such | rental on the purchase price 
if you should subsequently decide to 
buy it. 

Yours very truly, (256) 

6 
Mr. C. J. Berry, 

Chief Engineer, Schuylkill Man- 
ufacturing Co., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
| Dear Sir: 

It gives us pleasure to say in 

1 reply to your inquiry of the 12 th 

that Gray Planers have | given us 

perfect satisfaction. We have three 



of them in our shop, the sizes being 
30 x 30", 48 | x 38", and 72 x 60". 

The distinctive feature of 
this planer is its spiral-geared J 
driving system, which gives a con- 
tinuous semi-rolling, semi-sliding ac- 
tion practically free from vibration. 
This drive gives motion | to the 
table by means of a spiral pinion 
which engages directly with the rack 
and has at all times | 10 ° eight teeth 
in working contact. The pinion is 
mounted on a shaft which crosses the 
bed diagonally and is driven | by a 
pair of bevel gears from the pulley 
shaft. 

Another feature of the machine 
that deserves mention is its | posi- 
tive lubricating system. The shaft 
bearings and washers are flooded 
with oil from large reservoirs. The 
oil also flows into | the spiral pinion 
box so that the pinion itself runs in 
oil. 

The end thrust construction is 
entirely satisfactory. The | thrust 
on the spiral pinion shaft is taken by 
alternate hardened steel and vul- 
canized fibre collars, and any wear 
is | 200 taken up by an adjustable 
plug bearing. Our machines have 
been in use for over two years and it 
has | not been necessary for us to 
replace any of the parts. 

It is our intention to replace all 
spur-geared | planers with spiral- 
geared planers as soon as our finances 
permit, because we have found that 
the latter construction gives | a 
much smoother drive and consider- 
ably longer wearing qualities. 



232 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



We assure you that you will 
make no mistake in installing | them 
in your shop. 

Yours very truly, (287) 

7 
Roswell Aluminum Co., 

Canton, Ohio. 
Gentlemen: 

We are sending you an outline 
cut showing the general arrangement 
of an installation of hydraulic cylin- 
ders and control | boxes requested in 
your letter of March 13. 

Our price includes one 6" hy- 
draulic cylinder for each of the | 
three blast valves, one for the stack 
valve, and one down-run valve, mak- 
ing five cylinders in all for one | 
machine; also one interlocking valve 
box to control the five cylinders. 
The cylinders for the blast valves 
are placed on | special floor stands, 
the cylinder for the stack valve is 
placed on the top of the superheater, 
and the cylinder | 10 ° for the down- 
run valve is set in the floor. They 
are so arranged that the respective 
valves can be | readily operated by 
hand if the hydraulic gears should bo 
out of commission for any cause. 
Our price does not | include installa- 
tion or freight charges. 

We furnish the valve stands and 
cylinders for the blast valves with 
threaded ends on | the lower ends of 
the racks, ready to be connected by 
short pieces of pipe to your valve 
stems. The | cylinder for the stack 
valve will have suitable brackets, 



rack, and gear segment to fit the 
shaft of your stack | 200 valve, and 
the cylinders for the down-run valves 
will have a floor flange with guide, 
crosshead, and links, which | you 
will have to connect to your down-run 
valve levers. You would have to 
connect all the water pipe | to the 
cylinders and control box, and fur- 
nish a pump and suitable suction 
and pressure tank to deliver water 
to | the control box at 80 # pres- 
sure. You would also have to con- 
nect all the safety levers from the 
blast | valve floor stand back to the 
control box. 

Yours very truly, (291) 

8 
Sloan Dredging Co., 

Newport, R. I. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of the 14th 
inst. informing us that you are in the 
market for a hoisting | engine of 
about 20 H.P. We have the follow- 
ing engines in stock: 

One 7 x 10—20 H.P. | D.C. 7 
Flory skeleton hoisting engine, 
drums fitted with foot brakes, pawls, 
ratchets, and with winchhead on the 
end of | drum shaft, that we can 
sell for three hundred fifteen dollars 
($315.00) f.o.b. Cleveland, Ohio. 

One 6\ | x 10— 20 H.P. D.C. 
Mundy hoisting engine, drums 14" 
diameter, 22" between the flanges, 
| 10 ° engine rated to hoist 4000 # on a 
single line, levers mounted in quad- 
rant, and drums fitted with foot I 



7 Direct current. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



233 



brakes, pawls, ratchets, and winch- 
head, on which we quote two hun- 
dred ninety-five dollars ($295.00) 
f.o.b. Dayton, Ohio. 

Some | time ago we sold to a 
mining company a 7 x 10 — 20 H.P. 
D.C. Lambert engine with | foot 
brakes, ratchets, and pawls. The 
company has completed the job on 
which this engine was used and 
would like | to return it to us. It is 
in very good' operating condition and 
can be put into service without re- 
pairs. | 200 It was in use up until 
about four weeks ago. The gears, 
crank shaft pinions, and brasses are 
all in | good condition. If you can 
use this engine as it is, we could 
make you a price of two hundred | 
sixty-five dollars ($265.00) f.o.b. 
shipping point, which is about sixty 
miles from Philadelphia. We origi- 
nally sold this engine | for $350.00. 
You can use it for at least four or five 
months without making any repairs | 
whatever on it. 

Kindly let us know if any of these 
engines will meet your requirements. 
Yours truly, (298) 



Singer Tool Co., 

Concord, N. H. 
Gentlemen : 

One of our recent products is the 
No. 2B Edlund Sensitive Drilling 
Machine shown in the accompanying 
illustration. | Machines of this type 
are built in combinations of from 
one to six spindles, and are equipped 
with ball bearings | to provide for 
operation at high speed. All changes 



of speed may be made from the op- 
erating position without requiring | 
the machine to be stopped. Power 
is transmitted from the driving pulley 
through two bevel gears and a ver- 
tical shaft I at the rear of the ma- 
chine to a four-step cone pulley, 
from which an open endless belt 
drives the | 10 ° cone pulley at the 
front of the machine. 

The spindle is made of high car- 
bon steel and is provided with | two 
driving splines fitted into grooves on 
opposite sides of the spindle. Both 
the spindle and cone pulleys are care- 
fully | balanced, which is an im- 
portant factor in adding to the sen- 
sitiveness of the machine and its 
freedom from vibration when | run- 
ning at high speeds. A small reser- 
voir is provided at the top of the 
spindle sleeve, which . contains a 
sufficient j volume of oil to lubricate 
the bearings without the need of fre- 
quent attention. 

The spindle sleeve is made of 
gray | 200 cast-iron and is accurately 
reamed on the inside and ground on 
the outside. The stop-collar is pro- 
vided with | an adjustable depth 
screw. The sliding arm has a bearing 
9 inches in length upon the surface of 
the column, | and is fastened to the 
column with a bolt at the upper end, 
which is so adjusted that raising 
and | lowering of the arm is accom- 
plished by simply unlocking the 
clamping lever on the lower end of the 
arm, without | requiring the use of a 
wrench. 

Four speed changes are provided, 
the belt-shifting device being oper- 



234 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



ated by a rack | 300 and pinion con- 
trolled by means of a handle at the 
left side of the machine, which is lo- 
cated within | easy reach of the 
operating position. To change the 
speed the operator simply shifts the 
handle one-fourth turn. An ( ad- 
justable idler pulley provides for 
taking up any slack that may exist in 
the belt. 

When you are in the j market 
for new drilling equipment, we re- 
quest your consideration of this 
machine. 

Yours truly, (374) 

10 
The Scarborough Manufacturing Co., 

Cairo, Illinois. 
Gentlemen : 

We recommend that you include 
a Cochrane Metering Heater with 
the boiler and furnace equipment we 
are to install | in your new plant. 

The Cochrane Metering Heater 
utilizes exhaust steam from engines 
or pumps for boiler feeding and other 
| purposes. The steam used in heat- 
ing the water is condensed and added 
to it as distilled water, so that six | 
pounds of cold water and one pound 
of steam will produce seven pounds 
of hot water. The heater serves as j 
a receiver or hot well for conserving 
all water and steam about the plant 
suitable for boiler feed purposes, re- 
sulting | 10 ° in economy of both heat 
and water. Approximately one per 
cent, is saved for each 11° that the 
water | is raised in temperature. 

In addition to the benefits of 
utilizing the exhaust steam, the 
heater meters the water before | it 



is fed to the boiler, thus supplying a 
means of determining the evaporation 
per pound of fuel. If this | is found 
to be low, the management will nat- 
urally seek the cause, which may be 
inferior coal, unsuitable coal for | the 
type of grates and furnace used, im- 
proper methods of firing, air leaks 
through the boiler setting, soot and 
scale j 200 on the tubes, or insuffi- 
cient draft and improper handling of 
the dampers. The meter will show 
the gain in efficiency j resulting 
from the correction of such faults, 
and will enable the management to 
keep a check on the economy of [ 
the plant. 

In the Cochrane meter the water 
is measured as it flows over a V-notch 
weir enclosed within | the heater 
chamber. It is equipped with the 
Cochrane Recorder, which is a simple 
mechanical device by means of w 7 hich 
| the head of water on the weir is 
translated into pounds flow by a pen 
inscribing upon a chart mounted | 30 ° 
on a clock-driven drum. This record 
shows the rate of feed and records 
irregularities in the operation of the | 
pump and the rate at which boilers 
are driven at different times during 
the day. An integrating device indi- 
cates the | total amount of water in 
any elapsed period. 

We are sure the advantages of 
including this meter in your equip- 
ment | will be apparent. Mr. Ful- 
ler will take the matter up with you 
personally when he reaches Cairo 
next week to | supervise the instal- 
lation of the boilers. 

Yours very truly, (389) 



CORRESPONDENCE 



235 



11 

Mr. L. C. Fernald, 

President, Union Switch & Signal Co., 
Swissvale, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

During the past three months we have been compelled to decline to quote 
on not less than $500,000 | worth of new business because with our present 
equipment we were not in a position to handle | it. I have discussed the situa- 
tion with our superintendent and sales manager. We decided to recommend 
the immediate installation of | the following equipment, which will enable us 
to procure a considerable amount of remunerative commercial business. 

Equipment 
2 | — 2000 lb. Erie Steam Drop Hammers 
2—1500 lb. 1 10 ° Erie Steam Drop Hammers 
1— #57 Toledo Press | 
1 — 5" Ajax Forging Machine 
2— #56 Toledo Presses 
1 — #5 | Becker Milling Machine, cone-drive 
1— # 3 Pratt & | Whitney Milling Machine 
2— 24" Gould & Everhardt Shapers 

$69500 

The above prices do not include freight or installation, which we estimate 
will | involve an additional expense of $10,000, making a total of $79,500. 

We are | in urgent need of the 5" forging machine as it is essential for large 
work done on the 6000-lb. J steam drop hammers. Without it the range of work 
that we can take will be limited. The drop | forge business is full of promise. 
The demand exceeds the supply. The tractor business in particular is growing 
steadily. To | 300 handle the business we have in mind it will be necessary for us 
to install the additional hammers listed above, | but when they are in operation 
we could release and sell two of the 2000-lb. Chambersburg Board Drop | 
Hammers. 

We recommend that sand-blasting equipment be installed in the forge shop 
at an early date. The cost of | such equipment will not exceed $5000. - This 
investment will afford much needed facilities and make possible better de- 
liveries. At j present we are compelled to use the foundry facilities for work 
requiring sand-blast treatment, which involves a considerable expense j 40 ° for 
handling back and forth from one shop to another. 

We should also plan for increased heating facilities to take | care of our 
large hammer product. We are now having plans drawn for a building to be 



Price 


Delivery 


$16200 


8 to 10 weeks 


13760 


10 to 12 weeks 


3620 


8 to 10 weeks 


23075 1 


5 months 


5100 


8 to 10 weeks 


3145 


4 to 5 months 


1600 


3 months 


3000 


2 | 200 months 



236 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



used entirely as | a heat treating plant. This requirement of the business must 
be taken care of at an early date because it | controls the amount of work we 
can handle on the large hammers. Early consideration should also be given to 
the | equipment of a new die room. 

When the new equipment we recommend is installed we can bill out $250,000 
| 500 worth of business per month, or $3,000,000 per year. On our present per- 
centage of profit | we could pay for the equipment within five to six months, 
but payment on it would not begin for several | months and would be distributed 
over a period of six months. 

Respectfully submitted, (553) 



12 

economical and convenient methods 
of transmitting power by direct- 
connected motor machines saving the 
loss in friction which accompanies 
transmission by belting and shafting 
have been applied to the baush pipe 
cutting and threading machines the 
compact cabinet base requires no 
more room than a bench machine 
the motor is concealed within the 
base protecting it from oil or chips 
and from breakage resulting from 
dropping heavy lengths of pipe and 
fittings the machine can be moved 
from place to place and it is only 
necessary to attach the feed wires and 
turn on the switch to have it ready 
for use when it is not in use you 
are not paying for wasted power 
since no belting or counter-shaft are 
used a trolley over the machine for 
handling heavy lengths of pipe can 
be used to advantage the machine 
has triple compound spur gears cut 



from solid castings and entirely pro- 
tected various speeds can be ob- 
tained or the machine can be started 
or stopped by simply throwing a lever 
the motor remaining in operation 
the oil pump driven by gears is out 
of the way of the operator and direct- 
connected the strainer in the side of 
the pan separates the oil from the 
chips and allows the oil to be used 
over and over again the machine is 
equipped with specially designed die- 
head which does away with all thumb 
screws for adjusting the dies it has a 
self-centering device the dies are 
adjustable to any fittings and an 
adjustable shell takes up the wear 
all sizes above three inches are fur- 
nished with an automatically fitted 
blade cut-off attachment which cuts 
pipe square and without leaving a 
burr making the reaming of the pipe 
unnecessary we shall be pleased to 
furnish further information and prices 
yours very truly 









OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



237 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

You are employed by the Baush Machine Tool Co., Buffalo, N. Y. Your 
teacher is the sales manager. All correspondence is signed with the company 
name only. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Before taking a letter from the machine, always read it through carefully 
for possible errors. This is particularly necessary in technical correspondence 
containing dimensions like those in the style letter. Corrections are much more 
easily made while the sheet is still in the machine than after it has been removed. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 32 and pre- 
sent for signature. 



CUSS OF SERVICE 


SYMBOL 


Oay Message 




Day Letter 


Blue 


Night Message 


Nite 


Night Letter 


NL 


If ncnj of these three symbols 
cwsars after th2 check (number of 
*ords 'hsisadaymessage. Other- 
wise Its character is Indicated by the 
symbol appearing after the check. 



WESTERN UNION 

TELEGRAM 



NEWCOMB CARLTON. I 



GEORGE W. E. ATKINS, first v 



CLASS OF SERVICE 


SYMBOL 


Oay Message 




Day Utter 


Blue 


Night Message 


Nlte 


Night Letter 


NL 


If none of these three symbols 
appears after the cheek (number of 
words)thlslsaday message. Other- 
wise its character Is Indicated by the 
symbol appearing after the cheek. 



RECEIVED AT EQUITABLE BLDG. 



1919 DEC 11 AM 6 05 
A 7 32 AM DEC 11 COLLECT FEQM ROCHESTER NY 
BAUSH MACHINE TOOL CO 

BUFFALO NY LlE 1 ^ 

YCUB LETTER TENTH ACCEPT AT PBICE QUOTED SHIP 
MACHINE n/rara-QTATTgT.y 

BROWN & SHARP MFG CO 




Illustration 30— Telegram 



Telegrams 

The essential qualities of a telegram are brevity and clearness. The mini- 
mum charge for a telegram to any point is based on ten words, exclusive of the 
address and the signature of the sender. Rates on night messages are lower 
than on those sent by day. For an additional charge of one-half of the original 
cost, a telegram will be "repeated" — that is, telegraphed back to the original 
office for verification. 



238 MACHINE TOOL SECTION 

In addition to the full-rate expedited service, "Day Letters" and "Night 
Letters" may be sent by telegraph. Day Letters are forwarded at rates lower 
than the standard telegram rates, and their transmission and delivery are sub- 
ordinated to the transmission and delivery of regular telegrams. Night Letters 
are accepted up to 2 A. M. for delivery on the morning of the ensuing business 
day at rates still lower than standard night message rates. 

In writing telegrams, figures should be spelled out as shown in the fac- 
simile telegram. For telegraphic purposes many business houses use private 
code systems by which one word is made to stand for a number of words. 

Assignment 2. Write the following telegrams in duplicate on form 
33. Use plain paper for the carbons. Present for approval. 

1. To the Toledo Manufacturing Co., Toledo, Ohio. 

.Delivery our order September second steam hammer number four 
urgently required. Wire forwarding date. 

2. To the Ajax Forging Co., Birmingham, Ala. 

Our order fourteen twenty parts one six five dash one six six dash one 
six seven missing on machine one four six unloaded today. Ship by 
express immediately. 

Machinery Specifications 

We have a number of machines in our plant which were installed for work on 
special products. Since the work involving the use of these machines has now 
been completed, we desire to dispose of them. The plant superintendent has 
drawn up the following descriptive specifications. 

Twelve 6A Automatic Model 2 Potter & Johnson Lathes 

with Oil Pan and Oil Pump 

Specifications 

Headstock 
Gear Automatic Speed Changes, 3 
Set of Spindle Change Gears 
Spindle, Single Drive through Gears 
Gear Feeds, Fine, Medium, and Auxiliary 
Hole through Spindle, 4J" diameter 
Cross Slide, Adjustable Longitudinal on Bed 

Turret and Turret Slide 
Turret, 4 Stations 

Turret Indexed on Advancing and Returned Automatically 
Turret Travel, 12 ,; 
Turret across Flats, 10" 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 239 

Turret Holes, 2\" 

Oiling device through turret to force oil through drill or turret tools. This 
is operated through hole of turret face only. 
Countershaft 
Tight and Loose Pulleys, 12" diameter 
Drive Pulley, 16" diameter 
Driving Pulley on Machine, 15" diameter 
Belt, 4" 

Four Warren Automatic Hydraulic Nosing Lathes 
for Roughing the Nose of 5" H. E. Shell 
Specifications 
Spindle Diameter, 9" 
Spindle Speed, 41 R. P. M. 
Back Gear Ratio, 1 to 21 
Driving Pulley Speed, 850 R. P. M. 
Driving Pulley Diameter, 12" 
Driving Pulley Face, 7" 
Power required, 25 H. P. 
Shipping Weight, 6,000 lbs. 
Over all Length, 12' 
Over all Width, 50" 
Over all Height, 56" 
Number of Feeds for all tools, infinite 
Collet Capacity, 5" diameter 
Tools are of \" square steel 

Machine is single belt drive direct from line shaft 
Belt, 4" 
Machines consist of 9" Spindle rotated by double back gears having a 

ratio of 1 to 21 and fed axially by oil pressure directly back of 

spindle. 
The Collet is of the draw-in type operated by hydraulic pressure, holding 

the shell very rigid. 
Tools are mounted on a heavy swing arm, pivoted and swung out of way 

to allow shell to be placed in collet and taken from collet when 

finished. 
Time for operation, 2 minutes, floor to floor. 



240 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



Assignment 3. The manager asks you to get out fifty copies of these 
specifications. Cut stencils and run them off on the mimeograph. 

Rough Draft 

The Pan-American Machinery Supply Company has asked us to submit 
complete specifications on a special engine. The manager has dictated the 
specifications and after going over the typewritten draft finds that a number of 
changes and additions must be made as indicated on form 34. 

Assignment 4. Make a copy with carbon of these specifications, cor- 
recting any errors in spelling which the manager may have overlooked. 

Inventory 

Below is given an inventory of small parts on hand in the stores room of 
cur gasoline engine department on this date. 

INVENTORY OF MATERIALS ON HAND, JULY 30, 1920. 



Pattern 


No. 


C- 


1 


c- 


7 


c- 


10 


C- 


12 


c- 


18 


c- 


19 


c- 


20 


c- 


46-S 


c- 


46-E 


c- 


48 


C- 


49 


C- 


92 


C- 


93 


C- 


95 


C- 


99 


C-107 


C-109 


C-113 



Part 


Quantity 


Cylinder castings 


644 lbs. 


Cylinder head castings 


196 " 


Main bearing forgings 


151 " 


Flywheel castings 


537 " 


Flywheel hub cap castings 


30 " 


Piston castings 


87| " 


Piston rings 


35 


Flange coupling castings 


24 lbs. 


Flange coupling castings 


26J " 


Hand hole plate castings 


42 " 


Bottom plate castings 


22J " 


Exhaust fitting castings 


35 " 


Exhaust fitting flange castings 


37 " 


Inlet fitting castings 


12 " 


Transfer port cover castings 


35| " 


Pump plunger rod guides 


24i " 


Eccentric forgings 


201 " 


Overflow pipe flange castings 


31f " 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



241 



INVENTORY— Continued 



Tattern 

No. 

C-134 
C-131 
C-133 
C- 59 
C- 13 
C- 25-A 
C- 25 
C- 32 
C- 35 
C- 39 
C- 41 
C- 40 
C-108 
B- 69-R 
C- 76 
C-112 
C- 31-A 
C-130 
C- 30 
C- 24 
B- 52 
C- 21 
C- 31 
B- 54 
C- 94 

Assignment 5. Copy the inventory with two carbons. 

Requisitions 

• When materials are required in any department of our plant, a requisi- 
tion similar to that shown on page 242 is made out and sent to the store 
keeper's department where supplies are kept. 

Assignment 6. On form 35 make a copy of this requisition. Present 
all work for approval. 



Part 


Quantity 


Shutter valve cover castings 


54 lbs. 


Shutter valve seat castings 


C5 " 


Shutter valve lever castings 


45 


Igniter spring support castings 


35 


Starting handles 


25 


Connecting rod boxes 


87i lbs. 


Connecting rod caps 


45| " 


Main bearing bushings 


10 


Eccentric rods 


10 lbs. 


Pumps 


161 " 


Pump plungers 


26i " 


Pump nuts 


73 " 


Check valve caps 


47i " 


Lead ratchets 


81§ " 


Oil pipe clamps 


45 


Pump discharge pipes 


263 lbs. 


Ring oilers 


431 « 


Shutter valves 


32| " 


Check valve cages 


27 " 


Connecting rods 


78J " 


Rotating electrode levers 


55 


Wrist pins 


45 


Crank shafts 


65 


Rotating electrodes 


25 


Check valves 


42f lbs. 



242 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



REQUISITION ORDER 

For Production Order No. 567 Date August 15 



Requisition No. 812 For Production Order No. 567 Date Augast 15 19 20 

STOREKEEPER: Deliver the following materials to the factory foreman for which this shall be your 
receipt, which you will pass to the stores clerk. 



DESCRIPTION 



HERE USED 



30 

60 
30 
90. 

37-i- ft 
60 
30 
30 
60 
60 
30 
30 
30 
30 
30 
30 
60 
30 
30 
30 
30 
30 
60 
300 
30 
30 sets 



Oil cups - double feed 

Compression grease cups- 

Priming cups 

Drain cooks 

Copper tubing 

Compression cups 

Ells 

Nipples 

Couplings 

Wire oonnecters 

Lead springs 

Upper trip springs 

Lower trip springs 

Trigger springs 

Starting handle springs 

Inlet valve springs 

Igniter points 

Ecoentrio keys 

Ball thrust bearings 

Collars 

Taper pins 

Name plates 

Shims 

Gaskets 

Carburetors 

Cap and set screws, 



PV* 



p. #1 

1/4 
1/8 
1/8 

l£ 

3/0 

'8zl 
1/4 

7/16 x Z\ 
7/l6'x 2# 
7/16 x 2-| 
3/16 x l£ 
9/16 x 2 
7/16 x 2 



7/16 
3/4 



Crank & cyl. lub. 

Shaft bearing 

Cylinder 

Pump 

Crank & oyl. lub. 



Bearings 
Igniters 



Trigger rod 
Starting handle 
Inlet valve 
Igniter 
Eccentric 
Crank, shaft 
Inlet valve 



Cylinder head 
Eccentric strap 
l/l6 Hand hole plate 
Model R Inlet fitting 
boltls^iutB, waskers, etc 




/ 



"/j 



<< 



95 
20 
16 
08 
07 
18 

oi£ 

01 

01 

03^- 

01 

01 

01 

0C% 

04 

01 

85 

04 

01 

11 

0<% 

0l£ 

85 

15 



4 

145 

34 



Illustration 31— Requisition 



office training assignments 243 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 7. After deciding on the punctuation and paragraphing 
of letter 12, write the letter to the following: 

Wilcox Machinery Supply Co., 462 Wood St., Willimantic, Conn. 
Ransom Machinery Co., South Bend, Ind. 

Transcribing 

Assignment 8. The sales manager will dictate to you five letters from 
our correspondence for transcription. Present all your letters for signature. 

Filing 

Assignment 9. File the carbon copies of the letters and telegrams 
you have written in the alphabetic-numeric file. The carbon of the memoran- 
dum to President Fairchild is to be filed under his name. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 10. This morning we received from the printer a few copies 
of our new catalog. Send one to the Carey Machinery & Supply Co. (letter, page 
226) and call their attention to the fact that the milling machine about which we 
wrote them is fully described and illustrated on page 46. 

Assignment 11. We carry an advertisement in the "Machinery World" 
(see letter 1) . This morning there is a letter from them enclosing a contract blank 
for the next twelve issues. The sales manager: "I've signed this contract. I 
notice we have had a number of inquiries recently through this magazine, some of 
which have resulted in sales. W r rite them a nice letter." 

Assignment 12. The sales manager: "We'll send out these machinery 
specifications (see pages 238 and 239) to a number of forging companies. Get 
up a letter to go with the specifications. Quote the Potter & Johnson Lathes at 
$480 and the Warren Automatics at $560. You know our regular terms (2% 
10 days, net 30 days, f.o.b. our works). Explain that we used these machines in 
the manufacture of 4.5 and 5" shells. Johnson (the shop foreman) says none of 
them were used more than six months and that they are all in first-class operating 
condition." 

Assignment 13. The sales manager: "You remember the Walker 
Tool Co. (see letter 5) purchased several Gray planers from us last year. I see 
there is a letter from them this morning enclosing a copy of the letter they wrote 
in reply to an inquiry from the Schuylkill Manufacturing Co. (Letter 6.) W 7 rite 
them a nice letter thanking them for the recommendation and asking if they will 
object to our using their letter in that little circular we are going to publish " 



RANSOM E SYSTEM 

C TURNER. CE •>».(». pot. EXECUTIVE OFFICES 

ED E KNAPp v.ce —is «. treasurer 5™ FLOO R Fl RST - SECON D NATIONAL BAN K B U I LD I N G 

,Pf n .„TENotHT. "|cieV»H< 

"*"""■ ST^liO^J|l|S^D^ February 16, 1920 



M DIXON. C E 
AW CHAPMAN stci 
J CMAS ANDREWS, 



Mr, L. K. Knapp, 

Pres*, Missouri Water & Electrio Co., 

St, Louis, Mo. 

Dear Sir: 

We propose to do the following work on the Baboo ck Reservoir for the 
Missouri Water & Electric Company as per piano and detailed specifica- 
tions which you will furnish us. 

Excavation of earth and loose rock including grubbing, 
top soiling, placing and rolling embankment, replacing 
top soil, and seeding and wasting excess material for the 
sum of Forty Cents (40^ J per cubic yard. 

Excavating and hauling clay from the Crocker property 
on Highland Road near the railroad as shown on your 
blue print #622 to the reservoir at the actual cost, 
counting teams at the rate of $10.00 per day of 10 hours 
and labor at $3.50 per day. 

Hauling, dumping, and leveling surplus dirt for the 
reservoir site to and at the junction of Highland Road 
and South Avenue, as shown on blue print #622 inoluded 
in the price of excavation mentioned* above. 

Hauling, dumping, and .leveling surplus dirt for back 
filling the day removed from the Crocker property as 
shown on blue print #622 at the actual oost over and ' 
above the cost which would be incurred if this dirt 
were dumped at Highland Road and South Avenue, such 
cost to be figured at $10.00 per day for double teams, 
and labor at $3.50 per day of 10 hours. 

Excavating solid rock as defined in the specifications 
at One Dollar ($1.00) per cubic yard; also placing, 
consolidating, and rolling day in the slopes of the 
reservoir for rip- rapping at Twenty-five Cents (25^) 
per cubic yard. 

Payments are to be made to this company once a month on receipt of 
ostimate from the Missouri Water & Electric Company, the payment being 
based on 85% of the engineer's estimate. The remaining 15% is to be 
paid within thirty days after completion and acceptance of the work. 

As a guarantee on our part that we will oarry out our agreement, we 
will fiurnish bond in the sum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). 

Very truly yours, 

TURNER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. 

AWC*EMB Secretary. / 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

alignment — the state of being in line and true to dimension. 

ashlin — short upright pieces to which laths are nailed. 

asphalt — a composition of pitch, lime, gravel, etc., used for pavements and roads 

called also asphaltum. 
backfilling — the act of filling an excavation with ground taken out in the process 

of excavating. 
berm — a bank or ledge. 

blue-print — an impression of a drawing or plan on specially prepared " blue- 
process' ' paper. 
bulkhead — a partition built in a tunnel > intended to prevent the passage of 

water. 
buttress — a structure built against a wall for the purpose of giving it stability. 
concrete — an artificial stone composed of sand, broken stone, and cement. 
conduit — a pipe, tube, or other underground channel for conveying water or 

other fluids, or protecting underground wires and cables, 
culvert — an arched drain of brickwork or masonry built under a road for carrying 

off water. 
curtilage — a legal term for the land occupied by a dwelling. 
deflection — the bending of material under a strain, as of a beam under the weight 

of a load. 
ductile — capable of being drawn out; flexible; pliable. 
excavation — the act of digging out. 

faience (fa-yens') — a kind of glazed tile used for fine building work, 
faucet — a valve in a pipe or receptacle controlling the flow of liquid. 
galvanize — to coat sheets of iron with tin by a chemical process. 
girder — a main beam of wood or iron used to support a superstructure. 
granolithic — trade name for a certain type of concrete sidewalk. 
interstices — small narrow spaces between stones, etc. 
joist — one of the timbers to which the boards of a floor or the laths of a wall or 

ceiling are nailed. 
landscaping — the art of laying out grounds and arranging trees, shrubbery, paths. 

etc. 
lattice — work with open spaces formed by crossing or interlacing laths, bars, or 

strips of wood or metal, 
macadam — a process of road-making by means of crushed stone. A road so 

constructed is said to be macadamized. 
manhole — a hole through which a man may enter a sewer, drain, or the like for 

the purpose of cleaning or repairing. 
radiation — the emission and diffusion of heat or light. 

245 



246 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 



rafter — one of the beams which give the slope to a roof and to which the laths 

are nailed. 
reinforced — strengthened by an additional thickness, support, or other means. 
riprap — broken stone used for roadbeds and foundations. 
rtibble — rough stone of irregular shapes and sizes. 
scaffolding — a frame for the support of workmen and materials during construction 

of buildings, etc.; also the material, such as lumber, used for making 

scaffolds. 
scantling — a small beam. 
shoring — posts or beams of timber or iron set against a building or wall for 

temporary support during construction. 
sluice — an artificial trough or channel for running off water. 
stanchion — a post, pillar, or beam used as a support, 
stud — a small upright beam or scantling upon which laths are nailed. 
subcontractor — one to whom the principal or general contractor sublets a part of 

the contract. 
Telford — a special process of road-making named after the inventor. 
terra cotta — a hard tiling made for use as a building material, of much finer 

quality and harder-baked than brick, 
tiling — a thin sheet of baked clay used on roofs, floors, etc.; baked clay pipe for 

constructing drains, etc. 
topography — a detailed description pi a locality or tract of land, including its 

natural and artificial features. 
vitrified — a term applied to building material such as brick, the substance of 

which has been made hard and glazed by exposure to heat, 
weep holes — holes for draining off water. 

CORRESPONDENCE 



The National Mantel & Tiling Co., 

4246 Dover St., 
Camden, N. J. 
Gentlemen: 

With reference to the faience tile 
fountain which you intend to set up 
temporarily on the south wall of ) 
the Franklin Lunch Room, you are 
notified that the fountain was exam- 
ined by the writer this morning at the 
building | and it is hereby con- 
demned 1 as not being in accordance 
with the full size detail drawings fur- 



nished you; neither | is it in keeping 
with the rest of the interior of this 
room. 

You are instructed to set up the | 
fountain as shown in our details 
with as little delay as possible. In- 
asmuch as this lunch room is to be 
| 10 ° opened on April 15, it will be 
necessary for you to furnish a tem- 
porary basin, and I will permit the | 
use of the basin sent by the manu- 
facturer for this purpose only. 

In view of the fact thai the re- 
mainder | of the faience tile work in 



1 That is, rejected by the architect. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



247 



this building has been so satisfactorily 
done, I regret very much that it is | 
necessary for me to reject the present, 
fountain. However, it does not come 
up to specifications. I trust that 
you | will do everything in your 
power to hasten the completion of 
this work. 

Yours truly, (195) 



Joseph Clayton, Esq., 

2122 East Royal Ave., 

Independence, Kansas. 
Dear Sir: 

In re Conway Building 

As explained to you by telephone 
this morning I do not approve of the 
| slag roofing which is being put on 
the above building by Edward G. 
Stevens & Company because of the 
light | weight of the paper and the 
kind of composition used. I have 
now instructed their 2 foreman to put 
on top | of the four layers of paper 
and asphaltum composition now on 
the roof, two layers of 36" wide, | 
14-pound paper of the quality used 
by the Reliance Company. These 
layers will be lapped so that there 
will | 10 ° be two thicknesses over the 
present materials all over the roof. 
These additional layers are to be 
thoroughly mopped in J the usual 
manner with hot straight run Ameri- 
can Coal Tar instead of the asphaltum 
composition previously used by Ste- 
vens & | Company. The slag, of 
course, is to be put on top of these 
layers. 



Their superintendent was willing 
to put | on the above additional ma 
terial in order to secure my approval 
on the roofing as soon as I stated that 
| this type of roofing would be con- 
sidered as complying with the specifi- 
cations. 

Very truly yours, (195) 
3 
Mr. K. C. Jennings, 
572 Steiner St., 
Lebanon, Pa. 
My dear Sir: 

Pursuant to our recent telephone 
conversation we give you below ten- 
tative specifications covering the car- 
penter work only | on the dwellings 
you are erecting on North Madison 
Street. 

"All framing lumber to be 
sound, dry, straight grained 
hemlock | free from defects 
which impair its strength or 
durability. Cellar girders to 
be made of four thicknesses 
of 2 | xlO" joists and 2 x 4" 
studs firmly spiked together 
and bolted with f" bolts 
every j 4 feet. They will 
be set on 6 x 6" locust or oak 
posts or Buffalo stanchions 
and be | 10 ° joined only at 
the posts. All joists to be 
2 x 10", spaced 16" centers, 
with two rows | of lattice 
bridging to each span. 

Rafters to be 2 x 6", 
spaced 16' centers. Cellar 
beams 2 | x 6" spiked to 
each rafter. 



In business correspondence the plural form of the pronoun is often used when the antecedent is the 
name of a company. 



248 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 



All studs in outside walls 
and partitions to be 2 x 4", 
| all spaced 16" centers and 
partitions bridged half way 
up. Ashlins to be 2 x 4" 
and under | each rafter. 
Joists to be double at stairs, 
fire places, and under parti- 
tions, with double studs at 
corners and openings. | 200 

All stud partitions to 
have double 2 x 4" sills and 
caps. Sills of houses to be 
three 2 | x 10", spiked to- 
gether. Porch ceiling joists 
and rafters to be 2 x 6". 
Porch floor joists to | be 
2 x 8", spaced 12"." 
If these specifications meet with 
your approval, kindle let us know as | 
soon as possible. We understand 
that work on the foundation will 
have progressed sufficiently by June 
28 to make | it possible for us to 
begin work at that time. 

Very truly yours, (293) 

4 
Mr. W. F. Williams, 

Chief Engineer, St. Louis Ter- 
minal Railway Co., 
Wabash Building, 
St. Louis, Mo. 
Dear Sir: 

In reply to your letter of the 
8th, we quote you the following prices 
for concrete tunnel lining: | 

Fellows Tunnel, New Alex- 
andria Station, approximately 



900 lineal feet of concrete lining, 
Nine and 50 /100 Dollars ($9.50) 
per | cubic yard. 

Hunter Tunnel, about two 
miles west of New Alexandria 
Station, approximately 575 feet 
long, Eight | and 25/100 Dol- 
lars ($8.25) per cubic yard. 

Oliver Tunnel, 600 feet west of 
Hunter Tunnel, approximately 
340 | feet long, Eight and 
25 /100 Dollars ($8.25) per cubic 
yard. 

For any trimming of sides 
and | 10 ° rock, at such points as 
you propose to use rock instead 
of concrete side walls, Four Dol- 
lars ($4.00) per cubic yard; | 
or at your option our charge 
will be based on the actual cost 
of labor plus fifteen (15) per 
cent, for | the use of the tools 
for the necessary trimming. 

For such three-inch pipe for 
weep holes as may be | re- 
quired, Twenty-five Cents (25^) 
per lineal foot. 

It is understood that your com- 
pany will furnish free transportation 
for men and | materials over your 
lines. The work is to be done in 
accordance with your specifications 
and under your direction. We | 200 
have a large force of men idle at the | 
present time and could commence 
this work at once and rush | it to 
completion. 

Yours very truly, (226) 



CORRESPONDENCE 



249 



The Harlan & Hollingsworth Corporation, 

Marion, Indiana. 
Gentlemen: 

Your letter of July 20 has been brought to the writers attention this morn- 
ing. We note that the job | you wish to have done covers the excavation of 
your ball park and the paving of the alley and sidewalk j in the rear of the 
park. 

We have inspected the park and now name you a price of 33 £ | per cubic 
yard for the proposed excavation. The material is to be deposited in accordance 
with the plan | explained by Mr. Sawyer. You will understand that this bid 
does not include any landscaping, but covers only the excavation | 10 ° and de- 
posit of material. We have a complete excavating outfit, including a steam 
shovel, locomotive, and cars, with which we [ can start this operation at once. 

The total area of the alley to be paved with asphalt is approximately 445 | 
square yards. Based upon standard city specifications for this work we submit 
the following prices: 

Sub-grade | $.55 per cu. yd. 

Sandstone curbing . 78 per lin. ft. 

Asphalt paving 2.35 | per sq. yd. 

Brick paving 2 . 25 per sq. yd. 

Granolithic sidewalks . 19 per sq. ft. | 200 

If these prices are satisfactory, kindly inform us at once and we will draw 
up detailed specifications to cover the | job and submit them to you. If we 
are awarded the contract, we can begin the paving by September 15. | 

Yours very truly, (243) 



Mr. M. C. Davidson, 

1522 Lafayette St., 
Denver, Colo. 
Dear Sir: 

In reference to the elevator pro- 
posal submitted to you for the Wat- 
terson Street warehouse of the L. W. | 
Aberdeen Company, we now confirm 
our verbal quotation of $1540.00 for 
placing the elevator machinery in 
the j pent house over the elevator 
shaft. 

The machine will be our direct- 
connected type, with motor con- 



nected to the worm | shaft of the 
winding machine. No external gears 
will be necessary for obtaining the re- 
quired elevator speed with a nig™ t 
speed motor. 

The winding machine and motor 
will be self-contained on heavy cast 
iron base. The worm gear will | 10 ° 
be of phosphor bronze cut from solid 
steel. The worm and worm shaft 
will be made of one solid forging | 
from the best crucible steel. The 
winding machine will be equipped 
throughout with all modern appli- 
ances. 



250 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 



The motor will be | 6| H.P. of 

the slip-ring type, speed not to ex- 
ceed 720 R.P.M. | This motor is 
manufactured by the Burke Electric 
Company of Erie, Pa., and is guaran- 
teed to have a lower | running cur- 
rent than any other elevator motor 
on the market. We have installed 
more than five hundred of these 
motors | 200 ranging from 3 to 30 
H.P., and have adopted them as our 
standard A.C. 3 motors. The con- 
troller will | be of the semi-magnet 
type, arranged for cutting in the 
current in three steps and is guaran- 
teed to be | of the highest efficiency. 
Our price includes the electric 
wiring at the motor and controller, 
but does not include running | the 
mains from the service box to the 
pent house. 

Yours very truly, (273) 



Turner Construction Co., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Gentlemen : 

The State Highway Department 
does not specify that any particular 
kind of stone shall be used in Telford 
construction. | The bidder, however, 
is required at the time his bid is filed 
to state the kind of stone he pro- 
poses | to use and its location. The 
specifications for road work are uni- 
form irrespective of the kind of stone 
which the | contractor uses. 

On the proposed Lincoln High- 
way roadbed the specifications re- 
quire that the bottom course shall 
extend eight feet on | each side of 

3 Alternating current. 



the center line, the stones composing 
the course to be nine to twelve inches 
long, three to | 10 ° five inches wide, 
and five inches deep, placed vertically 
by hand on their broadest edges. It 
is always required that | the stones 
be laid in lengthwise courses across 
the road and all interstices filled with 
rock and stone wedged with | a 
hammer. All projecting points must 
be broken off to bring the surface of 
the stone true to grade. The | 
course is then to be thoroughly rolled 
with a roller until the stone does not 
rock under the roller. 

After | completion of the bottom 
course, the second course of loose 
crushed stone six inches deep is ap- 
plied. This stone must | 200 be 
screened to a minimum size of three- 
quarters of an inch and a maximum 
size of one and a | half inches. 

The standard specifications for 
the finishing course require that the 
material be composed of rock screen- 
ings at least | fifty per cent, of 
which must be one-half to one- 
quarter inch in size. For the second 
and top | courses trap rock or good 
hard blue limestone must be used. 
Any good hard native stone can be 
used for | the Telford course. 

Yours truly, (285) 

8 
Mr. L. F. White, 

Supt., American Trestle Co., 
Mt. Carmel, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of April 22 
in which you inquire about the pro- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



251 



posed changes in the | Standard 
Specifications for bridges which have 
recently been approved by the 
State Highway Department. These 
changes have been limited to | 
paragraphs 6 and 7 specifying the 
quality of iron and steel to be used. 
These two paragraphs now read as | 
follows : 

6 — Iron 
"All wrought iron shall 
consist of the best Ameri- 
can double-refined iron, 
tough, ductile, and fibrous, 
with | an ultimate strength 
of 50,000 pounds per square 
inch and an elastic limit of 
20,000 pounds per square 
| 10 ° inch. Cast iron must 
be good tough pig metal of 
the best manufacture, well 
finished, true to dimensions, 
smooth and | sound. 

Only the best galvanized 
iron pipe, well finished, true 
to dimensions, smooth and 
sound, shall be used for the | 
bridge railing. All exposed 
threads must be covered 
with white lead upon com- 
pletion of the bridge. All 
joints must also | be leaded. 
The ends of pipes must be 
covered with a cap or 
fitting." 

7— Steel 
"Rolled steel shall be | 
made by the open hearth 
process, of the grade known 
as medium, according to 
manufacturers' standard 



specifications, and shallhave 

| 20 ° an ultimate strength of 
62,000 to 70,000 pounds per 
square inch, an elastic limit 
of not less | than 35,000 
pounds per square inch, and 
an elongation of 22 per cent, 
in eight inches. The | fin- 
ished product shall be true to 
size and shape, and free 
from imperfections such as 
injurious seams, blisters, 
buckles, cinder | spots, or 
imperfect edges. Old ma- 
terial passing this specifica- 
tion and having sufficient 
section, or new material 
which is sufficiently straight 
| to allow perfect embed- 
ding in concrete, may be 
used upon written accept- 
ance by the State Highway 
Commissioner." 
We trust that | 30 ° this will give 

you the information for which you 

ask. 

Very truly yours, (313) 



Mr. Max Bruce, 

American Aluminum Co., 
Lansing, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

We have made an inspection of 
your apartment building at Watson 
and Brownfield Avenues and wish to 
submit | the following propositions 
for additions and alterations to the 
heating system: 

Proposition 1. We will furnish 
and connect a Monitor | Heat Gen- 



252 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 



erator complete for the sum of 
$22.50. 

Proposition 2. We will enlarge 
the five radiators | on the first floor, 
so as to provide 105 square feet of 
additional radiation, furnish the 
necessary piping | and fittings, sup- 
ply the labor, bronze the radiators, 
and extend the piping under the radia- 
tors so that connections can be | 10 ° 
made without making any further 
outlets. This work will be done for 
the sum of $70.00. 

Proposition 3. We j will 
change the present system of piping 
in the basement so that it will be 
arranged on two separate circuits, | 
one to supply the front of the apart- 
ment and the other the rear, install 
the 105 square feet | of radiation 
suggested above, and connect the 
circuits to a boiler capable of carrying 
1020 square feet of | direct radia- 
tion. This work will be done for the 
sum of $185, the old boiler to | 20 ° 
become our property. 

At present you have 765 square 
feet of radiation in the building. 
With the 105 | square feet which 
we suggest should be added you 
would still have a margin of 150 
square feet | in the heating capacity 
of the new boiler. Additional radia- 
tors could be installed without in- 
creasing your boiler capacity. The 
plan | outlined in the third propo- 
sition is the best from an engineering 
standpoint. It is certain that the 
building will be satisfactorily 
heated, while on the other hand the 
plans outlined in the first and second 



proposals are necessarily make-shift 
arrangements. | 300 

Kindly let us hear from you in 
the near future. We shall be ready 
to proceed with the work by | the 
20th. 

Very truly yours, (325) 

10 

Mr. L. F. Rhodes, 

President, Griffin Road Con- 
struction Co., 
Durham, N. C. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of the 14th 
in which you request this office to 
state in detail the | grading re- 
quirements which will form a part of 
our standard macadam and Telford 
specifications. These specifications 
are now being revised | in the Office 
of the State Highway Department, 
but in the meantime I may give you 
the substance of the | provisions for 
grading contained therein. 

The contractor is required to do 
all grading, either by cutting or 
filling as the | case may be. He is 
called upon to remove from the high- 
way all trees, stumps, roots, poles, 
fences, walls, buildings, | 10 ° or other 
encumbrances upon or in the road- 
way, and all spongy or unstable ma- 
terial, which must be replaced with 
solid | material. In all cases where 
the earth fill exceeds one foot in 
depth, the filling must be deposited 
in layers, | or courses, not exceed- 
ing one foot in depth, loose measure- 
ment. Each course shall be graded 
across the entire fill and I thor- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



253 



oughly rolled before another course is 
started. The grading must conform 
to stakes placed by the State High- 
way Commissioner or | under his 
direction. Where the total amount 
of cut exceeds the total amount of 
fill, the contractor is required to | 20 ° 
use sufficient of the excess material 
to widen the berms in accordance 
with instructions issued by this 
office. The contractor | is required 
to provide a place for waste of any 
excess material not used in widening 
the berms. 

The standard | specifications 
will call for a slope of one-half to 
one inch to the foot from the center 
to the | sides, according to the per- 
centage of the grade of the road. 
The side road is to conform to the 
surface | grade of the completed 
roadbed, so that an unbroken slope 
is presented from the center to the 
shoulders or ditches | 30 ° on either 
side. 



In rock cuts the rock must be 
blasted out at least eight inches be- 
low the surface line | of the finished 
sub-grade of the road. We are also 
now requiring that rock used in fill- 
ing must not | come within eight 
inches of the surface line of the fin- 
ished sub-grade, and must not be 
allowed to nest, | but must be dis- 
tributed so as to avoid pockets. 

All old drain pipes, either iron or 
vitrified, and all stone | used for 
crossings belong to the township and 
must be taken up and cared for by the 
contractor unless otherwise | 4 °° di- 
rected. 

I trust that the above will give 
you the information you need in 
making your preliminary estimates. 
The standard | specifications will be 
published not later than March 15, 
when a copy will go forward to you 
immediately. 

Yours truly, | (440) 



11 



ADVERTISEMENT 

BOROUGH OF ETNA, PA. 

TO CONTRACTORS 

Sealed proposals for the improvement of Butler Street from the Baltimore & 
Ohio Railroad Crossing to the borough line will | be received at the office of the 
Borough Clerk until the fifth day of October at five o'clock P.M. | 

APPROXIMATE ESTIMATES OF QUANTITIES 

Excavation 60000 cubic yards 

New Curbstone 2000 lineal feet 

Ligonier Block Paving. 12000 | square yards 

Ba. The Borough of Etna reserves the right to reject any or all bids, should 
it deem it | for the interest of the Borough. 

b. No contract shall be awarded to any person in arrears to the Borough 
, \ 10C from any cause; or who may have, in former contracts with the Borough. 



254 BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 

failed to perform work satisfactorily, either in | the character of the work or 
in the time unnecessarily consumed in its completion by neglect or wilful delay 

c. | The estimates shown above are to be considered and taken as approxi- 
mate, and the right is expressly reserved by the | party of the first part to in- 
crease or diminish the said quantities. Nor shall any change of grade or align- 
ment | vitiate, annul, or impair the contract made and entered into relative tc 
said work, nor constitute any claim for compensation | 200 on account of prospec- 
tive profits. The contractor shall be paid for the amount of work actually per- 
formed, at the rates | specified in the proposal therefor and annexed to this con- 
tract as part thereof. The full measure of compensation to the | contractor is 
to be determined by the Borough Engineer, whose final estimate of said work 
shall be conclusive evidence thereof, | and of binding force. ' • 

d. The prices bid are to cover the furnishing of all materials entering into 
the construction | of the work, and the necessary labor and tools required to 
perform the work in strict accordance with the plans | 300 and specifications. 

e. Bidders will be required to accompany their proposals with a bond for 
one-half the amount of | the estimated cost of the work, including all material, 
duly and legally executed by a security trust company. Such bond, | before 
the contract shall be binding upon the Borough, shall first be approved by Coun- 
cil and shall be held as | security for the payment of any difference between the 
sum to which the contractor would be entitled on the completion | of the work 
at the price stated in the proposal, and that which the Borough of Etna may be 
obliged | 400 to pay to any bidder at any subsequent letting should the contractor 
refuse to sign the agreement or perform the | work satisfactorily in accordance 
with the plans and specifications; with the further condition that the said Bor- 
ough of Etna shall | be indemnified against all losses, costs, and damages which 
may arise from the non-fulfillment of this contract in any | manner whatever, 
or by reason of failure of any kind whatever upon the part of the contractor to 
perform fully | and faithfully all the terms and conditions therein named and 
contained. 

f . The party or parties to whom the contract J B0 ° shall be awarded will be 
required to attend at the office of the Borough Clerk within five (5) days from 
the | date of award to sign the agreement, and in case of failure or neglect so to 
do, he or they | will be considered as having abandoned it, and as in default to 
the said Borough; and thereupon the Council may | re-advertise the said work 
to be re-let as before, and so on, until the contract is accepted and | the agree- 
ment is executed. 

g. In no case will contractors be allowed to use materials other than of the 
quality | G0 ° and dimensions prescribed in the plans and specifications, or which 
may be specified by the Borough Engineer. 

h. Bidders will | examine for themselves the location of the proposed 
work, so that no misunderstanding may exist in regard to the nature | of the 
work to be done. (646) 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



255 



12 

vvc received today the letter quoted 
below from the central missouri 
telephone company Jefferson city mo 
as we are not in a position to bid on 
this job we take pleasure in referring 
the matter to you please submit a 
price on laying approximately 500 
square yards of block stone pave- 
ment on the road leading to our 
thomas avenue pole yard a3" gravel 
bed for the stone will be sufficient 
your price should include the 
straightening of the present roadway 
at the bottom of the grade the con- 
struction of a small sluice and the 
necessary grading also the placing of 



old telephone poles in position to 
substitute for curbing the contractor 
is to furnish all labor tools and 
materials except the telephone poles 
these will be furnished at the yard 
by the telephone company all work 
and material are subject to the ap- 
proval of our construction engineer 
we shall thank you to submit a price 
on the above work on or before Sep- 
tember 15 we suggest that you get 
in touch with mr c h duncan con- 
struction engineer of the telephone 
company you may use our name in 
communicating with him yours very 
truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are working in the office of the general superintendent 
of the Turner Construction Co., St. Louis, Mo. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

The style letter illustrates a very useful form of arrangement for a letter 
containing detailed items. Observe that the entire letter is written in " block'' 
form. In letters and papers containing price quotations, sums of money are 
often written out followed by the figures in parentheses. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 36. 

Assignment 2„ Copy letter 4 with carbon on a letterhead^ Indent the 
quotations as shown in the style letter. Present the letters for signature. 



Specifications 

When building or construction work is to be undertaken, the architect or 
engineer draws up specifications setting forth the conditions under which the 
contract will be awarded, the exact work to be done, and the materials to be used 



256 BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 






Such specifications are usually dictated to a stenographer. They must be writ- 
ten with great care as they form the basis on which contractors submit bids. 
Two sets of specifications are shown in the budget of forms. The first set is 
for the construction of a concrete tunnel lining, and the second covers the build- 
ing of a house. 

Assignment 3. Copy the specifications given on form 37 with one 
carbon. 

Assignment 4. Copy the specifications shown on form 38 with one 
carbon. 

BUILDING AGREEMENTS 

When a bid submitted by a contractor on a given piece of construction 
work has been accepted, the parties draw up a building agreement like the 
following contract setting forth their mutual obligations. 

BUILDING AGREEMENT 

THIS AGREEMENT, made by and between the Turner Construction 
Company, Contractors, of St. Louis, Missouri, hereinafter referred to as 
the Contractor, and the Morris Development Company, of St. Louis, 
Missouri, hereinafter referred to as the Owner, covering certain roadway, 
sewering, and other work on the premises owned and controlled by the 
said Morris Development Company, bounded by Kenwood Avenue, 
Wilkens Street, Whittier Avenue, and the proposed road to be known as 
Woodland Road, more minutely described hereinafter, 

WITNESSETH, That in consideration of certain payments to be 
made by the Owner to the Contractor, the Contractor agrees to construct 
all drives, sewers, manholes, catch basins, and lamp holes, as described 
and marked on drawings and in accordance with specifications, signed 
copies of such drawings and specifications being attached hereto and 
forming a part of this contract; it being understood and agreed that the 
Contractor shall perform all of this work in a thoroughly workmanlike 
and proper manner, subject to the criticism and acceptance of the 
Engineer of the Owner. 

The following scale of prices shall govern in the payment for this work: 

Asphaltum Paving $2 . 50 per sq. yd. 

Sandstone Curb, in place 80 per lineal ft. 

Telford Foundation 80 per sq. yd. 

Telford Surfacing 80 per sq. yd. 

Excavation for Telford 45 per cu. yd. 






OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 257 

Excavation for Asphalt 45 per cu. yd. 

Catch Basins, complete 40 . 00 each 

Manholes, complete 45 .00 each 

Lamp Holes, complete 7 . 50 each 

9" Barret Trap, or equivalent, in place 3 .00 each 

9" T. C. Sewer, in place 60 per lineal ft. 

6" T. C. Sewer, in place 50 per lineal ft. 

4" Porous Tile Sewer, in place 10 per lineal ft. 

6" Porous Tile Sewer, in place 20 per lineal ft. 

Payments shall be made monthly upon estimates prepared by said 
Engineer for work completed to date; final payment to be made only 
after the entire work has been completed and accepted by said Engineer. 

The Contractor agrees to furnish all labor, materials, tools, etc., 
necessary for the proper completion of this work, with the exception of 
such material as is found on the premises and approved by the Engineer 
for use in connection with this work. 

The Contractor guarantees all work to be first-class and to repair and 
remedy any defects that may develop within one (1) year from the com- 
pletion of the entire work, and will furnish a satisfactory bond running 
to the Owner in the sum of One Thousand ($1000.00) Dollars for a period 
of one (1) year to insure the proper performance of this guarantee. 

The Contractor further agrees to perform all work in accordance with 
the City, Park, or other ordinances in effect at the time the work is per- 
formed; also to secure all necessary permits from City, Park, or other 
officials that may be required; and further, to make any and all connec- 
tions with City or Park sewers, water mains, and gas mains in accordance 
with the ordinances governing these matters; and further, to protect the 
Owner from any claims of the City or Park authorities, or other officials, 
on account of any interference with City, Park or other property, or for 
failure to perform the work as hereinbefore stated. 

The Contractor hereby covenants, promises, and agrees to protect 
and save harmless the Owner from any Mechanics , Liens or other liens of 
any nature whatsoever brought against the said Owner's property, or curti- 
lage appurtenant thereto, by the Contractor, or subcontractors, laborers, 
or material-men, for work done or material furnished for or about said 
work, or on the credit thereof; and further agrees that all subcontractors, 
material-men, and laborers on said work shall look to and hold the Con- 
tractor personally liable for all subcontracts for work or labor done or 



258 BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 

material furnished, so that there shall not be any legal or lawful claims 
of any kind whatsoever against the Owner. The Contractor also agrees to 
deliver to the Owner a proper form of release of any and all liens before 
final payment is made. 

The Contractor agrees to protect the Owner from any and all claims of 
any nature whatsoever which may arise from the use of patented articles 
or material used in this work. 

It is further agreed that the Contractor shall indemnify and save 
harmless the Owner from all claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, 
recoveries, and judgments of every kind and description brought or re- 
covered against the Owner, for or on account of any injuries or damages 
received or sustained by any party or parties by reason of any act of the 
Contractor or his agents or servants in the construction of said work; or 
by or in consequence of any negligence or carelessness in guarding the 
same; and also that so much of the moneys due or to become due to the 
Contractor under this agreement as shall be deemed necessary by the Owner 
shall or may be retained by the Owner until every and all such claims, 
demands, suits, actions, recoveries, and judgments shall have been settled 
and discharged to the satisfaction of the Owner. 

It is distinctly understood that the Owner shall in no way be respon- 
sible for Contractor's material or tools while on said premises. 

The Contractor agrees to begin active operations within three (3) 
days after written notice from the Engineer, it being estimated that this 
notice will be given in approximately one week to ten days from the date 
of this agreement. 

The Contractor agrees to supply all necessary material and to furnish 
sufficient labor to complete the work within sixty (60) days from the date 
of this agreement. 

The said parties for themselves, and their heirs, successors, executors, 
administrators, and assigns do hereby agree to the full performance of the 
covenants herein contained. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to these presents have here- 
unto set their hands and seals this fourteenth day of April in the year one 
thousand nine hundred and nineteen. 

SEAL 

ATTEST By 

SEAL 

ATTEST By 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 259 

Assignment 5. Copy the building agreement with one carbon. Insert 
the current date in the last paragraph. Draw lines on the typewriter for the 
signatures as shown. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Read letter 12 and determine upon its punctuation and paragraphing. 

Assignment 6. Write the letter to the following local contractors: 

McLean Contracting Co., 1241 Liberty Avenue 

Consolidated Engineering & Contracting Co. 

The Edward B. McDermott Contracting Co. 

Transcribing 
Assignment 7. The general superintendent will dictate to you five 
letters for transcription. Hand in your letters for signature. 

Filing 

Your correspondence in this section is to be filed in the numerical file. The 
numbers of the companies referred to in the letters you have written are as 
follows : 

37 — Missouri Water & Electric Company 
127 — Pittsburgh Terminal Railway Company 
46 — Central Missouri Telephone Company 
54 — Western Union Telegraph Company 
74 — Postal Telegraph & Cable Company 

122 — City of St. Louis, Mo. Correspondence relating to the St. Louis 
Electrical Commission is filed in the "E" file back of the "City of St. Louis" file. 
File under "S" for St. Louis. 

Assignment 8. Make out cards and file them in the alphabetical card 
index. Prepare folders and file the correspondence. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 9. The general superintendent: "Write the State Highway 
Department at Indianapolis thanking them for the information given in this 
letter (No. 7) . Ask them to send us two copies of their standard specifications 
covering road building/' 

Assignment 10. We have received no reply to our letter to the St. Louis 
Terminal Railway Company (No. 4). Write them inquiring if the contract has 
been let. If not, say that our engineering department would like to discuss cer- 
tain features of the specifications with Mr. Williams. State that the work should 
be begun very soon so that winter weather may not interfere with its completion. 

Assignment 11. The general superintendent: "I see chat the Missouri 
Water & Electric (see letter, page 244) comes back at us this morning with some 
extensive changes in their plans. Elliot (our chief engineer) says it will take his 
men four or five days to get the information on which to make a new bid because 
they will have to inspect the reservoir again. Write them. Keep in touch with 
Elliot and let me know when the new bid is ready." 



Twin City Motor Car Company 

DISTRIBUTORS 

Cole Aero- Eight Franklin Air-Cooled Six 

SALESROOM AND SERVICE STATION 

1220 NICOLLET AVENUE 

Minneapolis 

Dr. Iu C. Thayer, October 10, 1920. 

642 Professional Bldg. % 
St. Paul, Minn. 

Dear Sir: 

In accordance with our policy of helping Franklin owners to keep their 
cars in satisfactory operating condition, we call your attention to 
some necessary instructions relative to the starting of your motor during 
the coming winter months. In cold weather easy starting depends largely 
on the correot operation of the choke valve. 

To start motor 

1 — Close carburetor hand control. 

2 — Advance spark control lever half-way on sector. 

3 — Throw on starting motor switch. 

4 — Start turning the choke valve handle toward 

"RICH" until motor starts. 

Care should be taken not to close the choke valve too quickly. The motor 
will start before it is entirely closed except in' extremely cold weather. 
When the motor starts, the clutch pedal should be released and the 
accelerator worked up and down. At the same time the choke valve should 
be quickly turned back toward "LEAN," keeping it adjusted as lean a3 
possible without causing tne motor to "spit." The motor should then be 
permitted to warm up slightly before starting the oar. When the motor 
is warm, the ohoke valve should be at "LEAN" or as close as possible 
without causing the motor to miss. 

For proper carburet ion during cold weather the carburetor hot-air pipe 
should be two-thirds closed and fully closed at extreme temperatures. 
The carburetor should be adjusted with the shutter in the normal running 
position. 

In cold weather do not use an excess of gasoline. If the mixture is too 
rich part of the gasoline will be forced past the piston rings and cause 
the oil to lose its lubricating properties. Do not speed up the motor 
before it is thoroughly warm — cold oil will not lubricate. 

If you have any difficulty in starting your motor during cold weather, 
please call at our salesroom and we shall be pleased to demonstrate the 
operation to you. 

Yours very truly, 



AFB-e 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

accelerator — a throttle operated by the foot. 

anti-skid — applied to a tire having a notched or grooved tread to prevent slipping 
assembling — the act of fitting together different parts of an automobile. 
autophone — a tube in an enclosed rear compartment through which the pas- 
senger can speak to the driver. 
backlash — the lost motion in the working parts of machinery. 
brougham (broo'am) — a closed car with no roof over the driver's seat. 
carburetor — the apparatus by which liquid fuel is converted into gas. 
chassis — the complete running gear and mechanism of an automobile exclusive of 

the body, 
chauffeur (sho'fer) — the driver of an automobile. 
clutch — a movable coupling used for transmitting motion or for disconnecting 

moving parts of machinery. 
combustion — the act of burning; explosion of gas in a cylinder. The combustion 

chamber is the upper part of a cylinder where the explosion takes place, 
compression — the pressure exerted upon the gas in a cylinder by the piston just 

before the ignition of the gas. 
condensation — the reduction of a gas or vapor to a liquid form. 
coupe (koo-pa') — an inside-operated enclosed car. 
cowl — the casing of an automobile covering the dashboard and extending from 

the hood to the driver's seat. 
deflation — the act of removing the air from a pneumatic tire; the opposite of 

inflation. 
demountable — capable of being taken off (applied to wheel rims). 
differential — the part of a rear axle containing the driving gears and the equalizing 

gears necessary in turning curves. 
flush — exactly in line or even with. 

garage (ga-razh') — a place where automobiles are stored, 
housing — any metal case enclosing working parts of machinery. 
ignition — the act of firing gas in a cylinder; the electrical apparatus on a motor 

car which supplies the electric sparks for causing the explosions in the 

cylinders. 
landaulet — a closed car with folding top, seats for three or more persons inside, 

and a driver's seat outside. 
limousine — a closed car with separate compartments for passengers and driven 
magneto — a device for generating electricity. 
manifold — a pipe or tube used for conveying gas, air, or water and having several 

inlets or outlets. 

261 



262 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



poppet — a valve which rises from its seat as distinguished from a slide valve 

which slides back and forth over its seat. 
resilient — springing back; rebounding (applied to the springs and tires of an 

automobile) . 
sector — a piece of metal shaped like an arc and mounted on the steering wheel to 

which the spark and throttle hand levers are fastened. 
sedan — a closed car seating four or more persons all in one compartment. 
short-circuited — put out of commission by the passage of an excessive current of 

electricity. 
speedometer (spe-dom'e-ter) — an instrument for recording speed and mileage, 
sprocket — a gear wheel which engages a chain, 
terminal — the end of an electric wire or the point where a circuit begins and 

ends. 
thermostat — an automatic apparatus for indicating and regulating temperature, 
tonneau — a term applied to the rear compartment of a touring car. 
transmission — the gearing by which the power is transmitted from the engine 

to the rear wheels and by which the various degrees of car speed to engine 

speed are secured in a motor car. 
trunnion — a part of the hoisting mechanism of a truck body, 
vaporize — to convert into vapor by the application of heat. 

victoria — a type of low body having a single seat for two passengers with an ele- 
vated seat behind. It has an adjustable folding leather top. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. A. C. Preston, 

Lock Box 219, 

Hammonton, N. J. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of the 2d 
instant informing us that your motor 
misses and that you are I unable to 
locate the trouble. Missing usually 
results from an improperly adjusted 
carburetor; short-circuited 1 spark 
plugs; plugs with broken | porce- 
lains, carbonized points, or im- 
properly adjusted points; carbon- 
ized valves; defective ignition cir- 
cuits: or water in the carburetor. 



We suggest that | you proceed as 
follows: 

1. Drain the carburetor for water 
and dirt, but do not tamper with the 
adjustments unless | you are ex- 
perienced in carburetor adjustment. 

2. Inspect the plugs for short 
circuits, cracked porcelains, and cor- 
rect adjustment of the | 10 ° points. 

3. Inspect the wiring system for 
partially short-circuited or broken 
secondary terminals. 

4. Remove the dust plate en- 
closing | the valves to see if any of 
the valves are stuck, or if any of the 
valve springs are weak | or broken. 



1 Hyphenated because a compound adjective; but see short circuits below. 






CORRESPONDENCE 



263 






5. If the missing is not due to 
any of the above causes there may be 
an air | leak between the carburetor 
and the intake manifold, or between 
the manifold and the cylinder block. 

If you cannot locate | the diffi- 
culty after exhausting these sugges- 
tions, your only recourse is to bring 
the car in to us for further exami- 
nation. | 200 

Yours very truly, (203) 



Twin City Motor Car Co., 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
Gentlemen : 

In response to your request we 
have mailed you samples of Type 55 
enclosed car trimming materials, 
bound | in book form. This method 
of showing the samples will be found 
superior to mounted cards, as the 
samples are | of liberal size, thus 
displaying the material to better 
advantage than is possible with 
smaller pieces of upholstery. 

Trimming material | for the 
Type 55 enclosed cars is optional. 
The selection, however, at the regular 
prices is restricted to the | samples 
contained in the sample book. If 
any other material is specified, it can 
be furnished only at an additional 
| 10a charge. As there is no standard 
trimming, the dealer must specify 
, the trimming desired on each enclosed 
I car order, indicating | the selection 
by the number appearing on the tag 
attached to the back of each sample. 



These trimmings are available | 
for open-front limousine, imperial 
limousine, landaulet limousine, sedan, 
and brougham body types only. 
Coupes and victorias are to be | 
trimmed in different materials, 
samples of which will be mailed 
later. 

All materials contained in the 
sample book are supplied | by the 
Fansom Company of New York City, 
with the exception of trimming No. 
618, which is the product | 200 of 
L. C. Chase & Company, Boston. 
Yours very truly, (210) 

3 

The Zell Motor Car Company, 
11-15 E. Mt. Royal Avenue, 
Baltimore, Md. 
Gentlemen : 

Subject — Truck Orders 
In response to yours of the 13th 
we can ship trucks equipped with 
any make of | tires, continuous or 
block, demountable or pressed-on. 

In specifying chasses 2 to be 
equipped with wood hydraulic hoists, 
please note | that body hinges are 
not included with the hoists and will 
not be furnished unless they are 
specifically ordered. In | every case 
where a chassis is ordered to be 
equipped with the hoist, the frame 
will be cut off close | to the rear 
spring hangers unless otherwise or- 
dered. In this connection we call 
attention to page 3 of the "Truck 
| 10 ° Data Book" regarding body 



2 The plural of chassis. Compare crises, bases, and axes. 



264 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



lengths recommended with wood hy- 
draulic hoists, which should be re- 
ferred to when specifying the chassis 
length . | 

The price of screw power hoists, 
which we are again in a position to 
furnish, includes both the body 
hinges | and the trunnion for at- 
taching the front end of the body to 
the hoist. When screw hoists are 
ordered, the | chassis frame will be 
cut off close to the rear spring 
hangers. 

We will appreciate it very much 
if you | will bear these points in 
mind when placing your orders, as 
it not only makes the order much 
easier to | 200 handle here but will 
in many cases facilitate the placing 
of your order in the factory. 

Yours truly, (218) 

4 

To All Standard Eight Distributors: 3 
Attention Service Department 
All cars coming through from 
now on will be equipped with a cir- 
cuit breaker mounted on the | com- 
bination switch, as shown in the 
enclosed illustration. This device 
takes the place of a fuse block and 
fuses. It | prevents the discharg- 
ing of the battery or damage to the 
switch or wiring to the lamps, horn, 
and ignition, in | case any of the 
wires leading to these parts become 
grounded. As long as the lamps, 
horn, and ignition are | using the 
usual amount of current, the circuit 
breaker is not affected. If any of the 



wires become grounded, an | 10 ° ab- 
normally heavy current is conducted 
through the circuit breaker, thus pro- 
ducing a strong magnetism, which at- 
tracts the pole piece and | opens the 
contacts. This cuts off the flow of 
current, which allows the contacts to 
close again and the operation | is 
repeated, causing the circuit breaker 
to pass an intermittent current and 
to give forth a vibrating sound. 

It requires | 25 amperes to start 
the circuit breaker vibrating, but 
once started a current of from three 
to five amperes | will continue the 
vibration. In case the circuit breaker 
vibrates repeatedly, do not attempt 
to increase the tension of the | 20 ° 
springs, as the vibration is an indi- 
cation of a ground in the system. 
Remove the ground and the vibration 
will | stop. If the circuit breaker 
continues to vibrate when all the 
buttons on the combination switch 
are depressed, the ground | is almost 
invariably in the horn or its circuit. 

(249) 

5 
Hawkins-Cole Agency, 

Evansville, Ind. 
Gentlemen: 

We are shipping to you by ex- 
press five dozen of the new style 
thermostats covered by piece | # 71146. 
These thermostats are adjusted to a 
heat regulation of 135 to 150 | de- 
grees, as explained in Technical Let- 
ter # 1476 sent you last week, and 
may be distinguished by | the pres- 



3 This is an example of a technical letter issued by automobile manufacturers to their distributors. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



265 



ence of an additional petcock in 
front of the forward valve. 

Please see that these are imme- 
diately attached to | cars in your 
territory and the old thermostats 
returned to us by express. It is im- 
portant that cars in service | 10 ° 
with the old thermostats be equipped 
with the new units at the earliest pos- 
sible date. However, our available 
supply is | limited, and it is only by 
securing your active co-operation in 
making the changes and returning 
the old assemblies | that we can 
make rapid progress in effecting the 
change. You will be furnished with 
a sufficient supply to fill | your re- 
quirements just as sQon as the factory 
can complete the alteration of the old 
thermostats. 

Caution your mechanics to | be 
sure that the valves controlling the 
entrance to the radiator and the by- 
pass tube are working properly with 
| 200 all parts perfectly clean before 
installation. 

We are also mailing a supply of 
blank campaign cards which are to 
be | used in reporting the changes. 
It is very important that these cards 
be returned to us promptly so that 
we | may be informed as to what 
cars still require new thermostats. 
Yours very truly, (254) 

6 
Bay State Motor Car Company, 

Boston, Mass. 
Gentlemen: 

All series 850 cars shipped from 
the factory from now on will be 
equipped with a Cole-Stromberg | 



carburetor especially designed for the 
Cole Eight motor. This carburetor is 
provided with a hot-air attachment, 
which assists greatly | in the va- 
porization of fuel and tends to pro- 
duce a smooth running motor. A 
shutter or butterfly valve, controlled 
by | a cowl adjustment, working in 
the primary air intake, facilitates 
starting in cold weather. When the 
speed is under twenty-five | miles 
an hour, the low speed jet furnishes 
the proper mixture for all variations 
of speed, but above that | 10 ° speed 
the auxiliary air valve comes into ac- 
tion with a secondary nozzle, which is 
interconnected with the valve. 

At speeds | under twenty-five 
miles the fuel passes through a 
strainer underneath the float into the 
float chamber and is fed | through 
the primary nozzle. When that 
speed is exceeded the high speed jet 
also comes into action, the fuel 
working | its way around a dash-pot 
piston which is .005 of an inch smaller 
than its chamber, thence through | 
four small holes in the sleeve to the 
needle valve. 

When the air valve opens, it 
forces the piston downward | 200 
against the gasoline pressure, at the 
same time unseating the auxiliary 
needle. Further movement of the 
auxiliary valve causes the | needle 
valve seat to move away from the 
valve "needle, thus increasing the 
opening. The reason the dash-pot is 
| used is to make the action of the 
air valve smooth and gradual, doing 
away with fluttering. When the 



266 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



throttle I is opened quickly, the air 
valve opens gradually, preventing 
coughing and missing. 

Instructions for the care and 
adjustment of this | carburetor are 
now in preparation and will be for- 
warded to service stations within the 
next ten days. 

Yours very truly, | (300) 

7 
Stone Automobile Service Co., 

Lebanon, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We are forwarding to you an 
advance supply of specifications on 
next season's models. In recom- 
mending the study of | these speci- 
fications to distributors and their 
salesmen we wish to offer a word of 
advice as to selling policy. 

We | believe many salesmen lose 
orders by being too technical Every 
motor car salesman should, of course, 
be fully informed as | to the design 
and mechanical construction of his 
car. If a prospect inquires as to 
what an inherently balanced crank | 
shaft is, the salesman should be able 
to answer that such a shaft is one 
which has been balanced without | 10 ° 
resorting to artificial means of dis- 
tributing its weight, such as attach- 
ing weights at various angles; in other 
words, that its | balance results 
from its shape, construction, and the 
distribution of the metal in it. How- 
ever, if the dealer is wise | Ke will 
discuss a technical feature of this 
kind only in the few cases when it is 
necessary. 



Nowadays motor | cars are gener- 
ally sold on the basis of appearance, 
design, comfort, performance, and 
price. The average buyer will pur- 
chase a | car if he is satisfied with 
its appearance, approves of its de- 
sign, finds it comfortable to travel in, 
is pleased | 200 with its performance, 
and considers the price a reasonable 
one. He will buy regardless of the 
make of the carburetor, | whether 
the connecting rods are 9| or 10" 
long, whether the motor is of the 
overhead valve | type or L-head de- 
sign, or whether a semi-floating or 
full-floating type of rear axle with 
spur | tooth or spiral bevel gears 
is used. 

We urge distributors to adopt 
the policy of emphasizing the features 
of our | cars which appeal to the lay- 
man's understanding, and to avoid 
the technicalities upon which he is 
not qualified to pass | 300 an intelli- 
gent judgment. 

Yours very truly, (306) 

8 

Technical Department Bulletin 
No. 127 
It is sometimes necessary, par- 
ticularly in cold weather, to press the 
starting button on the Model 27 car a 
| number of times before the pinion 
on the starting motor can be made to 
engage with the gear on the | fly- 
wheel. This is caused by the accu- 
mulation of heavy oil or grease on 
the pinion of the starting motor, | 
with the result that the thread on 
the armature shaft over which the 



CORRESPONDENCE 



267 



pinion automatically engages re- 
tards the action of | the pinion. 
This oil gets into the big gear of the 
fly-wheel by working out along the 
bearing of | 10 ° the transmission and 
then into the fly-wheel housing, 
where the fly-wheel picks it up and 
transfers it to | the starting motor 
pinion shaft. 

In the event that this trouble is 
experienced, it can be effectively 
remedied in the | following manner: 
First: Take off hand plate over 
clutch. Remove plug un- 
der fly-wheel and drain off 
heavy oil in | fly-wheel 
housing. 
Second: Place solid plugs in drain 
holes under fly-wheel and 
clutch. 
Third: Pour two quarts of | kero- 
sene through hand hole 
over clutch, but be careful 
to use funnel so that kero- 
sene will flow directly to 
bottom | 20 ° of case and 
not splash over brake and 
clutch shaft, or over the 
clutch itself or clutch pilot 
bearing, and | thus wash 
off lubrication on these 
parts and thereby cause 
squeaks. 
Fourth: Press starting button three 
times, permitting motor to 
| run each time on starting 
motor only for about one- 
half minute. This will 
wash grease off fly-wheel 
gear | and starting motor 
pinion shaft. 



Fifth: Remove plug under fly- 
wheel, drain out kerosene, 
and replace with plug hav- 
ing one-quarter j inch 
drain hole, or leave out 
plug entirely. It is also 
unnecessary to have plug 
under clutch, although 
this | 300 hole may be 
closed with solid plug if 
desired. (309) 



Technical Service Letter No. 328 
Adjustment of Differential Gears 
Before attempting to adjust the 
differential gears on series 850 cars, 
see that the back | of the teeth on 
the pinion and rear gears are flush. 
The helical pinion, which is forged 
and cut in | one piece with the pinion 
shaft, is mounted with a bearing on 
either side of the gear, thus holding 
it | rigidly in place. The carrier 
has been changed so that instead of 
adjusting from both sides it is only 
necessary | to adjust the bearings 
from one side. The pinion shaft 
bearing is adjusted from the forward 
end with a single | 10 ° adjustment as 
formerly. 

Take up the play between the 
bearings until there is no end motion, 
but do not bind | or cause the shaft 
to turn hard. Line up the slots in 
both adjusting nuts, then turn both 
toward the | right and bring the 
pinion deeper into mesh with the ring 
gear, or toward the left to withdraw. 
The proper | amount of backlash 
between the teeth of the ring gear 



268 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



and pinion is from .006 to .008 | of an 
inch. 

If the pinion is flush with the 
ring gear and there is too much or too 
little | 200 lash, the ring gear may be 
adjusted either in or out. Remove 
the differential cover-plate on the 
rear of | the axle housing. Take 
off the differential bearing adjust- 
ment lock and back off slightly the 
bolts holding the bearing caps | in 
place so that the adjusting nut can 
be turned easily. To move the gear 
toward the right, back off | the right- 
hand adjusting nut one or two notches 
at a time and take up on the left- 
hand nut, | or if the gear should be 
adjusted to the left, reverse this 
action. 

The pinion shaft and gears are 
now | 300 made of nickel chrome 
heat-treated steel; likewise the drop- 
forged tapered driving shafts. (314) 

10 

Technical Letter No. 247 
To Chalmers Distributors: 

Subject: Reground Cylinders 

When it is desired to install re- 
ground cylinders, the oversize block 
will be secured on dealer's order | at 
the list price in the same manner as 
any other part. The replaced casting . 
should then be returned to | the 
factory, and if it is found to be in 
such condition that regrinding is 
possible, credit will be allowed | on 
the basis of column 7 in the enclosed 
table. 

All oversize parts are carried 
under individual piece numbers as | 
shown on the table. The factory, 



however, reserves the right to fill 
orders for cylinder and piston sets 
with either | 10 ° of the two oversize 
types, or with standard sizes, in case 
the particular size called for is not 
available. 

When | cylinders are returned 
for regrinding, the pistons should not 
be included and the valve stem 
guides and water chamber cover | 
studs should be removed. We specify 
the removal of the valve stem guides 
and equipping the reground cylinders 
with new | parts because this is 
necessary to correctly center and 
recut the valve seats. 

The credit allowed upon the re- 
turn of | a cylinder block will be 
that of a cylinder and core plug as- 
sembly, less the valve stem guides 
and less | 20 ° the cost of regrinding. 
In order to secure this credit it will be 
necessary for the shipper to quote 
upon | the claim tag the factory mail 
order number under which the replac- 
ing parts were shipped. Dealers will 
not be allowed | to return a greater 
number of cylinders than have been 
ordered for replacement purposes. 

If cylinders are returned which 
are | so deeply scored that they 
cannot be successfully reground with- 
out first filling the score, an additional 
charge will be made | for this work. 
Care should be taken not to return 
cylinders which have already been 
reground to the oversize limit. | 30 ° 
All reground cylinders have their 
oversize dimensions plainly stamped 
on the bottom face of the cylinder 
casting. 

Yours very truly, | (320) 



, 



CORRESPONDENCE 



269 



11 



Mr. P. J. Hauser, 

Monticello, Minn. 
Dear Sir: 

We judge from your letter of the 
10th that the loss of compression in 
your motor is probably | due to im- 
perfectly seated valves, resulting 
from insufficient clearance between 
the valve stems and lift rods, car- 
bon deposits on the | valve seats, or 
sticky valve stems and guides. 

When the valves are closed the 
valve roller holders, or lift rods, | on 
both the inlet and exhaust valves 
should be adjusted to a clearance of 
.004 of an inch between | the lift rod 
and the valve stem. Be sure the 
motor is cold when adjusting this 
clearance. 

Inspect the valve | 10 ° seats for 
carbon deposits and pitting. The 
valves themselves are of alloy steel 
and will not warp or pit.. This | 
makes the grinding of the valves un- 
necessary, except in unusual cases. 
The valves seat, however, may collect 
a carbon deposit | or become pitted, 
which will prevent the valve from 
; holding compression. When this 
i occurs the valves should be removed 
I and | the seats ground with a mixture 
. of oil and powdered glass or some 
: prepared valve grinding paste. 

To grind the | valve seat, un- 
j screw the valve chamber plug and 
• remove the collar key, valve collar, 
J and spring. Take out the valve, | 200 
! clean it thoroughly, and make sure 
|f that the valve stem and guide are in 
good condition. Stuff rags or waste | 



into the port between the valve cham- 
ber and the cylinder to keep grinding 
material out of the latter; then re- 
place | the valve upon its seat, mak- 
ing sure that there is ample clearance 
between the valve stem and the roller 
holder | set screw. It is a good plan 
to put a light spring around the valve 
stem before placing the valve | for 
grinding. This causes the valve to 
rise when grinding pressure is re- 
leased and prevents a groove from 
being ground | 300 in the seat. Grind 
by rotating the valve back and forth 
with a screw driver or hand brace. 

If you | cannot remedy your 
trouble by the measures suggested, 
you should bring your car to our serv- 
ice station for inspection. 

Yours | very truly, (342) 

12 

people have realized ever since the 
beginning of things that the heavier 
an object is the greater must be the 
strength required to lift carry slide or 
roll it it is also generally known that 
strength or power is obtained by the 
consumption of fuel in the human 
being fuel is the food that goes to 
make up the blood and tissue of the 
body in the machine it may be coal 
gas kerosene or gasoline the first 
thing a man thinks of in order to 
save strength is to lighten the load 
the first thing to do in things me- 
chanical to economize in power and 
hence in fuel is to lighten the load 
for saving gasoline light weight is the 
predominating principle involved in 
designing automobiles its effect is so 



270 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



broad that it influences practically 
every element entering into economy 
the franklin car is economical in the 
use of gasoline because of its light 
weight the little booklet we are 
sending to you why the average 



motorists dollar is shrinking tells an 
interesting story of how the principle 
of light weight is applied in the de- 
sign and construction of franklin cars 
we would like to have you read it 
yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed by the Twin City Motor Car Company, 
of Minneapolis, as stenographer to the manager. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

The block form of arrangement is widely used because it saves the time 
required to indent addresses and paragraphs. All the lines should be approxi- 
mately the same length so that the right-hand margin will not present a broken 
appearance. Study the style letter. Use the block form in this section. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 39. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 1 1 with carbon on a letterhead. Submit both 
letters for signature. 

Affidavit 

We have sold two automobiles to the Department of Public Works, St. 
Cloud, Minn. The city ordinances require an affidavit to accompany the 
invoice. We use the following form. 

Affidavit 

Sworn statement by and on behalf of the Twin City Motor Car Com- 
pany of Minneapolis, Minnesota, distributors for the Cole Motor Car 
Company of Indianapolis, Indiana. 

) 

State of Minnesota ) QQ 

City of Minneapolis ) 

Charles P. Snedden, Secretary of the Twin City Motor Car Company, 
of full age, being duly sworn, on his oath deposes and says that the auto= 
mobiles itemized in the annexed invoice have been delivered to the pur 






OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 271 

chaser named therein; that no bonus, commission, or gratuity of any kind 
or description has been given or received by any person or persons not 
regularly in the employ of the Twin City Motor Car Company in connec- 
tion with the sale of the automobiles covered by the said invoice; and 
that the same is correct and true and that the amount therein stated is 
justly due and owing as set forth. 



Sworn and subscribed before me this day of 19. . . . 

Notary Public. 



My commission expires . 



Assignment 3. Make a copy of the affidavit with carbon. Insert the 
current date. Do not fill in the other blanks; they will be filled in by the secre- 
tary and the notary when the paper is sworn to and executed. 

Rough Draft — Agency Contract 

The manager dictated and corrected the agency contract shown on form 40. 
Assignment 4. Copy the contract with carbon, being careful to make 
all the changes and additions indicated. 

Automobile Specifications 

The following are the Chassis and Body Specifications of the Cole Aero- 
Eight: 

Cole Aero-Eight * 
Mechanical Data 
Chassis Specifications 

Motor — Eight cylinder. High speed. Z\" bore. 4J" stroke. 346.4 
cubic inch piston displacement. "L" heads removable, affording 
quick easy access to valves and combustion chambers. Cylinder 
blocks and crankcase cast in two sections divided vertically. Cam 
and pump shafts driven by helical gears. Counterbalanced crank 
shaft. Hot-spot manifold for increasing efficiency of fuel. Aluminum 
alloy pistons. S. A, E. horsepower 39.22. Actual horsepower more 
than 80. 

Starting — Delco single unit. 

Lighting — Delco single unit. 

Ignition — Delco single unit. 



272 AUTOMOBILE SECTION 

Carburetor — Special Cole-Stromberg. 

Fuel System — Vacuum feed, with triple capacity Stewart-Warner vacuum 
tank on dash under hood. Designed especially to accommodate 
excessive speeds and long hills. 

Lubrication — Force feed, gear pump readily accessible from outside of 
motor; driven from crankshaft. 

Radiator — Special Cole design, with bevel front and detachable cellular 
core, 17% greater cooling efficiency. 

Cooling — Centrifugal pump and propeller type fan. 

Clutch — Improved cone type, leather faced, with auxiliary springs en 
leather for easy engagement. 

Transmission — Selective sliding type. Three speeds forward and reverse. 

Control — Left-hand drive, center control. 

Steering — 18" black walnut corrugated steering wheel. Irreversible type 
gear with ball thrust bearings. 

Frame — 6" channel section, heat-treated pressed steel. Tapered at front 
to give shortest possible turning radius, widened at rear to afford 
rigid body support. 

Cole trunnion design with special cross-member in rear. 

Wheelbase — 127", right for power and road comfort. 

Tread — Standard, 56". 

Axles— Rear: Cole improved full-floating flange drive. Silent helical- 
bevel gears. Alloy steel axle shafts. Bevel gear differential. 
Pressed steel housing. 

Front : Special drop-forged and heat-treated I-beam. Tapered rol- 
ler bearings front and rear. 

Brakes — External contracting foot brake, 15 x 2". Internal expanding 
emergency brake, 14-5/8 x 2". 

Springs — Cole direct drive spring suspension. Springs oil tempered, 39" 
semi-elliptic front, 57" semi-elliptic rear. Underslung in rear. 
Shackle bolts equipped with large oil cups and bronze bushings. 

Wheels — Extra heavy, twelve-spoke artillery type with metal felloeband= 
Wire wheels extra. 

Tires and Rims — Cord tires on all four wheels. 33 x 5" front and rear. 
Straight side. Quick detachable demountable rims. 

Equipment — Motor driven tire pump with air hose and gauge perma- 
nently attached. 75-mile speedometer. Oil pressure gauge. Com- 
bination dash and service light with 15-foot automatically rewinding 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 273 

cord. Electric motor driven horn. Duplex headlights. Twenty- 
gallon gasoline tank with gauge. Hartford shock absorbers. Com- 
plete outfit of tools. Cole special design wheel and tire carrier. 
Motometer. 

Body Specifications 
Tourster— Model 870 

Design — Aerotype with low beveled panels and high cowl. 

Color — Cole Deep Blue with blue wheels, black fenders, running board 
shields, and radiator. 

Seating — Seven-passenger. Solid front seat. Vanishing auxiliary seats 
with extra foot and knee space in back of front seat. Full 48" rear 
seat. 

Upholstery — Black long grain leather. Semi-bright. French fold over 
genuine curled hair and Ride-Easy springs. 

Windshield — Full- ventilating, rain- vision type. Sloping design. 

Top and Curtains — One-man type. Black Pantasote — gray lined. John- 
ston plate glass windows in rear curtain. Cole design door-opening 
side curtains, which fold conveniently out of the way under top w T hen 
not n use. Semi- Victoria type rear quarter curtains with Johnston 
plate glass windows furnished at small extra charge. 

Special Features — Large pockets in each door. Special impedimenta 
compartment in back of front seat and under cowl. Tool space 
under front and rear seat. Metal robe rail at back of front seat. 
Foot rest in tonneau. Automatic step light. Waltham 8-day clock. 
Heavy velvet carpet in tonneau. Extra heavy linoleum covered, 
metal bound toe and floor boards. Natural finish walnut instrument 
board. 

Roadster— Model 871 

Design — Aerotype with low panels and high cowl. 

Color — Dust-proof. Gray with gray wheels and fenders, running board 
shields, and radiator. 

Seating — Two-passenger. 

Upholstery — Black long grain leather. Semi-bright. French fold over 
genuine curled hair and Ride-Easy springs. 

Wind-shield — Full-ventilating, rain-vision type. Sloping design. 

Top and Curtains — One-man type. Black Pantasote — gray lined. John- 
ston plate glass windows in rear curtains. Cole design door-opening 



274 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 






side curtains, which fold conveniently out of the way under top when 
not in use. Semi- Victoria type side curtains with Johnston plate glass 
windows furnished at small extra charge. 
Special Features — Large pockets in each door. Special impedimenta 
compartment at back of front seat and under cowl. Tool space under 
front seat. Spacious dust and waterproof suitcase compartment 
under rear deck. Golf compartment with opening at right side of 
car. Waltham 8-day clock. Extra heavy linoleum covered, metal 
bound toe and floor boards. Natural finish walnut instrument board. 



Assignment 5. Copy the specifications with carbon. 

Billing 
One of our regular bills is shown below. 



TWIN CITY MOTOR CAR COMPANY 

COLE AERO-EIGHT 1220 NICOLLET AVENUE 

MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. 



FRANKLIN 



SOLD TO Northwestern Consolidated Milling Co. 
Minneapolis, Minn* 

TERMS: Net Cash Thirty Days 



Date July 26, 1920 



JOB NO. 4758 



To repairs on Packard truck, Minn. 4072: 
Scraping connecting rod and crank shaft bearings, 
removing piston slap, grinding valves, overhauling 
magneto, repairing radiator, adjusting olutoh, and. 
adjusting differential gears, etc., per your order 
7/12/20 

46 hours labor, first class mechanic 1.00 

22 •» " , helper .60 

1 left front steering knuokle 

1 intake valve 

Cotter pins, gaskets, washers, nuts, bolts, eto.-, 
used on job 

Illustration 32 — Bill or Invoice 



46.00 

19.20 

12.75 

1.60 



87 



Assignment 6. Make out bills in duplicate on the billheads marked 
"form 41" from the following information. Use the current date except that in 
bill 4, which is for the monthly purchases of one of our customers who stores 
his car with us, use the current month and the dates which are supplied in the 
exercise. This is a combination of a bill and a monthly statement. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 275 

L. O. Cummins, 1210 W. 31st St., Minneapolis, job #289 

1 Atwater — Kent Distributor Head 5 . 15 

2 Radia Spark Plugs 1.50 
4—2 /12 G 6 D C Lamps 1 . 20 
4— 5 /16 x 3 /8 Hex Nuts .20 
War tax .40 
Grinding valves, cleaning carbon, straightening 
braker points, and tightening front spring clips, 8| 
hrs. labor 1.00 8.50 16.95 

2. Col. H. W. Davenport, 109 W. Minnehaha Parkway, Minneapolis, job #297 
Ditch-Bowers Co. Invoice 7/12 

Repairing SL-4 Willard Stg. Bat. # 2487612 9 . 85 

10 days' rental 2.50 12.35 
1—35 x 4i Goodyear Cord Tire 
1 — 35 x 4 J Goodyear Tube 
Revenue Tax 5% 
21 Gal. Gasoline .28 

2Qts. Cyl. Oil .40 

1 Gal. Can 600 W Oil 

102.12 

3. Mrs. Frances L. Hurlburt, 1171 Blaisdell Ave., St. Paul, job #291 

I Overhauling ignition system, adjusting steering gear, tightening brakes, adjusting 
> clutch, new tail lamp, taking up lost motion on drive shaft toggles, and adjusting 
! differential gears and bearings. 

1 /# 70 Electric Tail Lamp 

1 Toggle Pin 

2 Tapered Pins 
1 Magneto Point, Platinum 
4 Grease Cups 

War Tax 

11 Hrs. Labor Mechanic 
4| " " Helpei .60 2.70 25.80 



61.65 




15.10 




3.84 


80.59 




5.88 




.80 




2.50 



4. M. L. Pemberton, Hennepin Ave. & W. 29th St., Minneapolis 

1 Account rendered 

2 7 Gal. Gasoline 

3 2 Pts. Cyl. Oil 
5 15 Gal. Gasoline 
5 2 Headlight Bulbs 

War Tax 



1.35 




1.75 




.20 




4.80 




.80 


8.90 




.45 


1.25 


13.75 


.60 


2.70 


polis 






52.18 


27 


1.89 


„20 


.40 


,27 


4.05 


50 


1.00 




05 



276 AUTOMOBILE SECTION 



9 


12 Gal. Gasoline 


12 


2 Pa. Red Seal Tubes, 34 x 4| 




War Tax 


13 


10 Gal. Gasoline 




1 Qt. Cyl. Oil 




3 Lbs. Transmission Grease 


18 


15 Gal. Gasoline 


24 


6 Gal. Gasoline 


25 


3 Pts. Cyl. Oil 


26. 


1 Fan Belt 




War Tax 


29 


18 Gal. Gasoline 


30 


1 Mo. Live Storage 



28 


3.36 




12.20 




.61 


28 


2.80 




.40 


IS 


.45 


27 


4.05 


27 


1.62 


20 


.60 




1.20 




.06 


27 


4.86 




25.00 



116.78 



Punctuation and Paragraphing 



Letter 12 is an effective sales letter which we send out to prospective pur 
chasers of Franklin cars. 

Assignment 7. Write the letter to the following: 

Mr. J. H. Warner, 629 Elwood Ave., Minneapolis 

Mr. R. F. Shirley, 2927 S. Humboldt Ave., Minneapolis 

Mr. K. F. Pierson, 1721 Minnesota St., St. Paul 

Transcribing 

Assignment 8. The manager will dictate to you for transcription five 
letters from our regular correspondence. 

Filing 

Occasionally it is desirable to keep a file by subjects. Special guides with 
tabs on which are printed subject headings are used. Various methods of sub 
dividing subject files have been devised. In a library books are listed by sub- 
ject. Ordinarily, however, two other sets of alphabetical card indexes are kept- 
one for the titles and the other for the authors' names. The field of subject 
filing in business offices is very limited. 

Assignment 9. File your correspondence in this section in the alpha 
betical file. The carbons of the bills are to be filed in the Shannon file. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 10. The manager: "I think Mr. Cassell (a prospect) will 
like this trimming, No. 618 (see letter 2). Write Chase and ask them to quote 
us prices. Tell them the trimming is for a sedan. And by the way, drop a line 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 277 

to Franklin (Franklin Motor Car Co., Syracuse, N. Y.) thanking them for the 
samples." 

Assignment 11. The manager: " We had better get half a dozen addi- 
tional copies of this Bulletin No. 127 (page 266). " (The Bulletin was issued by 
the Cole Motor Co., Indianapolis, Ind.) 

Assignment 12. The manager: "I wish you would look through the file 
of the East Side Provision and let me know how the matter of payment of their 
account stands." You get the following data: Bill $245.63 rendered May 1 regu- 
lar terms (see bill, page 274). Wrote May 15 and June 6. No replies. Draft 
drawn July 2. Bank reports payment refused; no explanation. 

The manager: "Well, this looks like a matter for the Fidelity (the collection 
agency in whose hands we place our accounts). Write these people once more, 
giving them the facts in your memorandum. Of course you want to be courteous, 
but be plain and straightforward. You can address the letter to the attention of 
the president." This is a local concern. The president is J. D. Margett. 

Assignment 13. The manager: "Miss (Ethel) Long asked me for a let- 
ter of recommendation this morning. Says her people are moving to St. Louis. 
Write a little letter for me. You can see about getting a girl to take her place." 
You find that Miss Long has been with the company as a typist and filing clerk 
for four years, the last six months of which she has been working with you. She 
is an efficient worker — careful and accurate. Write an ad for insertion in the 
"Sun" and the "Times." 

Assignment 14. The manager: "Put a memorandum on French's (Mr. 
French is a city salesman) desk asking him to run out and see Mr. Hauser 
some time this week. (See letter 11.) 

Assignment 15. The manager: "Write Franklin telling them that we 
are in urgent need of immediate delivery of the three sedans we ordered three 
months ago. Ask them to tell us the earliest possible date that they can get the 
cars to us." 

Assignment 16. The manager: "Send a copy of that agency contract 
which you rewrote to Mr. Corbett. Ask him to let us know if it is satisfactory ' 



r: 





l BUILDING, " 

W%<, March 7, 1920. 



GENERAL OFFICES; CARNEGIE BUILDING, 




Mr. To J. Johnson, 
Purchasing* Agent, 
New England Manufacturing Co. , 
New Bedford, Masso 

Dear Sir: 

We are pleased to submit the following quotation on the forgings referred 
to in your letter of the 4th: 

2 M. Piston Rods, per B/P E 7764 .,<,.. #»059 per lb. 

We contemplate supplying the rods rough turned and bored, with an allow- 
ance to finish to the sizes shown on your blue print. Our quotation is on 
rods made of forged open hearth, 3 to 3|$ nickel steel, showing chemical 
properties as follows: 

Carbon .....••.• 35 to .60 

Manganese . ...... . • *40 to .70 

Phosphorus and Sulphur ....« not less than ©05 

These rods would be annealed and tested to show the following minimum 
physical properties from a standard test bar, taken from a longitudinal 
prolongation of one end of the forging: 

Tensile Strength • 85,000 lbs. 

Elastio Limit 50,000 lbs. by extensometer 

Elongat ion 20$ 

Contraction 39% 

We guarantee that these forgings will stand the test of a standard 1" bar, 
which can be bent through 180 degress around a mandrel of l/2" radius with- 
out showing signs of fracture on the outside of the bent portion. 

We are in a position to make shipment within two months after receipt of 
the order. 

Yours very truly, 

CARNEGIE STEEL COMPANY. 




Jeneral Manager of Sales. 
AGB/CE& 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

alloy — an artificial compound of two or more metals combined while in a liquid 

state. 
angle-iron — a rolled or wrought bar of iron in the form of an angle used in con- 
struction work, 
annealing — the process of treating metals by means of heat so as to remove their 

brittleness and make them easier to work. 
Bessemer steel — steel made by a special process; so named from the inventor of 

the process, 
billets — small bars of iron or steel for further manufacture, 
blast-furnace — a furnace in which ores are melted by the aid of a blast of air. 
bloom — a small cavity within a piece of metal rilled with air or gas, making the 

metal defective. 
carbon — a black elementary substance present in all organic compounds. 
cast-iron — iron which has been cast; i.e., melted and run into molds in which 

it assumes the desired form. 
chemist — a person whose business is to make chemical examinations and inves- 
tigations. 
chromium — a very hard brittle metallic element. 
contour — the outline of a figure or body. 

corrugated — bent or drawn into parallel furrows or ridges; as corrugated iron, 
crucible — a hollow at the bottom of a furnace to receive the melted metal; also 

a portable vessel or pot for pouring molten metal. 
elastic limit — the limit of extension, expansion, or contraction. 
elongation — the state of being lengthened or extended. 
fabricate — to construct or manufacture (especially iron and steel), 
flux — conversion to a liquid state by the application of heat. 
forgings — a general name for pieces of hammered iron or steel. 
foundry — a place where metals are cast. 

fracture — a break; a partial or total separation under the action of force. 
fusion — a melting or rendering fluid by heat. Iron is thus said to possess the 

quality of fusibility. 
galvanometer — an instrument for detecting the existence and determining the 

strength and direction of an electric current. 
high-speed steel — an alloy steel suitable for cutting tools which work at a very 

high speed. 
ingot — a mass of metal cast in a mold, 
longitudinal — of or pertaining to length, 
mandrel — a bar of metal holding work in a lathe. 



279 



280 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



manganese — a metal having in some respects a close resemblance to iron and 

used in the manufacture of iron, 
metallurgical — pertaining to the working of metals, 
mica — a mineral divisible into thin transparent plates or flakes. 
milling — the process of shaping materials by the action of machinery. 
open-hearth steel — a term applied to a particular method of manufacturing steel, 
phosphorus — a non-metallic substance found in combination with various metals, 
pig-iron — iron as it comes from the blast-furnace. 
pipe — a cavity at the top of an ingot of steel caused by contraction during cooling 

in the manufacturing process. 
puddling — the operation of transforming pig-iron into wrought iron in a furnace, 
rivet — a short metal bolt passing through a hole and so fastened as to keep 

pieces of metal together. 
silicon — a non-metallic element; rock crust; sand. 
slug — a heavy piece of crude metal. 
smelting — the process of treating ores for the purpose of separating the contained 

metal, 
splices — plates to which the ends of rails are bolted to make a firm joint, 
structural steel — steel used in construction work, such as bridges, buildings, etc. 
sulphur — a yellow, brittle, natural element, 
tensile — capable of being drawn out or extended in length or breadth. This 

quality of iron and steel is called tensile strength. 
transverse — lying across or athwart of. 
vanadium steel — a special alloy steel containing vanadium. Vanadium is a rare 

metal used in the manufacture of steel to increase its tensile strength. 

CORRESPONDENCE 



Union Forging Company, 

Hammond, Ind. 
Gentlemen : 

We have just finished an order 
for crankshafts for the Packard Com- 
pany. We used a high-grade nickel 
chromium | steel on this order. We 
have on hand a surplus supply of 
four hundred pieces 3-5 /8" | round 
by 12" long, and 300 pieces 3J" 
round by 36" long, | the total ap- 
proximate weight being 4300 pounds. 
This steel analyzes as follows: 

Carbon .44 

Manganese .68 | 



Sulphur 


.034 


Phosphorus 


.018 


Silicon 


.138 


Chromium 


.70 


Nickel | 10 ° 


1.45 



The steel was manufactured by 
the United Alloy Steel Corporation of 
Canton, Ohio. It | is in first-class 
condition and is free from seams and 
other defects. 

If you could use any of this | 
material for immediate delivery, we 
should be glad to quote you attrac- 
tive prices, f.o.b. cars, Pittsburgh 
Very truly | yours, (161) 



i 



CORRESPONDENCE 



281 



Mr. F. A. Black, 

Manager of Sales, 
Duluth, Minn. 
Dear Sir: 

We have your letter of the 25th 
enclosing inquiry from the Taylor 
Forging Company for 15,000 | 
pounds of 2\" 12-lb. coils. The fol- 
lowing specifications of chemical 
properties are called for: 



Carbon | 
Manganese 
Phosphorus 
Sulphur | 
Nickel 



.10 to .20 
.30 to .60 
.04 
.045 
3.25 to 3.75 



You are instructed to endeavor 
to | have the upper manganese limit 
modified to .70. We shall withhold 
quotations until we receive your 
report. 

It | 10 ° would also be advisable 
to endeavor to have the customer in- 
crease this order to about fifteen tons. 
The steel could | then be worked in 
the electric furnace and delivery 
would be expedited. In that case, 
you will make it plain | to the 
Taylor people that we do not ac- 
cept specifications showing carbon 
under .15 in electric steels. 

Very | truly yours, (162) 



3 

La Belle Iron Works, 

Steubenville, Ohio. 
Gentlemen: 

Your letter of the 14th was brought to the writer's attention this morning. 

On the 90 lb. rails we | can offer section #563, No. 2 open hearth, 33 ft. 
average lengths, drilled 1-13 /16" | hole, spaced 1-29/32" x 4" x 5-1 /2", with 
splices, | at the following prices: 

Rails $42 . 35 per gross ton 

Splice Bars * 9.22 | per 100 lbs. 

Bolts and Nuts 6.69 per 100 lbs. 

Shipment could be 1 10 ° made within two weeks after receipt of order. 

We regret to say that we do not have any of the | sizes of nut piercer steel 
and extra high speed steel specified by you in stock at the present time. On | 
the double extra high speed bits, however, we could make shipment in about two 
weeks. The other items would take | approximately ten weeks to manufacture. 
Our stock of high speed steels in all of our warehouses has been almost exhausted | 
by the heavy demands for this class of material during the past month or two. 

Very truly yours, (198) 



282 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



eel 



Carnegie Steel Co», 

Carnegie Building, 
Pittsburgh, Pa 6 
Gentlemen: 

The writer has discussed with 
Mr. W. G. Greene the matter of the 
sulphur content in recent shipments [ 
of steel to the Standard Machine 
Tool Company. He maintains that 
his company cannot make any modi- 
fication whatever in sulphur, | al- 
though he gave no valid reasons why 
they could not accept a slightly modi- 
fied sulphur content as other tool 
manufacturers f have done. He 
stands firmly on his decision that .045 
on check must be the limit. He 
has accepted three shipments that 
ran .047, .048, and .05 on check, | 10 ° 
but he insists that these were excep- 
tions. I have made it perfectly plain 
to Mr. Greene that we must have J a 
limit in sulphur of .05 and .055 on 
check. 

Our shipments to the Standard j 
people have been quite heavy during 
the past two months. In January we 
shipped them 362 tons | and in 
February 245 tons. They probably 
do not need steel at this time and 
there would | be little use in threat- 
ening to hold up shipments until 
they agreed to accept a lower stand- 
ard of sulphur content. | 200 

Yours truly, (202) 



Warner Tractor Co., 

Dubois, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of the 4th 
instant enclosing specifications for 



300 to 500 tons of j nickel ste< 
slabs, 14" x 4" x 400 to 500 pounds. 
We are not in a | position to enter- 
tain a proposition involving materia] 
of the chemical analysis specified. 

For open hearth nickel steel we 
would require | a range of ten points 
in carbon, twenty points in manga- 
nese, with a maximum in phosphorus, 
sulphur, and silicon of | .04, .045, 
and .20 respectively. Furthermore, 
it would be necessary for us to | 10 ° 
have a range of 3.25 to 3.75 in the 
nickel content. 

For electric nickel | steel, we are 
obliged to ask for substantially the 
same revision in the specifications, 
the exceptions being in the phos- 
phorus, | sulphur, and silicon con- 
tent, in which we would require a 
maximum of .025, .03, and | .10 
respectively. 

In case you could use material 
manufactured in accordance with 
specifications revised to meet the 
above | ranges, we shall be glad to 
have your order. Shipment of ma- j 
terial would begin within six weeks 
from receipt of | 200 the order. 

In case you decide to place this 
order with us, satisfactory terms will 
be arranged. 

Yours very truly, | (220) 

6 
Carter Mine Supply Company, 

Altoona, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

In reference to your inquiry of 
the 12th we are unable to quote on 
angles at the present time, j We 
are heavily oversold on this item. 

With regard to the bars we note j 
that the first three items are | plate 



CORRESPONDENCE 



283 



sizes, and on these we can quote 
$9.75 per 100 pounds, base f.o.b. | 
Pittsburgh, plus extras as per our 
card of May 1. . On the balance of 
the bar items our price | would be 
$6.60 per 100 pounds, f.o.b. Pitts- 
burgh, plus extras as per our card of 
, July | 10 ° 15. These quotations are 
1 based on furnishing soft Bessemer or 
open hearth at our option. 

We could begin shipment on | 

j this material in about six weeks and 

complete the order in from four to 

five months, provided the tonnage re- 

I quired | is reasonable. 

We note also your inquiry as to 

j slugs. We have on hand at the 

i present time some 10-3 /8" | and 13j". 

I round slugs. The stock is constantly 

J changing so that it is | impossible to 

send a stock list. The slugs will 

run from .36 to .44 carbon and | 200 

the lengths will be from 16" to 40". 

We quote a price of $40 per gross 

ton, | f.o.b. Coatesville. 

Very truly yours, (227) 

7 

White Forging Co., 

Empire Bldg., 
Decatur, 111. 
{ Gentlemen: 

We have your letter of the 19th. 
We wish to confirm our statement 
that the tests which we gave | you 
were made from pieces of the 5§" 
square chrome nickel blooms manu- 
factured for you for | axle forgings, 
transverse tests only being taken; 
also that the steel had been treated 
in order to meet the standard | re- 
quirements of the American Forging 
I ] Society for forgings which require 



95000 # Tensile Strength 

65000$ | Elastic Limit 

18% Elongation 

30% Reduction 
We understand that the tests 
you reported were taken from | 10 ° 
each end of the forging, one being 
undoubtedly a longitudinal test, and 
it is therefore our belief that because 
of | our treatment for the lower ten- 
sile and the difference in the location 
of the test pieces, the two tables are | 
not directly comparable. We there- 
fore maintain that the steel furnished 
is fully suitable for the purpose in- 
tended if properly treated, | and 
that we have fulfilled our agreement 
to furnish material of the chemical 
requirements specified. We work to 
chemical requirements | only, and 
agreed to furnish material free from 
pipes and other injurious defects but 
assumed no responsibility for the 
physical j 200 properties after forging 
or heat treatment. 

However, in order to assist you 
in the matter, we shall arrange to dis- 
pose | of the two cars returned and 
will notify you within a day or two 
regarding the disposition of the steel | 
in question to the Union Tool & 
Forge Company. 

Yours very truly, (252) 

8 

Mr. R. K. Adams 

Manager of Sales, Carnegie Steel 
Co, 
Scranton, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

We acknowledge receipt through 
your office of Frank A. Bradley & 
Company's order B-431 of | Feb- 



284 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



ruary 21, for 2500 net tons of plain 
electric carbon steel billets, 8" square, 
to be | cold sawed in 16" lengths, 
with a leeway of 2" over and under. 
In manufacturing this steel, which | 
will be furnished by the Homestead 
plant, we will work to the analysis 
specified in the analysis clause appear- 
ing on | the face of the customer's 
order, with the reservation that we 
shall insist upon the following arbi- 
tration limits between the | 10 ° read- 
ings of two or more chemists: 

Carbon .03; that is, since the 
specification for carbon is .72 | to 
.82, the customer will accept steel 
analyzing from .69 to .85 carbon. | 

Phosphorus and sulphur com- 
bined .005; specification .05, the cus- 
tomer to accept steel wherein the 
combined | phosphorus and sulphur 
analyzes .055 or less. 

Manganese .03; specification .20 
to .30, | the customer to accept steel 
analyzing .17 to .33. 

Furthermore, if the steel ana- 
lyzes | 200 outside of these ranges and 
the results we obtain differ only one 
or two points from those obtained by 
an | outside chemist, we shall ex- 
pect the privilege of verifying his 
figures. 

This feature of the delivery will 
have our best | attention, and 100 
tons will be rushed forward with all 
possible dispatch. The balance of 
the tonnage will be | shipped at the 
rate of 75 to 100 tons weekly there- 
after. 

We also note that the delivery 
instructions | apply to the balance 



due on order B-367 of January 3. 
We will extend to the customer | 300 
the right, upon due notice, of reduc- 
ing the amount to be shipped 
monthly, but it must be understood 
and agreed | that the entire tonnage 
involved must be taken out during 
the current year. 

We are proceeding with the ex- 
ecution of | this order as outlined 
above. If there are any points 
which have not been covered in ac- 
cordance with the customer's | 
wishes, kindly inform us immedi- 
ately. 

Yours very truly, (368) 

9 
Mr. Walter J. Cooney, 

Manager, Export Sales Depart- 
ment, 
New York City. 
Dear Sir: 
Subject: Canadian Pacific Contract 

After a conference with our de- 
partment heads and plant superin- 
tendents, we find we are | in a posi- 
tion to bid on this contract, which 
covers 25,000 gross tons of 80-pound 
rails to | customer's blue-print X-22; 
14,250 gross tons of 60-pound rails to 
blue-print X-23, | both standard sec- 
tions, with necessary angle splice 
bars, bolts, nuts, and nutlocks; 4000 
gross tons of tie plates | for the 
80-pound rails; and 2250 gross tons 
for the 60-pound rails. 

It is our | 10 ° understanding 
that the rails are to be of open 
hearth steel to your specifications 
dated November 12, also the splice | 
bars, bolts and nuts, but that the tie 



CORRESPONDENCE 



285 



plates and nutlocks are to conform 
to manufacturer's standard; rails to 
be | in 40-foot lengths with 10% of 
shorter lengths down to and including 
36 feet, the question | of lengths 
subject to revision; shipments to com- 
mence during the first quarter of next 
year, or earlier if possible, and | in 
any event not later than the second 
half of next year. 

The rail sections and splice bars 
would all | 200 be rolled on the Clair- 
ton Mill, with the probable exception 
of splice bars for the 60-pound rail 
section, which | are rather small for 
that mill, but could be rolled at our 
other plant. 

It would require about eight 
weeks J to prepare rolls for the rails, 
at a cost of approximately $2100 for 
each section, while for | the splice 
bars it would take about twelve 
weeks for roll preparation at a cost of 
about $900 | for each section. Our 
usual extra of $2 per gross ton should 
be assessed for the forty-foot lengths, 
| 300 and if milling the ends of the 
rails is desired we would require an 
extra of $4 per gross | ton for milling 
both ends, or $2.50 per gross ton for 
milling one end. 

The necessary equipment | to 
fabricate each section of the splice 
bars would cost approximately $500, 
or a total of $1000 | for both sec- 
tions, and we should have an extra of 
$3 per gross ton for punching in 
pairs, | $1.50 per gross ton for 
bundling in pairs, and $1 per gross 
ton for oiling in | 400 pairs. The 
fabricating equipment could be ready 



within about four weeks after receipt 
of definite instructions. 

We could doubtless make | the 
delivery required for the rails and 
splices if the order is placed promptly, 
but shipments will be subject to | 
delays on account of strikes and other 
causes beyond our control. 

We presume you will confer im- 
mediately with the Canadian | Pa- 
cific people upon receipt of this 
information. 

Yours very truly, (470) 

10 

Dr. C. B. Harwood, 

Dean, School of Engineering, 
University of Michigan, 
Ann Arbor, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

Your letter of the 14th instant 
has been referred to our Metallurgical 
and Research Laboratory. We are 
very | glad to outline for you our 
method of hardening and annealing 
high speed steel. 

In the proper hardening of high | 
speed steel the particular character of 
the tool to be produced, the fire, and 
the furnace must be taken into | 
consideration. The maximum heat 
should not exceed 2400 degrees Fah- 
renheit, and the minimum not less 
than 2000 | degrees. A standard 
"V" shaped threading die, of the 
type mentioned in your letter, when 
heated in an open fire | 10 ° would be 
ruined at a heat considerably below 
that permissible for a lathe or planer 
tool. When an electric, gas, | or oil- 
heated furnace is employed and the 



286 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



fire does not come into direct con- 
tact with the die, it is ( our practice 
to heat our steels to 2200 degrees 
Fahrenheit or even higher, without 
apparent injury to the | tool. Tools 
heated in this way are always more 
efficient in service than when hard- 
ened from an open fire. 

We | harden lathe, planer, and 
similar tools by heating them in two 
stages in a clean fire or furnace, the 
heat | 200 being confined as nearly as 
possible to the cutting edge. The 
tool is first heated slowly, thoroughly, 
and uniformly 1 from | 1500 degrees 
to 1700 degrees Fahrenheit. The 
preheated tool is then immediately 
exposed to an intense heat until | the 
steel fluxes freely on the cutting edge e 
High speed steel is best when hard- 
ened from a high heat, but | it 
should not be left exposed to this 
high heat one second longer than is 
absolutely necessary. After the tool 
| has been brought to the required 
temperature, it is removed from the 
fire and cooled with either a dry blast 
| 300 of air or by quenching in oil. 
Quenching in oil gives good results, 
but our experience has demonstrated 
that high | speed steel is more 
safely worked and is just as satisfac- 
tory when cooled in an air blast. 

In annealing high | speed steel 
we use an iron box or pipe of suffi- 
cient size to allow at least one-half 
inch of | packing between the piece 
of steel to be annealed and the walls 
of the container. The packing con- 
sists of powdered | charcoal, fine 



dried lime, or mica chips. The lid 
should be reasonably air-tight. The 
steel is then subjected to [ 400 a 
clear red heat, about 1475 to 1500 
degrees Fahrenheit and held at this 
point from j two to eight hours, de- 
pending upon the size of the piece to 
be annealed. A piece 2x1x8" [ 
long requires about three hours. The 
steel is cooled as slowly as possible 
and is not exposed to | the air until 
cold. We have found it desirable to 
allow the container to remain in the 
furnace to cool | down with the 
steel. 

On the occasion of your pro- 
posed visit to our furnace we shall be 
very glad to | 60D show you the whole 
process. 

Yours very truly, (508) 

11 

Mr. Chas= A. Gordon, 

General Manager, United States 
Car Wheel Co., 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Dear Mr. Gordon: 

Pursuant to the instructions con- 
tained in your communication of 
April 24, we have undertaken a dis- 
cussion | with the General Electric 
Company and the Baldwin Locomo- 
tive Works looking towards the 
standardization of a type of wheel 
that | would be satisfactory to both 
companies, and which could be used 
on existing locomotives in the way 
of replacements with | the least pos- 
sible change. Our efforts have been 
successful as far as we have carried 



1 This word is often confused with informally. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



287 



the negotiations, and we must | now 
report to you so that you may call 
the plant superintendents into con- 
sultation. 

The final design of the proposed 
j 10 ° wheels is shown on drawings 
#942 and 943, two copies of which 
are enclosed, together | with two 
copies of drawings #944 to 953 in- 
clusive, the latter being marked with 
references | to blue-prints now at 
the mills. By reference to drawings 
942 and 943 you will | note that our 
proposals contemplate wheels of a 
uniform rim width of 4-1 /8" and 
flange 1" | high and 1" thick, with 
varying thicknesses of rim corre- 
sponding to the diameters of the 
wheels, the wheels | 200 to be made 
in two hub lengths of 5J" and 6". 

Drawings 944 | to 948 show 
mine locomotive wheels which are in 
use by the Baldwin Locomotive 
Works with their own | standards, 
and at the bottom noted in yellow 
pencil our own mill drawing numbers 
which we have offered heretofore in | 
substitution and which you will note 
are not exactly to the Baldwin 
standards. Drawings 949 to 953, | 
in turn, show wheels of the General 
Electric Company's standards and 
indicated in the same way in yellow 
pencil | 300 are the drawing numbers 
at the mill which we have heretofore 
offered in substitution. 

The General Electric Company 
has agreed | to accept these new 
standards as shown on drawing 942 as 
far as rim width, hub diameter, hub | 
length, and height of flange are con- 



cerned, but they desire a slight modi- 
fication in the flange contour which is 
still | under discussion, but which 
will not affect the height of flange or 
any essential dimensions, as the dif- 
ference between them | and us have 
to do with the radius at the throat. 
Any departure they may desire from 
the flange contour | 400 shown may 
be taken up in the machining. 

The Baldwin people have ac- 
cepted our proposals exactly as shown 
on drawing | 943, with the exception 
that in the case of the 24" wheel 
they still desire to | retain the 3f" 
width of rim; in other words they 
prefer to use drawing 944 | instead 
of drawing 943 for the 24" wheel. 
The 944 drawing corresponds to | 
our T-100 and our suggestion is that 
we accede to their wishes. 

As you know these proposals 
have | 500 been predicated on the 
assumption that the existing equip- 
ment can be modified at very slight 
expense to produce this entire | 
series of standardized wheels. Inas- 
much as the new designs conform to 
standard principles of wheel de- 
sign, we have proceeded on | the 
basis that they would be entirely 
satisfactory to our Works; at least we 
did not consider it necessary to | 
submit the drawings to the Works for 
criticism until we had at least re- 
ceived the preliminary consent of 
our customers | to the adoption of 
the proposed standards. 

We would now like to have you 
submit the matter to the superintend- 
ents | 600 for any criticisms they may 



288 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



have to these drawings as affecting 
mill operations. It is our expectation 
that if these | wheels are as satisfactory 
to the mills as they are to our cus- 
tomers, it will be possible under nor- 
mal conditions | to roll them and to 
hold small quantities in stock for 
application on orders. 

Respectfully submitted, (656) 

12 

we are very glad to reply to your in- 
quiry of the ..... as to our high- 
grade magnet steel we have made a 
special and exhaustive study of the 
manufacture of this steel based on the 
most advanced metallurgical prin- 
ciples our claim of unexcelled per- 
manent magnetic properties is sup- 
ported by the fact that we are regu- 



larly furnishing this grade of steel to 
the largest and most exacting makers 
of magnetos meters galvanometers and 
similar instruments this steel re- 
quires the most careful attention in 
manufacturing both as to chemical 
composition and mechanical treat- 
ment as the result of our extensive 
tests we have the fullest confidence 
that it combines all those chemical 
and physical characteristics neces- 
sary to produce the highest perma- 
nence uniformity and strength this 
steel is furnished in bars and sheets of 
all required dimensions we should 
be pleased to learn the precise use to 
which you intend to put this material 
in case you have any special problems 
our engineering department is at your 
service yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are working in the office of the manager of sales in the 
general offices of the Carnegie Steel Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Since the tabulated items in the style letter are few in number, they are 
prominently displayed by being written double space. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 42. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 3 with carbon on a letterhead. Present for 
signature. 

Estimate Sheets 

For the purpose of making quotations we prepare statements showing the 
average price per pound on different kinds and grades of steel, similar to the 
statement on the following page. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 289 



Section No. 


Quantity 


Price lb. 


Total 


420 


490,000 lbs. 


© 


.06 


$ 29,400. 


421 


65,000 lbs. 


© 


.075 


4,875. 


422 


26,250 lbs. 


© 


.0775 


2,034.38 


423 


12,500 lbs. 


© 


.07375 


921.88 


424 


77,000 lbs. 


© 


.0675 


472.50 


425 


34,600 lbs. 


© 


.064 


2,214.40 


426 


1,000 lbs. 


© 


.07125 


71.25 


427 


95,000 lbs. 


© 


.06 


5,700. 


428 


30,000 lbs. 


@ 


.07 


2,100. 


429 


12,500 lbs. 


© 


.074 


925. 


430 


115,000 lbs. 


@ 


.05875 


6,756.25 


431 


10,900 lbs. 


@ 


.0825 


899.25 


432 


1,120 lbs. 


@ 


.1225 


137.20 


. 433 


10,400 lbs. 


@ 


.06 


624.00 


434 


6,100 lbs. 


© 


.063 


321.30 


435 


546,600 lbs. 


© 


.0625 


3,412.50 


436 


80,000 lbs. 


© 


.0825 


6,600. 


437 


646,000 lbs. 


© 


.065 


41.990. 


438 


140,000 lbs. 


© 


.08625 


12,075. 




1,836,970 lbs. 


$121,529.91 


Averaere Dric 


:e Der Dound ... 






06615 



Assignment 3. Make a copy with carbon of the above statement. 



Statement of Orders in Process 

The following statement gives details of orders placed in process in our 
plant today. With each order there is shown its blue-print number, name of the 
piece, the date on which the order was received, the number of pieces called for, 
the price of the steel per lb., the weight of the finished piece, the price of each 
piece, and our percentage of profit. 



290 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



T7041 



23143 
26660 
28628 
29036 



355 

D387 

6331 

9806 

9809 



Orders Placed in Process 
April 14, 1920 



B.P. 


Name of No. Steel 




Per 


No. 


Piece Date Pes. per Wt. 


Price 


cent. 




lb. 




Profit 




Packard Motor Car Company 


(615.00 




K130 


Crankshafts 6-18 15000 4j5- 52 


(749.00 


50 


K180 


Conn. Rods 6-28 25000 U 3 


60.00 


33-1/3 


K200 


CamShaft 6-28 10000 U 10| 
Hayes Wheel Company 


135.00 


33-1/3 


1503 


Hub 6-12 10000 H 12 
Timken Detroit Axle Company 


145.00 


33-1/3 


CX 1843 


Knuckle 7-9 5000 U 54 


725.00 


50 



Axle 



7-8 2500 8£ 242 5100.00 50 



Dayton Engineering Company 



Lever 
Pole Piece 






a 
u 



7-22 7500 

6-14 22000 

7-31 1000 

5-23 3500 



4j5 



i 
i 

4i 



1-3/8 



Hudson Motor Car Company 



Gear 

C. Levers 

Clutch Drum 

R. G. Shafts 

Gear 



7-8 

3-29 

6-11 

6-10 

7-11 



2000 
5250 
2000 
1500 
2500 



4£ 

\i 



3 

11 

1-1/8 



4.00 50 

37.00 50 

15.00 50 

13.00 50 



34.00 50 

40.00 50 

200.00 50 

14.25 50 

64.00 50 



Assignment 4. Make a copy of this statement with carbon. 

Specifications 

The Union Switch & Signal Company has requested us to send them two 
copies of the castings specifications prepared by the American Society for Testing 
Materials. These specifications are as follows. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 291 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS 

Standard Specifications for 
Steel. Castings 

1. Classes — These specifications cover two classes of castings, namely: 

Class A, ordinary castings for which no physical requirements are 
specified : 

Class B, castings for which physical requirements are specified. These 
are of three grades: hard, medium, and soft. 

2. Patterns — (a) Patterns shall be made so that sufficient finish is allowed 
to provide for all variations in shrinkage. 

(b) Patterns shall be painted three colors to represent metal, cores, 
and finished surfaces. It is recommended that core prints shall be painted 
black and finished surfaces red. 

3. Basis of Purchase — The purchaser shall indicate his intention to sub- 
stitute the test to destruction specified in Section 11 for the tension and 
bend tests, and shall designate the patterns from which castings for this 
test shall be made. 

I. Manufacture 

4. Process — The steel may be made by the open hearth, crucible, or any 
other process approved by the purchaser. 

5. Heat Treatment — (a) Class A castings need not be annealed unless 
so specified. 

(b) Class B castings shall be allowed to become cold. They shall 
then be uniformly reheated to the proper temperature to refine the grain 
(a group thus reheated being known as an " annealing charge"), and 
allowed to cool uniformly and slowly. If, in the opinion of the pur- 
chaser or his representative, a casting is not properly annealed, he may 
at his option require the casting to be re-annealed. 

II. Chemical Properties and Tests 

6. Chemical Composition — The castings shall conform to the following 
requirements as to chemical composition: 

Class A Class B 

Carbon not over . 30 per cent. 

Phosphorus .not over 0.60 per cent, not over 0.05 per cent- 
Sulphur not over .05 per cent. 



292 IRON AND STEEL SECTION 

7. Ladle Analysis — An analysis to determine the percentages of carbon, 
manganese, phosphorus, and sulphur shall be made by the manufacturer 
from a test ingot taken during the pouring of each melt, a copy of which 
shall be given to the purchaser or his representative. This analysis shall 
conform to the requirements specified in Section 6. Drillings for analysis 
shall be taken not less than J inch beneath the surface of the test ingot. 

8. Check Analysis— (a) Analyses of Class A castings may be made by 
the purchaser, in which case an excess of 20 per cent, above the require- 
ment as to phosphorus specified in Section 6 3hall be allowed. Drillings 
for analysis shall be taken not less than \ inch beneath the surface. 

(b) Analyses of Class B castings may be made by the purchaser 
from a broken tension or bend test specimen, in which case an excess of 
20 per cent, above the requirements as to phosphorus and sulphur speci- 
fied in Section 6 shall be allowed. Drillings for analysis shall be taken 
not less than \ inch beneath the surface. 

III. Physical Properties and Tests 
(For Class B Castings Only) 

9. Tension Tests — (a) The castings shall conform to the following 
minimum requirements as to tensile properties: 

Hard Medium Soft 

Tensile strength, lbs. per sq. in 80,000 70,000 60,000 

Yield Point, lbs. per sq. in 36,000 31,500 27,000 

Elongation in 2 in., per cent 15 18 22 

Reduction in area, per cent 20 25 30 

(b) The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam of 
the testing machine. 

10. Bend Tests — (a) The test specimen for soft castings shall bend cold 
through 120 degrees, and for medium castings through 90 degrees, around a 
1-inch pin, without cracking on the outside of the bent portion. 

(b) Hard castings shall not be subject to bend test requirements. 

11. Alternative Tests to Destruction — In the case of small or unimportant 
castings, a test to destruction on three castings from a lot may be substi- 
tuted for the tension and bend tests. This test shall show the material to 
be ductile, free from injurious defects, and suitable for the purpose in- 
tended. A lot shall consist of all castings from one melt, in the same 
annealing charge. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 293 

12. Test Specimens — Sufficient test bars, from which the test specimens 
required in Section 13(a) may be selected, shall be attached to castings 
weighing 500 pounds or over, when the design of the castings will permit. 
If the castings weigh less than 500 pounds, or are of such a design that 
test bars cannot be attached, two test bars shall be cast to represent each 
melt; or the quality of the castings shall be determined by tests to destruc- 
tion as specified in Section 11. All test bars shall be annealed with the 
castings they represent. 

13. Number of tests — (a) One tension and one bend test shall be made 
from each annealing charge. If more than one melt is represented in an 
annealing charge, one tension and one bend test shall be made from each 
melt. 

(b) If any test specimen shows defective machining or develops 
flaws, it may be discarded; in which case the manufacturer and the pur- 
chaser or his representative shall agree upon the selection of another 
specimen in its stead. 

(c) If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is 
less than that specified in Section 9(a) and any part of the fracture is 
more than f inch from the center of the gauge length, as indicated by scribe 
scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be allowed. 

IV. Workmanship and Finish 

14. Workmanship — The castings shall conform substantially to the sizes 
and shapes of the patterns, and shall be made in a workmanlike manner. 

15. Finish — (a) The castings shall be free from injurious defects. 

(b) Minor defects which do not impair the strength of the castings 
may, with the approval of the purchaser or his representative, be welded 
by an approved process. The defects shall first be cleaned out to solid 
metal; and after welding, the castings shall be annealed, if specified by the 
purchaser or his representative. 

(c) The castings offered for inspection shall not be painted or covered 
with any substance that will hide defects, nor rusted to such an extent as 
to hide defects. 

V. Inspection and Rejection 

16. Inspection — The inspector representing the purchaser shall have free 
entry, at all times while work on the contract of the purchaser is being 
performed, to all parts of the manufacturer's works which concern the 



294 IRON AND STEEL SECTION 

manufacture of the castings ordered. The manufacturer shall afford the 
inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the 
castings are being furnished in accordance with these specifications. All 
tests (except check analyses) and inspection shall be made at the place of 
manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified, and shall be so 
conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the 
works. 

17. Rejection — (a) Unless otherwise specified, any rejection based on 
tests made in accordance with Section 8 shall be reported within five 
working days from the receipt of samples. 

(b) Castings which show injurious defects subsequent to their ac- 
ceptance at the manufacturer's works will be rejected, and the manu- 
facturer shall be notified. 

18. Rehearing — Samples tested in accordance with Section 8, which rep- 
resent rejected castings, shall be preserved for two weeks from the date 
of the test report. In case of dissatisfaction with the result of the tests, 
the manufacturer may make claim for a rehearing within that time. 

Assignment 5. Copy the specifications with two carbons. Submit all 
work for approval. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is a reply to inquiries regarding our magnet steel. 

Assignment 6. After deciding upon the punctuation and paragraphing, 
write the letter with carbon to the following: 

Munsey Gear Works, Muncie, Ind. Their letter to us is dated four days ago. 

Union Switch & Signal Company, Swissvale, Pa. They wrote us two days 
ago. 

Transcribing 

Assignment 7. The manager of sales will dictate to you five letters 
from our correspondence. Transcribe these letters with carbons. 

Filing 

Each folder in the vertical file will hold from fifty to seventy-five letters. 
At stated intervals, usually at the end of the year, correspondence is removed 
from the files and placed for safekeeping in " transfer cases. " Sometimes it is 
desirable to prepare new folders for all correspondents at the beginning of the 






OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 295 

year, which are placed in front of the old folders. The old folders are kept in the 
files for a period of three months and then transferred. All correspondence 
from the first of the year is placed in the new folders. The object, of course, is 
to facilitate reference to the correspondence of the previous few months. 

Assignment 8. File your letters in the alphabetic-numeric file, as 
explained on page 223. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 9. The manager: " Write the Union Switch (see page 290) 
sending them the copies of the specifications they asked for. You might tell them 
that the Society now has a committee at work which will probably report on some 
minor changes in these specifications soon." The letter to which you are replying 
was written from the main office of the company at Swissvale, Pa., and was signed 
by J. A. Bolton, vice-president. 

Assignment 10. "Here'sanotherletter(No.4)fromMasononthatStand- 
ard matter. Wire him that we must positively insist on the modified sulphur 
content and that we will refuse to make any further shipments unless they allow 
us the limit in sulphur we asked. Write the Standard people telling them about 
Mason's report. State our position in the matter courteously but plainly." The 
Standard Company is located at Cleveland. Mr. Mason, whose initials are E. F., 
is staying at the Hotel Winton in that city. 

Assignment 1 1 . The manager : "You say we haven't had any reply from 

the Warner Tractor? (See letter 5.) Better write them again asking if they can 

I change their specifications to meet our suggested ranges. Blake (the mill super- 

; intendent) called me up yesterday. He says he will have several idle furnaces in 

three or four weeks with which he could take care of this order very nicely." 

Assignment 12. The manager :" Write to the Dayton Engineering Co., 
Dayton, Ohio, informing them that we started work today on the orders which 
they placed with us recently. Better give them blue-print numbers as well as 
the dates of the orders. (See page 290.) 



; 



Subject: Underground Cirouit - Richmond, Va e - Your Pile No. 653? 

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 

EXCHANGE BUILDING 
°ffi<* of 300 SOUTH BROAD STREET 

District Plant Chief 

Richmond, Va.,Aprii 20, 1920* 

Pile 4328-Du-.HMR-4 

Mr. S. K. Stevenson, 

Division Superintendent of Plant, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 

Dear Sir: 

This will reply to your letter of May 17. I have discussed 
with Mr • Hayward, of the Southern Bell Telephone & Telegraph Company, 
their plans for underground oirouit in the city of Richmond. The only 
condition made by the Southern Bell Company was that they would not 
oonsider any proposition involving the joint ownership of cable*, 

I enclose a drawing showing the lines of conduit which they 
are now building in Richmond. No toll cable will be laid by them at this, 
time in the new ducts on Market Street from Seventh to Federal, or on 
Federal Street from Market to the city limits. By the terms of the 
ordinance, the Southern Bell Company, upon the completion of conduits 
and cables shown on the drawing, is required to remove all overhead 
lines belonging to them on streets under which they have conduit. 

After carefully canvassing the whole situation and in view ef 
the construction work which has been undertaken by the Southern Bell 
Company, I recommend that we be authorized to proceed with the following 
work: 

First. Build a connecting line between pole No. 3610 

of the Washington-Norfolk Line and pole No. 280 
of the Richmond-Lynchburg Line. 

Second. Lay a 30-pair 13-gauge cable from 21st and 

Federal Streets to the Richmond Central Office. 

Third* Remove our wires and cross-arms from poles Nos. 1 
to 280 of the Richmond-Lynchburg City Line* 

Fourth. Remove ,our wires and cross-arms from poles Nos» 
3832 to 3914 of the Washington-Norfolk Line. 

Estimates covering the cost of the work recommended above, 
together with maps showing the locations of the portions of the plant 
involved, are enclosed. 



Your 




Eno. 5 Asslstiit District Plant Chief 



TELEPHONE SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

calculagraph — an instrument employed in long distance telephoning for recording 

the length of time during which a subscriber has the use of the line. 
commutator — a device for reversing the directions of electric currents in any 

circuit; the copper bars on the rotating element of a D.C. machine. 
composite — compound; consisting of several parts, as a composite ringer. 
condenser — an apparatus for accumulating electric energy. 
conductivity — the quality of any substance considered with reference to its 

capacity to transmit an electric current. 
diaphragm — a thin piece of metal in a telephone instrument which transmits the 

sound. 
duplex — double; a system of telephony by which two messages are transmitted 

at the same time over a single wire. 
gauge — a unit for the measurement of the thickness of wire. 
grounding — leaking of an electric current into the ground. A grounded wire is 

one that is in contact with the earth or other non-conductor. > 
insulator — a contrivance usually made of glass or porcelain for supporting wires 

and at the same time preventing loss of current. 
intercommunicating — a term applied to a telephone system which has a switch- 
board at every station, thus requiring no central station. 
jack — a metallic wedge inserted into the terminals in a switchboard to make 

connections between subscribers' lines. A monitoring jack is one which 

permits a supervisor to listen in on a busy line to see that efficient service 

is being given. 
metallic — of or pertaining to metal, 
microfarad — the practical unit of electrical capacity. 

Morse service — telegraph service so called after the inventor of the telegraph, 
multiplex telephony — a system of telephony in which more than two messages 

can be sent in opposite directions over the same wire at the same time. 
multi- voltage — having many voltages. 
non-commercial ("NC") — a term used to indicate that a circuit does not transmit 

sound in sufficient volume to make the service of value to the subscriber. 
non-conductor — any substance which does not allow the passage of electricity 

through it. Various substances used as insulators are thus non-conductors. 
originating operator — the operator at a telephone exchange who receives the 

original call and transmits it to another exchange. 
phantom circuits — a name given to the extra circuits which can be established 

over a number of single pairs of wires in multiplex telephony. 
repeater — an arrangement of electrical instruments and apparatus for repeating 

a telephone message coming over one line to go forward over another line. 

297 



298 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



retardation coils — coils used to decrease the speed of telegraph signaling, 
section lineman — an employe who attends to keeping the poles, wires, etc., of a 

certain section of telephone line in good condition. 
service observer — an employe whose duty consists of checking the work of the 

operators, 
simplex — a term used to indicate that only one message can be sent over a tele- 
phone line at a time. 
sublicense — to license to another company under the provisions of a license 

already held by the company so licensing. The company to whom the 

sublicense is granted is called the sublicensee. 
subscriber — one who receives telephone service on a contract basis, 
switchboard — a group of sections or panels, including the apparatus by means of 

which intercommunication between subscribers is effected. 
tandem — double; in pairs; a circuit over which two messages can be sent at the 

same time. 
tertiary — third in order or succession, 
transmitter — the part of a telephone instrument into which the speaking is done, 

as distinguished from the receiver, which is the part applied to the ear 

in receiving the message. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. James C. Watkins, 

District Traffic Chief, 
Sacramento, Calif. 
Dear Sir: 

We submit for your approval 
drawing No. X-1968, which shows 
two listening circuits for enabling | a 
number of student operators to listen 
in on a regular A or B operator. 
The condenser shown in the | ring 
side of the cord is to prevent direct 
current from flowing in the circuit 
should the plug be inserted | inad- 
vertently into other than a regular 
monitoring jack. It will be noted 
that in one of the arrangements a 
one-way | repeater is employed in 
order tc satisfactorily care for a 
large number of listeners. 



The increase in the use | 10 ° of 
toll switching trunks and tandem 
trunks in loaded duplex cables is 
making it desirable to develop new 
types of | inequality ratio phantom 
repeating coils which will be suitable 
also for battery supply purposes, 
since none of the phantom coils | or 
battery supply coils are suitable for 
this combination service, and it is 
not economical to use separate coils 
for | terminating the phantom cir- 
cuits and for battery supply. 

The adjusting equipment con- 
sists of a tripping relay adjusting 
circuit and a | supervisory relay ad- 
justing circuit made up of a combi- 
nation of interrupter rings, relays, 
coils, resistances, etc., arranged as 
shown on | 200 the drawing and 



CORRESPONDENCE 299 



terminated in several jacks at the 
switchboard and at the racks where 
the supervisory and tripping relays | 
are mounted. For every adjusting 
circuit there is a corresponding con- 



trol jack, which is multipled as often 
as necessary to | make the circuit 
within easy reach of any tripping 
or supervisory relay. 

Yours very truly, (255) 



2 
Mr. W. G. Morgan, 

District Traffic Chief, 
Harrisburg, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

I spent yesterday in Carbondale, Pa., making service tests and interviewing 
subscribers. I talked with Mr. R. W. | Rush, General Manager of the Logan 
Manufacturing Company, in regard to his general service, which he seemed to 
consider satisfactory | with the exception of rather long delays on calls. As he 
had had trouble with Pittsburgh, I put in a | call from his telephone and suc- 
ceeded in making the connection after a delay of thirty-three minutes. Trans- 
mission was commercial | and the subscriber seemed to be entirely satisfied 
with that phase of the call. I also interviewed several other subscribers 1 10 ° and 
they seemed to think well of our toll service, although they use the local service 
of the opposition more | than they do ours. 
Other service tests were made as follows : 

Carbondale to Newark, N. J. 
Answer by A operator j 11 seconds 

Answer by L. D. 1 operator 20 seconds 
Start of message 37 minutes 

Transmission A 

Carbondale to New | York City 
Answer by A operator 4 seconds 

Answer by L. D. operator 12 seconds 

Start of conversation 5 minutes | 

Transmission B 

Opposition Service — Carbondale to Philadelphia 
Answer by L. D. operator 3 seconds 

Start of conversation 18 minutes 

Transmission | 200 B 

There were no delays on calls on our line between Carbondale and Scranton, 
although I was unable to learn | definitely where the call was held up. The 
district agent reports that they have ample facilities for all | their toll business 
between these points but are frequently delayed beyond Scranton. 

Yours very truly, (255) 

1 Long Distance. Long distance service is also referred to as toll service. The "A" operator is the 
local or "answering" operator. 



300 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



Mr. Wilson M. Carey, 
Service Observer, 
Norfolk, Va. 
Dear Sir: 

This is to bring to your atten- 
tion a new arrangement of the aux- 
iliary signal relays to be used | in 
connection with common battery 
switchboards where multiple an- 
swering jacks and lamps are employed 
in connection with subscribers' or 
other | types of line circuits. The 
new circuit, which is described in 
detail in the attached memorandum, 
provides an arrangement whereby | 
the line signal ordinarily comes in 
only at the main answering jack. 

The drawing is divided into three 
parts corresponding | to three sepa- 
rate operators' positions, 1, 2, and 3 
being the primary, secondary, and 
tertiary answering lamps respectively 
of a | 10 ° subscriber's line. When 
the subscriber removes his receiver 
from the hook his line relay operates, 
completing a circuit from ground | at 
the line relay through wire 4, primary 
answering lamp 1, and relay 5; 
thence through break contact 6 of | 
relay 7 to grounded battery 8, caus- 
ing lamp 1 to light and relay 5 to 
operate. 

The audible ringing signal | is 
obtained by connecting microfarad 
condensers around the contacts of 
the ringing key on manual ringing 
cords or trunks, and | around the 
contacts of the ringing relay on 
machine ringing cords or trunks. 



When a ringing key or relay is | 200 
operated the ringing current finds a 
path in parallel with the subscriber's 
line through the condenser and one 
winding of the repeating coil, 
which gives an audible signal to the 
calling subscriber. With individual 
and two-party jack-per-station | 
lines a condenser is required in the 
ring side of the circuit only, but 
with two-party jack-per-line J or 
four-party lines a condenser is re- 
quired in the tip as well as the ring 
side of the circuit. | 

Yours truly, (282) 

4 

Mr. M. C. Allen, 

General Superintendent of Plant, 
New York City. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your letter of the 10th 
instant requesting a statement of my 
reasons for the recommendation con- 
tained | in my letter of September 
2, with which I gladly comply. 

No. 2 Syracuse-Onondaga Val- 
ley circuit is a pair | of straight 8's 
between Scranton and Onondaga 
Valley, and is usually simplexed. 
This circuit has never given us 
any ringing | trouble at Scranton, 
and if two Morse circuits should be 
required it could easily be composited 
and equipped with composite | 
ringers. 

No. 1 circuit, however, does not 
seem to offer such an easy solution. 
This circuit is composed of a | 10 ° 
side of a phantom on 3 /4 2 Monterey - 



2 That is, wires 3 and 4. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



301 



Onondaga Line between Scranton 
and Union, and a pair of straight 
12's | between Union and Onondaga 
Valley. The Union test station is 
bridged on this circuit. Under these 
conditions we could obviate | the 
difficulty heretofore encountered by 
putting a composite ringer between 
Scranton and Union, bridging the 
lineman's bell on the north | side of 
the composite ringer. However, it 
would be a difficult matter to main- 
tain apparatus of this kind at a | 
station like Union. If arrangements 
could be made to remove Union, this 
circuit could be equipped with com- 
posite ringers at | 200 both ends and 
satisfactory service would no doubt 
'result. A possible way to handle 
Union would be to give the | line- 
man a direct line to Binghamton and 
require the testboard men at Onon- 
daga Valley and Scranton to reach 
Union through | Binghamton. 

Your suggestion as to the use of 
composite ringers on the Scranton- 
Elmira circuits seems on investigation 
to be | entirely practicable. I there- 
fore recommend that these circuits be 
handled in this way. Kindly in- 
form me at your early convenience | 
what action is to be taken so that I 
may arrange to have sufficient equip- 
ment at Scranton. 

Yours truly, (299) 
5 
Mr. F. R. French, 

District Traffic Chief, 
Reading, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

Some confusion has arisen re- 
garding the use which may be made 



of timing records taken by a service | 
observer or timing operator. Mis- 
apprehension has also been found to 
exist regarding the function of the 
15-second margin allowed | after the 
expiration of three minutes in fixing 
the charge from the calculagraph 
reading. 

In fixing the charge for mes- 
sages I the calculagraph records 
should be used in accordance with 
authorized instructions. The records 
made by the timing observer are to | 
be used primarily for the purpose of 
securing greater accuracy in the work 
of the operators in timing messages 
by | 10 ° the calculagraph, and should 
not be used for correcting the elapsed 
time shown by the calculagraph stamp 
unless the discrepancy | between the 
two records is of such magnitude as to 
indicate a serious error in the calcu- 
lagraph record. It is | of course 
permissible to make use of the records 
of the timing observer in correcting 
such errors as a means | of fore- 
stalling possible complaints from a 
patron in regard to charges. 

It should be understood that the 
margin of fifteen | seconds for the 
reading of the calculagraph stamp is 
allowed to cover the time required 
by the operators for properly | 200 
supervising the connection and stamp- 
ing the ticket. Our rate for the 
initial period is based on a conversa- 
tion of three | minutes or less, and 
the margin of fifteen seconds is not 
to be allowed to the subscriber for 
conversation before | charging for 
another minute. This interval is 
allowed to the company for doing the 



302 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



necessary work at the end of | the 
conversation. The time allowance 
set to cover the work of supervision 
has been so fixed that the practice 
authorized | for charging from the 
calculagraph stamp should result in 
charging any fraction of a minute 
consumed in conversation above the 
| 300 three-minute limit as an addi- 
tional minute. 

Yours truly, (309) 

6 

Mr. W. P. Drake, 

Division Superintendent of 
Plant, 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Dear Sir: 

The following is a description of 
the plan that we discussed recently in 
New York with reference to | han- 
dling certain of our lines in Eastern 
Ohio: 

I refer to that part of the Cleve- 
land-New Castle Line in | Trumbull 
County which is assigned to your 
division, and that part of the Charles- 
ton-Cleveland Line in Athens, Co- 
lumbus, and | Washington Coun- 
ties w T hich is assigned to this division. 
In the former case, it is considered 
advisable that the Cleveland Dis- 
trict | maintain the Cleveland-New 
Castle Line to the Pennsylvania-Ohio 
state line. In the latter case, it is 
suggested that | 10 ° the Pittsburgh 
District maintain the Charleston- 
Cleveland Line to Bradford. 

The district plant chief at 
Cleveland will maintain the line | in 
Trumbull County as though it were 
one of the lines regularly assigned to 



him. He will, however, charge all | 
of the expense regularly incurred on 
this line to the Pittsburgh District, 
Division No. 2, and make a monthly 
report | to the district plant chief 
at Pittsburgh for these expenses. As 
far as I can see, this will merely 
mean | an additional subdivision in 
the analysis of the blanket made 
up by the plant chief at Cleveland. 
By this method, | 200 the time spent 
by the linemen at Youngstown on 
lines in Trumbull County will natur- 
ally be charged up to the f Pitts- 
burgh District. I would suggest that 
any unassigned time during the 
month be divided pro rata for their 
own information, | as I do not see 
how we can hold the district plant 
chiefs responsible for the condition of 
these lines | when they really have 
nothing to do with their main- 
tenance. 

I would be glad to have you 
signify your wishes | in this mat- 
ter so that I can inform the plant 
chiefs concerned in this division as 
to how the maintenance | 30 ° of 
these two sections of lines is to be 
handled. 

Yours truly, (312) 

7 

Mr. K. Y. Bigelow, 

General Superintendent of 
Traffic, 
New York City. 
Dear Sir: 

Several representatives of the 
Southern Bell Telephone & Tele- 
graph Company, with whom I have 
talked about the sublicensee | de- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



303 



velopment in their territory, have 
made very plain their feeling (al- 
though they did not say so in so 
many words) | that after once having 
sublicensed an independent company 
and having connected it with our 
system their responsibility ends. I 
was | given to understand that there 
was no plan on foot for educating 
this class of office, and not much 
hope | of being able to do so; that 
conditions in sublicense exchanges 
were not likely to improve sufficiently 
to warrant trusting | 10 ° them to 
check the business or to work out 
directly over our lines. Their present 
plan contemplates having the sub- 
license | office work through an A. 
T. & T. or Southern Bell office, in- 
volving in many cases a double haul 
on | our lines and delays in getting 
calls through. Frequently the office 
originating a message uses our lines to 
ask the | "via" office what the rate is. 
In Virginia and West Virginia 
about 50% of the A. T. & T. | origi- 
nating business is handled by A. T. & 
T. offices, and of the balance 40%, or 
almost | 200 one-half, is handled by 
sublicensees. Because of the great 
development of sublicense exchanges 
in the Southern Bell territory, I | 
feel that unless some determined 
effort is made to educate them with a 
view to ultimately having the larger 
sublicense | offices handle the serv- 
ice in the manner prescribed for our 
own offices, it will necessitate many 
irregularities which impose a | drag 
on the service and cause a wasteful 
use of lines. 



Our rules and methods provide 
for handling the business | in the 
most efficient manner; unless these 
rules are extended as widely as pos- 
sible, a large percentage of our busi- 
ness | 300 will be handled in an ineffi- 
cient and expensive manner. As this 
whole question resolves itself into one 
of policy to | be pursued by the 
Southern Bell Company, I have not 
felt that I could go further than 
to emphatically state | my opinion 
whenever the matter was discussed. 
The purpose of this letter is to sug- 
gest that you take the matter | up 
with a representative of the associate 
company at some proper time. 
Yours truly, (374) 

8 

Mr. F. E. Thomas, 

Chief Engineer, Western Elec- 
tric Co., 
Madison Station, Chicago, 
IU. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your letter of June 19 in 
which you request us to give you an 
operating description | of the circuit 
shown on our drawing #42-F-227. 

I assume from your letter that | 
the method of receiving and making 
a call by means of the line keys and 
drops is clear to you. | As for the 
operation of the B keys, the D re- 
sistances, the #39-L relay, and the 
lamps, | these are used by the wire 
chief when he has received a call 
over an incoming trunk on the trunk 
| 10 ° switchboard and desires to 
have the call transferred to another 



304 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



line. From the operating description 
given below, it will be j seen that 
the wire chief may cut in on the trunk 
operator's telephone set and request 
a transfer to another I line by merely 
depressing the B key. By the opera- 
tion of the B key, the sleeve of the 
switchboard multiple | line is opened 
so that the busy test relay in the 
incoming trunk circuit is allowed to 
fall back and [ place the busy test 
wire of the trunk operator's telephone 
set in direct connection with the tip 
of the line. | 200 Starting with the 
ground on the busy test coil in the 
trunk operator's telephone set, the 
circuit passes through this | coil to 
the tip of the line, via contact with the 
busy test relay of the incoming trunk 
circuit. The | circuit then passes on 
down to the wire chief's telephone 
set by way of key A. From the op- 
posite side I of the wire chief's set 
the circuit continues on to key B, 
through outside contact, and through 
resistance D, where | it terminates in 
ground. When the opposite side of 
the B key opens, the sleeve battery 
energizing the cutoff relay | 30 ° is 
disconnected, but this battery is 
immediately replaced when the out- 
side contact of the B key parts and 
supplies battery | through resistance 
D. 

The lamps shown on the draw- 
ing are used to indicate that the call 
is an incoming one, | the lamps re- 
maining operated as long as the call- 
ing operator has her cord in the 



switchboard multiple jack. Should 
the | wire chief throw his holding 
coil on the line, the lamps will con- 
tinue to burn in order to keep him | 
notified of the fact that the call must 
be finally disposed of. On a call 
originating with the wire chief | 400 
the lamps will not burn. 

Very truly yours, (408) 



Mr. J. W. Wilton, 

General Manager, Central Penn- 
sylvania Telephone Co., 
Altoona, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your letter of August 18 
requesting certain information on 
#207 and #213 | P.B.X. 3 boards. 

The cord circuit on the #207 
board has a relay in the sleeve | cir- 
cuit which operates when the sleeve 
of the calling cord is inserted in a 
trunk jack. When this relay oper- 
ates, | the P.B.X. battery is lifted 
from the particular cord circuit and a 
holding coil is placed across it, | so 
as to furnish supervision to the cen- 
tral office. The holding coil is wired 
through the night service key 
and | 10 ° can be removed only by 
operating this key. In the later type 
of # 207 board, a night | service key 
is furnished with each cord circuit. 
On a trunk connection, the talking 
current is supplied to the station | 
from the central office cord circuit. 
When the P.B.X. operator puts up a 
trunk connection in the regular \ 



5 Private Branch Exchange. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



305 



manner, the station can signal only 
the P.B.X. and not the central office. 
It is not intended that | the sub- 
station shall be able to signal through 
to the central office, but that it shall 
signal only the | 20 ° P.B.X. operator, 
who in turn can signal the central 
office operator, if necessary, by re- 
moving and re- inserting | the plug in 
the trunk jack. 

Only when the switchboard is un- 
attended and certain stations are 
plugged through for "night [serv- 
ice, " is it desirable that such sta- 
tions shall signal through to the 
central office operator. This is made 
possible by | operating the " night 
key" at the P.B.X. 

The standard trunk circuit of the 
#213 board has | condensers in 
series with both sides of the line so 
that it is impossible for the battery 
from the P.B.X. | 300 to interfere 
with the trunk line. For this reason 
a separate set of " night service" 
trunk jacks is | provided. These 
jacks are wired in the trunk circuit 
beyond the condensers so that by 
operating the cutoff keys and | 
using these special trunk jacks, sub- 
stations may be plugged through to 
the central office when the switch- 
board is not | attended, in the same 
manner as in the #207 type board. 

Your impression that only the 
#207 | type switchboards use re- 
peating coils is incorrect, as retarda- 
tion coils are used in both the # 207 
| 400 and #213 type of boards. 
Very truly yours, (410) 



10 
Hon. Albert S. Burleson, 

Postmaster General, 
Washington, D. C. 
Dear Mr. Burleson: 

I wish to inform you of the most 
recent practical result of the work of 
the technical | staff of the Bell Sys- 
tem. After several years of intense 
effort, they have invented and de- 
veloped a practical system of | mul- 
tiplex telephony and telegraphy by 
the use of which it is now possible to 
increase manyfold the message-carry- 
ing capacity | of long telephone and 
telegraph wires, especially of the open 
wire type. 

An installation of the multiplex 
telephone system has | been made 
between Baltimore and Pittsburgh 
and has been in service for more than 
a month. On Monday afternoon 
of | 10 ° this week, accompanied by a 
party of distinguished government 
and telephone and telegraph officials, 
I made an inspection of this | sys- 
tem at Baltimore and a test of the 
service provided by it between Balti- 
more and Pittsburgh. All were de- 
lighted with | the successful work- 
ing of the new system and the evident 
skill which had been shown in de- 
veloping it. 

With this | new system four 
telephone conversations over one 
pair of wires may be carried on 
simultaneously, in addition to the 
telephone | conversation provided by 
the ordinary methods. Thus, over a 
single pair of wires a total of five 



306 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



telephone conversations may | 200 be 
simultaneously operated, each giving 
service as good as that provided by 
a circuit working in the ordinary 
way. 

Heretofore | the best telephone 
methods known to the art provided 
only one telephone conversation at a 
time over a single pair | of wires. 
A number of years ago we developed 
the "phantom circuit' ' arrangement 
by which three telephone circuits are 
obtained | from two pairs of wires, 
an important improvement and one 
which is now extensively used. Now, 
by our new multiplex | method, we 
are enabled to obtain five telephone 
circuits over one pair of wires; that 
is, ten simultaneous conversations 
over | 300 the two pairs of wires 
which formerly could be used for 
only three. This represents an in- 
crease of more than | threefold in 
the telephonic capacity of the wires 
as compared with the best previous 
state of the art, and a | fivefold in- 
crease under conditions where the 
phantom circuit is not employed. 

In telegraphy, as well as in teleph- 
ony, sensational results | have 
been attained by the new system. 
By combining two telegraph wires 
into a metallic circuit of the type 
used | for telephone working and by 
applying our new apparatus and 
methods to this metallic circuit, we 
have enormously increased the | 400 
capacity of the wires for telegraph 
messages. As applied to high speed 
printer systems we can do eight times 
as | much as is now done, and as 



compared with the ordinary duplex 
telegraph circuit in general use we 
can do | ten times as much. These 
increased results are attained without 
in any way impairing the quality of 
the service. 

From | the nature of the appa- 
ratus and methods employed the 
system is not practical on short lines, 
either telephone or telegraph. | On 
long lines its application will be ex- 
tended immediately, but its intro- 
duction must necessarily be gradual 
on account of the | 600 nature of the 
apparatus required and the rear- 
rangement and adaptation of the lines 
themselves and their associated appa- 
ratus to the | new methods of work- 
ing. Our studies show, however, 
that this system of multiplex teleph- 
ony and telegraphy will have great 
usefulness | on long open wire lines. 
It is not too much to characterize this 
new system as marking an epoch in | 
the development of long distance 
telephony and telegraphy. 

Sincerely yours, (570) 

11 

Mr. F. E. Montague, 

General Traffic Superintendent, 
Southern Bell Telephone & 
Telegraph Company, 
Atlanta, Ga 
Dear Sir: 

I have looked into the arrange- 
ments for handling our business at 
several exchanges in the territory of 
the | sublicense companies in Vir- 
ginia and West Virginia into whose 
exchanges our wires have recently 



CORRESPONDENCE 



307 



been cut. I believe that a | much 
higher efficiency can be obtained by 
following to the letter our standard 
L. D. operating instructions. 

This company has | never felt 
that the ownership of an office should 
be the controlling factor . in the 
quality of service furnished sub- 
scribers | or in the use made of the 
toll plant. Our object must always 
be to work toward operating and 
routing | 10 ° arrangements that will 
permit of the highest possible degree 
of circuit efficiency consistent with 
the local plant. Such wasteful prac- 
tices | as may have existed when the 
connections to our lines at these 
points were made by toll stations 
should not | be allowed to continue 
after the wires have been cut into a 
regular exchange. The economical 
use of toll lines | all over the plant 
has become a serious problem. 

Our principal objection to the 
present arrangement at these sub- 
licensed points | is that they re- 
quire the unnecessary use of toll cir- 
cuits, due in the first place to the 
lack of proper | 200 rate and route 
information, and secondly to the poor 
routing arrangements. Each check 
direct exchange should possess a 
Tariff and | Route Book and Rate 
Sheet so that it will not be necessary 
to use a toll line to ascertain a | rate, 
and to avoid passing a ticket to the 
wrong office when there are two 
or more "via" offices. We | have 
found no difficulty in following this 
plan even in offices where we have 
but a single employee, and at | some 
places where we have only an agent. 



With regard to the matter of 
routing, it appears that the present 
| 300 practice of these offices is to 
pass the business through some dis- 
tributing office where all the ticket 
work and timing | may be done, 
irrespective of whether or not such 
routing represents the best haul as 
regards facilities, transmission, cir- 
cuit loads, | etc. This again in- 
volves waste. In all ordinary cases 
the ticket record should be made at 
each check direct exchange | and 
the timing done at the exchange to 
which the message is charged. In 
unusual cases if an office is | unable 
to time a message to our satisfaction, 
it may be advisable to have the relay 
office do the timing | 400 and quote 
the elapsed time to the originating 
point after completion of the message. 

This company does not of course 
| deal directly with any sublicense 
office or any sublicense company on 
traffic matters, and must look to the 
licensee for | the proper handling of 
the long distance business in its ter- 
ritory. Our traffic chiefs are now 
making systematic visits to | each 
office in their respective territories, 
and we expect them to offer helpful 
advice concerning our rules and 
methods of | operating. In this way 
new exchanges should develop quickly 
and attain an efficiency equal to other 
offices of a similar | 50 ° size. 

This matter is important be- 
cause of the fact that of the total 
originating A. T. & T. traffic in | the 
Southern Bell territory in Virginia 
and West Virginia, excluding that 
handled by this company's operating 



308 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



stations, nearly 40% | is handled by 
sublicensed companies. 

I am forwarding a copy of this 
letter to District Traffic Chief Mc- 
Connell at | Richmond with the re- 
quest that he hold himself in readi- 
ness to assist your traffic department 
at any time. 

Yours truly, | (580) 

12 

mr a f hadley general superin- 
tendent of traffic new york city 
we submit the following narrative re- 
port of the traffic department divi- 
sion #2 from march 26 to april 25 
the traffic handled in this division at 
offices operated by this company 
shows an increase of approximately 
15% over the corresponding month of 
the previous year while this in- 
crease is encouraging the total traffic 
handled during the period at the six 
offices in the division selected for com- 
parative purposes shows a decrease of 
6% as compared with the previous 
month this decrease seemed to be 
general as all of the offices con- 
cerned reported practically the same 
percentage of decrease in traffic 
handled there were no serious de- 
lays to traffic in this division during 
the period covered by the report 
the associate company has postponed 
indefinitely the plan referred to in the 
narrative report for January for 
placing a loaded or repeatered circuit 
in service between dover and cape 
charles we have been unable to 
learn when this matter will be con- 
sidered again the southern bell 
company completed the work of 



changing the operating room at 
clarksburg w va and on april 17 
cut over from the old building to the 
new office the cut-over was effected 
without interruption to the service 
the installation of cord circuit re- 
peaters at the newtown square rich- 
mond and lynchburg offices has been 
completed by the plant department 
these offices are awaiting the receipt of 
instructions for the use of cord cir- 
cuit repeaters it is expected that 
when these repeaters are placed in 
service considerable improvement in 
the transmission will be noted on 
calls routed through these offices 
over circuits suitable for the use of 
repeaters the plant department has 
completed the work of re-arranging 
the equipment in the richmond office 
in such a manner as to provide a 
common drop position this will 
greatly assist the richmond operating 
force in the handling of traffic during 
the night period and on Sundays and 
holidays the service observing 
equipment at richmond has also been 
overhauled and that office will now 
be able to take observations without 
interfering with the operation of the 
multiple equipment on the switch- 
boards sixty-two offices of the asso- 
ciated companies were visited by dis- 
trict traffic chiefs during the period 
covered by this report twenty-seven 
poor transmission reports were for- 
warded to the plant department for 
investigation reports on thirty-five 
poor transmission reports were re- 
ceived from the plant department 
during the period covered by this 
report yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



309 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed as stenographer to the District Plant 
Chief of the American Telephone & Telegraph Company at Richmond, Va. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 43. 
Assignment 2. Copy letter 9 with carbon on a letterhead. 

Narrative Reports 

In telephone offices reports in narrative form are regularly prepared and 
forwarded to superior offices. Two such reports follow. 

REPORT 

Use of Loaded Cables — Washington Division 

This report is forwarded to comply with instructions contained in 
Engineering Circular # 8. 

Between the Main central office and terminal pole #11035, located 
on Brentwood Road north of Rhode Island Avenue, there are to be 25 
pairs of cable # 54 loaded. These pairs are at present working unloaded 
through 10 and 13 gauge wire of that cable. They are to be loaded for the 
American Telephone & Telegraph Company to handle their New York- 
Washington Line, and are distributed as follows: 
1 10 ga. pr. to Baltimore, Md. 



3 13 ga. pr. ' 


7 Baltimore, Md. 


2 13 ga. pr. ' 


1 Dallastown, Pa. 


1 13 ga. pr. ' 


' Fredericksburg, Va. 


1 10 ga. pr. ' 


' Harrisburg, Pa. 


1 13 ga. pr. ' 


' Harrisburg, Pa. 


1 10 ga. pr. ' 


' Lynchburg, Va. 


5 13 ga. pr. ' 


' Newtown Square, Philadelphia, Pa. 


1 10 ga. pr. ' 


' New York, N. Y. 


2 10 ga. pr. ' 


1 Pittsburgh, Pa. 


1 13 ga. pr. f 


' Brookland Test Sta. (wires known as 47 & 48). 


4 13 ga. pr, ' 


' New York, N. Y. 



310 TELEPHONE SECTION 

Between the Main and West Exchanges and between the West Ex- 
change and pole #3 on Wisconsin Avenue, via cables #43 and #210, 
there are nine pairs loaded. These pairs were also loaded for the A. T. 
& T. Company to carry the wires of the Norfolk- Washington line as 
follows: 

1 to Fredericksburg 

1 to Lynchburg 
4 to Richmond 

2 to Charlottesville 

1 to Baltimore-Norfolk 

Between the Main and West Exchange, via cable #43 and #210, 
there are 40 pairs loaded, 39 of which are working as follows: 

3 to Bethesda 

9 to Alexandria 

4 to Falls Church 

2 to Frederick 

3 to Gaithersburg 

1 to Hagerstown 

3 to Rockville 

4 between Toll and Cleveland 
10 between Toll and West 

Between Main and North, via cable # 48, there are 40 loaded pairs, 
31 of which are working as follows: 
15 Toll to North 
8 Toll to Columbia 
8 to Kensington 
3 to Sandy Springs 

Between the Columbia Exchange and terminal pole at Military and 
Piney Branch Roads there are 15 pairs of cable # 414 loaded, working as 
follows: 

10 to Kensington 

2 to Sandy Springs 

Between Main and Lincoln, via cable # 13, there are 16 pairs loaded 
working as follows: 
6 to Marlboro 
10 to Lincoln 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 311 

Between the Lincoln Exchange and terminal pole on Good Hope 
Road east of Nicholas Avenue, there are 5 pairs of cable #119 loaded 
working to Marlboro. 

Assignment 3. Make a copy with carbon of the above report. 

REPORT 
SITUATION AT CAMDEN, N. J. 

The Engineering Department has carefully considered the various 
arrangements which might be made to take care of our lines east of the 
Camden Central Office, and has eliminated all but the following plans: 
First. Acquire a duct from the Delaware & Atlantic Company from 
21st and Federal Streets to the Camden Central Office, and 
lay therein a large gauge cable to carry the wires of the 
New York- Washington Line. 
Acquire a duct from the Delaware & Atlantic Company from 
the Camden City Line and Haddon Avenue to the Camden 
Central Office, and run through it conductors to carry the 
circuits of the Camden-Atlantic City Line to the Camden 
Central Office. 
Second. Build a 30 ft. pole line from pole No. 2789 of the New York- 
Washington Line, to pole No. 560 of the Camden-Atlantic 
City Line. Carry all Atlantic City circuits over this 
connecting line to pole No. 2789 of the New York- Wash- 
ington Line. From this point divide Atlantic City cir- 
cuits into two groups, and carry them direct to New York 
and Philadelphia respectively. 
From 21st and Federal Streets to the Camden Central Office 
acquire a duct from the Delaware & Atlantic Company, 
and lay therein a 30 pair 13 gauge lead cable, made up for 
carrying phantom circuits. 
In connection with proposition No. 2, it should be noted that the 
j proposed connecting line between the New York- Washington and Camden- 
| Atlantic City Lines can be built along country roads where there are few 
houses, and which are for the most part free from other pole lines. In 
general it is a very easy building proposition. Further than this the 
:/portion of the New York-Washington Line between poles Nos. 2789 and 
2942 will, without additional construction, carry all circuits of the Phila- 



312 TELEPHONE SECTION 

delphia- Atlantic City group, as well as all New York-Philadelphia circuits 
remaining after the New York-Atlantic City group has been taken care of. 
This is shown from the following data compiled from the traffic statistics 
contained in your letter of December 3, 1919, Subject: Camden Under- 
ground Situation. 

PROBABLE ASSIGNMENT OF CIRCUITS— CAMDEN-ATLANTIC 

CITY LINE 





Toward New York 


Toward Philadelphia 




Physical 


Phantom 


Physical 


Phantom 


1919 


4 


2 


6 


2 


1920 


6 


2 


6 


2 


1921 


6 


2 


7 


2 


1922 


7 


2 


7 


2 


1923 


8 


2 


7 


2 


1924 


8 


2 


8 


2 


1925 


8 


2 


8 


2 


1926 


10 


2 


8 


3 


1930 


11 


2 


8 


4 


1934 


12 


2 


9 


5 



Advantages of Proposition No. 1 

(a) The expense of the construction of a connecting line will be saved. 

(b) All wires to Atlantic City will be concentrated at the Camden 

Central Office, and can thus be used interchangeably. 

Advantages of Proposition No. 2 

(a) If our circuits on the Camden-Atlantic City Line are carried 

through the local toll cable on Haddon Avenue to the Camden 
Central Office, it will be necessary in about two years to lay a 
second cable over this route. Without our circuits the second 
cable will not be needed for several years. 

(b) Atlantic City-New York circuits under proposition No. 2 will be 

open wire throughout, except for the terminal cables at New 
York and Atlantic City. Under proposition No. 1 four miler 
of cable would be in circuit through the City of Camden. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 313 

(c) The cost of maintenance of the Camden-Atlantic City Line from 

poles Nos. 379 to 560 will be considerably lessened if our circuits 
are removed from the line, and the expense of maintenance to 
this Company for this portion of the line will cease entirely. 

(d) As our needs for circuits on the Camden-Atlantic City Line in- 

crease, the additional wires will be placed on the poles at a 
very considerable cost. At some points the feasibility of addi- 
tional wires at any reasonable cost seems doubtful. 

(e) When it becomes necessary to take down the Camden-Atlantic 

City line west of the easterly limits of Haddonfield because of 
difficulty of maintenance or for any other reason, our circuits 
must be carried to Camden through a long length of cable, 
possibly over a circuitous route (via Haddon Heights). 

(f) Transmission on local toll service from Atlantic City to Trenton 

and to points reached via Trenton is now uncommercial. By 

means of the proposed connecting line and our other lines in the 

direction of Trenton a suitable route for a pair of local toll wires 

can be obtained. 

Comparing the advantages of the two propositions, it would seem that 

the second plan is very much the better. It might be urged that proposition 

No. 1 could be followed until all spares in cable are exhausted, and then the 

connecting line could be built. The immediate gain of this compromise 

would really be the saving of annual charges amounting to $2200 per year 

for about two years. It is possible, however, that the cost of constructing 

the connecting line would in two years be enough greater because of other 

occupancy of the road to offset the money saved. In addition to this, 

advantages (b) to (f) inclusive under proposition 2 would be sacrificed, 

either for the time being or permanently. 

Relative to the portion of line between the Camden Central Office and 
the Delaware River, the Delaware & Atlantic Company will, as stated 
above, lay a one hundred pair lead cable over this section of the line. This 
cable, together with existing cables, will give them ample facilities for their 
circuits as well as our circuits between Philadelphia and Camden for some 
years to come. Of the circuits which they can turn over to us in this 
cable, at least 15 pairs would be 13 gauge. For this reason it seems to me 
a waste for us to attempt to lay our own cable in this portion of the city. 
Mr. Chase assured me that if we so desired it, a duct would be assigned to 
us from the Camden Central Office to the river. He is net prepared at 
this time to discuss the arrangement for taking over this duct. 



314 TELEPHONE SECTION 

Summing up the whole situation, I recommend that proposition No. 2 
be adopted; that the Right of Way Department be requested to obtain 
the necessary rights for the connecting line; and that we be authorized to 
arrange with the Delaware & Atlantic Company to turn over for our use 
a duct from 21st and Federal Streets to the Camden Central Office. Ar- 
rangements for the construction of this duct for our use have already 
been made with the Delaware & Atlantic Company. 

Assignment 4. Make a copy of this report with carbon. 
Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 is an example of a monthly narrative traffic report. 
Assignment 5. Determine upon the punctuation and paragraphing 
and then write the report with two carbons. 

Transcribing 

Assignment 6, Transcribe the five letters which will be dictated to 
you. Present your work for signature. 

Filing 

Your correspondence in this section is to be filed numerically. The letters 
you have written come under the following numbers : 

124 — Richmond, Va. — Underground Circuit 

29 — Central Pennsylvania Telephone Co. 

87 — Western Electric Co. — Philadelphia 

54 — Burkeville, Va., Sub-license Exchange 

72— Central Union Telephone Co. 

64— Ball, Theodore H. 
146 — Richmond District — Consolidation Work 
Assignment 7. Make out cards, prepare folders, and file your letters. 

Follow-up Letters 

We have a series of follow-up letters which we use to exploit the advantages 
of short period telephone service. Four letters of this series are given below. 
We keep a card index record showing the name of the firms to whom these letters 
are written and the dates on which they are sent, together with the dates on 
which replies are received. 

Assignment 8, Make out cards for the Mansfield Mining Co., Rich 
mond, Va., and the Eastern Car Wheel Co., Richmond, Va. From the fol 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 315 

lowing narratives prepare follow-up letters and enter the information on the 
cards : 

Mansfield Mining Co. April 2, write them letter 1; April 15, letter 2; 
May 4, letter 3. On May 7 we receive a reply and on May 9 we write them 
letter 4. 

Eastern Car Wheel Co. April 4 we write them letter 1; April 17, letter 2; 
May 6, letter 3. On May 9 we receive a reply and on May 11 we write them 
letter 4. 

— 1— 

Gentlemen : 

In the last issue of the New York Telephone Directory, we find that your 
company has an office in that city. 

It occurs to us that you might find it advantageous to avail yourself of one 
of our short period contracts for daily telephone service to your New York office 
at an attractive special rate. 

We should also like to call your attention to the enclosed schedule, showing 
the rates for different classes of service. Particulars of our short period tele- 
phone service will gladly be furnished upon request. 

Very truly yours, (92) 

— 2— 
Gentlemen : 

We enclose a booklet entitled, "A New Way for the Business Man," which 
describes a new form of telephone service we are introducing which covers the 
leasing of our lines at reduced rates for private use for a period of time as short 
as half an hour daily if used before 10 A. M., between 12 M. and 1 P. M., or 
after 4 P. M. 

Inasmuch as we have received no reply, we again take the liberty of address- 
ing you with the hope that you will be good enough at this time to look into the 
matter. 

We shall be pleased to have a representative call to see you to give in full 
detail any information you may care to have concerning this private line service. 

Yours truly, (130) 

— 3— 
Gentlemen : 

Have you given adequate consideration to the advantages of private wire 
telephone service to your office in New York City? We are calling your attention 
to this matter again because we believe that a contract for a short period tele- 
phone circuit to New York would prove of value to you. 

The wire we would furnish would be absolutely private and controlled by 
you. The rates to Nev; York under contract are as low as $1.50 a day for a 



316 TELEPHONE SECTION 

half hour's service daily. An attractive feature of our short period contract is 
that the service will be installed for a period of two months on trial. 

If you desire further information or rates, we shall be glad to have a repre- 
sentative call upon you at your convenience. 

Yours very truly, (133) 

—4— 
Gentlemen: 

We are very glad to receive your letter of the in which you request 

particulars regarding our short period telephone service. 

The rate for one-half hour per day, either before 10 A. M. or after 4 P. M. 
is approximately $52 per month; for a half hour every day between 12 M. and 
1 P. M., approximately $60 per month. 

The contract provides for absolutely private wire service controlled and 
operated by the subscriber, and includes the installation of special long dis- 
tance telephones in both your Richmond and New York offices. This means 
that at the stipulated time each day a private wire is connected to the two tele- 
phones which we install as stated above, and instead of placing the call as is your 
present method, you simply ring your New York office direct. 

You will note that the rates quoted represent a very considerable reduc- 
tion over the present tariff rates. A contract may be secured for as short a 
period as two months. 

We enclose a contract blank which we trust you will fill out and return to 
us very soon. 

Yours very truly, (192) 

Secretarial Practice 

The long distance telephone service affords one of the most indispensable 
aids to the conduct of business. Long distance, or "toll" calls as they are desig- 
nated by the telephone company, are classified as "station to station" and "per- 
son to person" calls. A "station to station"call is one in which the calling party 
does not specify a particular person to be reached at the called telephone. The ! 
toll charge is applied in the event that the connection is established with the tele- i 
phone called. A "person to person" call is one in which the calling party speci- 
fies a particular person to be reached at the called telephone, and the connection 
is established and the conversation held with that person. As this service re- 
quires a greater amount of operating effort, the charge for such calls is about one- 
fourth greater than the "station to station" charge. 

In putting in a toll call, the secretary asks the local operator to give him "long 
distance." When the long distance operator answers he gives her the name of 
the company (if a "station to station" call) or that of the particular individual 
(if a "person to person" call) with whom his chief wishes to speak. He then 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 317 

hangs up the receiver and when the operator has completed the connection she 
rings his telephone. The initial rate for toll service is based on a conversation of 
three minutes. 

Assignment 9. Your chief: "I want to send out a little printed notice. 
Here are some notes embodying my ideas. I have a heading, you see; perhaps 
you can think of something better. This is quite important, but I haven't time 
for it myself. I'll be much interested in your production.'' 

These are the chief's notes: 

How You Can Help 
Increased business activity cause of tremendous volume of traffic. Additional 
equipment to be provided as soon as possible. 

1". Avoid use of L. D. lines except for urgent business. 

2. Ready to talk when connection is established. Be brief so lines can be 
released for others. 

3. Avoid tracing calls. Adds to operator's work without nastening com- 
pletion of call. 

4. Avoid " person to person" calls as far as possible. (Better not use this 
phrase, as some might not understand it.) 

5. Have operator at your switchboard read this notice. Request her to co- 
operate in giving best possible service. 

Assignment 10. Your chief: "I see we have a letter this morning from 
the Vulcan Products Co. in reply to one of our follow-ups. (See page 314.) 
They want us to quote rates between their office here in Richmond and one of 
their subsidiaries, the Sterling Co., in Philadelphia. Write them; and by the 
way, put a note on Jamison's desk to call on them just as soon as he can." The 
rates to Philadelphia, you find, are $2.00 lower than those to New York. (Use 
letter 4, page 316, as a model for this letter.) 

Assignment 11. Your chief: "You may make up our Monthly Service 
Roll Change Report today." (This is a report showing (1) the names and posi- 
tions of new employees who began work during the month, (2) the names and 
positions of those who were dropped from the Roll, and (3) changes in salary.) 
The data, as handed to you by the Chief Clerk, is as follows: 

New Employees — Herman Henderson, Lineman, Salary $130; J. F. Fish, 
Lineman, $140; Elizabeth Hayes, Stenographer, $80; H. A. Clark, Clerk, $125; 
Albert Russell, Messenger, $40. 

Employees dropped from Roll. — J. R. Garrison, Lineman, $150; Mary A. 
Allen, Stenographer, $100. 

Salary changes— R. L. Fulton, Clerk, from $125 to $135; Ellen Abbott, 
Stenographer, from $85 to $90; J. R. Driscoll, Service Observer, from $180 to 
$190. 



W*ct*. o. s«»«, 9 Bvep(ETT c Havoen 

SHEPPARD. HAYDEN 8c SANDERS 
ATTORNEYS AND COUNSELORS AT LAW 

410-416 Law Building 

DENVER, COLORADO 

April 4, 1920. 

Mr, T. W. Birmingham, 

Secretary, The City Gas & Power Co., 

Colorado Springs, Colo. 

Dear Sir: 

Under another cover we are returning all papers in the matter of 

the claim of Henry W. Aoker for free gas under the Remsen lease. We have 

conducted from our e x amination of this matter that free gas will have to be 

furnished to two dwelling houses. The lease specifically provides that the 

lessor shall have 

"gas for his personal use in two dwelling houses 
on said premises so long as the lessee continues 
to use and operate said well or wells" 

and further provides that 

"all the terms and conditions hereof shall 
extend and apply to the heirs, successors, 
administrators, and assigns of the parties 
respectively." 

There were two lessors; to wit, Paul Remsen and Nancy Remsen. The 
abstract shows a deed to the land made to them in 1896. It appears that 
William Remsen waB an adopted son of Paul and Nancy Remsen. We understand 
that there were two dwelling houses on the property at the time the lease 
was made, one occupied "by William and the other by his parents. 

With this situation existing at the time the lease was made, the 
lessee covenanted to furnish free gas to William Remsen and Paul Remsen for 
their personal use in the two dwelling houses on the premises. You will ob- 
serve that the language of the lease is that the gas is for the "personal 



O. CLARK sandun 



Mr. T. W. B. - 2 

use" of the lessors. The land has sinoe been conveyed and is now owned by 
Henry W. Acker and he is now the lessor or is in the same position as the 
lessor. Suoh a covenant as this is held by the courts to run with the land; 
that is, to inure to the benefit of each subsequent owner of the land even 
though no special provision to that effect is inserted. However, the parties 
did insert suoh a provision in this lease which we have quoted above,, 

It seems plain to us therefore that the present owner or owners of 
the land must be given free gas. The words "personal use" must mean something 
and we are inclined to think that the court would hold that the gas must be 
oonfined to the personal use of the land-owner in distinction to other uses 
such as for business purposes, manufacturing , etc. 

Yours truly, 

SHEPPARD, EAYBEN & SANDERS 
per //.XjT. &2Ji&j 
WGS*EWJ 



LEGAL SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

acquittal — the discharge of a party charged with a crime. 

adjournment— the act of discontinuing the session of a court. 

adjudication — a judgment or decision of the court. 

admissible — capable of being considered as evidence. 

alienable — capable of being sold or transferred to another 

allegation — the assertion or statement of a party to a suit, which he undertakes 

to prove. 
ambiguity — doubtfulness or uncertainty as to meaning. 
appeal — the removal of a suit or cause from a lower to a higher court or tribunal 

in order that the latter may affirm or reverse the decision of the former. 
appellant — one who appeals a case from a lower to a higher court, 
arraignment — the act of calling and setting a prisoner before a court to answer 

an accusation. 
attestation — signing as a witness. 
averment — a statement of what the party to a suit professes to be ready to 

prove, 
bequeath — to leave to by will. A bequest is something willed. 
brief — a formal memorandum of the points of law or of fact to be developed or 

expanded in the argument before the court. 
caveat— a notice filed in a public office to prevent some action being taken except 

after warning to the person who filed it. 
cestui que trust — the beneficiary or person entitled to the benefit of a trust. 
chancery — a court of equity. 
chattels — articles of personal property. 
citation — a summons; a notice to appear in court, 
codicil — a writing by way of a supplement to a will and intended to be considered 

as a part of it. 
composition — an agreement between a debtor and a creditor by which the latter 

accepts part of a debt due to him in satisfaction of the whole. 
contingency — an event which may or may not occur. 

counsel — a lawyer; also the lawyers associated in the management of a case. 
cross-examination — an examination of a witness for one party by the opposite 

party or by his counsel, 
decree — the decision of a court of equity. 
descendible — capable of being bequeathed from an ancestor to a descendant, as 

from father to son. 
devisable — capable of being bequeathed or assigned by will, 
escheat^ — reversion of real property to the State from failure of legal heirs. 
indictment (in-dit'ment) — statement of an offense as found by the grand jury. 

320 



TECHNICAL TERMS 321 

* 

infringement — a violation of a law or right; as, the infringement of a patent, 
injunction — an order from a court requiring the person to whom it is directed 

to do or not to do a particular thing. 
in terror em — as a warning; by way of intimidation. 
inure — to become available to or devolve upon as a right. 
irrelevant — having no bearing on the question at issue, 
legatee — one to whom a legacy is bequeathed. 
licensee — one to whom a license is granted. 
litigious — contentious; inclined to litigate or bring lawsuits. 
mandamus (man-da'mus) — a writing issued by a superior court directing some 

inferior court or person in authority to perform some specific duty, 
parol (pa-rol') — given by word of mouth; oral, 
perjury — the giving of false testimony under oath. 
petition — a written application for an order from the court, 
prayer — a petition or request to a court which specifies the thing desired to be 

done or granted as distinct from the recital of facts or reasons for the 

grant. 
probate — official proof of a will. 

prosecution — the party by whom legal proceedings are instituted. 
rebuttal — the giving of evidence in a suit to destroy the effect of evidence intro- 

1 duced by the other side. 
remainder — the balance of an estate depending upon a prior estate created at 

the same time and by the same instrument. 
replevin — the term applied to an action to recover possession of goods wrongfully 

taken or withheld. 
replication — the third step in a lawsuit, being the reply of the plaintiff to the 

defendant's plea or answer. 
residuary — of or pertaining to that portion of an estate not specifically willed 

or bequeathed. 
respondent — a defendant in a lawsuit. 

signatory — one who is bound by his signature to the terms of an agreement. 
situate — located; placed. 
subpoena — a writ commanding the attendance in court of the person on whom it 

is served, under a penalty for default. 
tantamount — equivalent to. 
tentative — not settled; preliminary. 
testamentary — relating to a will. 
testatrix — a woman who makes a will. 
validity — the state of being good or sound and capable of being successfully 

justified or defended. 
venue — place of trial. 



322 



LEGAL SECTION 



CORRESPONDENCE 



R. A. Milliken, Esq., 

Attorney at Law, 

DuPont Building, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Dear Sir: 

I shall be obliged if you will 
kindly prepare and file a replication 
to the answer of Carroll | Kline in 
the matter of the caveat to the will 
of the late Morris Kline, and follow 
this up with | the filing of a peti- 
tion for the framing of the issues. 

I promised Mr. Haynes to see 
to it that | the issues were framed 
and made ready for trial without de- 
lay, and I believe it is incumbent 
upon you to | make the next move. 
You might, if you will, let me have 
copies of your replication and petition 
for issues. | 10 ° 

Very truly yours, (103) 

2 

Oscar Kenneth Jones, Esq., 

852 Federal Street, 
Findlay, Ohio. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your letter in the matter 
of the Cummings suit. I feel more 
confident than you do | about the 
result for the reason that I am not 
relying upon any interest that Cum- 
mings may have under his | father's 
will, but am depending upon the re- 
mainder belonging to his children, 
some of whose interests are covered 
by the | assignment. Unless there 
are some cases in your state holding 
that such remainders are not assign- 



able, I cannot see why | we should 
not ask a court of equity to have them 
sold for our benefit. 

However, in case you think | 10 ° 
it better to leave Cummings himself 
out of the suit to be brought, even 
though he has other interests under | 
the will than those included in the 
spendthrift trust, it will be agree- 
able to me for you to do so. | I 
have no fear that the claim will not 
be paid if we can get Cummings , 
children into the position | of either 
paying the claim or losing their in- 
terest under the will. 

Yours truly, (174) 

j 
C. R. Goodwin, Esq., 

Enid, Okla. 
Dear Sir: 

In re J. B. Wilkins Co. 

Your letter of January 26 has 
been received. Proof of debt | has 
been duly filed with the referee. The 
bankrupt is endeavoring to effect 
a composition, offering twenty-five 
per cent. | cash. We have not made 
an investigation of the condition of 
the estate, and are not in a position 
to | advise you whether the offer is 
to your client's advantage. 

The bankrupt's attorney informs 
us that he is doubtful whether | the 
composition will be effected in view 
of the fact that a majority of the 
creditors are opposing it. We | 10 ° 
have taken the matter up with sev- 
eral of the local counsel who repre- 
sent creditors opposing the settle- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



323 



ment, and they inform | us that, 
considering the reputation of the 
bankrupt, they are advising their 
clients not to accept. All the assets 
have | been converted into cash, 
and if the bankrupt is offering more 
than the estate will pay, this would 
seem to | indicate that something is 
being concealed. If the offer is for 
less, then it should not be accepted. 
Yours truly, | (180) 

4 
Mr. and Mrs. C. Walter Clark, 

Rural Route #2, 
Lutherville, Md. 
Dear Sir and Madam: 

I hereby notify you that my 
client, the Towson Building Supply 
Company, intends to claim a | lien, 
as provided by the Public General 
Laws of- Maryland relating to the 
liens of mechanics and material men, 
against | all that two-story frame 
dwelling, situate in Baltimore County, 
in the State of Maryland, on one or 
the other | of the two lots of ground 
described in a deed from George C. 
Jones and wife to you, dated April | 
29, 1916, and recorded among the 
Land Records of Baltimore County 
in Liber W.P.C. 1 #460, | 10 ° folio 
351, of which said house and lots of 
ground upon which the same stands 
you are | the owners or reputed 
owners, for the sum of Four Hun- 
dred and fourteen dollars ($414.00), 
for lumber and building materials 
furnished | by them within sixty 
days last past, for the construction of 
said building, to Ernest A. Gerwig, 

1 "Liber" is the Latin for hook. "W. P. C." 



the contractor for j the building 
thereof, under an agreement made 
by the Towson Building Supply 
Company with the said Ernest A. 
Gerwig as | such contractor. 

I append hereto a particular 
statement of my client's claim setting 
forth in detail the amount claimed 
by | 200 them to be due, the kind of 
materials furnished, and the dates 
when they were so furnished to the 
said [ Ernest A. Gerwig, contractor 
as aforesaid. 

Very truly yours, (229) 

5 
Charles W. Stone, Esq., 

976 Parkman Ave., 
Stillwater, Minn. 
My dear Sir: 

I am sending you the bill in the 
Chadwick suit, sworn to as you sug- 
gest. The reading | of it suggests to 
me the following question, as to 
which I shall of course be guided by 
your opinion: | 

Does the wording in his father's 
will of the $16,000 trust for Norman 
C. Addison, Jr., after the | life of 
the cestui que trust, vest the re- 
mainder absolutely and immediately 
in the four children of Norman C. 
Addison, | Jr., upon the death of the 
testator? 

I do not see that the wording of 
this trust indicates an intention | 10 ° 
to give the remainder only to those 
of the four children who survive 
their father or to their issue. I | 
feel confident that by Minnesota law 
George H. Addison, one of the four 

are the initials of the Clerk of the Court. 



324 



LEGAL SECTION 



children, would be held to be pos- 
sessed | of a vested remainder which 
would pass to his next of kin at his 
death. 

From the "Memorandum of Au- 
thorities " | you sent me some time 
ago, I understood that you consid- 
ered that these remainders were 
vested subject only to open | and 
let in children subsequently born. 
Do you now hold that they are con- 
tingent upon the Minnesota law? 
If not, | 200 is your allegation 6 on 
page 4 correct? Should not Joseph 
J. Addison's next of kin (who, I 
understand, by | Michigan law are 
his father and mother) be named as 
the parties who become entitled to 
his share subject to | the Stevenson 
assignment? Should the mother, 
therefore, be joined as a respondent, 
and should the prayer on page 6 in- 
clude | a demand that the interests 
of the father and mother as next of 
kin to Joseph J. Addison be sold | 
also? 

Yours respectfully, (283) 

6 
Mr. Alfred C. Marling, 

Pres., Tyrone Manufacturing Co., 
Tyrone, Pa. 
Dear Sir: 

I have your 'etter of the 8th inst. 
regarding your contract with the 
Davidson Coal & Coke Company. | 
In reviewing the correspondence on 
this subject it develops that you did 
not quote in your letter of November 
4 | the clause in the contract upon 
which the Davidson Company ap- 
parently bases its right to advance 



the price, and not I knowing that 
the contract contained such a clause 
I did not take very seriously their 
request for an advance of | 95^ per 
ton in price. The clause referred to 
is as follows: 

"The within price for 
coke is | 10 ° based upon the 
present rate paid for mining. 
It is understood and agreed 
that any increase or decrease 
in said [ rate will be added 
to or deducted from the 
price herein named after due 
notice to purchaser." 
This clause in ] such contracts 
is inserted to protect the mining 
company against increases in the cost 
of production due to advances in | 
wages, which advances must be sub- 
mitted to very frequently on ac- 
count of the arbitrary conditions pre- 
vailing in the mining business, | and 
because of the power of union labor. 
Such a provision is undoubtedly 
valid, and if there has been any | 20 ° 
wage increase in mining, the in- 
creased cost per ton due to such 
wage increase can be added to the 
contract | price. 

However, I doubt very much that 
there has been any wage increase 
which would add 95^ per | ton to 
the cost. You will note that the 
provision covers only increases in 
mining rates, that is, in wages [ paid 
to employes mining the coal; an in- 
crease in the wages of employes 
engaged in making coke could not 
be | included. The inquiry con- 
tained in your letter of the 8th inst. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



325 



to the Davidson Company is there 
fore pertinent. You are j 300 en 
titled to know what the wage in- 
crease has been and how it affects 
the price per ton. 

Yours truly, (319) 
7 
H. Wiley Garrison, Esq., 

864 Ward Building, 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 
My dear Mr. Garrison: 

I wish to call your attention to 
the agreement executed in behalf of 
my client by | Mr. Earl English and 
his family, the original of which, as 
well as copies of other papers exe- 
cuted at the | time, you borrowed 
from me the morning after they were 
drawn up. 

After urgent and repeated so- 
licitations on your part | and fre- 
quent interviews with Mr. English, I 
succeeded in bringing him to your 
office, where there was set on foot [ 
a negotiation resulting in the exe- 
cution of these papers. Insofar as 2 I 
recollect, they contemplated the in- 
stitution of an equity | 10 ° proceed- 
ing based upon your judgment in the 
Common Pleas, 3 and they were tan- 
tamount to a confession of judgment 
by the | entering of a decree, the 
amount of which I remember was to 
include my client's claim of $950. | 

Some time elapsed between the 
lime of the execution of these papers 
and the death of Mrs. English, Sr., j 
and I remember saying to you fre- 
quently that if you did not proceed 



with greater diligence that event 
might happen. | I do not now recol- 
lect the contents of those papers 
sufficiently to say whether this con- 
tingency was provided for therein, 
| 200 but there can be no doubt 
from the frequent statements of Mr. 
English to me — the last only a 
short | time ago in my office — that 
there was not and is not now the 
slightest doubt as to the intention | 
of the signatories to protect and pro- 
vide for my client under any and all 
circumstances. Even without for- 
mal equity proceedings, | or a de- 
cree in such a proceeding, it ap- 
pears to me that the papers may 
fairly be made the basis | for a re- 
assessment of the damages, in accord- 
ance with the action then contem- 
plated. 

I trust you will now give | 300 
this matter your careful attention. 
You can readily understand that in 
justice to me there cannot be a sat- 
isfaction of | judgment unless my 
client is paid as provided by the 
agreement. 

Yours very truly, (334) 

Mr. W. C. Sterrett, 

Pres., The Texas Oil Refining Co., 
Dallas, Texas. 
Dear Sir: 

In the matter of the proposed re- 
demption of the bonds of the Texas 
Products Company, we are preparing 
| the notices and taking the neces- 
sary steps to arrange for redemption 



9 This phrase, like inasmuch as, is properly written a? two words. 
3 The name applied in some states to a county court 



326 



LEGAL SECTION 



on February 1, 1920. As already ex- 
plained to | you, this redemption ne- 
cessitates the deposit with the trustee 
of $100,000 on or about January 1, 
1920, | because in order to redeem 
on February 1, four weeks' notice 
must be given to bondholders by the 
trustee, | and the mortgage provides 
that before the notice shall be given 
the " money to redeem the bonds 
must be on | 10 ° deposit with the 
trustee. 

Under the contract the Texas 
Oil Refining Company is to furnish 
the principal sum and accrued | in- 
terest, and the Texas Products Com- 
pany is to furnish the premium of 
two and one-half per centum, to 
effect | the redemption. The con- 
tract provides that your company 
shall pay this $100,000 and accrued 
interest on or | before February 1, 
and you have assumed that you 
would be discharging your obligation 
if it is paid on that | date. In 
view of the position you have taken, 
we have stated to you that inas- 
much as we are also | 200 eager to 
have the bonds redeemed, we will, if 
necessary, furnish the money our- 
selves and have made tentative 
arrangements to | do so. We 'wish 
again, however, to suggest that you 
should furnish this money, and that 
we do not concede [ your contention 
that the contract does not require 
you to furnish it on January 1. 

The contract contemplates very 
plainly | that the bonds shall be re- 
deemed by moneys furnished by you 
and that they shall be redeemed on 



February 1. | They cannot be re- 
deemed on that date unless the 
money is available for deposit with 
the trustee on January 1. | 300 The 
language of the contract, which re- 
quires payment by you "on or be- 
fore February 1" seems to us to mean 
| that you must furnish it on Janu- 
ary 1 in view of the requirements as 
to four weeks' notice and deposit | 
with the trustee stated above. 
Yours truly, (347) 

9 

The Mitchell Motor Mfg. Co., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Gentlemen: 

In preparing our brief in the 
Nolton case, it is necessary for us to 
have full information with regard | 
to the various patents owned by your 
company, the extent of such patents 
in view of prior patents issued in | 
connection with the art of gasoline 
engine manufacturing, and such in- 
fringing devices as have come to your 
notice. We therefore | ask you to 
send us the following: 

1. The patent allowed on the 
Mitchell application, Serial Number 
234 ; 785, | Docket Number 1435. 
This patent covers the jacketed 
cylinder, sleeve, etc. 

2. All papers in | 10 ° your pos- 
session relating to the above patent. 
We have nothing in our files which 
relates to this patent except a | let- 
ter from Mr. Felton, dated June 14, 
1918, in which he states that the ap- 
plication had been allowed and | 
that the patent would be granted 
upon the payment of the final govern- 



CORRESPONDENCE 



327 



ment fee of $20.00. We particu- 
larly desire | Mr. Felton's briefs 
that were filed with the application 
for this patent, together with copies 
of your correspondence with him | in 
relation thereto. 

3. Any information which you 
may have in regard to infringements 
on this patent. If you have | 20 ° any 
drawings or photographs of alleged in- 
fringing devices, kindly send them 
to us with notations indicating the 
exact nature of | the infringements. 
The mere interposition of a screen in 
the by-pass, or of a series of screens, 
does not | infringe the Jenkins pat- 
ent; so you need not send Us any 
papers referring to such a device. 

The original patent || papers 
covering the Jenkins patent for im- 
provements in multiple stage air and 
gas compressors are in our possession, 
but we | do not know whether this 
patent is ot any real commercial 
value, whether the device was used 
in machines manufactured | 300 by 
the predecessor of your company, 
or whether it is being infringed by 
other companies. Kindly inform us 
as to | this. 

Yours very truly, (424) 

10 
The American Locomotive Company, 

Schenectady, N. Y. 
Gentlemen : 

Your letter of the 8th inst. rela- 
tive to the method of handling acci- 
dents resulting in injuries to em- 
ployees of | the Consolidated Gas 
Electric Light & Power Company of 
Baltimore has been referred to me. 



Since November 1, 1914, | there 
has been in force in the State of 
Maryland a Workmen's Compensa- 
tion Act, which provides for com- 
pulsory insurance against | accidents 
to or the death of workmen engaged in 
extra hazardous employments, and 
abolishes the defenses of Assumption 
of Risk, | Contributory Negligence, 
and Negligence of Fellow-Servant. 
Under the terms of the act, em- 
ployers engaged in extra hazardous 
employments are | 10 ° compelled to 
insure their employees against acci- 
dent or death by one of the following 
three methods: 

1. By insurance in | the State 

Accident Fund. 

2. By insurance in an author- 

ized insurance company. 

3. Self -Insurance, by furnish- 

ing proof to the | In- 
surance Commission of 
financial ability to pay 
compensation. 
When an employee is injured as a 
result of an accident, he | is entitled 
to compensation regardless of the 
manner in which the accident oc- 
curred, unless the injury was caused 
while the | employee was in an in- 
toxicated condition, was contrib- 
uted to by his own wilful misconduct, 
or was intentionally inflicted. No 
compensation | 200 is allowed during 
the first two weeks of disability. Be- 
ginning with the fifteenth day the 
employee is entitled to compensation 
| at the rate of one-half of his aver- 
age weekly wages during the con- 
tinuance of the remainder of his dis- 



328 



LEGAL SECTION 



ability, | with a minimum allowance 
of $5.00 and a maximum allowance of 
$12.00 per week. Our company is 
a | self-insurer and handles through 
its Legal Department all of the acci- 
dents resulting in injury to em- 
ployees. 

When one of | our employees is 
injured he is given first aid and sent 
immediately to the company's Medi- 
cal Department, which is in | 30 ° 
charge of our own physician. If the 
case is a serious one, the patient is 
taken to one of the | local hospitals. 
We have made arrangements with 
practically all of the hospitals for one 
surgeon to handle our cases. We | 
allow a man his full salary from the 
time of the accident until the date of 
his recovery, unless our | investi- 
gation discloses some unusual cir- 
cumstances which make it advisable 
to abide by the strict letter of the law. 
Accidents are | reported through our 
Legal Department to the State Indus- 
trial Accident Commission and an 
award made, whereupon a final settle- 
ment receipt | 400 is obtained from 
the employee and filed with the com- 
mission. No distinction is made 
between salaried men and day la- 
borers | insofar as handling accident 
cases is concerned, both classes of 
men receiving their full remuneration 
as above stated. 

Yours very | truly, (441) 

11 

Albert Summers, Esq., 

400 Wheeler Bldg., 
Denver, Colo. 
Dear Sir: 

I have made a careful examina- 
tion of the brief you sent me and I 






am now ready to | give you in- 
structions for proceeding with the 
Mason matter. Before doing so, 
however, I want to call your atten- 
tion to | the following points: 

I think it may be conceded, as 
your brief holds, that as far as 
Mason's joining in | the assignment 
to Mrs. Winter was concerned it was 
inoperative to transfer any portion of 
the income of the fund | reserved for 
his benefit; but you will observe by 
examining the will that he had other 
interests in his father's | 10 ° estate 
in addition to his interests as bene- 
ficiary under the spendthrift trust. 
He had, for instance, an interest un- 
der the | will and codicils in the sil- 
verware and personal effects belong- 
ing to his father after the death of the 
life tenant. | He had also a contin- 
gent interest in the remainder of the 
fund given in trust for Harry C. 
Mason, in | case of his (Harry's) 
death without issue. He also had a 
contingent interest in the remainder 
of the fund of | three-fifths of the 
residuary estate given by the testator 
in trust for his two daughters and 
his granddaughter, | 200 in case of 
the death of any of them without 
issue. Some of these contingent in- 
terests may already have become | 
vested by the deaths of some of these 
parties. He would also have an in- 
terest as one of the heirs | at law of 
his father in any portions of the resid- 
uary estate the bequests of which 
may lapse. 

The assignment | to Mrs. Win- 
ter expressly covered his interest as 
heir at law as well as his interest as 
legatee under the | will. It seems to 



CORRESPONDENCE 



329 



me that while we cannot touch the 
income of 'the spendthrift trust, we 
can certainly acquire | 80 ° whatever 
other interests under the will there 
may be that are now vested in Mr. 
Mason. 

As to the interest | of those of 
Mr. Mason's children who joined 
with him in the assignment to Mrs. 
Winter, under the New York | law 
they would have a vested remainder 
in the trust fund for their father and 
this remainder would be alienable, | 
devisable, or descendible and could be 
reached without difficulty by their 
creditors. Unless the law is dif- 
ferent in Colorado, this | must hold 
true also in .that state, and I under- 
stand, from your brief that you con- 
sider that such is the | 400 case. In 
addition to this vested remainder 
they have the same contingent in- 
terests in the other properties given 
by the | will that their father has, in 
case their father should die before the 
happening of the contingencies. 

I am confident | that the as- 
signment has actually pledged to Mrs. 
Winter valuable interests under the 
Mason will and that these can be | 
reached. I want you to proceed at 
once in whatever manner you deem 
proper. I understand that you con- 
sider it | merely necessary to bring 
a bill in equity setting up the in- 
debtedness and the default. I should 
have thought that | 5o ° it would be 
necessary to get a judgment against 
Mr. Mason in the first place and ex- 
haust the remedies against | him by 
having the execution returned before 



proceeding under the assignment. 
If you think this is not necessary 
and that | the assignment is to be 
considered simply as a pledge of col- 
lateral, I shall abide by your judg- 
ment in the | matter. 

Yours respectfully, (563) 

12 
on june 22 1917 the united states cir- 
cuit court of appeals for the second 
district handed down a unanimous 
decision in the case of the klosfit 
garment company versus the Oswald 
tailoring company which sustains the 
validity of the klosfit patent on the 
jersey top skirt with an elastic waist 
band and a non-elastic flounce this 
decision eliminates the numerous de- 
fenses which have been raised and 
finally disposes of the case as there 
is no further appeal under this ad- 
judication our clients and their li- 
censees have the sole and exclusive 
right to manufacture and sell a jersey 
top skirt with an elastic waist band 
and a non-elastic bottom portion as 
counsel for the plaintiffs we notify 
you that if you have in stock any jer- 
sey top petticoats with an elastic 
waist band and a non -elastic bottom 
portion i e messaline taffeta or cotton 
flounce which infringe upon the said 
patent the sale of the same must be 
discontinued and the petticoats re- 
turned to the makers at once our 
clients propose to enforce their 
rights to the full extent of the law 
and will hold retailers responsible for 
selling the infringing petticoats 
moreover in view of the repeated 
decisions sustaining the patent and 



330 



LEGAL SECTION 



the publicity which has been given to 
them our clients will insist upon the 
full measure of the law which gives 
them the right not only to an in- 
junction and an assessment of costs 
and damages but also the right to 
have the damages trebled where the 
infringement is wilful all petticoats 



made by the klosfit garment company 
or their licensees bear the trade- 
mark klosfit on the labels on each 
waist band we request your prompt 
attention to this notice and the im- 
mediate discontinuance of the sale of 
infringing garments if you have any in 
stock yours very truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

You are employed in the law office of Sheppard, Hayden & Sanders, Attor- 
neys at Law, Denver, Colorado. Your teacher is a lawyer employed by them. 

Technical Terms 

Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 

Arrangement 

Follow the form of the style letter in all correspondence in this section, 
single spacing or double spacing the letters as your judgment dictates. Always 
sign the firm name, per , as shown in the style letter. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 44 and hand 
it in. 

Testimony 

Mr. Sanders wants you to make a copy for Mr. Sheppard of the following 
testimony taken in a case we are now trying. Testimony is written in two ways. 
In some cases the answer is begun on the same line with the question, as shown 
in the testimony below. In other cases both questions and answers begin at 
the margin as shown on page 337. 

Testimony 

Captain Hubbard, after being duly sworn on behalf of the 

Defendant, testified as follows: 

DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. SANDERS 



Q. Where do you reside? A. '448 N. Sycamore Street, Ashtabula, 



Ohio. 



Q. What is your occupation? A. Master of steamers. 

Q. How long have you followed that occupation? A. About twenty 



years. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 331 

Q. All on the Great Lakes and rivers? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. How old are you? A. Thirty-six. 

Q. And since you were sixteen years old you have sailed the Lakes? 
A. Yes, sir. 

Q. How long have you had master's papers? A. I think about seven 
years 

Q. That you have had papers? A. Yes, sir, master's license. 

Q. How long have you been master of a vessel? A. Five seasons 
and a half. 

Q. Just tell me the boat you have been on as master. A. On the 
Steamer North Star all the time. 

Q. And what kind of a boat is the North Star? A. She is a canal size 
boat, single deck boat. 

Q. How long is she? A. I believe her dimensions are 241 feet keel 
and 41 feet beam, and I believe 255 feet over all. 

Q. And her molded depth? A. Well, I couldn't say exactly; about 
16 or 18 feet I should judge. 

Q. Where did the North Star put up last winter? Where was the 
North Star? A. In Milwaukee. 

Q. You took her out on the first trip last year? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. What time did you leave Milwaukee? A. April, 22 at 10.45 p.m. 

Q. Loaded with what? A. Light. 

Q. For where? A. Duluth. 

Q. When did you reach Duluth? A. April 26 at 7 A.M. 

Q. Did you get a load at Duluth? A. Yes, sir, between Duluth and 
Superior; I loaded at both places. 

Q. With what? A. Fifty thousand bushels of wheat and 29,000 
bushels of barley. 

Q. Making a total tonnage of how much? A. I forget the record of 
the tonnage. 

Q. When did you get loaded? A. We got loaded on April 27, about 
ten o'clock in the evening. 

Q. At what dock were you when you were loading? A. We finished 
loading at the Great Northern Elevator at Superior. 

Q. When did you leave the dock? A. We left the dock about 
11 P.M. 

Q. Which entrance to the harbor did you leave by? A, Duluth. 

Q. What time did you pass the light on the piers at Duluth? A. 
April 27, about 11.45 P.M. 



332 LEGAL SECTION 

Q. What was the wind and weather at that time? A. The wind was 
northeast. 

Q. How about the weather? A. Well, there was quite a bad gale 
blowing when we left. 

Q. How much of a wind? A. Well, I couldn't say just exactly the 
velocity of the wind. 

Q. Give me some idea. A. I should judge it was in the neighborhood 
of 25 or 30 miles an hour. 

Q. How was the sea at that time? A. There was quite a big sea. 

Q. Can you give me any m6re definite idea about that? A. It was 
what I would consider quite a heavy sea running when we left. 

Q. How long had the wind been fresh and from the northeast? A. I 
couldn't say. I don't remember. I didn't take notes. 

Q. What course did you take when you left the pier? A*. I shaped 
my course to go down the north shore. 

Q. Can you tell me about what that course would be? A. (referring 
to the chart) It would be just about on that course that I left. 

Assignment 2. Make a copy of this testimony with carbon. 

ANSWER 

We have prepared the following Answer to the plaintiff's Bill of Complaint 
in the case of Krueger vs. Talbut. We represent the defendant. 

STATE OF COLORADO, ) IN DISTRICT COURT 

COUNTY OF DENVER. ) FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT 

William F. Krueger, ) 

Plaintiff, ) 

vs. ) ANSWER 

Walter Talbut, ) 

Defendant. ) 

Defendant above named, for answer to plaintiff's complaint herein, 

I 

Denies each and every allegation, matter, and thing in said com 
plaint contained, except as hereinafter admitted, qualified, or explained 

II 

Admits that he is in possession of the premises in said complaint 
described, and that he withholds the same from plaintiff. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 333 

III 

Denies that plaintiff is the owner of the same or of any part thereof, 
and denies that plaintiff is entitled to the possession of the same or of any 
part thereof. 

IV 

Defendant alleges that he is the owner of the premises in said com- 
plaint described and of the whole thereof, and that he is entitled to the 
possession of the same and of the whole thereof; that on or about the 
fourth (4th) day of October, 1898, he established a residence upon the 
Northeast one-fourth (N. E. 1/4) of Northeast one-fourth (N. E. 1/4) of 
said Section 15 and erected substantial improvements thereon; that at all 
times since said fourth (4th) day of October, 1898, defendant has been- in 
possession of said premises, claiming title thereto under the Laws of the 
United States. 

V 

Defendant alleges that he has been in actual, open, notorious, adverse, and 
uninterrupted possession of the whole of the premises described in plaintiff's 
complaint, as owner, for more than twenty years immediately preceding 
the commencement of this action; that during the whole of said period 
he has protected a portion of said premises by a substantial enclosure and 
during the same time has used, cultivated, and improved the whole of 
said tract in the usual manner of husbandry. 

VI 

Defendant alleges that he is entitled to Northeast one-fourth (N. E. 
1/4) of Northeast one-fourth (N. E. 1/4) of said Section Fifteen (Sec. 
15) under the land laws of the United States, and that proceedings to ac- 
quire legal title thereto are now pending in the Executive Department of 
the United States Government. 

VII 

Defendant denies that he has used force, menaces, or threats or any 
unlawful means whatever to retain possession of said premises. 

VIII 

For a further defense defendant alleges upon information and belief 
that the pretended conveyance under which plaintiff claims was executed 
and delivered by plaintiff's grantor and by plaintiff accepted while said 



334 LEGAL SECTION 






premises were in the actual possession and occupation of this defendant, 
who claims under a title adverse to that of plaintiff's said grantor, and 
that said conveyance is therefore void. 

IX 

Defendant by way of counter claim alleges that he has, while in 
possession of said premises and while holding the same under color and 
claim of title adversely to the claim of plaintiff, in good faith, erected 
valuable improvements thereon, consisting of: granary 16x22 feet; horse 
stable 16x24 feet; cow stable 16x30 feet; wheat granary 16x30 feet; 
dwelling house 18 x 25 feet; machine shed 18 x 36 feet; work-house 14 x 16 
feet; chicken house 10 x 12 feet; well with iron pump; and fences. 

That said improvements are reasonably worth the sum of Seventy 
Eight Hundred ($7800.00) Dollars. 

That the said land, exclusive of said improvements, is reasonably 
worth the sum of Twenty Nine Hundred ($2900.00) Dollars. 

X 

Defendant denies that plaintiff has been damaged in the sum of 
three hundred ($300) dollars by reason of the withholding of said premises 
by defendant or that by reason thereof plaintiff has been damaged in any 
sum or sums whatever. 

WHEREFORE defendant prays judgment that this action be dis- 
missed and for his costs and disbursements herein. 



Attorneys for Defendant, Denver, Colo. 

State of Colorado ) „ 
ss. 
County of Denver ) 

Walter Talbut, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is the 

defendant in the action in the foregoing answer, that he has read said 

answer and knows the contents thereof and that the same is true to his 

own knowledge, except as to those matters therein stated on information 

and belief, and as to those matters, he believes it to be true. 



Subscribed and sworn to before me 
this 11th day of February, 1919. 

Notary Public, Denver County, Colo. 

Assignment 3. Make a copy of this Answer in duplicate. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 335 

m 

REPLY 

The following is a Reply we have just prepared for our clients, Boyd & 
Edgren, to the Answer and Counter Claim of the defendant in their case against 
J. F. Donaldson. 

STATE OF COLORADO ) IN COMMON PLEAS COURT NO. 1 
COUNTY OF DENVER ) SS ' 
Boyd & Edgren, ) 

Plaintiff, ) 
vs. ) REPLY 

J. F. Donaldson, ) 

Defendant. ) 

I. The plaintiff replies to the Counter Claim contained in the Answer 
of the defendant: That as to the truth of each and every allegation of said 
Counter Claim, except the last one, which sets forth the defendant's esti- 
mate of the value of the land set forth in plaintiff's Complaint, plaintiff 
alleges that he has no knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief 
and therefore denies the same, and each and all thereof. 

II. Plaintiff alleges that the reasonable value of the land described 
in plaintiff's said Complaint, exclusive of the improvements described in 
said Counter Claim, is Sixteen Hundred ($1600.00) Dollars. 

WHEREFORE plaintiff demands judgment against defendant, as set 
forth in his said Complaint. 



tx , , t. , r, <^<n Attorneys for Plaintiff, Denver, Colo. 

Dated February 9, 1919. J ' 

Assignment 4. Make a copy of this Reply with two carbons. 

DEMURRER 

We have prepared this Demurrer to the plaintiff's Complaint for our clients, 
The Denver & Rio Grande Railway Company. 

SUPREME COURT 
STATE OF COLORADO 

Allan C. Rider, ) 

Plaintiff, ) 

DFTVTTTRRFR 

Denver & Rio Grande Railway Co. ) 

A Corporation, ) 

Defendant. ) 
Defendant above named demurs to plaintiff's complaint herein. 



336 



LEGAL SECTION 






For the reason that it appears from the face of said complaint that 
the Court has not jurisdiction of the action. 

II 

For the reason that the complaint does not state facts sufficient to 
constitute a cause of action. 

WHEREFORE defendant prays judgment that this action be dis- 
missed and for his costs and disbursements herein. 



Attorneys for Defendant, Denver, Colo. 
Dated February 8, 1919. 

Assignment 5. Make a copy of the Demurrer in duplicate. 

WILL 

Mr. Hayden has drawn up the following will for one of our clients. 

Last Will and Testament 

I, Alice Marg; ret Wright, of the City and County of Denver, State of 
Colorado, being of sound mind and memory, do make, publish, and de- 
clare this my LAST WILL AND TESTAMENT, in manner and form 
following : 

First. I direct that all my just debts and funeral expenses be paid as 
soon after my decease as conveniently may be done. 

Second. I give and bequeath to my sister, Katherine Seeger, seven 
thousand dollars ($7000.00). 

Third. I give, devise, and bequeath to my mother, Ruth Elizabeth 
Seeger, my farm and homestead situated one mile east of Elsmere, County 
of El Paso, and State of Colorado, known as " Sunset Farm, 1 ' for and 
during the term of her natural life, and after her death, to my sister 
Katherine Seeger, her heirs and assigns forever. 

Fourth. I give, devise, and bequeath to my husband, John Henry 
Wright, all the rest, residue, and remainder of my estates, both real and 
personal, in lieu of his estate by curtesy, to have and to hold the same to 
himself and his heirs or assigns forever. 

Fifth. I hereby appoint Walter G. Sheppard, Attorney at Law, of 
Denver, Colorado, executor of this my LAST WILL AND TESTAMENT, 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 337 

revoking all former wills and testamentary instruments of every kind bv 
me made. 

Sixth. The above provisions of this my LAST WILL AND TES- 
TAMENT were each and all at my certain request and direction draftel 
by Everett C. Hayden, Attorney at Law, Number 410 Law Building, Den- 
ver, Colorado. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and 
set my seal, this the Tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand nine hundred and nineteen. 

Signed : (SEAL) 

ATTESTATION: We whose names are hereto subscribed do CER- 
TIFY THAT on this Tenth day of February in the year of our Lord one 
thousand nine hundred and nineteen, in the City of Denver, Colorado, 
the above named testatrix, Alice Margaret Wright, subscribed the foregoing 
instrument in our presence and in the presence of each of us, and at the 
same time she declared the instrument to be her LAST WILL AND 
TESTAMENT, and we, at her request and in her presence and in the 
presence of each other, have signed our names hereto as attesting wit- 
nesses. And we further certify that at the time of subscribing the instru- 
ment the said testatrix was of sound and disposing mind and memory. 

Signed: 



Assignment 6. Write this will in duplicate. 

TESTIMONY 

The following testimony was taken yesterday afternoon in a case being 
tried by Mr. Sheppard. 

TESTIMONY 

AFTERNOON SESSION (1.30 P.M.) 

CHARLES H. RICHARDSON, recalled for further Direct Examination, 

testified as follows: 

BY MR. KEN YON: 

Q You had some arrangement with Mr. Lind, did you, in reference 
to the sale of his lot? 



338 LEGAL SECTION 

A Yes, sir. 

Q Was it in writing, any arrangement you had with him? 

A Not at that time. 

Q Well, state what arrangements you had with Lind in reference to 
the sale of this lot. 

MR. SHEPPARD: I object to that as immaterial; unless it is in 
writing, it is incompetent under the statute of frauds. 

THE COURT: I think there is a new statute of 1915. 

MR. SHEPPARD: 1913, your Honor. 

THE COURT: 1913? 

MR. SHEPPARD: 1913, yes. 

THE COURT: They do not have it here of course. But that is the 
way I understand it. 

MR. MILLIGAN: I think there is a distinction, your Honor. The 
defendant in this case is not D. W. Lind. We are not suing Mr. Lind for 
any commission on the sale of real estate. Now, that statute was, as I 
understand it, put in effect to protect defendants. I don't think it has 
anything to do with reference to a case of this kind. We will show your 
Honor by a writing later on that somebody else assumed and agreed in 
writing to undertake the obligations assumed by Mr. Lind verbally, and 
that is what we desire to show here. I think, your Honor, we have a 
right to do that irrespective of the statute. If Mr. Lind were being sued 
here for a commission on the sale of the real estate, counsel certainly 
would be entitled to raise this objection, but Mr. Lind is not being sued. 
We want to show — 

THE COURT: How do you claim that you have a claim against the 
defendant in this case? 

MR. MILLIGAN: I want to show your Honor by this witness that 
he had a verbal agreement with Mr. Lind in reference to the payment of 
the commission, but that the agreement was later assumed and adopted 
by Mr. Oliver in writing, which writing I will produce when I put Mr. 
Lind on the stand. 

THE COURT: Well, without that statute (of course, I haven't it 
here) I think the better way is for you to go on and make your showing, 
and of course the court will have to direct a verdict in any case. So 
proceed. 

MR. SHEPPARD : Of course, this oral testimony is taken subject to 
objection. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 339 

THE COURT: Oh, yes, certainly. 

MR. SHEPPARD : I object to it. That is all that is necessary. 

Q Now, what agreement did you have with Mr. Lind? 

A Mr. Lind told me — 

MR. SHEPPARD: Now, I object to that for the further reason it 
was not made in the presence of Mr. Oliver, and Mr. Oliver would not be 
bound by any such arrangement. 

THE COURT: Is there any writing? Counsel has said he has a 
writing which shows the agreement was assumed by Oliver. 

MR. SHEPPARD : Now, it is going to help the court out a lot— 

MR. MILLIGAN: I think we will get that, your Honor. 

MR. SHEPPARD : I think this will help you in passing on objections. 
(Handing paper to the court.) 

Assignment 7. Make a copy of this testimony for Mr. Hayden. 

BY-LAWS 

The by-laws which follow have been drafted by us for the Colorado Gold 
Mining Company of this city, which is now being organized. 

BY-LAWS 
THE COLORADO GOLD MINING COMPANY 

Article I 

Home Office 

The Home Office of the Colorado Gold Mining Company shall be in 
the City of Denver, State of Colorado, and shall be kept open for the 
transfer of stock and the transaction of other business, every day of the 
year except Sundays and legal holidays, unless otherwise ordered by 
resolution of the Board of Directors for good cause. The business hours 
shall be from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M. on business days. 

Article II 

Stated Meetings 

The stated meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on the 
Tuesday after the first Monday of every calendar month, except when the 
Tuesday so designated shall be a legal holiday, when the meeting shall be 



340 LEGAL SECTION 

held on the next succeeding business day, at the designated place and 
hour The place of meeting shall be the Home Office in the City of Denver, 
Colorado, and the hour for such meeting shall be 10 A.M. 

Article III 

Elections 

All elections shall be by ballot, unless by unanimous consent when 
the vote may be taken viva voce. 

Article IV 

Officers 

The Board of Directors shall elect a President, a Vice-President, a 
Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as may be necessary. The 
election of such officers shall be at the first meeting after the annual elec- 
tion of directors, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable. They shall 
hold their respective offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. 

Article V 

The President 

The President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors 
and be a member of such board. He shall appoint all committees not other- 
wise ordered by the Board of Directors, and shall be a member of such 
committees ex officio. He shall attend to the executive business, and have 
charge of the general welfare of the Company, under the direction and con- 
trol of the Board of Directors. The Vice-President shall perform the duties 
of the President in the absence of the regularly elected President. 

Article VI 

The Secretary 

The Secretary shall keep a regular record of the proceedings of the 
Board of Directors; give notice to the directors of all stated or special 
meetings; attend the meetings of all committees, when required to do so; 
have the custody of the seal of the corporation; conduct the correspond- 
ence and keep the books of the Company; and attend to such other proper 
duties as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time 
require. He shall give such notice as is required by law of the annual and 
special meetings of the stockholders. 






OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 341 

Article VII 
The Treasurer 

In order to qualify for the duties of his office, the Treasurer shall give a 
bond, from an approved fidelity and trust company, in such sum as the 
Board of Directors may from time to time require, such bond to be in the 
nature of security for the faithful performance of his duties. He shall 
keep a separate account in the name of the Company in such bank or 
banks as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, and the 
funds deposited thereon shall be subject to drafts or checks, signed by 
the President and countersigned by the Treasurer He shall make a 
detailed report of the receipts and disbursements of the business at the 
stated meetings of the Board of Directors, and at the annual meeting in 
January of each year he shall present a complete statement of his accounts 
for the year ending on the thirty-first day of December previous. His 
books shall at all times be open to the inspection of the President and 
Board of Directors, or any member thereof. All payments shall be made 
by orders drawn on the Treasurer, under appropriations granted by the 
Board of Directors, signed by the President, and countersigned by the 
Secretary. 

Article VIII 

Committees 

The standing committees, to be appointed annually on or before the first 
stated meeting of the Board of Directors, shall be a Finance Committee, 
and an Executive Committee: (1) The Finance Committee shall consist of 
three members. It shall hold at least one stated meeting each month, 
and at such meeting one of the members, or the Secretary of the Company, 
shall act as secretary and keep minutes of the proceedings. This committee 
shall have general supervision of the finances of the Company, examine and 
audit all bills before they are presented to the Board of Directors for 
approval and payment, have supervision of the Stock Transfer Book and 
Stock Certificate Book, and report their proceedings to the Board of 
Directors at each stated meeting. ■ 

(2) The Executive Committee shall consist of two members to act in 
conjunction with the President on all matters relating to the general wel- 
fare of the Company. They shall hold at least one stated meeting each 
month, and at such meeting one of the members, or the Secretary of the 



342 LEGAL SECTION 

Company, shall make minutes of the proceedings, which shal be a part of the 
records of the Company. 

Article IX 

Meetings of Stockholders 

The President and Board of Directors may call a special meeting of 
the stockholders, by mailing written notice to each of them at their last 
known address as registered on the Company's Stock Book, at least thirty 
days before such meeting. 

Article X 

Certificates of Stock 

Certificates of stock shall be signed by the President and counter- 
signed by the Treasurer, authenticated by the seal of the Company, and 
attested by the Registrar of Transfers. All certificates surrendered shall 
be canceled by the President and Treasurer, each of whom shall cancel 
his own signature, or the signature of his predecessor in office, at the time 
of transfer. The certificates so canceled shall be examined and reported 
on monthly by the Finance Committee. 

Article XI 

Order of Business 

At all stated meetings of the Board of Directors the order of business 
shall be as follows: (1) To ascertain if a quorum is present on calling the 
Board to order; (2) Roll call of members of the Board; (3) Minutes of pre- 
ceding meeting or meetings shall be read, amended, if necessary, and 
adopted; (4) Report of Treasurer; (5) Report of Special Committees; 
(6) Report of Standing Committees; (7) Unfinished business; (8) Written 
communications read and disposed of; (9) New business; and (10) Ad- 
journment. 

Assignment 8. Make a copy of the by-laws so we can submit them to 
the president of the company for approval. 

Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Letter 12 announces a decision in favor of the Klosfit Garment Company, 
which we represent in the West. They have just notified us that two concerns 
in this city are selling an infringing garment. 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 343 

Assignment 9, Write the letter to the following: 
Hildebrand & Mitchell, 242 Broad Street 
Renshaw Tailoring Company, 519 Prairie Avenue 

Transcribing 

Assignment 10. Five letters will be dictated to you from our regular 
correspondence. Transcribe them with carbons and submit for approval. 

Filing 
Assignment 11. File the correspondence in the alphabetical file. 

Secretarial Practice 

Assignment 12. Your chief: "I have a number of things I wish you 
would look after today. Send this lease back to City Gas. (See letter, page 
318.) It wasn't sent with the other papers. Write to Mr. Birmingham asking 
him if it will be convenient for him to see me next Friday afternoon. We've 
never had a reply from the Mitchell Motor to this letter (No. 9). Write and ask 
them to send us the information asked for as soon as possible. I want to get 
the Nolton brief finished before I go to Chicago. Here is a bill from Jackson for 
transcript. (Mr E. R. Jackson is a court reporter with offices in the Municipal 
Building. The bill amounts to $96. Get the bookkeeper to make out a check 
and send it to Mr. Jackson.) Write Mr. Talbot (see the "Answer" on page 332) 
and ask him to come in to see me next Thursday morning about eleven o'clock 
if convenient. (Mr. Talbot's address is 412 Land Title Building.) Write Mrs. 
Wright telling her I would be glad to call on her next Wednesday afternoon with 
the will which Mr. Sheppard has drawn up for her. (See ' ' Will" page 336.) Ask 
her to have three witnesses present. I'll be out most of the afternoon. You can 
get me at the offices of the Real Estate Board." 

Make notes of these instructions. Mrs. Wright's address is 1146 Spring 
Garden Street. 



HARVEY C. WAGNER. Prlsident 

CHARLES M. KUHN. V , CE -P RE s, DEN T C J L ° FB - C — N 0f ™ &>»"° ^^ "" CLARKE ^^ 

JAMES R. REAOE. Treasures 

Michigan Electric and Manufacturing Company' 

MANUFACTURERS-WHOLESALERS- RETAILERS 
POWER — ELECTRIC MACHINERY. EQUIPMENT. FIXTURES AND SUPPLIES — LIGHT 

DETROIT, MICHIGAN March 14, 1920. 
Office of Chief Engineer 

Mr T G Cummings 

President United Electric Welding Co» 

Detroit Mich 

Dear Sir: 

We are in receipt of your orders #3003 and #3018 covering the 
building of extensions to the 13,000 volt transmission line on 
your property on a time and material basis. 

While we understand that you desire us to furnish the material 
complete on the first mentioned order, we are awaiting your 
instructions as to the matter of furnishing labor, since we 
assume that you will do the actual work of construction your- 
self. On the second order we will furnish both material and 
labor. 

In your letters of January 7 and 8 signed by Mr. Brown, we 
were informed that you proposed to build two sub-stations in 
addition to the original sub-station, and the matter was 
brought up as to how the metering and charges for electric 
servioe would be handled. Mr. Brown furnished us with your 
drawing #570-B, showing a map of the property with existing 
and proposed transmission lines. It was then suggested that 
we work up a complete proposition on these changes, which we 
submit below: 

In order that you may obtain the benefits of service to these 
three sub-stations on the. basis of charge of one sub-station, 
it has been recommended that we install a separate- metering 
station at such point as will include service to all of your 
sub- st at ions in the one metering stationo 

If this plan is carried out it will be necessary for us to 
sell to you all of our property on your side of this metering 
station, and we would erect the metering station at our expense. 
The proposed location for this station would be near your 
property line at the point where our high tension lines now enter. 
We therefore quote as follows: 

Item #1 

Present transmission line from proposed metering 

station at property line to present sub-station. . » .$5,260.00 



TOO #2 



Item #2 



One electrolytic lightning arrester, with choke 

coils, two potential transformers, two current 

transformers, and miscellaneous material and 

wiring 792„46 

Item #3 

One integrating and one graphic wattmeter., 179.61 

Upon reoeipt of your orders for the above material, we will pro- 
oeed immediately to install the metering station. 



MS-M 



First Assistant Chief Engineer 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 

TECHNICAL TERMS 

alternating current (A.C.) — a succession of electric currents which rise and fall 
in strength and flow alternately in opposite directions at regular inter- 
vals. A direct current (D.C.) is one which flows always in the same 
direction. 

aluminum — a malleable, ductile, silver-white metal. 

ammeter — a device for measuring the number of amperes which are passing 
through a circuit. 

ampere — the unit in measuring the strength of an electric current. 

armature — that part of a dynamo or generator in which the electric current is 
produced; also a piece of iron or steel used to complete a magnetic 
circuit. 

battery — an apparatus for producing or storing electric current. 

calibrate — to adjust variations in the readings of an instrument to produce 
correct measurements. 

candle-power (C.P.) — the unit of illuminating power, 

centigrade (abbreviated C, as 10°C.) — a temperature scale with zero for the 
freezing point and 100 for the boiling point of water. The instrument 
used for measuring temperatures in scientific and electrical work is called 
a Centigrade thermometer. The thermometer used for ordinary purposes 
is the Fahrenheit. 

circuit — the path through which an electric current flows. 

coefficient — in mathematics, a number or letter affixed to a quantity to show 
how many times that quantity is to be taken. 

concentric — having a common center. 

duct — a passageway; a channel for wires or fluids. 

dynamo — a machine for producing electric currents. 

electrolytic— pertaining to the decomposition of a chemical compound into its 
constituent parts by an electric current. 

exciter — a small direct current electrical generator used to excite the fields of an 
alternator. 

filament — a thin wire placed in the globe of an incandescent lamp. 

generator — an apparatus which produces electrical energy. 

grid — an element of a rheostat; also the metal frame work of a storage battery 
plate. 

high tension — a term applied to a current having a high electric pressure as 
distinguished from low tension, which is low electric pressure. 

incandescent lamp — the term applied to that kind of electric lamp which con- 
sists of a filament fixed in an exhausted glass bulb, and heated by an 
electric current. 

346 



TECHNICAL TERMS 347 

integrating meter — a meter which sums up the total amount of energy or cur- 
rent passing through it. 

kilowatt — a unit of electrical power equal to one thousand watts; applied especially 
to the output of dynamos. Abbreviated K.W. 

lamination — the state of being arranged in layers or thin plates. 

metering — the act of measuring the quantity of electric current, 

millivolt— a unit of electrical pressure equal to one-thousandth of a volt. 

molecular — relating to the smallest mass of any substance which is capable of 
existing in separate form. 

ohmic — referring to the unit of electrical resistance, which is the ohm. 

oscillation — a moving forward and backward; swinging like a pendulum. 

phase — the character of a magnetic current or machine, such as 2-phase or 3-phase, 
indicating the number of wires required to operate it. 

periodicity — a term applied to the frequency of an alternating current; as. a 
periodicity of 60 cycles per second. 

polarity — the property of attracting one pole of a magnet and repelling the other. 

potential — a term used to indicate the pressure or voltage of an electrical circuit. 

printometer — an instrument which automatically prints at regular intervals the 
measurements of an electrical meter. 

relay — an instrument used to control the action of a larger device, as an oil 
switch or circuit breaker. 

resister — a coil of wire which offers a definite resistance to the passage of an 
electric current. 

rheostat — a device for regulating the strength of electric currents. 

rotor — the revolving part of an electrical machine. 

shunt — in an electric circuit, a branch conductor joining the main circuit at 
two points and forming a parallel circuit so that the current is divided. 

stator — the stationary part of an electrical machine. 

synchronous — running in unison or happening at the same moment. A syn- 
chronous converter is an apparatus which changes alternating currents 
into direct currents. 

transformer — an electrical device consisting of iron core and copper windings 
to change the current and potential of alternating currents. 

transmission — the conduction of electrical energy over considerable distances. 

tungsten — a heavy white metal of high ductility and high electrical conductivity, 

vacuum — a space containing neither matter nor gas of any kind. 

vane — a thin paddle used to produce a movement of gas or liquid. 

velocity — the rate of motion of a moving body. 

vitrification — the process of turning into glass or a glass-like substance. 

voltage — the pressure of an electric circuit measured in volts. ' 

voltmeter — an instrument used for measuring electrical pressure 

watt — the unit of electrical power. 

wattmeter — an instrument for registering electrical power. 



348 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Mr. J. U. Thomas, 

Superintendent of Power Sta- 
tions. 
Dear Sir: 

On March 5 the rheostat grid 
connection on #3 generator at the 
Scott Street Plant opened, causing | 
a very severe voltage disturbance 
and nearly necessitating a shut-down 
of the whole plant. We understand 
that similar trouble | occurred on 
# 2 generator on January 28, causing 
a complete shut-down of the plant for 
twenty-five | minutes. 

This trouble apparently is due to 
the cutting of the set screws on the 
grid connections through the cable | 
strands. We suggest that this diffi- 
culty could be eliminated by the use 
of a split copper sleeve or steel 
cap. | 10 ° 

Kindly investigate this matter 
and make repairs necessary to pre- 
vent a recurrence of this trouble. 
Yours very truly, (118) 



Mr. F. W. Morrow, 

Chief Engineer, 

Randall Street Station. 
Dear Sir: 

Please instruct your operators 
to follow the directions given below 
for operating exciters and battery. 

First. Always operate | one 
steam-driven exciter in parallel with 
the motor-driven exciter. The latter 
must never be run alone except 



under I conditions of extreme emer- 
gency, and both the System Operator 
and this office must be notified at 
once when it is | run alone. 

Second. The control circuits 
must at all times be carried on the 
storage battery, except in cases of | 
emergency. The permission of the 
System Operator must be obtained 
before the battery is shut down. 

Under no conditions are | 10 ° 
foreign circuits to be tapped on the 
exciter bus or battery. If any such 
circuits are on the exciter bus | at 
the present time, they must be taken 
off at once. Notify this office 
promptly at any time when the | 
steam-driven exciters are out of 



repair. 



Yours very truly, (150) 



Mr. K. W. Coyle, 

General Manager, Sanders Brick 
Co., 
Gloucester, Mass. 
Dear Sir: 

Your letter of July 22 
Alundum Cement 
You are mistaken in your sur- 
mise that this cement is | similar to 
Portland cement. On the contrary, it 
is a highly refractory substance which 
becomes hard by being burned at | 
very high temperatures. It is mainly 
aluminum oxide mixed with a proper 
amount of bonding material, and can 
be supplied | in different degrees of 
refractoriness. For general purposes 
the mixture RA-162 is recommended. 



CORRESPONDENCE 



349 



In applying this | material as an 
insulator for electric furnace cores or 
other purposes, the powder is mixed 
with sufficient water to make | 10 ° a 
stiff mass and is then applied in the 
plastic condition. It is next thor- 
oughly dried in the air and | finally 
burned in a furnace or by passing a 
current through the resister until 
complete vitrification takes place. 
This process | gives a protecting 
layer of high resistance and high 
thermal conductivity. 

Under separate cover we are 
sending you one of | our latest cata- 
logs, which we believe you will find 
interesting and useful. 

Yours truly, (174) 

4 
Michigan Electric & Mfg. Co., 

Detroit, Mich. 
Gentlemen : 

The Electrical Apparatus Com- 
mittee of the National Electric Light 
Association earnestly requests your 
cooperation in creating a uniform 
standard | of polarity for trans- 
formers. This matter is discussed 
and explained in the enclosed leaflet 
taken from the Transformer Stand- 
ards as | reported by the committee 
to the association at the Atlantic 
City Convention in June. 

When the report was presented, 
the | committee requested advice as 
to the advisability of standardizing 
polarity as set forth in the pamphlet, 
but very few replies | have been 
received from operating companies. 
The Electrical Apparatus Commit- 
tee desires a definite statement from 



operating companies on the advisa- 
bility | 10 ° of recommending this 
important change to the manufac- 
turers, who stand willing to put it 
into effect immediately if approved 
by | the association. 

Will you kindly inform the com- 
mittee whether your company will 
approve of the change? If it is 
adopted, | provision will be made by 
the manufacturers, subject to the ap- 
proval of the committee, for a clear 
and positive identification | of trans- 
formers having the subtractive po- 
larity wherever the polarity differs 
from that of transformers previously 
manufactured by the same company, 
| and in all cases the leads will be 
plainly marked in accordance with 
the standards already established. 

Your early consideration | 200 
and reply are urgently requested by 
the committee. 

Yours very truly, (211) 

5 

General Manufacturing Co. 

Albany, N. Y. 
Gentlemen: 

Your letter of the 17th with ref- 
erence to 100 and 200 H. P. Motors 
has been received. | The engines are 
described as follows: 

100 H.P. Westing- 
house type "M" Mo- 
tor, 220 volts, D.C., | 
680 R.P.M., four 
pole, compound 

wound, with base, 
new starting box, no 
pulley. This motor 
is | now in our ware- 



350 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



house, and we guar- 
antee it to be in first- 
class condition free of 
electrical and me- 
chanical defects. | 
We offer it at a price 

of $900.00 

less 10% f.o.b. cars. 

The 200 | 10 ° H.P. Motor should 
properly have been listed as a gen- 
erator, its description being as fol- 
lows: 

200 K.W. | Westing- 
house Generator, 3 
phase, 60 cycle, 440 
volts, 263 amp. per 
terminal, 600 1 R.P.M.; 
with 7| K.W., 
125 volts, D.C., 60 
amp. exciter. | We 

quote a price of $2000.00 

f.o.b. cars, less 10%, 
point of shipment be- 
ing | Boston, Mass. 

Please understand that the 
switchboard and starting apparatus 
go with the generator, and that the 
outfit is complete. | 200 

The above quotations are made 
for prompt acceptance, subject to 
prior sale, on terms of one-half cash 
with the | order, the balance sub- 
ject to sight draft with bill of lading 
attached. You are privileged to 
make inspection before shipment. | 
Yours very truly, (243) 



Mr. W. H. Craig, 

National Electric Light Asso- 
ciation, 

410 Mercantile Bldg., 
Denver, Colo. 
Dear Sir: 

In answer to your inquiry of the 
5th instant, the 120-240 volt D.C. ] 
service supplied last year amounted 
to 26,500,000 kilowatt hours; the 60 
cycle service, 31,000,000; | the 25 
cycle 4000 volt service, 4,000,000; 
and the 25 cycle 13,000 volt | serv- 
ice, 68,500,000 kilowatt hours. 

In addition to the above there 
was the street lighting load; | there- 
fore the low-tension commercial serv- 
ice was about equally divided be- 
tween direct and alternating current. 
The center of the city 1 10 ° is provided 
with a municipal duct system in 
which direct current is used, supplied 
from our Beach Alley Sub-Station, | 
with storage battery reserve. The 
main streets radiating out from this 
concentrated district, but included in 
the underground district, are | sup- 
plied with underground alternating 
current, which is included in the 
statement of 60 cycle current made 
above. 

In sections of | the city outside 
of the underground district we are 
using the so-called combination dis- 
trict or alley distribution method of | 
supply, the conductors in the streets 



CORRESPONDENCE 



351 



being underground, but the trans- 
formers being located on a trans- 
former pole in the alley, | 20 ° all of 
the houses within the block being 
supplied overhead. The company's 
territory covers about 280 square 
miles, | and outside of the under- 
ground and alley distribution districts 
referred to above, we use the straight 
overhead distribution method. 

Direct | current distribution is 
being curtailed by limiting it to the 
concentrated underground system in- 
dicated above; that is, within a 
reasonable | distance from the Beach 
Alley Station. 

Very truly yours, (269; 

7 
Union Rolling Mill Co., 

Erie, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

We are very glad to reply to 
your inquiry of the 11th instant in 
regard to our "Standard" electric | 
drills and grinders. As the result of 
actual service tests we believe that 
these tools represent the highest 
achievement, both | electrically and 
mechanically, in the development and 
construction of electric tools. 

Our electric drills and grinders 
are built on the | unit plan, each 
tool consisting of five simple units. 
They can be easily dismembered 
without disturbing any electrical con- 
nections. All | brush holders and 
wires are located in the frame unit 
and are not disturbed when the caps 
are removed 

Series | 10 ° motors are employed 
on direct current universal drills. 



The direct current grinders have com- 
pound wound motors which run at 
constant | speed. Alternating cur- 
rent motors are field coil wound, the 
coils being carefully placed in slots 
and highly insulated. The rotor | 
winding is of the familiar squirrel 
cage type. Every motor is insu- 
lated and impregnated throughout 
by a special process. The | arma- 
ture and stator are built up of soft 
steel laminations consisting of the 
highest grade soft electrical sheet 
steel. The | commutator represents 
the very best design and practice for 
this purpose. 

Our tests are most thorough. 
They are given in | 200 our factories 
under actual service conditions, and 
every motor is subjected to a high 
voltage test to insure perfect insula- 
tion | throughout. 

The Pedestal grinder, about 
which you inquire, is fitted with 
water pot, wheel guards, and tool 
rests. This grinder | has ball-bear- 
ings throughout. The motor is fully 
enclosed and is dirt and dust proof. 
The gross weight of the | grinder is 
150 lbs. 

We are enclosing a pamphlet 
which gives illustrations and prices. 
Yours truly, (278) 

8 

Moore Machinery Co., 

Moline, 111. 
Gentlemen : 

We have your letter of March 10 
in reference to the 76 K.W. 250 volt | 
belted type generator, which you 



352 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



have connected to your 100 H.P. 3 
phase synchronous motor. 

We see no | reason why a 100 
H.P. motor should not drive a 75 
K.W. 100 H.P. | generator, unless 
your voltage is low. You do not 
state whether you have tested out 
the shunts and series fields. | If you 
have not done this, we believe it 
would be advisable to have this test 
made before you go | 10 ° ahead and 
incur unnecessary expense. 

Your shunt and series field coils 
should be tested out with a volt- 
meter to see | that they are properly 
connected, and this will indicate to 
you whether the trouble lies in the 
fields or not. | If the trouble is not 
there, it is without doubt in the line; 
that is, your D.C. voltage is | low, 
and you should take the matter up 
with the power company and have 
them make a test on the | line to 
see why they cannot give you proper 
voltage for running this outfit. 

The 75 K.W. 250 | 200 volt gen- 
erator should develop approximately 
272 volts and 272 amperes at full | 
load. 

After you have tested out the 
field coils, we would like to hear from 
you, as we do not | think it advisable 
to go ahead and make a lay-out of the 
shunt fields to see whether additional 
copper | may be added. This no 
doubt can be done to some extent, but 
if your present coils are in good | 
condition there is no necessity of it. 
Yours truly, (289) 



Westinghouse Electric & Manufac- 
turing Co., 

East Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

We have your letter of July 13 
by Dr. Spencer, chief of laboratory 
service. 

Each Ward-Leonard Resistance 
Unit | consists of a porcelain tube 
wound with a special resistance wire 
of practically zero temperature co- 
efficient. The tube after being | 
wound with wire is covered with a 
vitreous enamel, which holds the wire 
firmly in place. This also makes the | 
entire surface of the tube available 
for emitting heat energy instead of 
merely the small surface of the wire, 
and | greatly increases the watt ca- 
pacity of a tube of given size. The 
copper connecting wires or terminal 
leads consist of | 10 ° round copper 
braids, each composed of a large num- 
ber of flexible copper wires. Ground- 
ing is absolutely impossible, as the 
support | is composed of the most 
perfect insulating material. 

The resistance wire on each re- 
sistance unit is tested at a main- 
tained | temperature of 1200°F. dur- 
ing the process of manufacture, which 
assures that the ohmic resistance of 
the unit | will not change in service 
because of molecular changes, age- 
ing, etc. 

The Ward-Leonard Vitreous 
Enamel Unit is the only | commer- 
cial form of high resistance made ot 



CORRESPONDENCE 



353 



material of practically zero tempera- 
ture coefficient. The finest wire, 
when properly imbedded in | 200 the 
special enamel used for these units, is 
entirely free from any mechanical 
strain due to heating and cooling, 
and | is perfectly protected against 
all oxidation or other chemical de- 
preciation. Oxidation and deprecia- 
tion are invariably met with where 
fine resistance | wires at high tem- 
perature are exposed to the air, 
water, or dust at any part of their 
length, or are | imbedded in any 
materials such as cement, japan, 
shellac or any other insulating ma- 
terial heretofore used, with the single 
exception | of enamel. 

We are sending you a number of 
the units for purposes of experimenta- 
tion. 

Yours very truly, (298) 

10 

Mr. T. C. Cummings, 

Pres., United Welding Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 
Dear Sir: 

Since writing you this morning it 
has occurred to us that another factor 
which will probably enter into | this 
proposition is the matter of metering 
sub-station # 2 until such time as the 
proposed main metering station | 
can be finished. W T e understand that 
you desire both integrating and 
graphic wattmeters in sub-station # 2 
for your | own records. We there- 
fore propose to furnish you the fol- 
lowing material, with the under- 
standing that you are to install these | 
instruments and that we are to have 



the privilege of control; that is, 
checking the wiring, testing the 
meters, and | 10 ° keeping them in 
repair until such time as the main 
metering station is installed, at 
which time we would bill | you the 
following amounts for the equipment 
furnished : 

One integrating and 
one graphic wattmeter 
of the type now in- 
stalled in | your sub- 
station #1 $179.61 

Two potential and two 
40 ampere current | 

transformers 355 . 76 

We have already issued orders to 
our Meter Department to deliver | 
to your company these two meters 
with potential and current trans- 
formers, as we understand you desire 
to have them put | 200 in and ready 
for operation by March 1. 

As an alternative to the complete 
proposition of a new metering sta- 
tion, | we could furnish the metering 
equipment and lightning arresters in 
your new sub-station, refund to you 
amounts paid us | for building the 
two new primary extensions, and re- 
tain ownership of all high tension 
lines to the sub-station. Under | 
this arrangement we would charge 
you for electric service on the basis 
of our "T3" schedule, which provides 
for | furnishing service under one 
contract to various locations. I en- 
close a copy of this schedule which 
you will note provides | 300 for tak- 
ing a separate reading at each sub- 
station and pooling the kilowatt 



354 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



hour consumption of the various 
sub-stations. J 

Yours very truly, (323) 

11 
Mr. F. H. Rowland, 

Chief Electrical Engineer. 
Dear Sir: 

It seems that the oil-switch 
problem is a live one and that the 
present switch is not | satisfactory. 
I have made some experiments, and 
believe that the rupturing capacity of 
the switch can be improved. 

Before the | short circuit occurs 
the pressure of the oil around the con- 
tacts is equal in all directions; there- 
fore when the contacts | start to 
open, metallic gas forms and pushes 
the oil away in all directions, forming 
a pocket for the conducting | gas 
between the contacts, which allows 
the current to continue even though 
the contacts are parted. This may 
continue for | 10 ° several cycles, dur- 
ing which time the oil is being broken 
up into explosive gases, which may 
explode and destroy the | switch. 

To overcome this trouble I pro- 
pose to supply some means for un- 
balancing the oil pressure around the 
contacts, preferably | before the con- 
tacts part, so that as soon as metallic 
gas forms, it will move from between 
the contacts and | cool oil will flow 
in its place, which will prevent the 
circuit from re-establishing itself 
through the gas. This | is not diffi- 
cult to do as in the average switch 
the primary contact moves about one 
inch before the secondary | 20 ° con- 



tact: part and travels at the rate of 
aboat two feet per second, which 
will make it possible to get | the oil 
around the contacts in motion before 
the secondary contacts part, and will 
allow sufficient room between the 
contacts | for oil at the end of one 
alternation to insure against the re- 
newal of the circuit. 

This may be accomplished | by 
attaching vanes to the contact rod 
above the contacts, so that as the rod 
moves downward a flow of | oil will 
be created outward past the con- 
tacts. By attaching a piston to the 
rod below the contacts, which pis- 
ton | 300 will move in a cylinder, a 
vacuum may be formed which will 
draw the oil downwards. This will 
cause the | oil to flow into the cylin- 
der past the contacts and carry the 
gas away from between them. With 
cylindrical oil | tanks, vanes may be 
attached to the rods in such a way 
as to cause the oil to rotate in | the 
tank. 

Any method of causing the oil to 
move past the contacts should accom- 
plish the results, but it is | prefer- 
able that the oil start to flow before 
the contacts separate. It is desir- 
able to circulate the oil without em- 
ploying | 400 any additional mechan- 
ism, but the results may be better if 
auxiliary means are provided for 
moving the oil. 

Please inform | me whether you 
consider the suggested changes of 
value. 

Yours very truly, (431) 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



355 



12 

gentlemen you can add from one to 
three feet to the travel of your crane 
hook by using the palmer safety limit 
stop described in the enclosed leaflet 
and at the same time eliminate once 
and for all the repeated adjustment 
which is necessary with the old style 
limit switch it will positively stop 
the crane hook within two inches no 
matter what the load on the hook 
may be or at what speed it is being 
raised the palmer stop is not 
geared to the hoisting mechanism or 
operated by a travelling nut its ad- 
justment is independent of the 



stretching of the hoisting rope it 
can be used in connection with any 
make of controller the palmer safety 
limit stop not only cuts the current 
off the motor but applies dynamic 
braking which provides the simplest 
and most reliable means for quick 
stopping it is possible to lower the 
hook at a reduced speed after the 
palmer stop has been tripped but 
further upper travel is impossible 
you cannot but be interested in this 
limit switch the writer will be 
pleased to call and explain any de- 
tails of operation or installation which 
may not be clear to you yours very 
truly 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 

In this section you are employed by the Michigan Electric & Manufacturing 
Company as stenographer to the Chief Engineer. 

Technical Terms 
Assignment. Copy the list of technical terms and practice the outlines. 



Arrangement 

The practice in the offices of many large corporations of signing letters only 
by the title of the individual who dictated them is shown in the style letter. 

Assignment 1. Copy the style letter with carbon on form 45. 

Assignment 2. Copy letter 11 with carbon on a letterhead. Present 
both letters for signature. 

Technical Copy 

Assignment 3. Copy the following selection without carbon. It is 
taken from a pamphlet entitled "Electrical Equipment for Ventilating Service" 
issued by the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company. The selection 
contains 1236 words. At what net speed can you write it? 



356 ELECTRICAL SECTION 

Types of Motors and Their Application 

Depending on the kind of current they use, motors are divided into 
two main classes: namely, direct current and alternating current. These 
two classes differ from each other in several important characteristics, and 
these must be taken into consideration in selecting a motor for a given 
application. 

In general, the kind of current available will determine the kind of 
motor to be used. In the past most large buildings had individual plants 
which invariably supplied direct current. The present tendency, however, 
is toward the use of central station power, because of its greater relia- 
bility, economy, cleanliness, convenience, and safety; and 1 10 ° except in the 
business sections of some of the largest cities, central stations supply alter- 
nating current. As will be seen, direct current motors offer several advan- 
tages over alternating current motors for some ventilating applications, 
and occasionally it is desirable to use direct current motors even if alter- 
nating current only is supplied by the central station. It is not neces- 
sary, however, under these conditions to forego the advantages of central 
station power. The Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company 
supplies a complete line of motor-generator sets for transforming alternating 
current into direct. These sets are very efficient, quiet in operation, 
require | 200 little attention, and can be placed in any convenient location. 
Their use permits the architect to lay out an ideal installation because he 
is free to select for each machine throughout the building either an alter- 
nating current motor or a direct current motor. 

Direct Current Motors 

The two chief characteristics of direct current motors that make this 
type especially suitable for ventilating service are: (1) they can be 
obtained with very low speeds, and (2) their speed can be varied over a 
wide range and with as many separate steps as desired. 

Slow speed is desirable because the speeds of | 300 most fans and blowers 
are low, and hence slow-speed motors can be directly connected to them, 
thus forming the most compact, reliable, efficient, quiet, and easily installed 
unit. 

The general purpose motor is of comparatively high speed and there- 
fore cannot ordinarily be used for direct connection to fans and blowers. 
But part of the Westinghouse line of ventilating motors consists of a 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 357 

series of motors ranging in size from 1/2 to 50 H. P. and in speed from 
110 to 500 R. P. M. In addition to this special line, a large number | 400 
of standard Westinghouse motors of all sizes are available with higher speeds 
for belted or chain drive, or for direct connection to high speed fans and 
blowers. 

Among the features that make these motors specially suitable for ven- 
tilating service are their quiet operation, freedom from leaking oil, the wide 
range of speed variations obtainable with each motor, and, above all, 
their reliability, long life, and efficiency of operation. 

The reliability and long life of these motors are due mainly to the long 
experience of the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company in the 
manufacture of motors. Most of the elements of | 500 construction and de- 
sign responsible for this excellence lie hidden where even an expert can 
hardly trace them — in the quality of the installation, cool operation, ab- 
sence of local hot spots, proportion of bearings and shaft, etc. But some 
lie on the surface where all can see them. 

- The rolled steel frame is an example. In almost all other motors the 
frame is of cast-iron, but the Westinghouse Company has taken a long step 
in advance and, following the evolution that has produced such remarkable 
results in other lines (bridges and buildings for example) , has made stand- 
ard a construction that | 600 is at once light, compact, and yet immensely 
strong. The strength of Westinghouse motor frames is far greater than 
any stresses they will ever be called on to endure in the service for which 
they are intended. Nor is it possible to break the feet or othei parts 
through carelessness during installation — accidents that may occur with 
cast-iron frame motors. Their lightness facilitates handling, and their 
small dimensions make it often possible to fit them into small spaces where 
cast-iron frame motors could not go. 

The design of the bearings is another case in point. Not only are j 70 ° 
they of large size, but they are automatically flooded with oil when the 
motor is in operation, and are dustproof . In consequence they last many 
years in even the severest service, and they can be quickly and economi- 
cally renewed. 

With most direct current motors the point of weakness lies in the 
commutator. Even a slight amount of sparking will sooner or later damage 
the commutator and brushes and cause a whole host of troubles. In West- 
inghouse motors these troubles have been eliminated by simple eliminating 
the sparking. The use of commutating poles and the general excellence of 



358 ELECTRICAL SECTION 

design suppress all J 800 sparking even under heavy overloads. In ventilating 
service where the motors often run continuously and are located where 
access to them is difficult, this absence of commutator troubles is of fore- 
most importance. 

Second only in importance to long life and reliability in a ventilating 
motor is efficiency of operation. With a motor operating continuously, or 
nearly so, even a slight saving in the power bills mounts up into surprisingly 
large figures in the course of time. Therefore the motor that is superior 
to another by merely a per cent, or so in efficiency will be vastly more 
economical in the 1 90 ° long run and will save any slight difference in first cost 
within a few months. In purchasing motors, therefore, efficiencies should 
be compared, not only those at full load but also at the fractional loads 
at which the motor will frequently run. A comparison of this sort will make 
clear one of the reasons why the use of Westinghouse motors in ventilating 
service is rapidly increasing. 

Speed Control of Direct Current Motors — With many ventilat- 
ing applications speed control is not desired, the fan or blower running 
always at a constant speed whenever it is in operation; but with others, 
speed 1 100 ° control is essentia 1 since the volume of air handled must be varied 
with varying conditions, such as temperature, amount of smoke and 
fumes present, etc. 

There are three methods by which the speed of properly designed 
motors can be varied, and Westinghouse ventilating motors are suitable for 
use with any of these. Without going into technical details these three 
methods can be briefly described as follows: 

1. Field Control. In this method the normal speed of the motor is 
the lowest speed, and speed variation is secured by increasing this speed. 

2. Armature Control. Here the normal motor speed is 1 110 ° maximum 
and variations lower this speed. 

3. Combined Field and Armature Control. This method combines the 
other two, giving a wide speed range with the normal motor speed in about 
the middle. 

Which of these three methods should be sehcted depends on cir- 
cumstances. The general rule can be laid down that a motor operates most 
efficiently at its normal speed, so that if a fan or blower must ordinarily be 
operated at a low speed which is only occasionally increased, method No. 1 
should be used. If on the other hand, the ordinary speed of the fan or 
blower is | 1200 high with occasional speed reductions, then method No. 2 is 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



359 



indicated. Where a very wide speed range is essential and operations 
may take place at long intervals on any step, No. 3 will probably be best. 

(1236) 



LIST OF INSTALLATIONS 

Assignment 4. Make a copy without carbon of the following list show- 
ing details of motor installations. 

Plant 



Cambria Steel Co., 

Johnstown, Pa. 

Pittsburgh Steel 

Products Co., Mo- 

nessen, Pa. 

Trumbull Steel Co., 

Warren, Ohio 
Timken Roller Bear- 
ing Co., Canton, 
Ohio 
2200 v., 60 cy. Mansfield Sheet & P. 
P. Co., Mansfield, 
Ohio 
230 v., d.c. Carbon Steel Co., 

Pittsburgh, Pa. 



Type and Size 


H. P. Full 


Power 


of Mill 


Load 
R. P. M. 


Characteristics 


8-inch Merchant 


300 365 


2200 v., 25 cy. 


Tube Rolling 


300 345-500 


500 v., d.c. 


Cold Rolls 


300 300 


230 v., d.c. 


Seamless Tube 


300 350 


2200 v., 25 cy. 



Cold Rolls 



300 350 



Merchant Bar 300 450 



18-inch Rough 
Std, Copper 300 



585 



Cold Rolls 



Cold Rolls 



Tube Mill 



440 v., 60 cy, Underground Cable 
Co., Perth Amboy, 
N.J. 
300 350 2200 v., 60 cy. Whitaker-Glessner 

Co., Wheeling, W. 
Va. 
2200 v., 60 cy. Whitaker-Glessner 
Co., Portsmouth, 
Ohio 
Baltimore Tube Co., 
Baltimore, Md. 



300 350 



300 500 



550 v., 25 cy. 



360 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



Type and Size H. P. Full 
of Mill Load 

R.P.M. 
21-inch Plate 

(Cold Rolling) 350 345 



Cold Rolls 



Merchant 



Sheet 



24-inch Flat 
edging 



8-inch Wire 
7-inch Wire 



350 145 



350 580 



350 320 



Power 
Characteristics 



440 v., 60 cy. 
2200 v., 60 cy. 
2200 v., 60 cy. 
2200 v., 60 cy. 



350 490 6600 v., 25 cy. 



360 300-425 
360 350-500 



8-Inch Merchant 400 400-450 



230 v., d.c. 
230 v., d.c. 
220 v., d.c. 



Plant 



Morris-Bailey Steel 
Co., Wilson Sta., 
Pa. 

Massillon Rolling 
Mill Co., Massil- 
lon, Ohio 

Copper Clad Steel 
Co., Pittsburgh, 
Pa. 

Universal Rolling 
Mill Co., Bridge- 
ville, Pa. 

American Steel & Wire 
Co., Cleveland, 
Ohio, Cuyahoga 
Works 

United Alloy Steel 
Corp. , Canton, Ohio 

United Alloy Steel 
Corp., Canton, Ohio 

Illinois Steel Co., 
Milwaukee, Wis. 



Assignment 5. Prepare bills on the billheads marked "form 46" for the 
following electrical equipment sold today. 

1. Sold to Port Huron Electrical Supply Co., Port Huron, Mich., their order 
X-265 received three days ago, our order #5699, shipped today by G. T. frt., 
terms 2/10, 1/30, -n/60. 

24 R P 315—110 V 1 /16 H P-A C Motors 11 .50 276.00 

36KP316— 110 V 1/16 HP-DC " 11.50 414.00 

1 Type C 30 K W, 1100—2200 V, 60 cycle Peerless 

Transformers 350.00 

50 S 3024 D C Osc. Desk Fans, 12" 34.00 1700.00 

100 N 602 Radio Tubular Flashlights J. 20 120.00 

2860.00 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 



361 



2. Sold to Rco Motor Car Co., Lansing, Mich., their order 21452, received on 
the 17th of the previous month, our order #4173, shipped three days ago by 
P. M. fast frt., terms 3 /30, 2 /60, 1 /90, net 4 mos. 

150 Type R 6 volt Mich. Standard Starting Motors com- 
plete with mountings 21 . 75 
150 Type R 6 volt Mich. Standard Generators complete 

with mountings 1 8 . 65 

150 Type R Starting Switch for above 1 .95 



3. Sold to Southern Electric Company, New Orleans, La., their P. 

received three weeks ago, our order #4780, shipped today by W. frt., 
at St. L., terms 2/30, n/60. 

5 Pkgs. C 1003-3 Amp. Union Fuses, 100 ea. 500 .22J 

3 " C 1005-5 " " " " 300 .22J 

4 " C 1006-6 " " " " 400 .22J 

1 " C 1013-20 " " " " 100 .25 

2 " C 1024-75 " " " 50 ea. 100 .924 
2 " C 1037-250 " " " 25 ea. 50 1.50 
1 " C 1045-500 "• " " 10 ea. 10 2.00 

15 S. U. 18 Hoyt Rheostats, 125 V 3.75 

12 B C 4-60 C. P. Comet Magnetos 32 .50 

1 K P 175-4 H P-A C Motor, 60 Cycle, 1150 R P M 

2 $ 761-1 \ " Murdock Condensers, \ K W 10 . 20 
1 #842 " Transformers, \ K W 



3262.50 

2797.50 

292.50 

6352.50 

O. 2956 
c/ol. C. 

112.50 
67.50 
90.00 
25.00 
92.50 
75.00 
20.00 
56.25 

390.00 

56.38 

20.40 

18.00 

1023.53 



4. Sold to Ohio Electric Service Company, Mansfield, Ohio, their order 562 
received five days ago, our order 5642, shipped yesterday L. S. & M. S. frt., 
terms 2 /10, n /30. 

6 V 1-10 W 1 10 V Vim Transformers 1 . 75 10 . 50 

10 V 3-12 W 110 V Vim " 2.50 25.00 

12 S 3006 A C Bracket Fans, 12 " 19 . 50 234 . 00 

12 S 3016 DC " " 12" 19.50 234.00 

503.50 



Punctuation and Paragraphing 

Assignment 6. Write letter 12 with carbon to the following firms: 
United Alloy Steel Corporation, Detroit, Mich. 
Wright Wire Company, Toledo, Ohio. 
Youngstown Sheet & Tube Company, Youngstown, Ohio. 



362 ELECTRICAL SECTION 

Transcribing 

Assignment 7. Transcribe the five letters which will be dictated to 
you. Submit your work for approval. 

Filing 

Assignment 8. File the correspondence in the alphabetic-numeric file. 
The carbons of the bills are to be filed in the Shannon file. 

Secretarial Practice 

All business houses take an inventory at intervals to determine the value of 
the stock on hand. Have you ever thought about taking an inventory of yourself? 
"Oh, wad some power the giftie gie us 
To see oursels as ithers see us." 
The attempt to analyze one's own temperament and characteristics is both 
fascinating and instructive. Sit down and with calm deliberation take stock of 
yourself in the light of the characteristics which distinguish a good secretary. 
Give yourself a mark of A (good), B (fair), or C (poor) on each of the qualities 
mentioned. Make an attempt to rid yourself of your natural prejudice in your 
own favor, for this represents a serious effort at self-analysis. 

1. Health. Do you have many "off days"? Do you tire easily? A secre- 
tary for the most part leads a strenuous business life. If he does not have good 
health, he will find it hard to be cheerful. 

2. Dress. Are you careless in this respect? Do you prefer "flashy" or 
"sporty" clothes? 

3. Initiative. Do you like to " start things?" Think of yourself in your social 
and school relations. Do you take hold of a new situation readily? Does youi 
interest flag easily? If you decide that you have initiative, ask yourself if you 
are as good a "finisher" as a "starter." 

4. Memory. Do you have a good memory for faces? for names? for incidents? 
Try to think of ten people whom you have met in a casual way recently. Can 
you remember their names? 

5. Trustworthiness. Do you regard yourself as trustworthy? Have you 
made good in such responsibilities as may have been placed upon you in your 
social and school life? 

6. Cooperation. Do you think people generally enjoy your company? Are 
you a "wall flower?" Do you work harmoniously with others? What is your 
attitude toward class, school, and social affairs? Are you quarrelsome or head- 
strong? 



OFFICE TRAINING ASSIGNMENTS 363 

7. Tact. Do you have a feeling frequently that you have said the wrong 
thing? Do people talk to you easily and naturally, or does their manner seem 
constrained? 

8. Concentration. Do you often make mistakes in tests because you fail to 
read a question carefully? Are you easily disturbed in your reading or studying 
by people entering or leaving the room? 

9. Method. Do you think you are methodical? Have you ever kept a diary? 
Did you ever try to devise a "time schedule" to cover your day's activities? 
Are the books and papers in your desk arranged according to some definite plan? 
Are you often late? The good secretary is preeminently a master of detail. 

10. Speech. What about your conversational abilities? Have you any 
speech defects? Is your grammar good? Are you "backward" in a group? 

You may never have formulated in your mind just what are the strong points 
and the shortcomings in your temperament and character. An honest attempt 
at self-analysis will help to do just that. The first step in ridding yourself of a 
wrong attitude or a temperamental fault is to understand what your handicaps 
are. And remember, finally, that faults of temperament and wrong habits can 
be corrected. 



SECURING A POSITION 



YOUR QUALIFICATIONS 



You have now completed your course in shorthand, typewriting, and secre- 
tarial practice and are ready to "sell" the knowledge you have acquired. Every 
successful salesman knows definitely the nature and characteristics of the goods 
he is selling. In selling your services you must have clearly in mind your quali- 
fications and the extent of your ability. Vague and indefinite statements carry 
no value with a prospective employer. 

Assignment 1. Write a definite statement of your qualifications for a 
stenographic position. 

What has been your general education and where was it secured? What 
has been your business training? What is your speed in shorthand? On the 
typewriter? Is your typewritten "copy" neat and accurate? Have you mas- 
tered the principles of effective display? What machines do you operate? 
What definite information about business papers, billing, filing, and other fea- 
tures of office routine have you acquired from this course? Have you had any 
business experience of any nature? 

THE LETTER OF APPLICATION 

The usual way of getting in touch with a position is by writing a letter of 
application to a prospective employer. You may secure information about a 
position through your teacher or through the principal of your school; or you 
may answer an advertisement in the "Help Wanted" columns of a newspaper. 

Mechanically your letter of application should be a perfect specimen of 
1 good arrangement. In applying for a stenographic position, you should usually 
write your letter on the typewriter. Your signature, however, should always 
be written with pen and ink. Your letter should state your qualifications for 
the position as forcefully as possible, but without exaggeration. Be specific. 
Avoid loose general statements and stereotyped expressions. Your letter may 
be one of a score or more which the business man receives about the position for 
which you are applying; therefore, make your letter just as brief as you can 
while still giving' all the necessary information. The business man has certain 
definite work to be done for which he is willing to pay. The object of your 
letter is to convince him that you will give "value received." 

The Curtis Publishing Company of Philadelphia, publishers of the "Satur- 
day Evening Post" and the "Ladies' Home Journal," is one of the largest em- 
ployers of stenographers in the country. From scores of letters received in 

364 



SECURING A POSITION 365 

reply to an advertisement for a position for which no previous experience was 
required, the employment manager selected the writers of the following letters 
to call for interviews. Many letters were thrown into the waste-basket because 
they evidenced slovenly habits and carelessness on the part of the writer. These 
three letters were faultless in their typing and arrangement. 

—1— 

2026 N. 18th St., Philadelphia, Pa., 
June 10, 19— 
2463 Public Ledger, 

Philadelphia, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

Your advertisement in the " Public Ledger" for a stenographer interests me. 
I am eighteen years old and am a graduate of the commercial course of the 
William Penn High School. 

I can write accurately at the rate of forty-five words a minute on the type- 
writer and am familiar with the Remington and Underwood machines. I have 
successfully passed a test in shorthand in which the dictation consisted of a 
newspaper editorial dictated at the rate of ninety-five words a minute. I have 
maintained a fairly high average in my English work throughout the course. 
My mark for the last two terms' work in this subject was "A," which is equal 
to 90. 

I have had no actual office experience, but have satisfactorily written some 

correspondence for Mr. — , the principal of the William Penn High School, 

and Mr. , the head of the Commercial Department. 

I earnestly trust that yov will grant me the favor of an interview, because I 
believe I can convince you that I can do neat, accurate, and rapid work. 

My telephone number is Woodland 1428-W. 

Yours truly, 

(Miss) Elizabeth J. Jordan 

— 2— 

7521 Girard Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 

June 9, 19— 
2463 Public Ledger, 

Philadelphia, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

May I be considered an applicant for the position which you advertised 
in today's "Public Ledger?" My education has included two years' work in 
the West Philadelphia High School for Girls, and I am just about to complete 
an eight months' course at the Business College, I was obliged 



366 SECURING A POSITION 






to leave high school before completing my work because of the extended illness 
of my father, which left me almost entirely dependent upon my own resources. 
While I am without actual experience in the business world, I have every reason 
to believe that my education, natural adaptability, and willingness to learn will 
soon make good that deficiency. 

Mr. , principal of the — Business College, will 

be very glad to give you information about my work. His telephone number 
is Market 4280. 

May I have the opportunity of calling at your office for a personal interview? 

Yours truly, 

(Miss) Alice W. King 

—3— 

406 N. 53d St., Philadelphia, Pa., 
Telephone, 2687-J Girard 
June 9, 19— 
2463 Public Ledger, 

Philadelphia, Pa. 
Gentlemen: 

Your advertisement in today's "Public Ledger" attracted my notice. I 
would like to be considered an applicant for the position. 

I am just about to finish the commercial course at the Frankford High School. 
I have had unusually good marks in my studies, particularly in shorthand and 
typewriting. In addition, I might mention that during the last two years of my 
school work I was never late and absent only two half -days. 

During the summer of 19 — I was employed in the office of Holman & Kins- 
man, commission brokers, 222 S. Third St. I enclose a letter from Mr. Kinsman. 
I hope that my letter will induce you to give me an interview. I may say 
that I am not so much interested at present in the salary as I am in the oppor- 
tunities that the position seems to offer. 

Very truly yours, 

(Miss) Mary C. Jenkins 

The following letter is one of those consigned to the waste-basket by the 
employment manager: 

1142 N. 19th St., Philadelphia, Pa. 
2463 Public Ledger, 

Philadelphia, Pa. 
Gentlemen : 

Your advertisement for a stenographer attracted my attention. I want to 
attract yours and hereby make application for the same. My education has 
been very good. I have had no experience, but I am very good in shorthand 
and typewriting and feel sure I could more than fill your requirements. 



SECURING A POSITION 



367 



I took two years in the 



High School. I was absent only five 



days in the two years and I think this statement should carry weight because 
regularity of attendance and punctuality are valued in the business world. 
Hoping to hear from you, I am 

Sincerely yours, 

The shortcomings of this letter are self-evident. The date was omitted. 
The writer uses stereotyped expressions, such as hereby and same, which mean 
nothing. . The statement in the second sentence is flippant and creates the 
impression that the writer of the letter wishes to appear "smart." Twice she 
uses the expression "very good" — which is so indefinite as to be meaningless. 
The statement that the writer can "more than fill the requirements" has a smack 
of boasting. 

The second paragraph is poorly worded. Furthermore, the writer assumes 
to tell the business man the value of certain business virtues. "Hoping to hear 
from you" is a hackneyed expression which may well be avoided. The closing 
phrase, "Sincerely yours," should not be used in a letter of this character. 

Assignment 2. Study carefully the three successful letters of applica- 
tion and rewrite the foregoing faulty letter. Make it specific, courteous, and 
effective 

Assignment 3. Write answers to the following advertisements. Use 
blank paper. Before writing your letters, read the advertisements carefully 
and be sure to give all the information called for. 



HELP WANTED- FEMALE 

STENOGRAPHER 

An intelligent young lady; permanent 
position with attractive salary to start; 
experience not necessary. State age, edu- 
cation, and qualifications. 2278 Herald 

office. 



Stenographer — No objection to begin- 
ner; daylight office; pleasant surround- 
ings; excellent opportunity for advance- 
ment. State education and reference. 
3056 Herald office. 



HELP WANTED— MALE 



STENOGRAPHER 

and typewriter; young man about 18 years 
of age in advertising office; good education 
required; experience not necessary. 

4241 Herald office 



Wanted — Bright alert young man with 
knowledge of shorthand and typewriting 
who can work himself into permanent 
position as store manager with large tire 
company. Beginner with good educa- 
tion considered. 2468 Herald office. 



THE PERSONAL INTERVIEW 



The first impression which you make when you call upon the employer 
will be created by your general appearance. Dress neatly; flashy clothing is 
always out of place in the business office. Be prepared to make your answers to 



368 SECURING A POSITION 

questions about your qualifications as definite as possible. You will probably 
be called upon to take several letters in shorthand and transcribe them as a test 
of your ability. Try to keep cool and collected. Put forth every effort to 
make your transcripts not only accurate but attractive in appearance. 

Assignment 4. Your teacher will conduct personal interviews with 
members of the class. 

The Stenographer 
from the business man's point op view 

An official of an important railroad wrote the following letter to the prin- 
cipal of a business school in reply to an invitation to address the graduates of 
the school: 

Dear Sir: 

On my return to the office I find your courteous letter of June 2 inviting 
me to be present at your annual commencement and deliver an address to 
the members of your graduating class. I regret that it will be impossible 
for me to be with you on that date. Work already laid out for me will take 
me to a distant part of our line so that it will be impossible for me to get to 
in time. 

I do not know that I could say anything to your students and gradu- 
ates that would be more helpful to them than the suggestion that in the 
pursuit of their work in your school they give more consideration to the 
element of time. The complaint most frequently made about young men 
and women who enter our employ is that they take too much time to accom- 
plish a given task. Students in school often seem to be given unlimited 
time to do their work. The stress seems to be placed on neatness and 
exactness with very little consideration of the ultimate cost of the time 
taken to accomplish the work. This is one of the strongest criticisms made 
against stenographers that we employ. 

The writer has found that a great many young men and women who 
come into our office do so with an entire absence of what can be expressed 
by the slang expression, "pep and ginger." Few things count so heavily 
against a stenographer, it seems to me, as a listless attitude toward her 
work. 

My experience leads me to believe that few stenographers understand 
or appreciate the importance of a practical knowledge of English. So 
many of the young men and women we employ cannot express themselves 
intelligently. The kind of girl who can correct any slips in grammar that I 
may make in dictation is exceedingly hard to get. 



SECURING A POSITION 369 

What I have said may appear very trite to you, but as one who has em- 
ployed hundreds of young men and women I ask you to believe that the 
things I have mentioned represent their most conspicuous shortcomings. 

I wish you an enjoyable and profitable meeting. 

Cordially yours, 

The following article on "The Making of a Stenographer" was prepared by 
an important official of a large corporation which covers the country in its 
operations. 

THE MAKING OF A STENOGRAPHER 

Preliminary Education. A prospective stenographer should have had at 
least a grammar school education. Every year added to this is a solid unit 
in the foundation of her stenographic training and career. Who would try to 
build a great structure with no foundation, or with a weak foundation? Gram- 
mar school, high school, and college are three of the main stones that support 
the structure we build later in life. One may inherit character and genius, but 
never education. 

Stenographic Education. Almost any intelligent girl can learn the mechani- 
cal part of stenography. Can she apply her knowledge in business? Does 
she know ordinary commercial English? Can she spell? Can she punctuate? 
Has she learned the routine of business offices? A stenographer who does not 
know these things is hardly more than a machine. 

Fundamental Adaptability. To paraphrase an old saying, many a good 
housemaid has been spoiled to make a hopelessly bad stenographer. Given 
the proper foundation in the way of education and business training, the next 
important factor is temperamental and physical suitability. The good ste- 
nographer substitutes her employer's convenience for her own. She has a 
temperamental desire for making herself as useful as possible. 

Physically, the stenographer should have ordinary good health and be free 
from hysteria and irritability. Regular habits and adequate sleep are necessary 
to keep one physically up to the mark. 

The employe who is habitually "on the job" is worth much more to her 
employer than the one who finds it necessary to be absent frequently from the 
office because of indisposition, or because other things are more important to 
her than her employer's affairs. 

There are three kinds of stenographers: excellent, tolerable, and bad. The 
first is a tangible asset in the business world and a blessing to her employer; the 
second is a necessary evil; while the third is an unmitigated nuisance. 

Ambition. Is the prospective stenographer going into business to do 
things or simply to get a pay check? If solely for the latter she will nearly 
always be a necessary evil. To be a good stenographer she must like work and 



370 SECURING A POSITION 

be able to forget herself in the larger interests of the business. In big business 
you will always find some "real" people. "Real" employes are apt to overlook 
the time and to forget themselves because they are so interested in the business 
of their employers. 

Common Sense. Common sense is absolutely necessary to the stenographer's 
success. Without this the best educated and the best mechanically trained girl 
will fail. Stenographers who do "fool" things do so because they fail to use 
common sense. Many things in business life are done correctly through intui- 
tion, but intuition is very largely the application of ordinary common sense to a 
given problem. 

To sum up, the successful stenographer should have: 

1. Adequate preliminary education. 

2. Adequate training in stenography, typewriting, and office routine. 

3. Temperamental fitness. 

4. Physical fitness. 

5. Ambition for things above the ordinary. 

6. Common sense. 

If we analyze the qualities of a successful stenographer, we shall find that 
she possesses these characteristics: 

1. She listens very carefully to the dictation and endeavors to follow its 
sense. 

2. She uses punctuation marks, intelligently so as to bring out the exact 
meaning of the dictator. 

3. She realizes the importance of getting down the small words — the articles, 
prepositions, and conjunctions — so that they can be correctly transcribed. The 
change of an "a" to a "the" often affects the whole sense of the sentence. 

4. She applies common sense in the transcription of her notes. 

5. She is able to read her notes accurately aloud when called upon to do so. 

6. Her typewritten copy is immaculate. 

7. She can lay out tabulated matter attractively. 

8. She realizes the importance of neatness of personal appearance, good taste 
in dress, and absolute cleanliness of person. 

9. She does not gossip in the office. 

10. She considers the information she gets in the course of the business day 
as confidential and does not discuss business matters outside of the office; neither 
does she attend to social duties during business hours. 

You are starting on a business career. The future is more important than 
the present. Your pay at the beginning is much less important than the oppor- 
tunity to gain valuable experience. 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



COLLECTION AGENCY SECTION 



accommodation 
paper 

accrued interest 
acquittance 

affidavit 
appraisement 

assignee 
attachment 

bankruptcy 

Bill of Particulars 

chattel mortgage 
collateral security 

credit memo- 
randum 

defendant 
delinquent 

deposition 
disbursements 

equity 
execution 

foreclosure 
garnishment 

hypothecate 
insolvent 



joint creditors 
judgment 

levy 

limitation of action . 

liquidate 
litigate 

mercantile agency 
mortgage 

Negotiable In- 
struments Law 

payee 
penalties 

plaintiff 

power of attorney 

preferred creditors 
referee 

summons 
surety 

tender 

title-clause contract .. 

transcript 
writ 



FURNITURE SECTION 

antique crash 

bevel-edged cretonne 

bird's-eye maple dado border 

brad damask 

buffet davenport 

bureau denim 

burl dowel 

burlap escritoire 

caster fumed oak 

cheval glass glider 

chiffonier golden oak 

chifforette helical 

chifforobe hygienic 

Circassian walnut kiln-dried 

console table linoleum 

corrugated matting linters 



371 



372 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



madras 
mission 

mortise and 
tenon joint 

mohair 
motif 

oxidize 
ply 

poplin 
porcelain 

portieres 
replica 

scrim 
seasoned 

settee 
sheathing 

spinet desk 
suite 

tapestry 
tempered 

ticking 

tuna mahogany 

upholster 
velour 

veneer 
vulcanized 



warp 
weathered 



webbing 

PERIOD FURNITURE STYLES 

American Colonial 

Chippendale 

French Renais- 
sance 

Gothic 

Heppelwhite 

Jacobean 

Louis XIII 

Old English 

Queen Anne 

Sheraton 

Tudor 

William and 

Mary 



ORIENTAL RUGS 



Kermanshah 
Kirman 

Mahal 
Senna 



Serabend 



SHOE SECTION 



Bal 
Blucher 

box calf 
butts 

Cabretta 
chrome 

Colonial 
culls 

Dongola 
embargo 

English Welt, 
findings 

flesh -finished calf 
foxing 

fudge edge 
glazed kid 

gun metal 
insole 



mstep 
iron 

Juliet 
Kangaroo 

kip 
last 

McKay 
Nubuck 

offal 
ooze finish 

Oxford 
Oxlite 

packer hides 
patent leather 

rejects 
shank 

snuffed skins 
Soleoid 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



373 



split vamp 

staple Vici 

stock tip viscolize 

suede welt 

tannage wheeling 

tensile strength wing tip 

turned shoe 

upper 



PAINTS AND GLASS SECTION 



adhesive 
alkali 

asphaltum 
benzine 

blistering 
blooming 

capillarity 
chalking 

consistency 
creosote 

crude 
disintegration 

elasticity 
filler 

film 
flaking 

formula 
hermetically 

impermeable 
insoluble 

japan 
lampblack 

limpid 
linseed oil 

lustrous 
naphtha 



neutralize 
oxide 

panel 
paraffin oil 

pigment 
porous 

primer 
pumice 

saponify 
semi-flat 

shellac 

solvent 

specific gravity 
stucco 

thinner 
toner 

translucent 
turpentine 

vermilion 
viscosity 

volatile 
wainscoting 

waterproof 



RAILROAD SECTION 



bill of lading 
buffet car 

classification 
commodity rates 

consignment 
coupling 

data 
differential 



docket 
en route 

in transit 
intrastate 

lighterage 
manifest 

mileage 
origin territory 



374 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



Pullman traffic 

refund , trans-continental .. 

rolling stock triplicate 

routing validate 

short haul vestibuled train 

stenciled via 

tare 

tariff way-bill 

REAL ESTATE SECTION 

abstract of title indemnity 

abutting indenture 

appurtenances lease 

architectural lien 

assessment parcel 

bungalow plat 

condemn realty 

conveyance , recorder 

deed sewerage 

distrain ! site 

duplex specifications 

easement sublet 

ejectment suburban 

encumbrance survey 

eviction tenant 

execute thoroughfare 

exposure title insurance 

fee simple tract 

grantor r vendor 

ground-rent vested 

hereditaments 

indefeasible warranty deed 

BANKING AND INVESTMENT SECTION 

blanket mortgage cumulative dividend 

broker debenture 

bullion definitive 

call loans depositary 

cancelation drawee 

capitalization endorsement 

clearing-house Federal Reserve 

commitments Bank Act 

comptroller fiduciary 

convertibility franchise 

correspondent bank funded debt 

countersign income tax 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



375 



irredeemable 
liquidation 

memorandum of 
deposit 

non-assessable 
non-fluctuating 

par 

preferred stock 

premium 
protest 

quick assets 
receiver 



redemption 

serial 

sinking fund 

specie „ 

speculative 

stock certificate 

Stock Exchange 

subsidiary 

syndicate 

tax-exempt „ 

teller 



ACCOUNTING AND INCOME TAX SECTION 



abatement 
aggregate 

administration 
expense 

amortization 
analysis sheet 

antedate 
apportion 

appreciation 
auditor 

burden 
capital stock 

computation 
contra 

corporate 
covenant 

creditor 
debit 

deductible 
default 

deficit 
depreciation 

discrepancy 
fiscal year 

gross profit 
inventory 



agate line 
bourgeois 

brochure 
caption 



liabilities 
minutes 

overhead ex- 
penses 

petty cash 
posting 

prime cost 
: proceeds 

production factor 
prorate 

protectograph 
recapitulation 

reconciliation 
reimbursement 

resources 
revenue 

segregate 
surtax 

tangible 
treasury stock 

turnover 
valuation 

verification 
voucher 

PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SECTION 

chromolitho- 
graph 

clarendon 
collate 



376 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



compositor 
delete 

dummy 
electrotype 

em 
emboss 

erratum 
etching 

folio 
font 

frontispiece 
full-faced type 

galley proof 
half-tone 

interlinear 
justifying 

layout 
letterpress 

linotype 
lithograph 

lithotint 
make-up 

manuscript 
matrix 



minion 
monograph 

Monotype 
multicolor 

nonpareil 
octavo 

perforate 
photoengraving 

photogravure 
pica 

preface 
proofreader 

quadricolor 
quarto 

rotary press 
running head 

signature 
single leaded 

stereotype 
stet 

typographical 
upper case 

vignette 



admixture 
balbriggan 

bodice 
crochet 

dolman 
embroidery 

flounce 
hand-piping 

hand-scalloped 
hand-smocked 

hand-tufted 
kimono 

lingerie 
medallion 

mercerized 
non-crocking 

plaited 
self-material 

selvage 
sheer 



DRY GOODS AND CLOTHING SECTION 

shirred 
shoddy 

silhouette 
stole 



superweight 
surplice 

swatch 
tunic 

tuxedo 
twill 

worsted 



NAMES OF DRY GOODS, FURS, COLORS, 
ETC. 

alpaca 

batiste 



bessette 
bisque 

brocade 
cambric 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



377 



camelshair 
cashmere 

challis 
chambray 

chamoisette 
champain 

charmeuse 
cheviot 

chiffon 
chinchilla 

corduroy 
covert 

crepe 

crepe de chine 

dimity 
duotone 

ermine 
faille 

fichu 
fisher 

foulard 
gabardine 

georgette 
gingham , 

glace 
helio 

henna 
jacquard 

lavender 
linene 

lisle 
longcloth 



maize 

marten 

messalinc 
meteor 

mignonette 
moire 

muskrat 
muslin 

nainsook 
nutria 

organdie 
pastel 

percale 
picot 

pique 
pongee 

poulette 
repp 

sable * 
satin 

seersucker 
serge 

taffeta 
taupe 

tricolette 
tricotine 

turquoise 
tussah 

tweed 
velveteen 

vigoreaux 
voile 



LIFE INSURANCE SECTION 



accelerative 
actuarial 

accumulated 
dividends 

administrator 
anniversary date 

annuity 
arrears 

assignment 
assigns 

beneficiary 
bonus 



casualty 
conversion 

contingent lia- 
bilities 

dependent 
disability 

dividend 
endowment policy 

executor 
extended insurance 

grace extension 
incontestable 



378 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



industrial insur- 
ance 

insurable 
interim premium 

intestate 
invalid 

lapsed policy 
limited life policy 

maturity 
minor 

non-forfeitable 
non-participating 

option 
paid-up policy 

premium 
registrar 



reinstatement 
release 

reserve 
revocation 

rider 
semi-annual 

straight life » 
policy 

surplus 
surrender value 

survivor 
trusteeship 

underwriting 
waiver 



OIL AND OIL REFINING SECTION 



abrasion 
adulterate 

agitator 
ammonia 

analysis 
atomize 

bleach 
by-product 

carbonization 
chloride 

chlorine 
congeal 

corrode 
crude oil 

decompose 
deteriorate 

distillation 
emulsify 

evaporation 
nitration 

flashing point 
fluidity 

friction 
fuller's earth 



gaseous 
globule 

homogeneous 
hydrogen 

illuminant 
lubricant 

lubricator 
orifice 

oscillatory 
paraffin 

petroleum 
precipitate 

pungent 
quenching oil 

rapeseed 
refinery 

reservoir 
residue 

rotary 
sediment 

still ^ 
volatilize 

thermal-con- 
ductivity 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



379 



MACHINE TOOL SECTION 



angular 
antifriction 

automatic 
cam 

centrifugal 
chronometer 

chuck 
collet 

compressor 
counter-shaft 

cylinder 
eccentric 

flange 
fulcrum 

governor 
hexagonal 

hydraulic 
injector 

lathe 
malleable 

mechanism 
mesh 

micrometer 
momentum 



pawl 
pinion 

quadrant 
ratchet 

reamer 
reciprocating 

refractory 
segment 

sheave 
spindle 

spline 
swivel 

tension 
thermal 

throttle 
tractor 

traverse 
valve 

weir 
winchhead 

windlass 



BUILDING AND CONTRACTING SECTION 



alignment 
ashlin 

asphalt 
backfilling 

berm 
blue-print 

bulkhead 
buttress 

concrete 
conduit 

culvert 
curtilage 

deflection 
ductile 

excavation 
faience 

faucet 
galvanize 



girder 
granolithic 

interstices 
joist 

landscaping 
lattice 

macadam 
manhole 

radiation 
rafter 

reinforced 
riprap 

rubble 
scaffolding 

scantling 
shoring 

sluice 
stanchion 



380 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



stud 
subcontractor 

Telford 
terra cotta 



tiling 
topography 

vitrified 
weep holes 



accelerator 
anti-skid 

assembling 
autophone 

backlash 
brougham 

carburetor 
chassis 

chauffeur 
clutch 

combustion 
compression 

condensation 
coupe 

cowl 
deflation 

demountable 
differential 

flush 
garage 



AUTOMOBILE SECTION 

housing 
ignition 



landaulet 
limousine 

magneto 
manifold 

poppet 
resilient 

sector 
sedan 

short-circuited 
speedometer 

sprocket 
terminal 

thermostat 
tonneau 

transmission 
trunnion 

vaporize 
victoria 



IRON AND STEEL SECTION 



alloy 
angle-iron 

annealing 
Bessemer steel 

billets 
blast-furnace 

bloom 
carbon 

cast-iron 
chemist 

chromium 
contour 

corrugated 
crucible 

elastic limit 
elongation 

fabricate 
flux 



forgings 
foundry 

fracture 
fusion 

galvanometer 
high-speed steel 

ingot 
longitudinal 

mandrel 
manganese 

metallurgical 
mica 

milling 
open-hearth steel 

phosphorus 
pig-iron 

pipe 
puddling 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



J81 



rivet 
silicon 

slug 
smelting 

splices 
structural steel 



sulphur 
tensile 

transverse 
vanadium steel 



TELEPHONE SECTION 



calculagraph 
commutator 

composite 
condenser 

conductivity 
diaphragm 

duplex 
gauge 

grounding 
insulator 

intercommuni- 
cating 

jack 
metallic 

microfarad 
Morse service 

multiplex tele- 
phony 



multi-voltage 
non-commercial 

non-conductor 
phantom circuits 

originating 
operator 

repeater 
retardation coils 

section lineman 
service observer 

simplex 
sublicense 

subscriber 
switchboard 

tandem 
tertiary 

transmitter 



LEGAL SECTION 



acquittal 
adjournment 

adjudication 
admissible 

alienable 
allegation 

ambiguity 
appeal 

appellant 
arraignment 

attestation 
averment 

bequeath 
brief 

caveat 

cestui que trust 

chancery 
chattels 



citation 
codicil 

composition 
contingency 

counsel 
cross-examination 

decree 
descendible 

devisable 
escheat 

indictment 
infringement 

injunction 
in terror em 

inure 
irrelevant 

legatee 
licensee 



382 



TECHNICAL TERMS 



litigious 
mandamus 

parol 
perjury 

petition 
prayer 

probate 
prosecution 

rebuttal 
remainder 

replevin 
replication 



residuary 
respondent 

signatory 
situate 

subpoena 
tantamount 

tentative 
testamentary 

testatrix 
validity 



ELECTRICAL SECTION 



alternating cur- molecular 

rent ohmic 

aluminum oscillation 

ammeter periodicity 

ampere phase 

armature polarity 

battery potential 

calibrate printometer 

candle-power relay 

Centigrade resister 

circuit rheostat 

coefficient rotor 

concentric shunt 

duct stator 

dynamo synchronous 

electrolytic , transformer 

exciter transmission 

filament tungsten 

generator vacuum 

grid van^j 

high tension velocity 

integrating meter vitrification 

incandescent voltage 

lamp voltmeter 

kilowatt watt 

lamination « wattmeter 

metering 

millivolt , 



